Skip to main content

Full text of "Report"

See other formats


ilillk 

m^ts^jl^^i 

H^^^^^^p^jO 

^^^^^^^^^M^u/ 

^^^^^^F 

^^^^^^^^ 

Book  No.                                                     Accession 

♦301.15   C128^  B                 575664 

NOT   TO    BE    TAKEN     FROM    THE    LIBRARY 

Form  3427 — 5000 — 1-48 

IARY 


SAN  FRANCISCO  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3  1223  90177  5776 


0UN15  iwa 

SAN  FRANCISCO 
PUBLIC  LIBRARY 

EXCERPTS  FROM  ASSEMBLYJOURNAL 
OF  APRIL  16,  1945,  CONTAINING 


REPORT 

JOINT  FACT-FINDING  COMMITTEE  ON 

UN-AMERICAN  ACTIVITIES 

IN  CALIFORNIA 


JACK  B.  TENNEY 

Chairman 
HUGH  M.  BURNS 


NELSON  S.  DILWORTH 

JESSE  RANDOLPH  KELLEMS,  Ph.  D. 

RANDAL  F.  DICKEY 


PUBLISHED  BY  THE 

ASSEMBLY 

OF  THE 

STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 


HON.  CHAS.  W.  LYON 

SPEAKER 


HON.  THOMAS  A.  MALONEY 

SPEAKER  PRO  TEM 


ARTHUR  A.  OHNIMUS 

CHIEF  CLERK 


3  0/.s±  ^ 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

575664  

Page 

INTRODUCTION 5 

Authorization 5 

Activities  of  the  Committee 5 

Current  Isms. versus  American  Democracy 6 

Protests  and  Denials 6 

Part  I 

HANS  WILHELM  ROHL 7 

Rohl's  Citizenship  Status 8 

Illegal  Ownership  of  Yachts  and  Stock 9 

Theodore  Wyman,  Jr 11 

Werner  Plack,  Nazi  Agent 12 

Secret  Military  Installations  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands 18 

Progress  of  the  Work  in  Honolulu 20 

Naturalization   29 

Congressional  Investigation 30 

Conclusion 31 

Part  II 

MANKIND  UNITED 32 

Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule 33 

Real  Property  Purchases 34 

Testimony  of  Mrs.  Bell 35 

"The  Voice"  as  a  Bible  Student 40 

Mankind  United  Enterprises 43 

Bell's  Attitude  Toward  the  War 43 

Part  III 

JAPANESE  PROBLEMS  IN  CALIFORNIA 45 

California  Relocation  Centers 45 

Shinto-Kodo-Bushido    48 

Problem  of  Relocation  During  the  War 49 

Subversive  Activities 50 

Defiance  at  Tulelake 52 

The  Manzanar  Disturbance 53 

Tulelake  Disturbances 55 

The  Relocation  Center  at  Poston 58 

Communist  Policy  on  the  Japanese 59 

American  Pro- Japanese  Organizations 62 

The  Japanese- American  Citizens'  League 63 

Conclusion 64 

(2) 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS— Continued 


Part  IV 

Page 

COMMUNISM 66 

1.  Red-Baiting'  and  Red-Baiters 66 

2.  Communist  Philosophy,  Sources  and  Background , 68 

Karl  Marx _* 68 

Liberalism    69 

Democracy  69 

Capitalism 70 

The  Utopians 70 

Marxism  71 

Religion 72 

Communist  Ethics 74 

Marxian  Dialectic 75 

Materialistic  Interpretation  of  History 77 

The  Class  Struggle 79 

The  Communist  Manifesto 80 

The  First,  Second  and  Third  Internationals 82 

Communist  Revolution  by  Force  and  Violence 83 

Leninism  or  Bolshevism 83 

3.  Development  of  Communism  in  the  United  States 85 

Communist  Beginnings  in  the  United  States 88 

Iron  Control 89 

Communist  Discipline 89 

Democratic  Centralism 90 

Support  of  Soviet  Foreign  Policy 90 

Legal  and  Illegal  Organizations 91 

Report  of  California  Peace  Officers  Association 91 

The  Communist  Press 93 

Hand-Book  for  Revolution 97 

Communist  Postwar  Strategy 97 

Schneiderman  on  Marxism 100 

4.  Communist  Strategy  in  the  Western  Hemisphere 103 

Address  of  Communist  Laferte 105 

Communist  International  Intrigue 106 

Communist  Infiltration 107 

Military  and  Religious  Opposition  to  Communism- _  107 

Catholics  Not  Deceived  by  Communists 109 

The  United  States  and  Catholicism  to  Be  Attacked—  109 

Campaign  Against  the  Catholic  Church 110 

Communist  Conquest  of  the  World 114 

5.  Writers  Congress  at  U.  C.  L.  A 115 

History  of  Communist  Party  Writers'  Congresses 118 

The  First  American  Writers '  Congress  and  the  Birth  of 

the  League  of  American  Writers 120 

Communist  Right-About-Face 128 

Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization 130 

Strategy  for  "Window  Dressing"  Congress 130 

(3) 


TABLE  OP  CONTENTS— Continued 


COMMUNISM— Continued  Page 

6.  People 's  Educational  Center 136 

7.  West  Coast  Communist  Press 138 

The  Los  Angeles  Unitarian  Church  as  a  Communist 

Meeting  Place 143 

8.  The  C.I.O.  Political  Action  Committee 146 

Communist  Political  Party  a  Failure 146 

Political  "Front"  Technique 147 

John  L.  Lewis  and  Sidney  Hillman 149 

Communist  Inspiration  and  Domination 151 

Communist  Long-Range  Objectives 152 

Rehearsals  for  Revolution 156 

Communist  Control  of  Legislatures 158 

Destruction  of  Legislative  Investigating 

Committees 159 

9.  "Zoot-Suit"  Riots  in  Southern  California 160 

Pachuco  Crimes 160 

Communist  Agitation 172 

Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 174 

New  Communist  "Front" 182 

Communist  "Front"  Sponsors 184 

Waxman's  Testimony 186 

Communist  Inspiration 193 

The  Sinarquistas 197 

Communists  versus  Sinarquistas 198 

Communist  Agitation  Among  Negro  Citizens 208 

Findings 209 

10.  Conclusion   210 


REPORT  OF  THE  JOINT  FACT-FINDING  COM 

MITTEE  ON  UN-AMERICAN  ACTIVITIES 

IN   CALIFORNIA 

INTRODUCTION 

Mr.  President,  Mr.  Speaker,  and  Members  of  the  Legislature: 

Your  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee  Investigating  Un-American 
Activities  in  California  herewith  submits  its  report  on  investigations 
conducted  throughout  the  State  during  1943  and  1944 : 

AUTHORIZATION 

The  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  in 
California  was  created  pursuant  to  Assembly  Concurrent  Resolution  No. 
59,  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  May  12,  1943.  This  committee  was 
instructed  to  "investigate,  ascertain,  collate  and  appraise  all  facts  caus- 
ing or  constituting  interference  with  the  National  Defense  Program  in 
California  or  rendering  the  people  of  the  State,  as  a  part  of  the  Nation, 
less  fit  physically,  mentally,  morally,  economically  or  socially,"  and  to 
' '  investigate  the  activity  of  groups  and  organizations  whose  membership 
include  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Communist  Party,  the  Fascist 
Organizations,  the  German  Nazi  Bund,  or  any  other  organization  known 
or  suspected  to  be  dominated  or  controlled  by  a  foreign  power,  which 
activities  affect  the  conduct  of  this  State  for  National  defense,  the  func- 
tioning of  any  State  agency,  unemployment  relief  and  other  forms  of 
public  assistance,  educational  institutions  of  this  State  supported  in 
whole  or  in  part  by  State  funds,  or  any  political  program."  Assembly 
Concurrent  Resolution  No.  59  authorized  the  committee  to  act  during  the 
1943  Session  of  the  Legislature,  and  until  the  convening  of  the  Fifty- 
sixth  Legislature  in  1945  and  "to  meet  either  during  sessions  of  this  Leg- 
islature (1943)  or  during  any  recess  hereof  in  any  and  all  places  in  this 
State,  in  public  or  executive  session, ' '  and  ' '  to  file  reports  with  the  Legis- 
lature during  the  Fifty-fifth  Session  thereof  or  any  special  extraordinary 
session  thereof,  and  to  file  its  final  report  with  the  Fifty-sixth  Legisla- 
ture." 

Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  resolution,  the  Committee  on  Rules  of 
the  Senate  appointed  Senator  Hugh  M.  Burns  of  Fresno  County  and 
Senator  Jack  B.  Tenney  of  Los  Angeles  County,  and  the  Speaker  of  the 
Assembly  appointed  Assemblymen  Nelson  S.  Dilworth  of  Hemet,  Dr. 
Jesse  Randolph  Kellems  of  Bel- Air,  and  Randal  F.  Dickey  of  Alameda, 
as  members  of  the  committee.  In  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
resolution  the  members  of  the  committee,  at  its  organizational  meeting, 
elected  Senator  Jack  B.  Tenney  as  chairman. 

ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  COMMITTEE 

The  accumulated  testimony  of  witnesses  since  the  Joint  Fact-Finding 
Committee  was  first  organized  in  1941  now  consists  of  5,387  typewritten 
pages,  contained  in  24  transcript  volumes.  Exhibits,  introduced  in  con- 
nection with  the  testimony  of  witnesses,  are  voluminous.  Many  pam- 
phlets, circulars,  newspapers  and  magazines  have  been  added  to  com- 
mittee records. 

(  r,  ) 


b  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  R.  E.  Combs  of  Visalia  was  unanimously  selected  by  the  committee 
members  to  continue  as  chief  investigator.  Additional  investigators 
were  hired  from  time  to  time.  Thomas  L.  Cavett  did  special  work  for  the 
committee  and  Mr.  W.  Bruce  Pine  of  Los  Angeles  continued  his  volun- 
tary services  in  special  phases  of  the  committee's  investigations.  The 
American  Legion,  Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars,  the  Anti-Defamation 
League  and  many  patriotic  and  fraternal  organizations  rendered  the 
committee,  its  members  and  its  investigators,  invaluable  services.  Many 
individuals,  who  desire  to  be  unnamed,  and  many  patriotic  organizations, 
cooperated  and  worked  with  the  committee,  its  members  and  investigators. 

The  members  of  the  committee,  following  the  policy  laid  down  by  the 
committee  in  1941,  were  continually  mindful  of  the  sensationalism  of  all 
alleged  subversive  activities  and  endeavored  in  every  way  to  conduct 
public  hearings  with  dignity  and  restraint. 

The  committee,  as  heretofore,  cooperated  closely  with  the  intelligence 
units  of  the  armed  forces,  with  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  and 
with  State  and  Federal  agencies. 

The  press  of  the  State  of  California  continued  to  be  an  important 
adjunct  to  the  work  of  the  committee  and,  for  the  greater  part,  reported 
the  committee 's  public  hearings  and  investigations  with  accuracy. 

CURRENT  ISMS  VERSUS  AMERICAN  DEMOCRACY 

The  committee,  after  two  years  additional  study  and  investigation, 
reiterates  its  findings  on  Communism,  Fascism  and  Nazism  as  stated  on 
pages  9  and  10  of  the  committee's  report  of  April  9,  1943.  The  com- 
mittee finds  that  these  isms  are  inimical  to  the  most  basic  principles  of 
Constitutional  Democracy  as  they  are  known  and  understood  in  the 
United  States. 

The  committee  finds  that  Communism  has  grown  and  continues  to 
grow  in  California.  The  change  of  the  name  of  the  Communist  Party  of 
California  and  of  the  United  States  to  the  Communist  Political  Associa- 
tion of  California  and  the  United  States  has  not  changed  or  altered  the 
philosophy,  the  ultimate  objectives  or  the  techniques  of  the  Communists. 

Racial  antagonisms,  particularly  against  the  Jews,  have  shown  an 
uptrend  during  the  past  two  years.  As  pointed  out  in  the  1943  report, 
race-antagonisms  and  race-hatreds  are  part  of  the  Nazi  pattern  and  an 
important  factor  in  Communist  agitation. 

PROTESTS  AND   DENIALS 

The  1943  report  of  the  committee  contained  an  affidavit  of  Rena 
M.  Vale.  Miss  Vale  was  formerly  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party 
and  her  affidavit  is  a  narration  of  her  experiences  as  a  Communist 
Party  member.  On  pages  141  and  142  of  the  committee's  1943  report 
Miss  Vale  names  John  Sargent  as  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party. 
On  pages  143  and  144  of  the  same  report,  Miss  Vale  refers  to  a  Dr. 
Samuel  Marcus  whom  she  designates  as  a  "Communist  Party  'psychi- 
atrist'." Mr.  John  Sargent  and  Dr.  Samuel  Marcus  filed  affidavits 
with  the  committee,  categorically  denying  each  and  every  allegation 
made  by  Miss  Vale  in  her  affidavit.  Both  gentlemen  specifically  deny 
connection,  affiliation  or  sympathy  with  the  Communist  Party,  its 
activities  or  its  objectives. 

The  committee  is  happy  to  have  the  opportunity  in  this  report  to 
record  the  vigorous  and  emphatic  denials  of  both  Mr.  John  Sargent 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  / 

and  Dr.  Samuel  Marcus.  The  sworn  affidavits  of  both  gentlemen  have 
been  made  part  of  the  official  records  of  the  committee  and  are  attached 
to  the  original  affidavit  of  Miss  Rena  M.  Vale. 


PART  I 

HANS  WILHELM  ROHL 

On  December  20,  1940,  a  contract  was  signed  at  Washington,  D.  C. 
It  provided  for  the  construction  of  secret  military  installations  in  the 
vicinity  of  Pearl  Harbor,  air  fields,  underground  ammunition  dumps, 
buildings,  military  barracks,  gun  emplacements,  hangars,  and  an  elab- 
orate aircraft  warning  system  designed  to  detect  the  approach  of  hostile 
aircraft.  One  of  the  parties  to  this  most  important  document  was  the 
United  States  of  America.  The  other  party  was  a  concern  called 
"Hawaiian  Constructors."  A  substantial  interest  in  this  firm  was 
owned  by  a  German  alien,  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl. 

This  man  was  a  resident  of  Los  Angeles,  and  although  he  had  been 
in  the  United  States  for  28  years,  did  not  apply  for  admission  to 
citizenship  until  after  he  had  accumulated  a  fortune.  Three  dates  are 
of  great  significance  in  the  development  of  this  amazing  and  complex 
story :  the  date  the  alien  arrived  in  this  country,  October,  1913 ;  the 
date  of  the  contract  above  mentioned,  December  20,  1940;  and  the 
date  of  the  alien's  admission  to  American  citizenship,  September  15, 
1941. 

After  almost  a  year  of  investigation  the  committee  held  a  hearing 
on  February  27,  1943,  at  Los  Angeles,  at  which  time  the  facts  of  the 
case  were  presented  for  the  first  time. 

Hans  "Wilhelm  Rohl  was  born  in  Lubeck,  Germany,  on  September  26, 
1886.  For  a  time  he  worked  for  mining  and  construction  concerns  in 
South  America.  In  October  of  1913  he  came  to  the  United  States  from 
Valparaiso,  Chile.  Shortly  thereafter  he  was  employed  by  the  Nevada 
Consolidated  Copper  Mining  Company  as  a  foreman  in  Ely,  Nevada. 
He  later  came  to  Sacramento,  California,  and  was  employed  in  that 
vicinity  for  about  nine  years  by  various  construction  companies. 

In  November  of  1924  he  obtained  a  temporary  passport  from  the 
German  Consul  in  San  Francisco  and  sailed  on  the  BeutscMand  for 
Germany.  He  spent  some  time  at  his  old  home  in  Lubeck  and  was  in 
Hamburg  for  several  weeks.  After  visiting  London  and  several  other 
places,  he  returned  to  the  United  States  aboard  the  Steamship  France 
early  in  1925.  He  married  Floye  Adams  Hubert  in  August,  1925,  and 
took  up  his  residence  in  Los  Angeles. 

Rohl  was  engaged  in  the  construction  business  for  himself  since 
1922.  There  apparently  was  much  speculation  concerning  his  financial 
backing.  It  is  reported  that  he  stated  on  one  occasion  that  his  uncle 
was  an  important  official  in  the  Hamburg-American  Steamship  Com- 
pany, and  he  intimated  to  yachting  acquaintances  that  he  had  received 
financial  backing  from  him.  By  1932  his  net  worth  was  reputed  at  a 
half  million  dollars.  Since  1927  his  firm  has  handled  construction 
contracts  averaging  approximately  $600,000  a  year. 

In  the  spring  of  1932,  Thomas  E.  Connolly  of  San  Francisco  and 
Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  organized  "The  Eohl-Conrtolly  Company,"  hold- 


8  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

ing  equal  interests.  Virtually  all  of  the  business  of  this  concern  con- 
sisted of  construction  projects  for  the  United  States  Army.  Mr.  Con- 
nolly spent  most  of  his  time  in  San  Francisco  while  Rohl  remained  in 
Los  Angeles,  the  principal  place  of  business  of  the  company.  In  addi- 
tion to  contracts  for  the  Bohl-Connolly  Company,  Rohl  continued  to 
operate  and  do  business  under  the  fictitious  firm-name  of  the  "H.  W. 
Rohl  Company." 

ROHL'S  CITIZENSHIP  STATUS 

About  two  years  following  his  return  from  Germany,  Rohl  acquired 
the  yacht  Pandora.  This  boat  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1933.  Rohl 
replaced  it  with  a  larger  boat,  the  Ramona.  In  1937  he  purchased  the 
Vega  at  an  auction  in  New  York ;  a  125-foot,  diesel-powered  vessel,  carry- 
ing a  crew  of  16  men. 

Rohl  was  aboard  the  Ramona  when  the  boat  arrived  at  San  Pedro 
from  Acaculpo,  Mexico,  in  1933.  Immigration  officials  made  the  usual 
inspection,  which  resulted  in  the  deportation  of  one  member  of  the  crew. 
Although  there  is  no  doubt  of  Rohl's  presence  on  the  boat,  his  name  is 
missing  from  the  manifest.  This  instance  of  Rohl 's  reluctance  to  reveal 
his  alien  status  was,  of  itself,  not  considered  particularly  significant,  but 
when  similar  cases  were  discovered,  a  persistent  and  sometimes  stub- 
born pattern  of  concealment  was  disclosed. 

During  1932  Rohl  was  engaged  in  building  a  road  for  the  Mexican 
Government  from  Monterey  to  Mexico  City.  During  this  period  he 
made  numerous  trips  into  Mexico  and  back  into  the  United  States, 
via  Laredo,  Texas,  but  the  immigration  records  at  Laredo  contain  no 
notation  that  Rohl  ever  left  the  country  at  that  point. 

On  at  least  two  occasions  Rohl  was  compelled  to  make  statements  as 
to  his  citizenship  status.  On  January  21,  1938,  the  Vega  dropped 
anchor  in  Honolulu  after  having  sailed  through  the  Panama  Canal. 
Immigration  officers  were  aware  that  Rohl  was  aboard  and  questioned 
him  concerning  the  place  of  his  birth.  In  this  connection  Rohl  testified 
in  Los  Angeles  on  February  27,  1943  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XV,  p.  3753),  as 
follows : 

Q.  Mr.  Combs :  And  you  arrived  in  Honolulu  on  the  twenty-first 
day  of  January,  1938,  didn't  you? 

A.  Mr.  Rohl :  Yes. 

Q.  At  this  time,  for  your  information,  the  immigration  manifest 
shows  you  to  have  been  born  in  Iola,  Kansas,  on  September  26,  1886. 

How  did  the  immigration  officials  get  that  information? 

A.  I  don 't  know. 

Q.  Have  vou  seen  that  manifest  ? 

A.  No. 

Q.  Did  anybody  ever  tell  you  that  that  information  appeared 
in  it? 

A.  No — yes,  yes. 

Q.  The  immigration  inspector 

A.  Here,  after  I  had  applied  for  my  citizenship. 

Q.  They  told  you  that  on  that  occasion  you  had  been  manifested 
as  having  been  born  in  Iola,  Kansas? 

A.  That  is  right.     They  called  it  to  my  attention. 

Q.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  that  was  the  birthplace  of  your  wife? 

A.  Yes. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  9 

Q.  But  she  wasn't  born  there  on  September  26,  1886,  was  she? 

A.  No. 

Q.  You  were  born  in  1886,  were  you  not? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  All  right.  When  you  went  to  Honolulu  did  you  go  through 
the  Panama  Canal  ? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  And  at  Balboa  you  were  examined  by  an  immigration 
inspector  ? 

A.  I  clon  't  think  so. 

During  the  years  when  the  Federal  Government  required  taxpayers 
to  make  a  declaration  concerning  citizenship  status,  Rohl  was  again 
faced  with  a  situation  that  compelled  him  to  give  direct  answers.  Dur- 
ing this  period  he  falsely  stated  in  his  income  tax  returns,  under  oath, 
that  he  was  a  citizen  of  the  United  States.  He  persistently  concealed 
his  status  as  a  German  alien.  He  not  only  failed  to  reveal  his  true  status 
when  circumstances  permitted,  but  as  far  as  the  records  show,  he  boldly 
stated  that  he  was  an  American  citizen  when  no  alternative,  except  dis- 
closure, was  open  to  him. 

ILLEGAL  OWNERSHIP  OF  YACHTS  AND  STOCK 

At  the  committee  hearing  held  in  Los  Angeles  considerable  conflict 
was  noticed  between  the  testimony  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  and  his  wife, 
Mrs.  Floye  Rohl.  When  testifying  concerning  the  ownership  of  stock 
in  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company,  Mr.  Rohl  testified  as  follows  (Vol.  XV, 
p.  3737)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  How  much  stock  in  the  Rohl-Connolly  Com- 
pany do  you  own  now,  Mr.  Rohl  ? 
A.  50  per  cent. 

Q.  And  have  you  always  owned  50  per  cent? 
A.  Yes,  sir. 

Mrs.  Floye  Rohl  testified  as  follows  (Vol.  XV,  pp.  3817-3818)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs:  Did  you,  yourself,  Mrs.  Rohl,  invest  any  of 
your  own  assets  or  capital  in  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  ? 

A.  Well,  no,  I  didn't  invest  any,  but  I  have  a  share  of  the  com- 
pany that  Mr.  Rohl — it  is  community  property,  yes. 

Q.  You  mean  you  have  an  undivided  half  interest? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Of  whatever  part  he  has? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  But  none  of  the  actual  stock  is  in  your  name? 

A.  Oh,  yes,  there  is  stock  in  my  name. 

Q.  How  many  shares? 

A.  Well,  half  of  Mr.  Rohl 's— 25  per  cent  I  would  say.  Mr.  Rohl 
owns  50  per  cent — I  mean  Mr.  Connolly  owns  50  per  cent  and  there 
is  50  per  cent  that  Mr.  Rohl  and  I  own. 

Q.  I  see.  What  you  mean,  in  other  words,  Mr.  Connolly  owns 
50  per  cent  of  the  stock  ? 

A.  Yes. 


10  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Q.  And  Mr.  Rohl  owns  50  per  cent  and  under  the  community 
property  law  you  would  own  an  undivided  half  of  what  Mr.  Rohl 
owns? 

A.  No,  Mr.  Rohl  doesn't  own  50  per  cent.  Mr.  Rohl  owns  25 
per  cent  and  I  own  25  per  cent. 

Q.  I  see.     25  per  cent  actually  stands  in  your  name  ? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Did  you  pay  anything  for  that  25  per  cent  of  the  stock  1 

A.  No,  I  didn't  pay  anything  for  it,  not  for  mine. 

Q.  Was  that  25  per  cent  transferred  to  you  by  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

A.  Yes. 

The  question  of  fire  insurance  on  the  yacht,  Pandora,  elicited  confu- 
sion and  disagreement  between  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Rohl.  Mr.  Rohl  testified 
as  follows  (Vol.  XV,  p.  3743)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs:  When  did  you  acquire  the  Pandora  f 

A.   (No  answer.) 

Q.  Do  you  recall  about  how  long  ago? 

A.  1927. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  sail  it  to  Honolulu  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  It  was  anchored  where  ? 

A.  Anchored?     Where  do  you  mean,  here? 

A.  Yes. 

A.  At  the  California  Yacht  Club  anchorage. 

Q.  And  the  boat  burned,  did  it  not  ?     • 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Was  it  insured  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  the  insurance  was  payable  to  you,  was  it  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Mrs.  Rohl,  questioned  on  the  same  subject,  testified  as  follows  (Vol. 
XV,  pp.  3819-3820)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  Well,  the  Pandora  was  insured,  was  it  not  ? 
A.  Yes,  that  is  right. 

Q.  And  the  insurance  was  payable  to  your  husband  ? 
A.  No,  it  was  payable  to  me. 

Q.  So,  the  insurance  company  delivered  you  a  check,  did  thev  ? 
A.  Yes. 

Q.  For  the  amount  ? 
A.  Yes,  they  did. 

Q.  And  did  you  use  that  money  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  the 
Eamonaf 

A.  I  used  that,  yes,  and  other  moneys,  of  course. 

The  question  of  the  ownership  of  the  yachts,  Bamona  and  Vega,  pro- 
vided another  source  of  disagreement  between  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Rohl.  Mrs. 
Rohl  alleged  that  she  paid  all  of  the  expenses  in  connection  with  the 
maintenance  and  operation  of  the  Bamona  and  the  Vega  and  she  stated 
that  she  gave  orders  to  the  captain  concerning  the  operation  of  each 
vessel.  Rohl,  however,  had  previously  testified  that  he  employed  the 
captain ;  that  the  captain  hired  the  members  of  the  crew,  and  that  Rohl, 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  11 

himself,  paid  all  expenses  for  the  maintenance  and  operation  of  the 
yachts.  Evidence  before  the  committee  shows  that  Rohl  always  directed 
the  movements  of  the  vessels  in  question  and  paid  all  expenses  for  their 
maintenance  and  operation. 

Rohl  remembered  having  sailed  on  the  Vega  from  Jacksonville,  Florida, 
to  Honolulu  during  the  early  part  of  1937.  The  yacht  was  reported  by 
immigration  inspectors  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Panama  Canal,  where  each 
member  of  the  crew  was  interrogated  concerning  his  citizenship  status. 
Rohl  had  no  recollection  whatever  of  the  yacht  ever  being  inspected 
there.  Both  Rohl  and  his  wife  remembered  that  the  vessel  was  boarded 
by  immigration  inspectors  in  Honolulu.  Rohl's  alleged  place  of  birth 
does  not  appear  on  the  immigration  manifest  on  this  occasion  but,  as 
before  stated,  it  was  falsely  given  as  Iola,  Kansas,  the  birthplace  of 
his  wife. 

Similar  disagreements  between  the  testimony  of  Rohl  and  his  wife 
appear  in  the  transcript  in  connection  with  the  arrival  of  the  Vega  in 
Los  Angeles  Harbor  on  its  return  cruise  from  Honolulu.  Rohl  admitted 
that  he  was  acquainted  with  one  E.  J.  Crouse,  and  testified  that  Crouse 
had  hailed  the  Vega  from  his  own  boat,  the  Marlin,  and  that  he  came 
aboard  the  Vega,  when  it  anchored  inside  the  breakwater.  Rohl  further 
testified  that  there  was  no  immigration  inspection  of  the  Vega  at  San 
Pedro.  The  testimony  of  Mrs.  Rohl,  on  the  contrary,  was  to  the  effect 
that  she  told  Mr.  Crouse  that  he  could  not  come  aboard  the  Vega,  because 
the  vessel  had  not  yet  cleared  immigration  inspection  at  San  Pedro. 
She  was  able  to  distinctly  recall  that  members  of  the  crew  and  passengers 
aboard  the  Vega  were  interrogated  by  immigration  inspectors  at  San 
Pedro,  just  as  they  had  been  questioned  before  the  vessel  sailed  through 
the  Panama  Canal  and  upon  its  arrival  in  Honolulu.  Rohl's  name  does 
not  appear  on  the  manifest  upon  the  occasion  of  the  Vega's  arrival  in 
San  Pedro  and  there  is  no  indication  in  the  official  records  that  he  was 
on  board.  It  is  significant  to  note  that  Rohl,  the  alien,  the  owner  of  the 
Vega,  was,  in  some  manner,  able  to  avoid  embarrassment  with  immigra- 
tion inspectors.  As  a  result  of  the  inspection  at  San  Pedro,  one  alien 
aboard  the  Vega  was  deported. 

THEODORE  WYMAN,  JR. 

In  July  of  1935  a  Captain  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.,  was  transferred  from 
Kansas  City  to  Los  Angeles.  Rohl  became  acquainted  with  Captain 
Wyman  some  time  in  August  of  1935.  The  Bohl-Connolly  Company  had 
opened  rock  quarries  on  Catalina  Island  and,  on  at  least  two  occasions, 
Wyman  sailed  to  Catalina  on  Rohl's  yacht,  the  Bamona.  The  Bohl- 
Connolly  Company  was  using  the  rock  from  the  quarries  to  cap  the  San 
Pedro  Breakwater,  which  was  then  nearing  completion.  Captain  Wyman 
and  Rohl  became  extraordinarily  intimate  companions  within  a  matter 
of  weeks  after  their  first  meeting. 

Upon  his  return  to  California  from  Germany  in  1925  Rohl  became  a 
lavish  spender  and  was  a  frequent  visitor  to  popular  night  clubs  in  and 
around  Los  Angeles.  His  arrival  at  certain  clubs  became  a  significant 
and  spectacular  event.  His  entrance  was  the  cue  for  all  proceedings  to 
stop  while  a  special  musical  number  was  rendered  by  the  orchestra  and 
singers  in  his  honor. 

Rohl  staged  a  number  of  bacchanalian  parties  for  Captain  Wyman  in 
his  luxurious  suite  in  a  downtown  Los  Angeles  hotel  from  time  to  time. 


32  UX-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

The  affidavits  of  hotel  employees  on  file  with  the  committee  indicate  that 
Rohl,  on  these  occasions,  was  most  lavish  in  the  entertainment  of  the 
captain.  The  two  men  became  constant  companions  and  they  were 
frequently  seen  together  in  the  popular  night  spots  in  Hollywood  and  Los 
Angeles.  Wyman  affiliated  with  a  number  of  Los  Angeles  organizations. 
particularly  the  Los  Angeles  Athletic  Club,  the  Los  Angeles  Country 
Club,  the  California  Club,  the  University  Club,  the  Bel -Air  Bay  Club, 
the  Hollywood  Athletic  Club  and  Hollywood  Country  Club.  He  pur- 
chased a  $16,000  home  in  an  exclusive  residential  district.  By  1939.  the 
captain  had  become  Major  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr. 

According  to  the  affidavit  of  Juanita  Blackwell,  a  domestic  servant  in 
Rolil's  employ,  he  first  started  speaking  of  Wyman  in  1936,  when  the 
Rohls  were  living  in  the  Talmadge  Apartments.  Wyman  soon  became 
a  frequent  visitor  at  the  Rohl  residence,  and  was  often  driven  there  by  a 
soldier  in  an  Army  ear.  He  telephoned  Rohl  at  regular  intervals.  Mrs. 
Blackwell  stated  that  Rohl  talked  to  "Wyman  in  Honolulu  over  the  long- 
distance telephone  on  a  number  of  occasions  and  that  she  heard  Rohl 
speak  to  him  of  "hangars,  runways,  and  landing  fields." 

Wyman  had  the  reputation  of  being  a  heavy  drinker  and  on  nearly  all 
occasions  when  he  and  Rohl  were  observed  together,  he  appeared  to  be 
intoxicated.  The  following  text  of  the  affidavit  of  a  naval  officer  is 
typical  of  much  of  the  testimony  concerning  Wyman  : 

"I  first  met  Colonel  Theodore  Wyman.  Jr.,  about  1938;  I  have 
seen  him  on  H.  W.  Rolil's  yacht,  the  'Vega,'  four  or  five  times,  and  on 
each  and  every  occasion  Wyman  was  so  drunk  that  he  was  utterly 
obnoxious  and  incapable  of  transacting  any  business;  when  I  was 
first  introduced  to  him,  Colonel  Wyman  criticized  my  appearance 
and  was  very  insulting  to  me ;  he  would  pour  whiskey  on  the  floor 
and  drop  his  burning  cigarettes  on  the  carpet. 

"Mrs.  Floye  Rohl  once  stated  to  me  that  she  didn't  like  Wyman, 
but  that  H.  W.  Rohl,  her  husband,  had  to  tolerate  him  for  business 
reasons." 

WERNER   PLACK,   NAZI   AGENT 

Testimony  was  adduced  at  the  Los  Angeles  hearing  concerning  Rohl 's 
friendship  with  one  Werner  Plack,  a  Nazi  who  was  formerly  attached  to 
the  German  Vice  Consulate  in  Los  Angeles  when  that  office  was  headed 
by  the  ubiquitous  Dr.  Gyssling.  When  the  German  diplomatic  offices 
were  ordered  closed  by  the  United  States  Government  Plack  immediately 
left  for  Berlin  by  way  of  Japan.  Arriving  in  the  capital  city  of  Hitler's 
Third  Reich,  he  immediately  was  given  an  important  position  in  the 
foreign  office. 

The  relation  between  Werner  Plack  and  Rohl  is  of  considerable 
importance.  Rohl's  testimony  concerning  Plack  is  as  follows  (Vol.  XV, 
pp.  3791-3792)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  Did  you  ever  know  a  man  by  the  name  of 
Werner  Plack  ? 
A.  Who? 
Q.  Werner  Plack. 
A.  Not  to  my  knowledge. 
Q.  You  never  knew  Werner  Plack  ? 
A.  No. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  13 

Q.  Don't  you  remember  going  into  the  Swing  Club  with  "Werner 
Plack  during  the  summer  of  1938  ? 

A.  No,  I  don't. 

Q.  You  have  no  recollection  of  Werner  Plack  at  all? 

A.  No,  I  don 't. 

Q.  Do  you  know  where  the  Swing  Club  is  or  was  ? 

A.  I  know  where  it  was. 

Q.  1710  North  Las  Palmas  Avenue,  Hollywood. 

A.  1710  North  Las  Palmas,  Hollywood?     That  was  down  here? 

Q.  Yes. 

A.  Down  near  833  Spring,  wasn't  it? 

Q.  Well,  you  know  it  was  a  club  that  opened,  usually,  after  2 
o'clock  in  the  morning.     Do  you  remember  that? 

A.   (No  answer.) 

Q.  A  night  club. 

A.   (No  answer.) 

Q.  You  remember  the  Swing  Club,  don 't  you  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  remember  the  Swing  Club.  Wasn  't  that  at  833  Spring, 
or  some  place? 

Q.  I  don't  know. 

A.  I  don 't  know  myself. 

Q.  When  were  you  last  there? 

A.  I  don 't  know  that. 

Q.  Well,  were  you  ever  there? 

A.  I  suppose  I  was. 

While  in  California,  Werner  Plack  attempted  to  conceal  his  nationality. 
A  witness  who  was  socially  acquainted  with  Rohl  testified  (Vol.  XV,  pp. 
3889-3890)  on  this  point  as  follows : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  Were  you  ever  acquainted  with  an  individual 
by  the  name  of  Werner  Plack  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  When  did  you  first  meet  him  ? 

A.   '35  or  '36. 

Q.  And  how  long  did  your  acquaintanceship  with  him  continue? 

A.  During  that  year — the  first  year  I  met  him. 

Q.  What  was  his  nationality,  if  you  know? 

A.  He  claimed  to  be  a  Holland  Dutchman,  but,  of  course,  we 
found  out  later  that  that  was  not  true. 

Q.  And  what  was  his  nationality? 

A.  It  was  German. 

Mr.  Combs:  That  is  all. 

The  following  sworn  affidavit  of  William  E.  Kent  is  self-explanatory: 
"State  of  California 


County  of  Los  Angeles 

William  E.  Kent,  first  being  duly  sworn,  deposes  and  says : 
I  reside  at  1206  N.  Flores  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California;  1  was 
naturalized  on  July  12,  1940;  I  am  a  member  of  West  Hollywood 
Post  405,  American  Legion ;  I  am  now  in  the  insurance  business  for 
myself;  I  first  met  Werner  Plack  in  1938,  in  Los  Angeles ;  some  time 
during  the  latter  part  of  1940  I  became  suspicious  of  Plack  and 


14  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

telephoned  the  German  Consulate  in  Los  Angeles  to  see  whether  he 
was  there.  I  spoke  German,  in  fact  with  a  Russian  accent,  asked 
for  Plack  and  inquired  if  he  was  employed  by  the  German  Con- 
sulate and  he  told  me  definitely  that  he  was.  I  am  absolutely  certain 
I  was  speaking  to  Plack  because  I  knew  him  well,  and  recognized  his 
voice.  I  then  merely  made  a  casual  inquiry  concerning  his  health, 
gave  him  a  fictitious  Russian  name  and  hung  up  the  telephone. 

(S)  William  E.  Kent 
Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  13th  day  of  December,  1943. 
(S)  R.  E.  Combs, 

Counsel  for  State  Committee  on  Un- 
American  Activities,  A.  C.  R.  #  59. 

"Witness :  Bruce  Pine. 

Witness :  John  H.  Weiner. 
Bruce  Pine  testified  as  follows  (Vol.  XV,  pp.  3920-3923)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  Were  you  here  during  the  entire  time  that  Mr. 
Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  testified? 

A.  I  was. 

Q.  Had  you  ever  met  that  man  before  ? 

A.  Yes,  on  several  occasions. 

Q.  When  did  you  first  make  his  acquaintance  ? — About  how  long 
ago? 

A.  I  would  say  roughly,  about  1933  or  '34. 

Q.  And  since  the  time  that  your  acquaintance  with  him  origi- 
nated, have  you  met  him  on  various  occasions  since  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Did  you  hear  him  testify  specifically  that  he  had  never  known 
a  man  bv  the  name  of  Werner  Plack  ? 

A.  I  did. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  know  Werner  Plack? 

A.  Yes,  I  knew  Werner  fairly  well. 

Q.  When  did  your  acquaintance  with  him  commence  ? 

A.  I  should  say  about  the  year  1935. 

Q.  What  was  his  nationality,  if  you  know? 

A.  He  was  German. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  Mr.  Rohl  and  Mr.  Plack  were 
acquainted  ? 

A.  I  know  definitely  they  were  acquainted. 

Q.  Did  you  see  them  together  on  several  occasions? 

A.  I  saw  them  together  on  one  occasion,  which  naturally  stands 
out  in  my  mind,  and  the  other  occasions — so  many  years  have  gone 
by  and  I  had  no  reason  to  mark  the  occasion,  that  I  hesitate  to  testify 
definitely.  But  on  one  occasion  I  specifically  saw  them  together 
because  something  occurred  which  made  me  remember  it. 

Q.  Was  that  the  occasion  concerning  which  I  questioned  Mr.  Rohl 
in  your  presence  on  Saturday  ? 

A.  That  was  the  occasion. 

Q.  That  was  when  Mr.  Rohl  and  Mr.  Plack  came  into  the  place 
commonly  known  as  the  Swing  Club  together  ? 

A.  Yes.  It  had  been  known  as  the  Swing  Club  and  then  the 
name  was  changed  to  "1710  Club"  which  was  the  name  of  the 
same  place. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  15 

Q.  It  was  the  same,  identical  place? 

A.  Yes,  same  identical  place  and  the  same  identical  building. 

Q.  About  when  was  that?  I  mean  when  you  saw  them  together 
there  ? 

A.  Well,  I  believe  it  was  in  the  summer  of  either  1938  or  1939.  The 
reason  I  recall  that  it  must  have  been  during  the  summer  was  because 
I  had  been  to  a  baseball  game  earlier  in  the  evening. 

Q.  Did  Mr.  Plack  and  Mr.  Rohl  come  to  that  place  together  ? 

A.  They  came  together  with  one  other  gentleman  whom  I  did  not 
recognize.    He  was  a  tall,  distinguished  looking,  white  haired  man. 

Q.  What  particular  incident  occurred  at  that  time  and  place 
which  called  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  Mr.  Rohl  and  Mr.  Plack 
were  together  ?    Of  course,  you  knew  them  both,  did  you  not  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  knew  them  both.  I  might  say  I  knew  Plack  at  that 
time  better  than  Rohl  because  I  have  never  known  Rohl  intimately, 
although  I  met  him  many  times  and  talked  with  him. 

Q.  What  incident  occurred  which  called  your  particular  atten- 
tion to  the  fact  that  they  were  together  at  that  time  and  place  ? 

A.  Well,  they  ran  a  little  floor  show  at  the  Swing  Club  and  the 
floor  show  was  going  on  when  all  of  a  sudden  the  orchestra  leader 
stopped  the  music.  He  stopped  the  music  and  he  stopped  the  floor 
show.  The  music  changed,  and  all  the  girls  in  the  floor  show, 
including  the  band,  sang,  "Here  comes  Bill,  here  comes  Bill,  here 
comes  Bill  Rohl  now,"  so  that  was  why  it  was  so  vividly  marked  in 
my  recollection,  and  with  him  were  Werner  Plack  and  the  one  other 
man  who  I  never  remember  having  seen  before  or  since. 

The  sworn  affidavit  of  Juanita  Blackwell,  a  former  domestic  in  the 
Rohl  household  heretofore  mentioned  reveals  that  Werner  Plack  tele- 
phoned Rohl  on  several  occasions.  Plack  would  state  his  name  without 
hesitation  and  the  servant  was  therefore  able  to  testify  as  to  his  identity. 
The  testimony  of  Mr.  Harry  W.  Flannery,  radio  commentator  and 
author  of  the  book  "Assignment  to  Berlin,"  follows  (Vol.  XV,  pp.  3924- 
3930)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  Mr.  Flannery,  how  long  have  you  resided  in 
southern  California? 

A.  A  little  short  of  a  year. 

Q.  Prior  to  that  time  where  was  your  residence  ? 
A.  Prior  to  that  time  my  residence  was  in  New  York. 
Q.  And  how  long  did  you  reside  in  New  York  immediately  prior 
to  coming  to  southern  California  ? 

A.  From  October,  1941,  until  I  came  here,  which  was  in  March 
of  last  year. 

Q.  And  from  where  did  you  come  when  you  established  your  last 
residence  in  New  York  ? 
A.  From  Berlin,  Germany. 

Q.  And  how  long  a  time  did  you  spend  in  Berlin,  Germany  ? 
A.  Approximately  a  year. 
Q.  How  did  you  happen  to  go  there  ? 

A.  I  was  sent  to  Berlin  as  correspondent  for  the  Columbia  Broad- 
casting System. 

Q.  And  was  it  your  business  to  make  broadcasts  from  Berlin  ? 
A.  Right. 


lb  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    TN    CALIFORNIA 

Q.  Which  you  did.  of  course  ? 

A.  Right. 

Q.  During  the  entire  period  you  were  there  i 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  While  there  did  you  know  a  man  by  the  name  of  Werner 
Plack? 

A.  I  did. 

Q.  When  did  your  acquaintance  with  him  originate  ? 

A.  Early  in  1941. 

Q.  That  was  when  you  first  went  to  Berlin  ? 

A.  I  had  been  there  several  months  at  that  time.  I  arrived  in 
1940. 

Q.  How  did  you  happen  to  make  his  acquaintance  ? 

A.  I  made  his  acquaintance  through  Charlie  Lanius  of  N.  B.  C. 

Lanius  had  met  Plack,  who  had  just  come  to  Berlin  and  was  at  the 
time  connected  with  the  radio  department  for  the  German  Foreign 
Office. 

Lanius  brought  Plack  up  to  my  room  and  I  met  him  up  there,  and 
we  talked  afterwards.  I  met  Plack  a  number  of  times  principally 
because  of  his  connections  with  radio  for  the  foreign  office.  He  was 
a  censor  and  he  also  arranged  programs.  He  arranged  the  Wode- 
house  release. 

Q.  Spell  that,  please. 

A.  P.  G.  Wodehouse,  an  English  author  who  was  released  from 
an  internment  camp  and  then  principally  because  of  publicity  he 
broadcast  for  the  Germans.     Plack  arranged  that. 

Q.  Plack  arranged  that? 

A.  Yes,  he  got  the  idea  it  would  be  a  good  stunt  to  release  Wode- 
house and  make  a  little  publicity  out  of  it,  because  Wodehouse  would 
be  more  listened  to  than  some  of  the  Germans  who  were  on  the  air, 
and  they  might,  thereby  be  able  to  get  over  their  story  better. 

He  also  planned,  so  far  as  I  know,  to  put  on  Luckner,  the  Sea 
Devil — Count  Felix  von  Luckner,  who  is  well  known  in  this  country 
and  who  has  been  well  liked,  also  the  Crown  Prince. 

Q.  The  Crown  Prince  of  Germany? 

A.  Yes ;  one  of  the  Eckeners  and  a  number  of  others  of  that  same 
kind,  figuring  that  those  people  would  get  audiences  in  the  United 
States  and  German  propaganda  would  be  more  listened  to. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  Werner  Plack  had  any  connec- 
tion with  Fritz  Weidemann  at  any  time  ? 

A.  Not  from  personal  knowledge,  although  I  understand  he  was 
connected  with  Fritz  Weidemann  before  he  left  California. 

He  principally  sold  wines  here.  He  came  out  here  to  go  into  the 
movies  but  found  out  that  he  wasn't  able  to  get  into  the  movies  and 
instead  made  connections  by  selling  wine,  German  wines,  principally. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  Werner  Plack  had  any  connection 
with  Dr.  Gyssling,  the  German  consul,  while  in  the  United  States? 

A.  I  know  nothing  of  that. 

Q.  Now,  will  you  please  describe  in  detail,  Mr.  Flannery,  just 
what  duties  Plack  had  to  perform  in  connection  with  his  position 
with  the  German  Foreign  Office  while  you  were  in  Berlin? 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  17 

A.  Well,  his  principal  duties  were  to  arrange  broadcasts  to  go  to 
the  United  States. 

Q.  Yes. 

A.  He  was  not  the  head  of  that  department.  The  head  of  that 
department  was  a  fellow  by  the  name  of  Lilyenf eldt.  His  first  name 
escapes  me — George  von  Lilyenfeldt.  At  times  when  Lilyenfeldt 
was  away  Plack  had  complete  charge  of  the  department  for  the 
foreign  office. 

For  several  months,  three  or  four  months  after  the  Russian  cam- 
paign had  begun,  Lilyenfeldt,  who  had  been  a  resident  of  the  Baltic 
States,  was  sent  up  there  to  do  some  work,  and  during  that  period 
Plack  was  completely  in  charge  of  the  radio  department. 

Among  his  duties  was  to  act  as  a  censor  for  the  foreign  office  for 
radio  broadcasts  to  the  United  States. 

I  might  mention  that  at  least  one-third  of  the  times  that  he  came 
out  to  do  the  censoring  he  was  drunk  and  on  a  few  occasions  he 
was  so  tight  he  could  not  read  my  copy,  and  one  night  he  asked  me 
to  read  it  to  him,  which  was  very  foolish.  I  could  have  read  him 
anything  and  he  would  have  0.  K.  'd  it,  except  he  thought  something 
should  be  changed  in  it,  so  he  suggested,  'Let  us  change  this  thing 
up  here,'  and  he  started  scratching  out  stuff.  I  had  to  stop  him 
because  I  could  not  read  anything  after  he  would  get  through  with 
that  sort  of  thing. 

In  addition  to  acting  as  censor  he  was  one  of  the  contact  men  for 
us  and  would  arrange  for  us  to  go  on  various  trips.  For  instance, 
when  Matsuoko  came  there  he  arranged  the  trip  for  me.  We  met 
Matsuoko  and  went  down  to  Potsdam  and  he  would  always  arrange 
those  things,  whereby  we  would  be  able  to  make  other  trips  and 
make  other  contacts  and  so  forth. 

The  Foreign  Office  Propaganda  Ministry  had  men  for  that  par- 
ticular purpose.  Their  job  also  was  trying  to  make  us  fellows  feel 
better  and  thereby  hoping  we  might  be  sold  more  on  Nazi  Germany. 

They  had  men  selected  for  that  purpose  to  try  to  sell  the  corre- 
spondents. 

Q.  Was  Plack  one  of  those  men  ? 

A.  Plack  was  one  of  those  men.  Of  course  Plack  liked  it  very 
well  because  it  gave  him  a  big  expense  account. 

Q.  He  was  rather  convivially  inclined? 

A.  Oh,  yes,  he  would  like  a  job  of  that  kind. 

Q.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  you  mentioned'  Plack  in  your  book, 
"Assignment  to  Berlin,"  did  you  not? 

A.  That  is  right. 

Q.  How  is  the  book  doing? 

A.  Very  well,  thank  you. 

Q.  A  very  interesting  book. 

A.  Thank  you. 

Q.  When  did  you  come  back  from  Germany? 

A.  I  arrived  back  here  October  14.  I  left  Berlin  September  29, 
1941. 

Q.  Do  you  know  at  all  how  long  it  was  after  Werner  Plack  arrived 
in  Germany  that  he  obtained  this  position  in  the  German  Foreign 
Office? 


18  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  As  far  as  I  know,  it  was  immediately. 

Q.  Immediately  upon  his  arriving  ? 

A.  I  know  of  no  lapse  in  between.  Of  course,  there  may  have 
been,  but  I  know  of  none. 

Q.  Do  you  know  when  he  arrived  there,  about  ? 

A.  No.  I  estimate  it  was — that  is  pretty  difficult  for  me  to  place, 
because  I  don't  seem  to  be  able  to  connect  it  with  anything  except 
the  fact  I  mentioned  Lanius — that  Lanius  did  not  arrive  until  early 
in  1941  and  that  I  met  him  with  Lanius,  so  I  know  it  was  early  in 
1941,  but  I  can  not  place  it  more  definitely  than  that.  I  can't  set  it 
as  to  what  part  of  January  or  whenever  it  was. 

Chairman  Tenney:  It  was  early  in  1941? 

The  Witness :  Early  in  1941,  yes. 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs:  Mr.  Flannery,  in  your  conversations  with 
Werner  Plack  from  time  to  time,  did  he  ever  boastfully  mention  any 
of  his  propaganda  activities  in  the  United  States — any  of  his  pro- 
German  activities  in  the  United  States  ? 

A.  Yes,  in  a  certain  respect.  He  is  a  peculiar  fellow.  He  had 
an  article  from  one  of  the  magazines  over  here.  I  think  it  was  one 
of  the  movie  magazines.  I  am  not  sure  of  that.  I  remember  he 
had  it.  He  had  all  kinds  of  American  magazines,  particularly 
Vogue,  which  he  liked  to  show  to  the  ladies,  in  which  there  was  an 
article  about  German  people  who  had  operated  in  the  United  States, 
and  accused  them  of  espionage,  and  merely  among  the  names  down 
at  the  end  was  Werner  Plack,  which  he  seemed  to  be  very  proud  of. 
He  took  it  around  and  showed  it  to  everybody.  It  did  not  in  any 
way  speak  very  respectfully  of  Mr.  Plack  but  he  did  not  seem  to  be 
bothered  by  that  fact. 

SECRET  MILITARY  INSTALLATIONS  IN  THE  HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 

In  1939  Major  Wyman  was  sent  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands  to  take  charge 
of  the  construction  of  certain  secret  installations  near  Pearl  Harbor  for 
the  Army.  These  installations  included  gun  emplacements,  air  fields, 
underground  ammunition  reserve  storehouses,  aircraft  warning  systems, 
hangars  and  buildings.  The  contract  for  these  installations  was  given 
to  Rohl's  concern.  Wyman  talked  from  the  islands  to  Rohl  in  Los 
Angeles  over  the  long  distance  telephone  on  several  occasions  after  the 
contract  was  signed,  but  before  Rohl  became  an  American  citizen. 

The  preliminary  negotiations  for  the  contract  were  conducted  by  Rohl. 
Major  Wyman  had  met  with  Rohl  and  Connolly  in  San  Francisco  prior 
to  Wyman 's  departure  for  Hawaii  and  had  conferred  about  the  contracts 
prior  to  the  final  negotiations  which  were  concluded  in  Washington,  D.  C, 
in  December  of  1940.  The  basic  contract  was  consummated  December 
20,  1940,  by  Rohl's  attorney,  a  Mr.  Frank  Martin,  Jr.,  Thomas  E.  Con- 
nolly, Rohl's  business  associate,  and  a  Mr.  Paul  Grafe,  who  acted  on 
behalf  of  the  W.  E.  Callahan  Construction  Company  of  Los  Angeles. 
Rohl  remained  in  Los  Angeles  during  the  Washington  negotiations  but 
he  was  by  no  means  out  of  touch  with  the  proceedings,  as  the  records  of 
the  Southern  California  Telephone  Company  reveal  that  he  called  Grafe 
on  the  telephone  December  6th  and  that  he  called  Martin,  his  attorney, 
December  14th,  and  Connolly  December  18th.  Several  long  distance 
telephone  conversations  took  place  between  Wyman  and  Rohl  during 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  19 

the  early  summer  of  1941.  It  should  be  emphasized  here  that,  through- 
out the  negotiations  for  this  most  important  contract,  Hans  Wilhelm 
Rohl  was  an  alien  and  a  subject  of  Hitler's  Third  Reich. 

The  Federal  law  prohibits  an  alien  access  to  plans  and  specifications 
or  other  information  concerning  secret  Army  or  Navy  installations  of 
the  character  called  for  by  the  contract  in  question.  Rohl  did  not  receive 
United  States  citizenship  until  September  15,  1941.  The  negotiations 
above-mentioned  took  place  in  the  latter  part  of  1940.  The  records  of  the 
Southern  California  Telephone  Company  disclose  that  telephone  con- 
versations took  place  between  Major  Wyman  in  Honolulu  and  Hans 
Wilhelm  Rohl  in  Los  Angeles  on  January  4th,  9th  and  17th  and  on 
February  5th,  March  19th  and  May  22,  1941,  after  the  basic  contract 
had  been  signed. 

Nearly  eight  months  before  Rohl  became  a  citizen  of  the  United  States 
Major  Wyman  requested  him  to  come  to  Honolulu  to  take  part  in  the 
work.    Wyman 's  request  was  as  follows : 

''Reference  is  made  to  secret  contract  %  414-ENG-602,  with  the 
Hawaiian  Constructors  for  work  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  As 
you  are  actively  interested  in  this  venture  I  desire  you  to  proceed 
to  Honolulu  at  your  earliest  convenience  to  consult  with  the  district 
engineers,  relative  to  ways  and  means  to  accomplish  the  purpose  of 
this  contract. ' ' 

Rohl  was  questioned  closely  at  the  February,  1943,  hearing  concern- 
ing his  familiarity  with  Federal  statutes  making  it  an  offense  for  an 
alien  to  have  access  to  information  in  secret  military  installation  con- 
tracts. Rohl's  testimony  on  this  subject  is  as  follows  (Vol.  XV,  pp.  3807- 
3809)  : 

Q.  (By  Mr.  Combs)  When  you  first  obtained  the  contracts 
for  the  construction  of  military  installations,  did  you  tell  Major 
Wyman  that  you  were  an  alien  ? 

A.  I  did  on  the  Hawaiian  Constructors. 
Q.  But  you  didn't  on  any  other  projects? 

A.  We  don't  have  it — there  are  no  restrictions — I  mean  on  a 
Government  contract  you  are  not  questioned  as  to  whether  you  are 
a  citizen  or  not,  but  on  this  particular  contract,  Contract  602,  being 
a  secret  contract,  of  course,  I  told  him — I  had  to  tell  him. 

Q.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  provisions  of  the  law  regarding  such 
contracts  ? 

A.  Secret  contracts  ? 

Q.  Well,  secret,  confidential,  or  restricted  contracts. 
A.  Yes. 

Q.  I  will  read  the  law  to  you  and  see  whether  or  not  this  is  your 
understanding  of  it. 

"No  aliens  employed  by  a  contractor  in  the  performance  of 
secret,  confidential,  or  restricted  government  contracts  shall 
be  permitted  to  have  access  to  the  plans  or  specifications,  or  the 
work  under  such  contracts,  or  to  participate  in  the  contract 
trials,  unless  the  written  consent  of  the  head  of  the  Govern- 
ment Department  concerned  has  been  first  obtained. 

"Any  alien  who  obtains  employment  on  secret,  confidential, 
or  restricted  government  contracts  by  wilful  misrepresenta- 


20  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

tion  of  his  alien  status,  or  who  makes  such  wilful  misrepre- 
sentation while  seeking  such  employment,  shall  be  penalized 
by  a  fine  of  $10,000  or  five  years  in  the  Federal  Penitentiary. 

"For  the  purpose  of  this  section  the  term  "person"  shall  be 
construed  to  include  an  individual,  partnership,  association, 
corporation  or  other  business  enterprise. ' ' 
Is  that  your  understanding  of  the  law  ? 

A.  Absolutely.  Now,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  before  we  took  this 
contract  the  War  Department  was  told,  and  I  didn't  see  the  con- 
tract or  the  plans  or  specifications  purposely  until  after  I  was  a 
citizen. 

PROGRESS  OF  THE  WORK  IN  HONOLULU 

Within  a  few  days  after  being  granted  United  States  citizenship  Rohl 
left  for  Honolulu  to  join  Wyman.  Evidence  before  the  committee 
reveals  that  the  entire  project  soon  became  enmeshed  in  a  bewildering 
tangle  of  countermanded  and  contradictory  orders  resulting  in  an  ever- 
mounting  waste  of  time  and  material. 

Mr.  Ray  Anderson,  an  electrician  for  the  Hawaiian  Constructors, 
testified  before  the  committee,  March  1,  1943,  as  follows  (Vol.  XV, 
pp.  3904-3919)  : 

Q.  Mr.  Combs :  Now,  while  you  were  over  there,  Mr.  Anderson, 
did  you  ever  have  any  occasion  to  see  Major  Wyman  in  an  intoxicated 
condition  ? 

A.  Mr.  Anderson:  Yes. 

Q.  When  was  that? 

A.  During  February  and  March  and  five  days  before  Colonel 
Wyman  left  his  job  he  lay  in  the  hotel  drunk  all  the  time. 

Q.  For  how  long  a  time  ? 

A.  Five  days. 

Q.  Do  you  know  that  of  your  own  personal  knowledge? 

A.  Yes,  I  can  prove  it. 

Q.  While  you  were  working  over  there,  Mr.  Anderson,  were  there 
any  Japanese  employed  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  in  executive 
capacities  ? 

A.  There  were  Japanese  in  the  office,  Japanese  superintendents — 
that  is,  superintendents  over — not  of  an  area,  but  superintendents 
over  different  constructors,  such  as  carpenters  and  electricians,  and 
gangs  like  that;  the  Merchant  Electrical  Contractors  and  Supply 
Company  which  Vera — 

Q.  Who  is  the  head  of  that  ? 

A.  Vera.  They  employed  36  electricians.  They  came  into  our 
gang.  When  I  left  Honolulu,  two  days  before  I  sailed,  I  was  at 
their  stockroom  and  five  of  our  men  were  in  this  Japanese  gang. 
They  worked  out  of  Area  10. 

Q.  Was  a  portion  of  the  work  actually  supervised  by  Japanese? 

A.  Yes.  The  Japanese  were  permitted  to  go  into  every  part  of 
the  island  except  Pearl  Harbor  and  Diamond  Head  tunnels  and 
General  Emmons  tunnels,  where  the  headquarters  were. 

Now,  I  went  on  to  Hickam  Field  after  I  was  there,  I  think,  two 
weeks,  with  a  Hawaiian  Constructors'  badge  on  me.  I  spent  three 
hours  in  there.  I  went  all  over  the  hangars  and  everywhere  and  I 
came  back  up  to  G2  and  talked  to  the  captain  there  about  it,  asking 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  21 

why  in  the  world  that  they  permitted  people  with  those  badges  to 
walk  into  a  place  like  Hickam  Field  with  the  setup  they  had  there, 
and  he  said  he  didn  't  know. 

Q.  When  was  that? 

A.  That  was  in  the  early  part  of  March  of  last  year. 

Chairman  Tenney :  1942  ? 

The  Witness :  Yes. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Let  me  ask  a  question,  Mr.  Combs.  Is  it  your 
statement,  Mr.  Anderson,  that  these  Japanese  had  considerable  to  do 
with  the  supervision  of  the  work  on  the  island  ? 

The  Witness  :  They  were  working  in  the  office  and  in  places  where 
they  have  the  plans  of  the  United  States  Engineers.  They  had 
them  in  the  offices  with  them.  They  were  in  every  position  there 
except  certain  places.  They  could  not  go  into  Diamond  Head  Tun- 
nel or  General  Emmons  Tunnel  or  into  Pearl  Harbor.  You  had  to 
have  special  passes  that  were  good  only  for  that  particular  setup 
in  those  places.  They  could  not  go  there  but  everywhere  else  that 
I  know  of  on  the  island,  including  Hickam  Field  they  could  go. 
Last  August  the  Japanese  were  working  in  there. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Were  those  in  the  category  of  secret  installa- 
tions ? 

The  Witness :  Well,  I  should  say  that  they  would  be  because  they 
had  the  Aircobras  and  the  Boeings  and  all  the  big  airplanes  scattered 
throughout  those  fields. 

The  men  had  a  row  at  Bellows  Field  and  refused  to  work  for 
one  day,  or  a  part  of  a  day,  until  certain  Japanese  were  removed 
from  there.     That  was  some  time  last  April. 

Chairman  Tenney :  1942  ? 

The  Witness :  Yes,  sir. 

Chairman  Tenney:  It  is  your  testimony  that  the  Japanese  had 
considerable  to  do  with  the  supervision  of  the  work  ? 

The  Witness :  They  tell  you  there  that  the  Japanese  are  90  per 
cent  more  loyal  than  we  are  ourselves. 

Chairman  Tenney :  That  is  what  they  tell  you  in  Hawaii  ? 

The  Witness :  They  tell  you  that  in  Hawaii.  They  tell  you  that 
they  don 't  like  us  there.     There  is  no  fooling  about  that. 

Chairman  Tenney :  The  Japanese  you  mean  ? 

The  Witness :  No,  the  white  people  that  live  with  the  Japanese. 
There  is  a  peculiar  financial  setup  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  in  which 
the  sugar  interests  dictate  the  financial  set-up  there.  The  poor  man 
was  never  able  to  get  any  money  there.  The  only  place  he  can  get 
money  or  credit  is  from  the  Japanese  banks  and  stores  and  conse- 
quently he  is  friendly  to  the  Japanese. 

It  was  my  firm  opinion  from  the  time  I  got  there  that  they  didn 't 
particularly  care  whether  we  had  the  Islands  or  whether  the  Jap- 
anese had  them. 

Chairman  Tenney :  It  was  immaterial  ? 

The  Witness:  Yes. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Were  these  Japanese  that  you  have  referred 
to  employees  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  ? 

The  Witness:  Yes.  You  see,  a  civilian  there,  except  a  few  engi- 
neers when  we  went  there  belonged  to  the  Constructors — they  were 


22  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

working  under  the  U.  S.  E.  D.  I  will  tell  you  it  is  a  super  WPA 
set-up. 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  You  mean  the  United  States  Engineer  Corps? 

A.  U.  S.  E.  D.  Just  like  you  had  with  the  WPA  in  the  States. 
That  is  what  they  called  it. 

Q.  What  did  that  stand  for? 

A.  I  never  did  know — U.  S.  Engineer  Department,  I  guess. 

Q.  Mr.  Rohl  testified,  Mr.  Anderson,  that  he  was  personally 
directing  the  work  on  the  Island  of  Oahu  and  under  him  worked 
these  individuals  whom  you  have  mentioned  as  superintendents, 
on  the  various  projects.     Was  that  the  fact  when  you  were  there? 

A.  Mr.  Woolley  was  considered  the  head. 

Q.  Yes. 

A.  He  was  the  chairman  of  the  executWe  committee  which  con- 
sisted of  Mr.  Woolley,  Rohl  and  Benson.  Now,  whether  Rohl — 
I  have  always  believed  that  Ralph  Woolley  was  the  front  man. 

Q.  A  front  man? 

A.  Yes.  Ralph  Woolley  was  the  man  who  would  do  the  right 
thing  if  he  could.  He  talked  very  little.  You  could  get  very  little 
out  of  Ralph  Woolley. 

Q.  Who  did  you  believe  he  was  fronting  for? 

A.  For  the  outfit  that  came  from  here.  There  is  some  connection 
between  this  gang  in  the  States  and  that  outfit  and  they  wanted 
men  from  there  so  if  there  is  any  question  raised,  there  is  a  possibil- 
ity that  we  would  get  out  of  it. 

Q.  In  what  business  was  Mr.  Dillingham  engaged  ? 

A.  They  were  part  of  the  Constructors  and  pulled  out  I  think  in 
May  or  June. 

Q.  Of  1942? 

A.  1942,  yes.  For  some  reason  Dillingham  came  out  and  the 
assistant  superintendent  in  Area  10,  I  don't  remember  his  name 
at  the  present  time.  He  was  taken  from  there  and  sent  to  Johnson 
Island  with  certain  men  that  he  took  with  him. 

Q.  Did  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  also  do  work  on  Johnson 
Island  ? 

A.  I  don't  know  whether  they  did  or  not.  They  did  work  at 
Christmas  and  Canton.  General  Tinker  ran  them  out  of  Christmas 
Island. 

Q.  For  what  reason  ? 

A.  Weren't  getting  any  work  done. 

Q.  After  the  battle  of  Midway  did  the  Hawaiian  Constructors 
do  any  work  on  Midway  ? 

A.  There  were  some  men  went  over  there.  There  was  a  fellow 
by  the  name  of  Miller  here  in  Glendale  who  went  there  on  the  air 
conditioning.  He  was  a  Hawaiian  Constructors  man.  He  was 
over  there  10  days.  He  came  back  in  the  same  convoy.  I  don 't  know 
anything  about  him  personally,  but  they  had  five  or  six  men  out 
there — shipped  them  somewhere  where  we  didn't  even  know. 
Miller  told  men  then  that  he  had  to  go  to  Midway  and  what  had 
taken  place  in  Midway. 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  23 

Now,  there  is  another  feature  behind  this  whole  thing  of  which 
I  can  only  give  you  indirect  evidence.  If  I  can  find  the  man  today 
I  will  get  him. 

Last  year,  in  March  or  April  there  were  180  men  shipped  to  New 
Caledonia  by  the  Hawaiian  Constructors.  They  didn't  even  know 
where  they  were  going.  When  they  arrived  there  in  New  Caledonia 
they  found  out  it  was  a  French  Possession  and  refused  to  land. 
They  said, ' '  Anywhere  in  American  territory  but  not  in  foreign  ter- 
ritory," so  they  came  back.  They  brought  them  back  to  camp. 
They  were  shipped  to  sea  in  an  open  barge  with  an  ocean-going  tug 
pulling  them  for  five  and  a  half  days  to  Suva.  I  saw  the  letter 
signed  by  the  Governor  of  Suva  to  the  effect  that  if  those  men 
crossed  certain  lines  they  were  to  be  shot  down.  That  was  Governor 
Wild. 

Q.  When  was  that  trip  to  Suva  made  ? 

A.  Some  time,  I  think,  in  March.     I  met  the  man  in  April. 

Q.  March,  1942? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  What  was  the  nature  of  the  work  that  that  party  was  to  do  ? 

A.  They  went  out  there — they  were  building  an  airfield  and  sub- 
marine base. 

Q.  Building  an  airfield  and  submarine  base? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  that  was  the  Hawaiian  Constructors? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  On  the  Island  of  Suva? 

A.  No,  on  the  Island  of  Canton. 

Q.  Canton  Island  ? 

A.  Yes.     They  pulled  them  out  from  there  to  Suva. 

Q.  Are  you  acquainted  with  Paul  Grafe  ? 

A.  Is  this  the  gentleman  here  ? 

Q.  No,  no,  I  am  just  asking  you. 

A.  No,  I  don't  remember,  but  this  gentleman's  face  is  familiar 
to  me. 

Q.  Did  Mr.  Rohl  make  frequent  trips  away  from  the  Island  of 
Oahu  while  you  were  there  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Will  you  explain  what  you  observed  in  that  regard? 

A.  Well,  I  will  tell  you.  When  Rohl  left  his  car — he  always 
parked  his  car  on  the  lot — Rohl  parked  right  behind  Alexandria 
Hall  when  he  used  to  go  there  to  eat  and,  of  course,  we  could  always 
tell  when  he  wasn't  in  Honolulu. 

Q.  You  could  tell  what? 

A.  That  he  was  gone. 

Q.  Rohl  was  gone? 

A.  Yes,  because  it  was  impossible  to  follow  him.  There  was  a 
rumpus  raised  in  San  Francisco  when  some  of  the  men  came  back 
in  regard  to  their  pay  and  the  claim  was  filed  with  the  Compensation 
Commissioner  here  for  $8,000  and  Rohl  was — he  flew  back  here. 
We  never  saw  Rohl  that  time  for  three  or  four  weeks.  He  disappeared 
completely  and  finally  he  showed  up  again. 


24  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Q.  Now,  you  are  speaking  about  the  parking  space  which  was 
allocated  to  Mr.  Rohl.    Where  was  that  parking  space  ? 

A.  Exactly  behind  the  back  door  of  Alexandria  Hall,  the  head- 
quarters. 

Q.  Was  there  anv  marking  or  designation  on  it  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  To  show  to  whom  each  individual  space  was  allocated? 

A.  Rohl,  Middleton,  Woolley  and  Benson  each  had  a  spot  there. 

Q.  Were  their  names  painted  on  the  asphalt  ? 

A.  No ;  there  was  a  fence  rail — a  one-by-three  plank  painted  white 
there  with  their  names  on  each  one  of  them. 

Q.  In  black  paint? 

A.  Black  paint. 

Q.  Were  you  familiar  with  the  automobile  commonly  used  by 
Mr.  Rohl  when  he  was  on  the  Island  1 

A.  Yes,  he  used  a  black  car  then. 

Q.  Of  course  you  were  able  to  observe  at  times,  the  car  was  occu- 
pying the  space  which  was  allocated  to  him  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Mr.  Anderson,  have  you  any  further  light  you 
can  throw  on  this  matter  that  you  think  might  be  of  interest  ? 

The  Witness :  I  would  like  to  go  into  something  about  the  plans. 
We  never  did,  and  to  my  knowledge  to  the  day  I  left  there,  we  never 
had  a  plan  for  the  headquarters  job  that  we  did. 

They  left  a  hole  in  the  tunnel  six  by  seven  foot  that  never  was 
closed  up. 

Mr.  Combs:  What  tunnel? 

The  Witness :  Headquarters  of  the  United  States  Army,  Hawaiian 
Department,  and  things  of  that  kind.  We  couldn  't  get  material,  we 
couldn't  get  anything.    You  couldn't  get  anybody  to  do  anything. 

We  believed  that  sabotage,  in  the  sense  that  they  were  holding  up 
the  work  and  blaming  the  men,  was  going  on. 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  Who  was  holding  up  the  work? 

A.  Whoever  had  charge  of  it. 

Q.  Of  the  Hawaiian  constructors? 

A.  Evidently,  because  they  were  our  bosses. 

Q.  You  say  this  tunnel  was  located — the  United  States  Army 
Headquarters  tunnel  was  located  where  ? 

A.  In  that  tunnel. 

Q.  Where  was  the  tunnel  on  the  island  ? 

A.  Right  in  front  of  Red  Hill. 

Q.  That  is  what  I  want. 

A.  There  is  a  big  magazine  there. 

Q.  And  Red  Hill  overlooks  Pearl  Harbor? 

A.  Yes,  and  there  is  a  hill  in  front  of  Red  Hill  towards  Hickam 
Field.  This  hill  lays  between  Hickam  Field  and  Red  Hill.  There 
were  eight  tunnels  there  and  they  had  lateral  tunnels  and  they  had 
been  preparing  that  for  a  year.  The  soldiers  had  driven  a  vehicular 
tunnel  through  the  west  end  of  it,  from  one  end  to  the  other  of  it. 

We  went  in  there  and  we  fixed  it  up  so  it  was  gas-proof  and 
installed  all  kinds  of  equipment,  including  air-conditioning  and  stuff 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  25 

like  that.  We  did  it  without  plans  and  without  any  help  from 
anyone  whatever. 

Q.  Who  was  in  charge — who,  individually,  was  in  charge  of  that 
installation  ? 

A.  The  superintendent  was  Charles  Winstead. 

Q.  Did  he  work  under  the  immediate  direction  of  Mr.  Rohl  ? 

A.  lie  was  working  under  him — he  was  working  under — I  will 
think  of  his  name  in  a  minute — Frank  Olmstead,  or  something  like 
that.    He  was  the  Army  superintendent. 

Q.  Under  whom  did  Mr.  Olmstead  work? 

A.  Under  headquarters  at  Alexandria  Hall. 

Q.  And  Alexandria  Hall  was  where  Mr.  Rohl's  car  was  parked? 

A.  Yes,  that  is  where  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  headquarters 
were.  They  had  all  their  equipment  there  except  the  personnel 
department,  which  was  in  a  school — a  grammar  school. 

Q.  Mr.  Anderson,  how  do  you  know  Colonel  Wyman  was  intoxi- 
cated for  five  days? 

A.  Well,  I  saw  him  up  there  three  or  four  times  and  everyone 
that  is  in  there — the  place  was  run  for  that  purpose,  practically. 
Japanese  girls  hanging  out  there  every  night  for  that  crowd  and  the 
ones  that  stay  in  the  main  part  of  the  hotel — you  see  the  hotel  is  split 
up  into  several  large  bungalows  or  dormitories  outside,  and  then 
the  hotel  proper  was  occupied  by  some  Army  officers  and  Colonel 
Wyman. 

Q.  Including  Colonel  Wyman? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  What  was  Colonel  Wyman 's  general  reputation  among  the 
employees  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  for  sobriety  ? 

A.  Colonel  Wyman  was  a  man  who  liked  liquor  exceptionally 
well.    He  may  never  get  drunk,  but  he  likes  it. 

Q.  What  do  you  mean, '  he  may  never  get  drunk '  ? 

A.  A  lot  of  them  can  carry  a  lot  of  liquor  and  you  don't  think 
they  are  drunk. 

Q.  But  you  testified  that  he  was  drunk  for  five  days. 

A.  Yes,  he  was. 

Q.  Have  you  seen  people  in  an  intoxicated  condition  before  ? 

A.  Oh,  yes. 

Q.  And  that  would  be  your  opinion  of  his  condition  during  those 
five  days? 

A.  Absolutely. 

Mr.  Combs :  I  think  that  is  all  unless  you  have  something  else  to 
add  that  you  think  might  be  helpful  to  the  committee. 

The  Witness:  Well,  some  of  the  stuff  wouldn't  have  anything  on 
this  matter,  but  I  wish  this  thing  could  be  brought  to  the  attention 
of  Washington. 

Q.  We  wish  so  too. 

A.  Things  are  rotten  out  there.  There  is  no  kidding  about  it.  I 
am  an  American  61  years  old,  and  I  went  to  Honolulu  with  the  idea 
of  helping  out  and  I  tell  you  honestly  once  I  finished  that  job  there 
it  done  no  good.  I  tore  stuff  apart  there  five  and  six  times  and  put 
it  together.  There  was  never  any  reason  for  it.  Charlie  Winstead, 
who  I  was  speaking  about,  treated  me  fine  but  still  down  in  a  man 's 


26  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

heart  he  is  not  an  American  in  any  sense  or  form  because  he  believes 
the  Japanese  is  the  right  fellow  and  I  know  he  is  not. 

There  isn't  a  question  on  earth  but  everything  has  been  blocked 
up  there,  either  from  Washington  or  some  other  position,  and  it  is 
about  time  that  somebody  did  something  about  it.  Emmons  is 
absolutely  helpless  now.  I  hear  a  lot  of  things  in  that  tunnel  because 
T  work  in  those  offices  with  them  while  business  was  going  on,  and 
we  hear  a  lot  of  things  that  we  can't  talk  about  any  place  unless  it 
goes  into  the  place  where  something  will  be  done  about  it. 

I  made  three  reports  to  G2  because  I  would  walk  right  into  them 
and  talk  to  them.  They  knew  of  the  things  that  happened,  but  there 
was  never  anything  done  about  it. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Was  there  any  discussion  with  reference  to  the 
loyalty  of  these  men  to  the  United  States  ? 

The  Witness :  I  will  tell  you  candidly  as  far  as  our  men  were 
concerned,  Senator,  I  don't  think  there  was  any  of  them — the 
majority  of  the  men  that  went  over  there  were  men  over  40  years  old 
and  the  only  reason  they  were  there  was  because  they  could  not  take  a 
gun.  I  have  been  quite  a  bit  here  in  Southern  California  and 
worked  on  these  defense  jobs  and  I  couldn't  understand  why  the 
young  men  didn  't  want  to  go  to  war,  but  that  gang  of  men  that  went 
there  really  wanted  to  go  and  do  some  good,  and  most  of  them  were 
so  disgusted  after  six  weeks  they  didn 't  know  what  to  do,  and  it  was 
our  idea  that  the  thing  was  done  with  the  purpose  of  making  us 
disgusted,  and  they  could  put  it  down  that  we  wouldn't  work. 

Now,  I  have  been  in  defense  work  ever  since  December  of  last  year 
with  the  idea  of  trying  to  help  out.  I  am  an  electrician  and  a  good 
one.  I  had  a  contractor's  license  in  this  State  and  I  know  what 
I  am  doing,  and  when  you  turn  around  and  find  things  like  that  it 
hurts  down  deep  because  you  know  that  certain  men,  either  for 
money  or  for  some  other  reason,  are  destroying  the  morale  of  the 
workers. 

Chairman  Tenney :  What  I  mean,  Mr.  Anderson,  was  there  reflec- 
tion or  opinion  expressed  in  reference  to  the  loyalty  of  the  men  that 
were  in  charge  of  all  this  work  ? 

The  Witness :  The  men  out  there  thought  Wyman  and  the  whole 
gang  of  them  ought  to  be  shot.     That  is  the  truth. 

Chairman  Tenney :  You  know  that  of  your  own  knowledge  ? 

The  Witness :  Yes,  I  do. 

Chairman  Tenney :  And  upon  what  did  they  base  that  particular 
opinion  ? 

The  Witness :  The  accusations  of  them.  We  couldn  't  get  paid. 
We  couldn 't  get  our  overtime.  We  couldn 't  get  nothing  at  all.  We 
would  get,  "This  is  a  new  setup.  This  is  this  and  that  is  that,"  and 
other  things.  One  man  told  me  out  of  his  own  mouth  that  we  were 
at  sea  four  days  before  they  knew  we  were  coming  and  they  didn 't 
know  how  many  were  coming  until  we  actually  landed. 

Chairman  Tenney :  I  am  referring  more  specifically  to  the  prog- 
ress of  the  work  and  the  way  it  was  carried  on. 

The  Witness  :  The  work  has  dragged.  They  will  be  another  year. 
They  have  moved  hills  and  moved  them  back  again,  and  they  have 
filled  holes  and  dug  them  out  again;  and  I  will  swear  that  that 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  27 

runway,  from  what  I  can  hear  of  it,  at  Bellows  Field,  has  been  done 
a  dozen  times. 

Chairman  Tenney:  Do  you  think  that  has  been  done  inten- 
tionally ? 

The  Witness :  I  do.  I  honestly  believe  it  is  intentional.  After 
the  Battle  of  Midway  it  was  a  great  thing  while  it  happened,  and 
those  planes  came  in  and  out  of  there  for  three  days.  We  needed 
those  fields  but  they  weren  't  ready. 

The  work  which  the  Hawaiian  Constructors  were  to  perform  under 
the  basic  contract  was  on  a  cost,  plus  a  fixed  fee  basis.  This  meant  that 
Hawaiian  Constructors  would  be  paid  for  the  actual  cost  of  labor  and 
materials  and,  in  addition,  a  fixed  fee.  As  work  started  on  the  various 
installations,  supplementary  contracts  appeared  to  be  necessary,  each 
calling  for  new  installations  and  additional  fixed  fees.  Committee 
investigators  were  told  that  this  contract  was  probably  the  first  in  the 
history  of  the  United  States  War  Department  in  which  the  Government 
acted  as  a  disbursing  agency,  making  payments  to  the  contractors  on  the 
basis  of  the  contractor 's  books  and  records.  Under  the  terms  and  provi- 
sions of  the  contract  and  its  supplemental  agreements,  based  on  the  rec- 
ords and  accounts  of  the  Hawaiian  Constructors,  the  Army  issued  checks 
as  requested. 

Many  workmen  who  had  been  employed  by  the  Hawaiian  Construc- 
tors on  the  installations  in  question  were  interviewed  by  committee 
investigators  upon  their  return  to  California.  All  of  these  workers  told 
a  consistent  story  of  waste  and  inefficiency. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  confusion  attendant  upon  the  construction 
program,  a  superintendent  in  charge  of  cutting  a  tunnel  through  solid 
rock,  stated  that  he  had  received  an  order  from  Wyman  's  office  instruct- 
ing him  to  neither  remove  the  dirt  and  rock-debris  from  the  tunnel  nor 
to  leave  the  same  in  the  tunnel.  On  another  occasion  the  superintendent 
received  an  order  specifying  a  30  degree  turn  to  the  left  in  the  tunnel, 
and  after  the  excavation  for  the  turn  had  been  properly  made  through 
solid  rock  according  to  the  specification  and  the  order,  another  order 
was  issued  requiring  that  the  excavation  for  the  left  turn  be  filled  up  and 
another  turn  made  30  degrees  to  the  right.  Committee  investigators 
were  told  of  an  administration  building  of  reinforced  concrete  being 
constructed  on  a  flat  area.  When  the  concrete  for  the  floor,  the  walls 
and  part  of  the  ceiling  had  been  poured  and  set,  an  order  came  from 
Colonel  Wyman 's  office  ordering  the  entire  structure  moved  four  inches. 
According  to  statements  of  the  men  who  actually  worked  on  the  job, 
underground  hangers  and  machine  shops  for  Flying  Fortresses  lagged 
sadly  behind  schedule.  This,  according  to  the  men,  was,  in  a  large  part, 
due  to  the  fact  that  when  a  portion  of  the  construction  neared  completion, 
orders  would  be  issued  calling  for  many  trivial  and  unnecessary  changes. 

The  contract  called  for  an  elaborate  system  of  aircraft  warning  devices. 
This  had  not  been  completed  according  to  schedule  when  the  Japanese 
struck  Pearl  Harbor  on  December  7,  1941 .  Commenting  on  this  phase  of 
the  work,  the  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  charged  mismanage- 
ment of  the  construction  work  in  Hawaii,  and  stated  that  much  of  the 
element  of  surprise  of  the  Japanese  sneak  attack  could  have  been  averted 
if  the  aircraft  warning  system  had  been  completed  on  schedule. 


28  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Although  there  were  other  contracting  companies  in  the  islands  which, 
prior  to  the  Japanese  attack,  had  been  doing  work  for  the  Army,  their 
contracts  were  canceled  and  Hawaiian  Constructors  granted  the  exclu- 
sive contracts  to  perform  the  task  of  repair  and  reconstruction.  This  not 
only  applied  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  but  to  the  entire  Pacific  area. 

The  following  affidavit  of  H.  J.  King  is  characteristic  of  similar  affi- 
davits, statements  and  testimony  of  other  men  who  had  been  employed  in 
the  islands  by  Hawaiian  Constructors : 

State  of  California 
County  of  Los  Angeles 

H.  J.  King  who  resides  at  904  South  Oakland  St.,  Pasadena,  first 
being  duly  sworn,  deposes  and  says : 

I  was  on  active  service  in  the  Army  Engineers  from  December, 
1917,  to  September,  1919,  with  the  rank  of  Major,  when  I  resigned 
in  1929.  I  studied  engineering  at  Northwestern  University,  where 
my  son  is  now  a  professor. 

About  January  15th,  1942,  I  had  completed  a  project  at  San  Luis 
Obispo  and  learned  that  a  tunnel  man  was  needed  at  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  and  was  eventually  employed  by  Paul  Grafe  for  Hawaiian 
Constructors  Company  and  arrived  in  Honolulu  on  February  16, 
1942,  and  lived  in  the  President  Hotel,  until  January  25th,  1943. 

I  met  Hans  W.  Rohl  a  day  or  two  after  I  arrived.  He  was  drunk 
when  we  met,  and  although  I  saw  him  many  times  thereafter,  I 
never  did  see  him  when  he  was  fully  sober ;  and  he  was  never  in  full 
possession  of  his  faculties  during  the  time  I  saw  him. 

The  work  being  done  during  the  period  when  Col.  Theodore 
Wyman,  Jr.  Avas  in  charge  was  quite  muddled.  This  was  due  to  a 
variety  of  causes,  some  being  the  fact  that  there  was  a  natural  state 
of  confusion  following  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor,  and  a  constantly 
changing  tactical  situation  throughout  the  Pacific  Theatre.  Among 
the  business  people  who  came  in  contact  with  Wyman,  there  was  a 
general  impression  that  he  was  extremely  arbitrary. 

After  Col.  Wyman  left,  the  situation  began  to  improve;  more 
equipment  began  to  arrive  and  our  program  was  much  more  definite. 

I  was  there  when  Kohl's  yacht,  the  Vega,  arrived  in  February, 
1942,  and  I  used  to  see  it  tied  to  the  dock  from  time  to  time.  The 
United  States  Engineers  Department  took  over  the  Vega  upon  her 
arrival,  but  so  far  as  I  know  they  never  used  the  boat,  because  she 
just  remained  tied  up  and  was  never  sailed  at  all. 

When  I  arrived,  I  laid  around  about  30  days  before  Rohl  got 
sufficiently  sober  to  put  me  to  work.  On  about  March  15th,  1942,  I 
commenced  work  as  area  superintendent  for  Area  14,  which 
included  the  Ewa  Area.  After  a  little  time,  two  weeks  had  elapsed, 
I  was  appointed  General  Superintendent  for  Hawaiian  Construc- 
tors, April  3,  1943,  and  thenceforth  until  I  left,  I  had  complete 
supervision  over  all  field  work. 

Generally  speaking,  the  work  that  had  been  accomplished  under 
the  supervision  of  Col.  Wyman  prior  to  December  7th,  1941,  was 
pretty  lousy;  and  when  the  people  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  who 
were  familiar  with  this  work — officers  and  civilians  alike — learned 
that  Col.   Wyman  had  been  awarded  the  Distinguished  Service 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  29 

Medal  for  exceptionally  meritorious  and  distinguished  service  in 
the  performance  of  duty  of  great  responsibility  as  district  engineer, 
Honolulu  (T.H.)  Engineer  District,  from  October  14, 1941  to  March 
15,  1942,  it  was  a  source  of  considerable  amusement. 

(S)  H.J.King, 
Signed  and  notarized  on 
December  18th,  1943." 
NATURALIZATION 

Rohl  applied  for  United  States  citizenship  in  1941  and  the  applica- 
tion was  filed  in  Los  Angeles.  Agents  of  the  Immigration  and  Naturali- 
zation Service  proceeded  to  examine  Rohl 's  background  and  to  look  into 
his  past  activities.  The  result  of  this  investigation  revealed  that  Rohl 's 
name  was  peculiarly  missing  from  the  manifests  of  the  Romona  and  Vega 
on  the  occasions  already  referred  to.  It  was  learned,  on  word  from 
United  States  immigration  officials  stationed  at  Laredo,  Texas,  that  it 
would  have  been  impossible  for  anyone  to  have  entered  the  United  States 
and  Mexico  at  that  point  without  being  closely  questioned  concerning 
citizenship  status.  Federal  agents  learned  that  Rohl  had  been  employed 
in  mining  and  construction  projects  in  South  America  but  that  his  cer- 
tificate of  entry  at  New  York  stated  that  he  was  a  merchant  on  his  way 
to  see  a  Mr.  W.  P.  Walker  in  San  Francisco.  It  was  learned  that  he  had 
claimed  American  citizenship  when  he  applied  for  a  radio  telephone  for 
the  yacht  Vega  and  that  this  statement  constituted  a  violation  of  Sec- 
tion 30,  Paragraph  1A  of  the  Communications  Act  of  1934.  It  was 
learned  that  Rohl's  name  did  not  appear  on  the  manifest  of  the  Vega 
when  the  yacht  returned  from  Honolulu  in  1938,  although  Rohl  was  on 
board.  The  Rohl-Connolly  Company  paid  a  $25,000  fine  to  the  Federal 
Government  September  4,  1941,  because  more  than  25  per  cent  of  the 
stock  in  the  company  was  held  by  the  alien  Rohl  in  violation  of  Fed- 
eral law. 

"When  the  immigration  investigators  had  completed  their  work  they 
recommended  that  Rohl 's  application  for  citizenship  be  denied  and  that 
he  be  prosecuted  for  violation  of  the  Federal  law.  The  report  and  rec- 
ommendation of  the  investigators  was  made  to  the  Chief  of  the  Naturali- 
zation Bureau.  In  spite  of  the  report  and  recommendation  no  objection 
was  raised  by  the  Department  of  Justice  in  the  memorandum  handed 
the  Federal  District  Judge  in  the  naturalization  proceedings.  Rohl 
was  granted  citizenship  September  15,  1941,  in  the  Federal  District 
Court  in  Los  Angeles  by  Judge  J.  F.  T.  0  'Connor. 

It  should  be  stated  here  that  no  implication  of  any  kind  is  raised 
against  Judge  J.  F.  T.  0  'Connor.  The  chairman  of  the  committee  and 
its  investigators  have  carefully  examined  the  records  of  Judge 
O'Connor's  court  for  September  15,  1941,  and  find  no  irregularities 
whatsoever  in  connection  with  the  granting  of  citizenship  to  Rohl.  The 
file  of  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service  and  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  Federal  agents  were  not  before  Judge  O'Connor  at  the  time 
naturalization  was  granted.  The  memorandum  before  the  judge  at  the 
time  of  Rohl's  hearing  stated  that  "No  objection  will  be  made  to  the 
granting  of  this  petition,"  and  concluded  with  the  statement  that  the 
petitioner,  as  president  of  the  Rohl-Connolly  Contracting  Company  had 
"been  awarded  a  secret  contract  in  connection  with  a  defense  construc- 
tion project  in  Honolulu"  and  that  "his  participation  in  this  project  is 


30  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

being  held  up  until  he  has  been  naturalized. ' '  With  this  memorandum 
before  him,  and  no  legal  objection  having  been  raised  in  the  hearing,  the 
judge  could  do  nothing  less  than  grant  Rohl  naturalization.  The  memo- 
randum had  been  prepared  by  the  Department  of  Justice  and  handed  to 
the  court,  and  fully  justified  the  decision  of  the  judge  in  granting  Kohl 
citizenship.  If  the  Government  of  the  United  States  was  satisfied  to 
award  a  German  alien  an  important ' '  secret  contract  in  connection  with 
a  defense  construction  project,"  certainly  a  judge  of  the  United  States 
District  Court  could  not  refuse  to  grant  citizenship  under  the  circum- 
stances. To  do  anything  else  would,  in  addition  to  a  reversal  by  the 
circuit  court,  have  subjected  the  judge  to  serious  criticism,  particularly 
in  view  of  the  disaster  that  occurred  at  Pearl  Harbor  two  and  one-half 
months  later. 

The  committee  has  learned  that  the  procedure  in  the  Rohl  naturaliza- 
tion incident  was  the  routine  generally  followed.  Comment  has  been 
made  that  the  Rohl  proceeding  was  a  ''special"  proceeding,  but  the 
record  reveals  that  about  27  applicants  were  heard  by  Judge  O'Connor 
on  that  day.  There  were  no  circumstances  before  the  court  that  would 
have  tended  to  put  Judge  0  'Connor  on  inquiry  and  the  committee  finds 
that  he  acted  with  full  integrity  and  patriotism. 

Although  Judge  0  'Connor  was  not  aware  of  the  fact,  an  attempt  had 
been  made  to  give  the  Rohl  application  preferential  treatment.  A  let- 
ter, written  on  the  stationery  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice, 
is  evidence  of  the  insistence  of  someone  that  Rohl's  application  for  citi- 
zenship be  made  "a  special  case."  This  letter  was  dated  February  4, 
1941  and  marked  ' '  Special. ' '  It  was  directed  to  the  District  Director, 
Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service,  Los  Angeles,  California,  and 
signed  "Lemuel  B.  Schofield,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Attorney  General, 
by:  P.  B.  Shoemaker,  Deputy  Commissioner."     It  reads  as  follows : 

"It  is  understood  that  one  (Hans  or  John)  Wilhemi  Rohl  made 
application  for  the  certificate  of  arrival  in  your  office  on  the  third 
instant. 

"The  services  of  this  alien  will  be  used  in  connection  with  the 
defense  program.  Please  make  it  a  special  case.  It  is  meant  by 
this  that  the  application  for  certificate  of  arrival  should  be  made 
special,  the  filing  of  a  petition  also,  and  the  hearing,  if  it  can  be 
immediately  disposed  of,  after  the  30  clays  after  its  filing. 

"Report  in  connection  in  this  case  when  it  has  been  finally  dis- 
posed of  will  be  appreciated. ' ' 

"When  asked  on  the  witness  stand  why  he  had  not  made  an  application 
for  admission  to  citizenship  at  an  earlier  date,  Rohl  merely  shrugged 
his  shoulders  and  stated  :  ' '  Negligence — busy  traveling — never  gave  it 
a  thought. ' '    ( Vol.  XV,  p.  3807. ) 

CONGRESSIONAL  INVESTIGATION 
During  November  of  1942  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee,  Senator 
Jack  B.  Tenney,  conferred  with  United  States  Attorney  General  Francis 
Biddle  in  Washington,  D.  C.  The  Attorney  General  was  immediately 
interested  in  the  Rohl  case  and  asked  the  chairman  of  the  committee  to 
prepare  an  outline  of  the  findings  of  the  committee,  together  with  such 
other  information  as  might  be  available,  and  to  send  it  to  him  marked 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  31 

' '  Personal. ' '  This  was  done  immediately  upon  Senator  Tenney  's  return 
to  Los  Angeles. 

In  February  of  1943  the  committee  learned  that  Rohl  had  been 
awarded  a  contract  on  the  Alcan  Project  in  Alaska.  Some  time  later 
Rohl  received  a  new  contract  on  the  Canol  Project  in  Canada. 

During  the  summer  of  1943,  Fulton  Lewis,  Jr.,  National  radio  com- 
mentator, became  interested  in  the  Canol  and  Alcan  projects.  Mr.  Lewis 
made  an  independent  investigation  of  these  projects  and  made  a  number 
of  radio  broadcasts  concerning  alleged  waste  and  inefficiency  in  connnec- 
tion  therewith.  Through  Bruce  Pine,  investigator  for  the  committee, 
Mr.  Lewis  became  interested  in  the  Rohl-Wyman  combination  and  in  the 
preliminary  work  of  the  committee  in  investigating  their  activities  in 
connection  with  the  Honolulu  installations.  As  a  result,  Mr.  Lewis 
telephoned  the  chairman  of  the  committee  and,  being  assured  of  cooper- 
ation, came  immediately  to  Los  Angeles. 

After  going  thoroughly  into  the  transcripts  of  testimony,  consulting 
with  Pine  and  R.  E.  Combs,  counsel  and  chief  investigator  for  the  com- 
mittee, Mr.  Lewis  began  a  series  of  daily  broadcasts  from  Los  Angeles 
in  which  he  unfolded  for  National  consumption  the  salient  facts  in  the 
Rohl  case  as  uncovered  by  the  committee.  As  a  result  of  these  broad- 
casts, the  Military  Affairs  Committee  of  the  House  of  Representatives 
dispatched  John  Weiner,  one  of  its  investigators,  to  Los  Angeles.  The 
chairman  of  the  committee  assigned  R.  E.  Combs  and  Bruce  Pine  to  work 
with  Mr.  Weiner.  By  the  time  the  joint  work  of  these  investigators  was 
finished  it  was  learned  that  the  aggregate  value  of  installations  on  which 
Rohl  and  Wyman  had  been  associated  for  the  Army,  had  reached  the 
staggering  total  of  more  than  $250,000,000. 

The  House  Military  Affairs  Committee  made  a  thorough-going  investi- 
gation and  published  its  findings  and  recommendations  June  14,  1944. 

After  testifying  before  the  California  Committee  February  23,  1943, 
Rohl  disposed  of  his  interest  in  the  Rohl-Connolly  Company  to  Thomas 
E.  Connolly. 

The  Army-Pearl  Haroor  Board  of  Inquiry,  headed  by  Lieutenant 
General  Grunert,  met  at  the  Presidio  in  San  Francisco  in  September 
of  1944.  The  Chief  Investigator  of  the  Committee,  R.  E.  Combs,  testi- 
fied before  this  board  on  September  4,  1944. 

CONCLUSION 

The  foregoing  is  a  brief  outline  of  the  findings  of  the  committee  in 
the  Rohl  case.  The  fact  that  an  alien,  a  subject  of  Hitler's  Third  Reich, 
was  awarded  such  an  important  contract  is  nothing  short  of  amazing. 
The  fact  that  Rohl,  the  alien,  was  merely  a  large  stockholder  in  the 
organization  that  was  to  construct  the  installations,  presents  little 
mitigation.  The  findings  of  the  committee  hereinabove  reported  clearly 
reveal  that  Rohl,  through  his  intimacy  with  Wyman,  was  a  moving  force 
in  negotiation  of  the  contracts.  There  is  no  doubt  in  the  minds  of  the 
members  of  the  committee  as  to  the  alien  RohPs  accessibility  to  the  plans 
and  specifications  covered  by  the  basic  contract  of  December  20,  1940. 

Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl  is  still  a  citizen  of  the  United  States.  Although 
the  facts  of  the  case  are  known  to  officialdom  the  Committee  is  unaware 
of  any  action  on  the  part  of  the  Department  of  Justice,  the  Immigration 


32  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

and  Naturalization  Service,  the  Court  or  any  other  agency  of  government 
to  cancel  Rohl's  citizenship. 

The  question  has  been  frequently  asked  whether  or  not  the  Japanese 
Government  had  any  detailed  information  of  the  plans  and  specifications 
of  the  installations  which  were  built  under  the  contracts  of  December 
20,  1940.  If  the  Japanese  Government  had  such  information  it  would 
reasonably  follow  that  its  agents  had  access  to  the  work  called  for  in  the 
1940  contract.  In  this  connection  it  should  be  stated  that  on  March  16, 
1941,  a  known  Nazi  agent  by  the  name  of  Von  Der  Osten  arrived  in 
New  York  City  from  Japan.  He  was  killed  in  a  taxi-cab  accident. 
Among  his  possessions,  special  agents  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investi- 
gation found  plans  and  specifications  of  the  Pearl  Harbor  defense  instal- 
lations at  Hickam  Field,  built  under  the  provisions  of  the  contract  of 
December  20,  1940.  On  these  plans  and  specifications  was  written  a 
notation  to  the  effect  that  the  information  contained  therein  would  be 
of  interest  "to  our  yellow  friends." 

PART  II 

MANKIND  UNITED  OR  "CHRIST'S  CHURCH  OF  THE 
GOLDEN  RULE" 

The  results  of  the  committee's  1941-1942  investigations  of  Mankind 
United  are  set  forth  in  the  committee's  1943  Report  under  that  title. 
Arthur  L.  Bell  was  the  creator  and  guiding  genius  of  the  entire  organ- 
ization. In  fact  he  was  the  organization.  He  dwelt  in  a  twilight  realm 
of  mysticism  and  was  known  only  as  "The  Voice"  to  his  credulous 
followers.  A  charlatan  of  unusual  magnetism,  he  is  adept  in  the  culti- 
vation of  credulity.  He  organized  a  network  of  "Bureaus"  throughout 
the  State  and  channeled  a  golden  stream  into  his  headquarters  in  San 
Francisco.  He  mixed  a  brew  of  ocultism  and  economics,  metaphysics 
and  science,  religion  and  voodooism,  stirred  it  well  in  his  wizard's 
cauldron  and  found  ready  buyers  for  the  bottled  product.  Needless 
to  say  it  has  been  a  paying  business  for  Bell. 

It  is  estimated  that  about  14,000  persons  in  California  had  become 
interested  in  Mankind  United  by  the  beginning  of  December,  1941. 

The  heterogeneous  compound  brewed  by  Bell  produced  activities 
and  statements  that  were  decidedly  unAmerican  and  subversive.  After 
several  months  of  investigation  by  committee  representatives,  the  com- 
mittee held  a  hearing  in  San  Francisco  in  1941.  The  publicity  attendant 
upon  this  hearing  brought  to  committee  members  many  people  who,  hav- 
ing become  completely  disillusioned  with  "The  Voice"  and  the  move- 
ment, were  willing  to  tell  the  committee  what  they  knew  of  the  organ- 
ization, its  "Bureaus"  and  managers. 

It  appears  incredible  to  the  committee  that  approximately  14,000  indi- 
viduals living  in  California  under  an  enlightened  educational  system 
could  be  so  gullible  as  to  believe  the  fantastic  claims  disseminated  by 
"The  Voice."  Many  of  the  disillusioned  were  chagrined  and  embarrassed 
when  admitting  that  they  had  been  credulous  enough  to  swallow  the 
entire  fantasy.  Many  of  these  erstwhile  followers  of  Mankind  United 
still  believe  that  some  of  the  alleged  miracles  might  be  true;  that  per- 
haps there  was,  in  fact,  a  race  of  strange  little  individuals  with  large 
metallic  heads  living  in  the  center  of  the  earth  controlling  floods  and 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  3-'5 

earthquakes.  The  modern  miracles  produced  by  science  were  once 
believed  impossible  and  fantastic.  Who  could  say,  with  certainty,  that 
the  scientists  and  research  experts  of  Mankind  United  had  not  developed 
devices  for  preventing  bombs  and  ammunition  from  exploding,  for  para- 
lyzing internal  combustion  engines  so  that  airplanes  would  drop  from 
the  sky,  and  for  melting  steel  by  a  mysterious  ray  at  a  distance 
of  30  miles?    Who  really  knew  that  these  things  were  impossible? 

It  is  difficult  to  believe  that  Bell  was  actually  able  to  convince  many 
of  his  followers,  particularly  his  bureau  managers,  that  he  possessed  the 
miraculous  power  of  suddenly  and  instantaneously  transporting  him- 
self from  San  Francisco  to  a  distant  foreign  land.  The  Committee 
Transcript  of  Testimony  clearly  indicates  that  Bell's  followers  believed 
that  he  did  possess  such  miraculous  power.  They  regarded  him  with 
reverential  awe. 

Most  of  the  members  were  either  elderly  persons,  or  individuals  who 
had  suffered  severe  economic  reverses.  The  committee  was  impressed 
with  the  sincerity  of  many  of  the  people  who  belonged  to  the  movement. 
The  committee  was  equally  impressed  with  the  huge  sums  of  money  that 
poured  into  the  organization's  treasury,  which,  so  far  as  the  committee 
ever  ascertained,  was  synonymous  with  "The  Voice." 

The  committee  made  its  evidence,  exhibits  and  sworn  testimony  in  the 
Mankind  United  investigation  available  to  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investi- 
gation. As  a  result  Bell  and  a  number  of  his  bureau  managers  were 
arrested,  charged  with  conspiracy  to  commit  sedition,  tried  in  the  United 
States  District  Court  in  Los  Angeles,  found  guilty  and  sentenced  to  serve 
terms  in  the  Federal  penitentiary.  The  case  is  on  appeal  and,  at  this 
writing,  has  not  yet  been  decided. 

CHRIST'S  CHURCH  OF  THE  GOLDEN  RULE 

The  committee  believed  that  the  supernatural  exploits  of  Arthur  Bell 
had  been  brought  to  an  end.  The  trials  had  scarcely  been  terminated 
and  appeals  perfected,  however,  before  reports  of  new  activities  on  the 
part  of  Bell  were  reported  to  the  committee. 

A  new  religious  organization  was  being  launched  and,  through  com- 
mittee investigators,  it  was  learned  that  its  presiding  genius  was  none 
other  than  "The  Voice,"  Arthur  L.  Bell.  The  initial  investigation  was 
undertaken  by  Senator  Hugh  M.  Burns  of  Fresno  and  the  Committee's 
Counsel  and  Chief  Investigator,  R.  E.  Combs.  It  was  soon  learned  that 
Bell  had  employed  an  attorney  in  the  City  of  Fresno,  Harrison  M. 
Dunham,  who  had  drawn  up  articles  of  incorporation  for  the  new  organ- 
ization which  was  to  be  known  as  Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule. 
Harrison  M.  Dunham,  when  questioned  by  the  committee,  stated  that  he 
maintained  his  offices  in  the  Mattei  Building  in  Fresno  and  that  his 
father-in-law,  R.  G.  Carroll,  a  Los  Angeles  real  estate  broker,  had  intro- 
duced him  to  a  man  by  the  name  of  "Jackson,"  who,  in  fact,  was 
Arthur  L.  Bell.  Dunham  prepared  a  draft  of  the  articles  for  Bell's 
approval  and  several  weeks  were  consumed  in  making  changes  at  Bell 's 
direction.  Dunham  prevailed  upon  three  of  his  acquaintances  to  act  as 
incorporators,  but  admitted  that,  as  far  as  he  could  learn,  only  Bell  was 
interested  in  the  organization.  He  presented  his  bill  for  legal  services 
to  Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Ride  and  Bell  eventually  paid  him 
in  cash. 


34  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

REAL  PROPERTY  PURCHASES 

The  committee  learned  that  Bell  was  traveling  up  and  down  the  State 
purchasing,  or  contracting  for  the  purchase  of,  office  buildings,  hotels, 
agricultural  property,  athletic  clubs,  laundries,  lumber  mills,  miscel- 
laneous businesses  and  projects.  The  property  was  being  bought  in  the 
name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman.  Several  real  estate  transactions  were 
handled  in  Los  Angeles  through  R.  G.  Carroll,  attorney  Harrison  M. 
Dunham 's  father-in-law. 

The  committee  held  its  first  hearing  on  the  subject  in  Los  Angeles 
March  20,  1944.  R.  G.  Carroll  testified  that  he  had  met  Arthur  L.  Bell 
about  the  middle  of  July,  1943,  on  an  occasion  when  Bell  had  contacted 
him  regarding  a  piece  of  property  which  Carroll  had  advertised  for  sale. 
Bell  represented  himself  to  be  a  "  J.  J.  Jackson. ' '  Carroll  testified  that 
Bell  told  him  he  was  interested  in  purchasing  several  properties  in  order 
to  give  a  great  many  people  economic  security.  Carroll  ventured  the 
opinion  that  he  believed  the  cause  to  be  a  worthy  one.  He  had  no  knowl- 
edge of  Mankind  United  and  did  not  know  "J.  J.  Jackson ' '  had  had  any- 
thing to  do  with  that  organization.  After  several  conferences  with 
"Jackson"  Carroll  sold  him  a  30-room  house  situated  at  3131  South 
Figueroa  Street  in  Los  Angeles  on  a  123  by  308  foot  lot.  "Jackson" 
agreed  to  pay  $12,500  in  cash  for  the  real  estate,  $5,000  for  the  furniture 
and  to  put  up  a  $2,500  deposit.  He  instructed  Carroll  that  the  deed  was 
to  be  made  to  Ruby  V.  Chapman.  Carroll  later  was  introduced  to  a 
woman  who  represented  herself  to  be  Ruby  V.  Chapman,  and  was  told 
that  she  represented  a  religious  organization. 

On  or  about  August  14,  1943,  Bell,  still  posing  as  "J.  J.  Jackson," 
negotiated  with  Carroll  for  the  purchase  of  the  Wavecrest  Beach  Club  in 
Santa  Monica  for  $40,000.  He  agreed  to  pay  $8,000  cash  and  the  balance 
at  the  rate  of  $356  a  month,  including  5  per  cent  interest.  The  deed, 
like  the  first  one,  was  to  be  in  the  name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman.  Early  in 
September  of  1943,  Carroll  entered  into  negotiations  with  "Jackson" 
for  the  purchase  of  certain  bank  property  located  at  163  Marine  Street 
in  Ocean  Park.  The  price  was  $25,000,  $5,000  of  which  was  to  be  paid 
in  cash  and  the  balance  at  the  rate  of  $255  per  month.  The  deed  to  this 
property  was  to  be  made  in  the  name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman. 

On  October  8,  1943,  Carroll  entered  into  negotiations  with  "Jackson" 
for  the  purchase  of  property  located  at  331-337  South  Hill  Street  in  the 
City  of  Los  Angeles.  This  property  consisted  of  a  store-building  con- 
taining six  storage  rooms  and  offices  on  the  second  floor.  The  sale  price 
was  $35,000,  of  which  20  per  cent  was^to  be  paid  in  cash  and  the  balance 
at  the  rate  of  $350  a  month.  This  property,  like  the  others,  was  to  be 
deeded  to  Ruby  V.  Chapman.  A  sale  of  six  beach  lots  at  $45,000  fol- 
lowed, "Jackson"  agreeing  to  pay  $10,000  in  cash  and  $400  per  month, 
all,  of  course,  in  the  name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman.  On  December  9,  1943, 
"Jackson"  agreed  to  buy  a  vacant  lot  on  Hill  Street,  just  north  of  Third, 
in  Los  Angeles,  for  $16,000  cash.  On  December  12,  1943,  Carroll  agreed 
to  sell  "Jackson"  business  and  income  property  situated  at  3101  Marine 
Street  in  Ocean  Park  for  $13,500,  20  per  cent  in  cash  and  the  balance  at 
the  rate  of  $100  per  month.  On  December  20,  1943,  "Jackson"  agreed 
to  buy  property  situated  at  258  South  Los  Angeles  Street  in  the  City  of 
Los  Angeles  for  $15,000,  $1,500  of  which  was  to  be  paid  in  cash  and  the 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  35 

balance  at  the  rate  of  $350  a  month.     This  property,  as  in  the  other 
transactions,  was  to  be  in  the  name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman. 

Carroll  testified  that  he  was  not  aware  that  "Ruby  V.  Chapman"  was 
Mrs.  Arthur  L.  Bell,  and  that  throughout  all  of  the  transactions  he 
believed  he  was  dealing  with  a  man  by  the  name  of  "J.  J.  Jackson." 
He  stated  that  he  accidentally  discovered  "Jackson's"  true  identity 
through  the  newspapers.  He  said  that  the  mysterious  "Mr.  Jackson" 
had  intimated  on  one  occasion  that  his  name  might  not  be  "Jack- 
son." All  of  the  negotiations  had  been  on  a  strict  business  basis  and 
' '  Jackson ' '  appeared  to  be  a  good  judge  of  real  estate  values.  The  agree- 
ments were  fulfilled  according  to  contract  and  Carroll  stated  that  he 
received  commissions  of  about  $16,425.  Carroll  appeared  to  be  under 
the  impression  that  Mrs.  Ruby  V.  Chapman  was  acting  in  the  capacity 
of  trustee  for  some  church  or  eleemosynary  organization,  although  the 
deeds  were  to  be  made  to  her  as  an  individual,  and  not  as  trustee. 

It  was  thus  established  that  Bell,  in  possession  of  vast  sums  of  money 
secured  from  some  mysterious  source,  had  been  traveling  up  and  down 
the  State  of  California  under  the  name  of  "Jackson,"  buying  property 
of  various  kinds  in  the  name  of  his  wife  as  an  individual.  It  is  obvious 
that  the  property,  when  paid  for,  would  be  owned  by  "Ruby  V.  Chap- 
man" who  is  Mrs.  Ruby  Bell,  Arthur's  wife. 

The  committee  held  a  hearing  at  Fresno  and  subpenaed  Harrison  M. 
Dunham.  Arthur  L.  Bell  and  his  wife,  Ruby,  were  examined  at  the 
San  Francisco  hearing. 

TESTIMONY  OF  MRS.  BELL 
Mrs.  Bell  was  a  very  unwilling  witness  and  in  spite  of  nervousness 
was  adroit  in  evading  embarrassing  questions.  She  admitted  that  her 
married  name  was  Bell  and  insisted  that  she  had  a  right  to  use  her 
former  name,  Ruby  V.  Chapman.  She  gave  her  occupation  as  housewife 
and  stated  that  she  was  a  Christian  Science  practitioner.  She  married 
Bell  in  1934  and  has  resided,  since  that  time,  at  the  Cathedral  Apart- 
ments, located  at  1201  California  Street  in  the  City  of  San  Francisco. 
She  admitted  that  she  had  read  the  book  "Mankind  United,"  several 
times  and  that  she  had  attended  several  meetings  of  the  organization. 
She  declared  she  did  not  know  who  wrote  the  book  and  had  no  further 
information  concerning  the  organization.  Her  testimony  concerning 
the  acquisition  of  properties  throughout  the  State  of  California  was,  in 
part,  as  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XXII,  pp.  26-30)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :     .     .     .     Did  he  ever  use  the  name  of  Lobner  ? 

A.  I  don't  know. 

Q.  Brown? 

A.  The  only  name  I  know  is  Jackson,  and  he  used  that  in  securing 
these  properties,  these  church  properties ;  that 's  how  I  happened  to 
know  it 

Q.   (Interrupting)  Yes. 

A.  (Continuing)  particularly  the  hotel  properties  in  South- 
ern California,  the  holdings  that  are  now  in  my  name,  lie  used  the 
name  of  Jackson. 

Q.  Did  he  buy  them  for  you  ? 

A.  What  do  you  mean,  buy  them  for  me  ? 

Q.  Did  he  get  these  properties  under  the  name  of  Jackson  ? 


36  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  I  have  no  properties.    Nobody  bought  any  properties  for  me. 

Q.  You  have  no  properties  ? 

A.  I  have  no  properties ;  I  simply  lent  my  name  to  hold  these  prop- 
erties, and  acted  as  trustee  only  until  the  arrangements  were  made 
and  they  could  be  turned  over  to  Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule, 
who  are  the  actual  owners.    I  'm  not,  and  nr^  husband  is  not. 

Q.  I  would  prefer  to  run  this  in  my  own  way  in  sequence. 

A.  I'm  sure  I  would  rather  tell  it  like  an  intelligent  woman — I'm 
telling  the  truth. 

Q.  Unfortunately,  we  have  to  develop  this  thing  for  the  records, 
that's 

A.  (Interrupting)  That's  right.  Only  one  captain  to  a  ship, 
isn  't  that  true  ? 

Q.  That's  right.  We'll  go  into  all  those  matters  in  detail  if  you 
will  bear  with  me,  and  then  if  you  want  to  make  a  statement  for  the 
record,  you  may  make  as  much  of  a  statement  as  you  would  like. 

Did  you  and  Mr.  Bell  ever  own  a  Lincoln  automobile  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Do  you  still  own  it  ? 

A.  I  don't  know. 

Q.  When  did  you  have  such  a  car,  to  your  knowledge  ? 

A.  We  had  it  when  the  Government  agents  came  in  and  stole  our 
things. 

Q.  That  was  about  1939  ? 

A.  That  was  in  the  fall  of  1939. 

Q.  Thank  you.  And  do  you  know  in  whose  name  that  car  was 
registered  ? 

A.  No,  I  don't. 

Q.  You  don't  know  whether  it  was  registered  in  the  name  of 
Robert  Bell? 

A.  I  don't  know.  Those  are  things  my  husband  can  tell  you.  He 
knows. 

Q.  Did  you  have  a  Cord  automobile  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Did  you  have  that  in  1939  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  was  that  registered  in  the  name  of  Ralph  Brown,  or  do 
you  know  ? 

A.  I  don 't  know. 

Q.  Now,  Mrs.  Bell,  how  long  have  you  been  a  Christian  Science 
practitioner  ? 

A.  I  have  been  a  Christian  Science  practitioner  for  many,  many 
years;  since 

Q.   (Interrupting)  Well,  prior  to  your  marriage  to  Mr  Bell? 

A.   (Continuing) — since  1920. 

Q.  Thank  you.  And  your  legal  residence,  I  think  you  said  a  while 
ago,  was  1201  California  Street? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Do  you  spend  considerable  time  in  Southern  California? 

A.  We  have  spent  some  time  there  since  this  litigation  against  my 
husband. 

Q.  The  sedition  trial? 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  37 

A.  Yes,  we  have  to  be  there,  and  we  also  kept  our  apartment ;  we 
have  to  be  in  both  places. 

Q.  Where  do  you  stay  when  you  are  in  Southern  California? 

A.  We  stay  at  the  Arcady. 

Q.  Hotel? 

A.  No,  it  is  an  apartment. 

Q.  Have  you  ever  been  to  Ontario,  California? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  When  were  you  last  there  ? 

A.  I  think  it  was  sometime  last  year.  That  is  one  of  the  three 
properties  I  have  seen. 

Q.  One  of  the  three  properties  you  have  seen  ? 

A.  Yes,  one  of  the  three  properties. 

Q.  What  properties  ? 

A.  The  properties  held  in  my  name  prior  to  the  transfer  to  the 
church  I  just  spoke  to  you  about. 

Q.  When  you  say  one  of  the  three  properties,  what  properties  are 
you  referring  to  ? 

A.  I  '11  wait  until  you  ask  me  a  question.  I  'm  sorry.  I  am  used 
to  dealing  with  things  intelligently;  I  am  not  used  to  being  asked 
questions  this  way. 

Q.  If  you  don't  remember  just  say  so. 

A.  After  all,  I'm  not  under  indictment,  I'm  not  under  a  dark 
cloud. 

Q.  Now,  Mrs.  Bell,  did  you  ever  hear  of  a  hotel  called  the  Strat- 
ford at  Kampart  and  8th  Streets  in  Los  Angeles  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  have  heard  of  it. 

Q.  Have  you  ever  stayed  in  the  hotel? 

A.  No,  I  never  have. 

Q.  Is  that  one  of  the  properties  which  was  held  bv  vou  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  now,  you  started  to  tell  me  about  a  piece  of  property 
when — 

A.   (Interrupting)  You  asked  about  Ontario. 

Q.  Yes.  Will  you  describe  in  your  own  way  for  the  record  what 
piece  of  property  you  had  reference  to  ? 

A.  It  was  a  hotel — what  was  the  name  of  the  place? 

Q.  Casa  Blanca  Hotel  in  Ontario. 

A.  Yes,  that's  it.  All  these  holdings  that  have  been  purchased 
for  the  church  and  purchased  in  my  name,  I  lent  my  name  for  that 
purpose.    May  I 

Q.   (Interrupting)  Well 

A.   (Continuing) — may  I  say  that  now? 

Q.  Go  ahead  and  let's  get  it  in  the  records. 

A.  That  is  one  of  them,  and  I  went  down  there  one  time  with  my 
husband  and  the  real  estate  man,  and  we  were  there  several  hours 
and  I  saw  that  property,  and  I  have  seen  two  or  three  of  the 
others 

Q.   (Interrupting)  Yes. 

A.  (Continuing) — and  that's  all.  I  have  driven  by  the  Strat- 
ford Hotel,  and  I  had  seen  a  building  on  Third  and  Spring,  I  think 
it  is.    I  haven 't  been  in  the  inside,  but  I  have  seen  it  as  I  passed  by 


38  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

because,  as  I  say,  all  I  have  done  is  lent  my  name  for  the  purpose  o: 
holding ;  I  have  no  proprietary,  no  personal  interest,  no  interest  o: 
of  any  kind  in  them ;  and,  therefore,  I  wasn  't  interested  in  looking 
at  them  or  knowing  anything  about  them.  I'm  sorry  if  what  I'n 
saying  is  at  the  wrong  time,  because  I  really  don't  want  to  seen: 
out  of  order. 

Q.  You  are  doing  very  fine,  Mrs.  Bell.  You  haven't  any  objection 
if  I  ask  you  specifically  about  each  one  of  those  transactions  ? 

A.  Of  course  I  haven't. 

Q.  And  you  will  endeavor  to  answer  the  questions? 

A.  Of  course,  I'll  try  my  very  best." 

It  developed  that  Mrs.  Bell  apparently  knew  little  or  nothing  con- 
cerning the  financial  details  of  the  real  estate  purchases  made  by  her 
husband  as  "J.  J.  Jackson."  Although  she  was  obligated  to  pay  sev- 
eral million  dollars  for  various  properties,  she  insisted  that  she  acted 
merely  as  a  trustee  for  Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule. 

Bell  had  testified  under  oath  before  the  committee  in  San  Francisco 
in  December  of  1941  that  on  one  occasion  he  had  lost  consciousness  in 
San  Francisco  and  when  he  again  became  conscious  he  was  aboard 
an  ocean  liner  en  route  to  the  Orient  with  16  pieces  of  luggage. 
Mrs.  Bell's  testimony,  on  this  subject,  is  interesting  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol. 
XXII,  pp.  49-50)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  .  .  .  Did  vour  husband  go  to  the  Orient 
in  1939*? 

A.  I  don 't  know. 
Q.  Where  were  you  in  1939  ? 

A.  I  was  in  San  Francisco  the  latter  part  of  1939. 
Q.  Was  he  here  with  you? 
A.  Yes. 

Q.  During  the  entire  year  ? 

A.  My  husband  is  away  from  me  so  much  that  I  can 't  possibly  say 
the  dates. 

Q.  Would  you  know  ? 

A.  I  wouldn't  know,  because  I  wouldn't  guess. 

Q.  Would  you  know  if  he  was  in  China  or  Japan  in  1939  ? 

A.  I  wouldn  't  know  anything  about  it ;  I  wouldn  't  dare  to  guess 

about  my  husband 

Q.   (Interrupting)  No. 

A.   (Continuing) he  has  suffered  too  much  for  his  own  wife  to 

start  in  guessing  about  things. 

Q.  I'm  just  asking  of  your  own  knowledge,  do  you  know  whether 
or  not  he  went  to  the  Orient  in  1939  ? 
A.  No,  I  do  not. 

Q.  Is  it  possible  he  may  have  gone  without  your  knowledge? 
A.  I  don't  know. 

Q.  You  don't  know  whether  he  could  have  gone  without  your 
knowing  it  ? 

A.  I  don't  know. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  he  moved  16  pieces  of  luggage  out 
of  1201  California  Street  in  1939— would  you  know  that? 
A.  No. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  39 

Q.  You  wouldn  't  know  whether  he  had  moved  16  pieces  of  luggage 
out  or  not  ? 

A.  No,  I  don't. 

Q.  Where  does  he  keep  his  luggage  in  the  apartment? 

A.  I  don't  know." 

Bell  testified  that  he  was  the  only  person  on  the  Pacific  Coast  respon- 
sible for  Mankind  United  and  the  recently  created  religious  organization, 
Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Ride.  He  declared  that  vast  sums  of 
money  were  constantly  being  made  available  to  him  by  persons  who  were 
interested  in  both  movements.  He  admitted  carrying  large  sums  of 
money  on  his  person.  He  declared  that  one  of  the  chief  objectives  of 
Mankind  United  was  to  establish,  as  one  of  its  branches,  a  church  struc- 
ture. This  was  now  being  accomplished  with  the  creation  of  Christ's 
Church  of  the  Golden  Rule.  The  movement  of  Mankind  United  was 
based,  for  the  greater  part,  on  the  book  by  the  same  name.  He  had  per- 
sonally corrected' the  manuscript  and  the  printer's  proof.  He  had  sold 
the  finished  product  among  his  followers  throughout  the  State  for  prices 
ranging  from  $1.50  to  $100  per  copy.  The  copyright  on  the  book  was  in 
his  name.  He  had  testified  in  December  of  1941  that  he  had  received 
the  sum  of  $115,000  for  the  1939  edition  of  "Mankind  United."  The 
book  has  now  gone  through  many  editions.  Bell  stated  that  he  was  the 
only  person  connected  with  the  organization  who  had  the  authority  to 
appoint  or  remove  a  bureau  manager.  He  admitted  having  made  all  of 
the  arrangements  for  the  drafting  of  the  articles  of  incorporation  for 
Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule  and  that  he  had  personally  conducted 
the  negotiations  for  the  purchase  of  various  pieces  of  real  estate  through- 
out California.  He  declared  that  Mankind  United  and  Christ's  Church 
of  the  Golden  Rule  were  religious  cooperative  movements. 

Under  the  close  questioning  of  Mrs.  Bell  by  Assemblyman  Randal  F. 
Dickey  of  Alameda,  it  was  clearly  demonstrated  that  she  had  not  acted 
as  trustee  for  any  religious  organization  or  for  any  person,  but  that  all 
the  transactions  made  by  her  husband  would  result  in  her  outright 
ownership  of  the  properties  under  the  name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman. 

Her  testimony,  in  this  regard,  in  part,  is  as  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol. 
XXII,  pp.  57-59)  : 

Q.  .  .  .  Did  you  buy  each  and  all  of  these  pieces  of  property 
concerning  which  I  have  questioned  you  for  the  church  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  You  did? 

A.  Yes,  as  trustee. 

Q.  At  whose  suggestion  ? 

A.  My  husband 's. 

Q.  In  each  instance? 

A.  In  each  instance. 

Q.  And  who  arranged  for  the  purchase  of  each  and  every  piece 
of  the  property? 

A.  My  husband. 

Q.  In  each  and  every  instance? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Who  decided  whether  or  not  you  should  pay  cash  for  a  piece 
of  property  or  whether  or  not  you  should  make  a  down  payment  and 
pay  the  rest  of  the  purchase  price  by  the  month  ? 


40  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  My  husband  took  care  of  all  the  financial — 

Q.   (Interrupting)  financial  details? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  make  any  payment  on  any  of  these  pieces  of 
property  by  check? 

A.  I  don 't  know  how  the  payments  were  made ;  I  know  nothing 
about  the  financial  arrangements. 

Q.  Whose  money  was  used  to  make  the  payments  on  the  proper- 
ties? 

A.  I  don 't  know  anything  about  that ;  I  have  told  you  the  truth. 

Q.  You  don 't  know  whether  your  money  was  used  or  not  ? 

A.  My  money  wasn't  used: 

Q.  Was  not  used  ? 

A.  My  name  was  used ;  my  name  was  lent. 

Q.  Your  name  only  ? 

A.  My  name  only. 

Q.  You  didn't  invest  any  of  your  own  private  funds  in  these  — 

A.  (Interrupting)  No.  I  have  given  lots  of  money,  as  I  have 
told  you  before,  to  my  husband,  and  he  has  assured  me  it  has 
been  used  for  Mankind  United  activities.  I  have  no  reason  to  doubt 
him.  I  know  what  he  tells  me  is  true.  But  this  other  was  as  trus- 
tee ;  that 's  the  only  part  of  it  I  know ;  I  don 't  know  any  more  about 
the  rest  of  it  than  you  do. 

Q.  No,  I  understand. 

A.  I  haven't  a  particle  of  interest  in  any  of  them,  monetary  or 
personal  in  any  of  them,  any  interest  whatever,  any  more  than  you 
have." 

"THE  VOICE"  AS  A  BIBLE  STUDENT 

Assemblyman  Nelson  S.  Dilworth,  now  senator  from  Riverside  County, 
was  interested  in  the  Biblical  knowledge,  or  lack  of  it,  of  Bell,  as  the 
founder  of  a  new  Christian  religious  cult.  Bell's  answers  to  questions 
propounded  by  Assemblyman  Dilworth  in  this  connection  elicited 
amusement  on  the  part  of  spectators  attending  the  hearing  and  estab- 
lished Bell's  superficial  knowledge  of  the  New  Testament.  Assembly- 
man Dilworth 's  examination  of  Bell  follows,  in  part.  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol. 
XXII,  pp.  174-175)  : 

Q.  (By  Assemblyman  Dilworth)  :  Mr.  Bell,  there  are  many  and 
varied  kinds  of  organizations  that  claim  to  be  founded  on  Christ's 
teachings,  and  I  would  like  to  ask  you  —  I  think  you  have  stated 
that  Mankind  United  is  based  upon  the  teachings  of  Christ,  partic- 
ularly his  economic  teachings? 
A.  That  is  true. 

Q.  And  also  on  his  spiritual  teachings? 
A.  That  is  true  also. 
In  reference  to  Christ 's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule,  newly  organized 
by  Bell,  Assemblyman  Dilworth  continued  his  examination : 

Q.  Who  is  the  spiritual  leader  of  this  church  ?  Would  it  be  your- 
self? 

A.  It  depends  on  what  you  mean  by  spiritual  leader,  sir.  We 
believe  that  the  ideals  which  constitute  the  cornerstone  of  this  church 
must  act  as  the  leadership,  not  persons.  People  are  here  today, 
gone  tomorrow ;  building  up  today  and  somebody  tearing  them 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  41 

down  tomorrow  gives  no  stability  to  any  leadership.     We  take  as 
our  leadership  the  ideals  we  are  founding  the  church  on. 

Q.  You  have  a  published  creed  ? 

A.  If  you  will  read  the  charter,  you  will  see  we  have  expressed 
what  we  believe  to  be  the  major  purposes  of  that  church  in  the 
charter. 

Q.  That  is  substantially  the  creed  of  the  church  in  the  charter? 

A.  You  might  consider  it  so ;  it  would  come  very  close  to  it. 

Q.  You  take  those  objectives;  you  believe,  from  the  Bible? 

A.  We  do,  from  Christ  Jesus'  Sermon  on  the  Mountain. 

Q.  Primarily  from  the  New  Testament  rather  than  the  Old  Tes- 
tament ? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Do  you  read  the  Bible,  Mr.  Bell  ? 

A.  As  regularly  as  I  can,  working  20  to  22  hours  a  day.  I  enjoy 
the  Bible,  as  to  me  it  is  the  greatest  source  of  inspiration  I  have  in 
my  life,  outside  of  the  writings  of  Mrs.  Eddy,  which  I  believe 
describe  the  intent — describe  the  major  intent  of  Christ  Jesus — 
between  the  two  I  read  as  much  as  I  can. 

Q.  Do  you  give  some  time  to  the  study  of  the  Bible  ? 

A.  As  much  time  as  it  is  possible,  sir.  However,  I  believe  it  is 
not  so  much  a  question  of  hours  of  study  as  it  is  of  hours  of  effort 
to  bring  back  the  hour  of  Christ  Jesus'  ministry.  I  have  devoted 
many  years  of  my  life  to  act  out  by  development  the  purposes  of  that 
ministry. 

Q.  For  instance,  Mr.  Bell,  when  did  you  last  read  the  Bible  1 

A.  Within  the  last  48  hours,  sir. 

Q.  I  take  it  from  your  testimony  that  your  church  is  also  a  busi- 
ness organization,  that  it  will  also  engage  in  business  for  the  benefit 
of  the  members,  will  it  not  ? 

A.  We  think  that  Christ  Jesus'  teachings  were  basically  economic. 
They  must  be  lived,  not  just  preached,  and  the  church  will  engage 
in  trying  to  fulfill  the  ideal  of  brotherhood  in  every  way. 

#  *  #  #  # 

Q.  When  did  he  set  forth  the  golden  rule,  near  the  end  of  his 
ministry  ? 
A.  Yes,  sir. 

After  having  secured  an  admission  from  Bell  that  Christ's  Church  of 

the  Golden  Rule  was  based  directly  upon  the  teachings  of  Christ  as  set 

forth  in  the  New  Testament,  Assemblyman  Dilworth  proceeded  to  probe 

Bell's  knowledge  on  the  subject.      (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XXII,  pp.  177-180)  : 

Q.    (By  Assemblyman  Dilworth)  :     How  many  books  are  there 

in  the  Bible  ? 

A.  I  think  I  have  been  more  concerned  over  the  truths  than  I 

have  the  number  of  chapters  or  books 

Q.   (Interrupting)   How  many  are  

A.  (Continuing)  —  in  other  words,  I  never  had  the  opportunity 
that  most  children  have  of  attending  Sunday  School  long  enough 
to  learn,  and  I  have  never  taken  time  to  memorize  the  books  of  the 
Bible  in  sequence,  or  to  count  the  number  of  books.  In  fact,  the 
general  theological  idea  of  religious  instruction  has  never  appealed 
very  much  to  my  thought.     The  truths,  the  basic  truths  of  those 


42  UN-AM  ERIC  AX    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

teachings  have  seemed  so  important  it  has  kept  me  very  busy  trying 
to  find  some  way  to  apply  them  in  human  relationship  instead  of 
talking  about  them  from  pulpits  in  sermons.  I  felt  there  has  been 
enough  talk,  and  I  have  never  taken  the  time  to  memorize  any  great 
part  of  the  Bible  or  count  its  books  or  learn  them  in  their  order. 

Q.  How  many  authors  in  the  New  Testament  ?  Are  you  familiar 
with  Matthew,  John  and  Paul  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Now,  how  many  do  you  recall  ? 

A.  Well,  I  have  read  the  writings  —  oh,  I  should  say  the  basic 
beliefs  of  many  of  Christ  Jesus'  disciples,  all  of  the  New  Testament. 

Q.  Well,  how  many? 

A.  Matthew,  John,  Luke,  Paul. 

Q.  How  many  authors  are  there  in  the  New  Testament? 

A.  Senator,  I  have  had  no  time  to  try  to  learn  by  memory  any 
of  the  general  church  teachings.  I  have  been  only  concerned  over 
the  import  of  the  truths  expounded  bj^  the  prophets,  by  Christ  Jesus. 
It  kept  me  very  busy  trying  to  do  something  about  that  in  what  little 
way  that  I  might. 

Q.  What  does  the  word  Bible  mean? 

A.  I  do  not  know. 

***** 

Q.  Did  Jesus  pay  tribute  to  the  Roman  government? 

A.  He  at  one  time  took  some  money  out  of  a  fish's  mouth  and 
expressed  the  thought  that  he  should  'render  unto  Ceasar  the  things 
that  are  Ceasar 's. ' 

Q.  On  only  that  one  occasion? 

A.  I  do  not  know  how  often  he  did  so. 

Q.  On  what  accusation  was  Christ  put  to  death? 

A.  That  he  was  engaged  in  uttering  —  in  making  seditious 
utterances  and  conspiring  to  overthrow  the  government.  Very 
much  the  same  accusation  as  is  used  against  us  at  this  time. 

Q.  How  was  Christ  put  to  death? 

A.  He  was  crucified,  sir. 

Q.  How  long  was  he  on  the  cross? 

A.  I  do  not  know  how  long  it  took,  sir. 

Q.  How  long  did  he  remain  in  the  tomb  ? 

A.  Three  days. 

Q.  On  what  sea  did  Christ  still  the  tempest? 

A.  I  believe  it  was  —  well,  I  don 't  know  whether  it  was  the  Red 
Sea  or  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  sir ;  I  don 't  recall. 

Q.  Who,  if  you  know,  was  Christ's  sister? 

A.  I  do  not  recall  any. 

Q.  Well,  what  relation  was  Martha  to  Christ? 

A.  I  do  not  recall  the  relationship ;  I  know  that  she  was  very  dear 
to  Him. 

Q.  Do  you  recall  if  Christ  had  sisters  or  brothers? 

A.  I  do  not  recall,  sir. 

***** 

Q.  Did  Christ  teach  in  the  Sanhedrin  .' 

A.  I  do  not  know  to  what  extent  he  might  have  conducted  his 
ministry  in  the  Sanhedrin. 


tJN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  43 

Q.  Well,  from  the  record  that  we  have  of  his  daily  life  in  the  New 
Testament,  is  it  your  opinion  that  he  observed  the  commandment 
to  keep  the  Sabbath  day  holy  ? 

A.  I  think  he  observed  the  commandment  to  keep  every  day  holy, 
and  I  can  not  conceive  of  him  considering  one  day  holier  than  the 
other. 

MANKIND  UNITED  ENTERPRISES 

Further  examination  of  Bell  disclosed  that  at  the  time  of  his  mar- 
riage to  Mrs.  Ruby  V.  Chapman  he  was  out  of  funds  and  that  all  of  the 
money  since  accumulated  by  him  had  been  either  furnished  by  Mrs.  Bell 
as  loans  or  had  been  secured  from  persons  affiliated  with  Mankind  United 
or  his  followers. 

Committee  investigators  visited  many  of  the  hotels,  farms  and  other 
properties  purchased  by  Bell  in  the  name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman  and 
learned  that  all  such  properties  were  being  operated  by  persons  who 
were  affiliated  with  Mankind  United.  A  typical  example  is  the  Casa 
Blanca  Hotel,  located  in  the  City  of  Ontario.  Bell  paid  for  this  property 
in  cash  and  immediately  put  one  of  his  representatives  in  charge  of  the 
enterprise.  The  hotel  was  soon  staffed  with  Mankind  United  affiliates. 
It  was  learned  that  the  work  was  to  be  done  by  these  enthusiasts  without 
compensation  and  before  being  accepted  for  such  "employment"  they 
had  been  persuaded  to  transfer  their  money  and  properties  to  the  move- 
ment. At  the  Casa  Blanca  Hotel  in  Ontario  committee  investigators 
found  a  staff  of  chamber  maids,  cooks,  waitresses,  elevator-operators, 
janitors,  gardeners,  bell-boys,  dish-washers  and  miscellaneous  "employ- 
ees" carrying  on  the  operation  of  the  hotel  for  their  board  and  room. 
The  hotel  apparently  was  doing  a  good  business.  Other  hotel  and  busi- 
ness properties  purchased  by  Bell  were  being  operated  on  the  same  basis. 
As  a  result,  Bell  found  himself  in  difficulties  with  labor  unions. 

The  material  needs  of  the  working  members  of  the  alleged  ' '  coopera- 
tive "  or  "  collective ' '  enterprises  are  decided  by  whoever  happens  to  be 
in  charge  of  the  particular  enterprise.  Such  matters  as  dental  work, 
medical  attention,  recreational  needs,  transportation  for  the  purpose  of 
visiting  relatives  at  distant  points  in  the  State,  are  considered,  and  when 
found  worthy  and  necessary,  the  member  applicant  is  furnished  with 
money  supplied  from  a  common  general  fund.  When  the  decision  is 
adverse  the  moneyless  member  must  go  without. 

BELL'S  ATTITUDE  TOWARD  THE  WAR 

Bell's  attitude  toward  the  war  is  strongly  indicated  in  an  affidavit 
secured  by  R.  E.  Combs,  as  follows : 
"State  of  California 
"County  of  San  Bernardino 

"Samuel  N.  Ebb,  of  200  E.  4th  Street,  City  of  Ontario,  in  said 
County  and  State,  first  being  duly  sworn,  deposes  and  says : 

"I  met  a  man  introduced  to  me  as  Mr.  J.  J.  Jackson.  He  was 
introduced  to  me  by  a  real  estate  broker,  Mr.  Coppage  of  3046  or 
1036  Wilshire,  on  July  8th,  1943.  Jackson  wanted  to  buy  the  Casa 
Blanca  Hotel,  which  I  sold  him  for  $33,000  cash,  but  title  was  taken 
in  the  name  of  Ruby  V.  Chapman,  whom  I  met  twice. 

"During  the  negotiations,  Jackson's  actions  aroused  my  sus- 
picions, and  I  told  him  I  didn't  believe  his  name  was  really  Jackspn, 


44  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

because  he  looked  like  a  Frenchman  or  an  Italian.  Among  other 
things,  he  said  he  wanted  to  buy  ten  or  fifteen  thousand  feet  of 
screen  wire  to  partition  the  hotel  roof,  but  he  later  forgot  ever  having 
said  anything  about  it.  He  then  admitted  that  his  name  was  Robert 
Fontaine,  and  wanted  me  to  swear  that  I  would  never  divulge  the 
fact  that  his  name  was  really  Fontaine  and  not  Jackson.  He  showed 
me  a  Masonic  ring  and  said  he  was  a  Mason. 

"He  told  me  that  about  90%  of  the  funds  donated  to  the  Red 
Cross  and  the  USO  weren't  used  for  the  purposes  intended,  but  were 
spent  by  the  officials  in  charge  of  these  organizations,  the  promoters. 
He  said  it  was  just  a  racket. 

"On  October  24th,  1943,  Walter  Nigey  was  brought  to  town  by 
Jackson  to  run  the  hotel.  A  great  number  of  boxes  were  trucked 
into  town  and  stored  in  the  hotel.  This  Nigey  has  earned  a  local 
reputation  as  a  drunk.     I  saw  him  drunk  on  one  occasion. 

' '  I  had  patriotic  posters  sent  to  me  by  the  Office  of  War  Informa- 
tion in  my  hotel,  and  as  soon  as  Bell  acquired  the  hotel,  he  tore  all 
the  posters  down,  including  one  urging  people  to  buy  Avar  bonds 
and  stamps,  which  was  displayed  in  the  lobby. 

' '  Nigey  told  my  wife  that  the  war  was  just  a  racket  being  run  by 
President  Roosevelt  and  Winston  Churchill  for  their  own  selfish 
reasons ;  they  were  just  racketeers. 

' '  I  asked  Bell  if  Ruby  Chapman  wasn  't  his  wife,  because  the  week 
before  they  were  both  out  and  acted  more  like  husband  and  wife 
than  business  associates.  He  asked  me  why  she  should  be  his  wife, 
and  asked  me  if  she  might  not  be  his  sister.  He  never  admitted  she 
was  his  wife  and  inferred  that  she  was  not. 

"Bell  never  even  checked  the  inventory  on  the  hotel,  and  so  far 
as  I  know,  he  only  saw  my  room  and  the  lobby.  I  told  him  I  wanted 
$35,000  but  he  said  he  would  have  to  take  the  matter  up  with  his 
Board  of  Directors,  and  we  ultimately  closed  the  deal  for  $33,000 
cash.  I  never  saw  a  check.  Bell  usually  handled  the  money  in  $100 
bills,  ten  clipped  together  in  a  bunch. 

' '  Bell  would  never  give  me  an  address  or  telephone  number  so  I 
couldn't  contact  him. 

"He  told  me  that  Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule  was  very 
similar  to  the  Christian  Science  Church,  but  that  there  was  no  con- 
nection between  the  two  institutions.  His  statements  were  generally 
wild,  unreasonable,  were  contradictory  and  naturally  aroused  my 
suspicions. 

"I  am  absolutely  positive  that  the  man  who  told  me  his  name 
was  Jackson,  then  Fontaine,  was  actually  Arthur  L.  Bell,  whose 
picture  I  have  just  seen  in  the  newspapers. 

"He  was  constantly  quoting  the  Bible,  but  when  I  asked  him 
specific  questions,  I  discovered  that  he  didn't  know  anything  about 
it  at  all.  Then  he  told  me  he  was  a  political  economist,  but  his  con- 
versation indicated  that  he  was  one  of  the  most  conceited,  vain  and 
stubborn  men  I  ever  had  any  contact  with,  and  that  he  knew  virtually 
nothing  about  either  the  Bible  or  political  economy. 

"Bell  once  told  me  that  his  project  was  really  an  experiment,  and 
that  if  they  ever  took  a  licking  it  would  be  in  connection  with  lands 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IX    CALIFORNIA  45 

in  Imperial  Valley.     I  mentioned  this  subject  the  following  week, 
but  he  didn't  even  remember  our  conversation. 

(Signed) "SAMUEL  EBB, 
' '  Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before 
me  this  21st  day  of  March,  1944. 
R.  E.  COMBS,  Counsel  and  Chief  Investigator 
for  the  California  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee 
on  Un-American  Activities,  pursuant  to  Assembly 
Concurrent  Resolution,  No.  59." 

A  Mr.  R.  G.  Austin  of  San  Fernando  requested  the  assistance  of 
the  committee  in  locating  his  wife.  She  had  been  interested  in  Mankind 
United  since  1939  and  had  at  one  time  been  assigned  to  making  maps  of 
various  critical  areas  in  Southern  California.  Part  of  her  assignment 
was  determining  the  time  it  took  to  drive  from  one  designated  point  on 
the  map  to  another.  Austin  was  never  able  to  secure  a  satisfactory 
explanation  from  his  wife  concerning  her  map-making  activity.  When 
Bell  and  his  associates  were  convicted  of  conspiracy  to  commit  sedition, 
Austin  found  that  his  wife  was  more  enthusiastic  over  the  organization 
than  ever  and  spent  much  of  her  time  soliciting  funds  for  the  purpose 
of  defraying  legal  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  trial.  In 
December  of  1943  a  truck  was  backed  up  to  the  Austin  residence  and 
bureau  managers  of  Mankind  United  loaded  Mrs.  Austin's  personal 
property  on  the  truck  and  drove  away.  Austin  had  not  seen  his  wife 
since.  He  believed  that  she  had  been  persuaded  to  leave  him,  that  she 
had  given  her  worldly  possessions  to  the  organization  and  was  being 
used  in  the  operation  of  one  of  the  enterprises  recently  acquired  by  Bell. 


PART  III 

JAPANESE  PROBLEMS  IN  CALIFORNIA 

Since  submitting  its  report  to  the  Legislature  in  1943  the  committee 
has  continued  its  investigation  of  Japanese  subversive  activities  as  far 
as  such  activities  were  evident  in  the  various  relocation  centers  in  Cali- 
fornia. On  March  5,  1942,  Lieutenant  General  John  L.  DeWitt  issued 
an  order  for  the  evacuation  of  all  persons  of  Japanese  descent  from  the 
area  of  the  Western  Defense  Command.  Temporary  Reception  Centers 
were  quickly  erected  under  the  supervision  of  Army  engineers  and, 
shortly  thereafter,  construction  was  commenced  on  the  two  relocation 
centers  for  California,  Manzanar  and  Tulelake.  On  March  21,  1942, 
the  first  contingent  of  evacuees,  61  men  and  21  women,  arrived  at  Man- 
zanar. By  midsummer  of  that  year  there  were  nearly  10,000  evacuees 
at  Manzanar  and  14,000  at  Tulelake. 

CALIFORNIA    RELOCATION    CENTERS 

Manzanar  is  located  near  Independence  in  Inyo  County.  Tulelake 
is  located  in  Modoc  County  near  the  Oregon  State  line.  The  physical 
appearance  of  the  two  relocation  centers  presents  much  the  same  aspect. 
Each  is  sprawled  over  a  flat,  barren  plain,  partly  surrounded  by  moun- 
tains. The  summer  winds  constantly  blow  clouds  of  fine  dust  across 
these  plains  and  during  the  winter  months  there  is  much  rain  and  snow. 


46  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IX    CALIFORNIA 

The  barracks  are  long,  narrow,  board  and  batten  structures  with  black 
tar-paper  roofs.  Wooden  partitions  divide  these  barracks  into  small 
compartments,  each  of  which  is  theoretically  occupied  by  an  evacuee  fam- 
ily.    The  mess  halls  are  replicas  of  the  barracks  without  the  partitions. 

Each  center  maintains  an  agricultural  project.  A  program  of  voca- 
tional training  and  adult  education  is  provided  in  both  camps.  The 
State  law  for  compulsory  education  of  children  of  school  age  is  enforced. 
Internal  security  and  fire-fighting  departments  are  organized  and  main- 
tained. Each  center  has  cooperative  stores  where  evacuees  may  pur- 
chase a  wide  variety  of  general  merchandise,  none  of  which  carries 
ration-point  requirements. 

Each  administrative  project  and  department  is  headed  by  a  Caucasian 
supervisor.  Virtually  all  of  the  work  is  done  by  the  evacuees,  on  a  vol- 
untary basis.  They  are  compensated  for  their  labors  at  a  monthly  rate 
which  has  a  maximum  of  $19.  The  rate  is  considered  entirely  inadequate 
by  the  evacuees  and,  as  a  consequence,  the  work  done  is  accomplished 
more  by  sheer  weight  of  numbers  than,  by  individual  endeavor.  Labor 
strikes  occur  sporadically  and  there  is  a  constant  stream  of  labor  com- 
plaints. Attempts  at  beautification  of  the  camps  have  been  made  by 
the  evacuees  and  a  lovely  landscaped  Japanese  garden  was  noted  near 
a  mess  hall  at  Manzanar. 

The  agricultural  project  at  Manzanar  presented  many  difficulties.  The 
first  crew  started  work  on  April  15,  1942,  grubbing  out  the  rocks  and 
sage-brush,  and  preparing  the  soil  for  planting.  During  the  latter  part 
of  May  of  that  year  the  crops  were  planted.  When  the  first  green  shoots 
appeared  they  were  promptly  nibbled  back  level  to  the  earth  by  rabbits, 
until  the  vegetable  garden  resembled,  from  a  distance,  an  extensive  and 
closely-clipped  lawn.  This  annoyance  was  solved  by  the  use  of  dogs 
that  were  trained  to  chase  the  rabbits  away.  Several  hundred  acres  are 
now  under  cultivation.  The  crops  raised  at  Manzanar  during  the  past 
season  had  a  market  value  estimated  at  $43,000.  Surplus  crops  are 
shipped  to  other  centers. 

There  are  about  4,000  acres  under  cultivation  at  Tulelake.  The  sea- 
son in  Modoc  County  is  comparatively  short  because  of  early  frost  and 
snow,  but  during  the  spring  and  summer  months  the  crops  are  easily 
and  abundantly  produced.  The  total  commercial  value  of  the  current 
crop  is  estimated  at  $1,500,000.  The  surplus,  like  the  surplus  at  Manza- 
nar, is  shipped  to  other  centers.  Hogs  and  chickens  are  also  raised  at 
Tulelake  on  an  extensive  scale. 

Each  center  has  a  detachment  of  military  police.  Until  a  short  time 
ago  these  men  were  charged  with  the  duty  of  quelling  serious  disturb- 
ances, keeping  the  evacuees  within  the  confines  of  the  center,  and,  gen- 
erally, in  maintaining  order.  They  are  not  permitted,  however,  within 
the  boundaries  of  the  centers.  This  force  of  military  police  is  supple- 
mented by  the  Department  of  Internal  Security,  or  center  police  force, 
which  is  headed  by  a  Caucasian  with  prior  police  experience,  and  a  staff 
of  evacuee  enforcement  officers.  The  center  directors  have  exclusive 
jurisdiction  over  infractions  of  center  rules  and  regulations  and  may 
impose  reasonable  and  legal  penalties  for  violations.  Violators  of  State 
and  Federal  laws  are  turned  over  to  the  proper  authorities. 

National  food  rationing  released  a  flood  of  rumors  concerning  the  food 
served   the   Japanese    in   the   relocation   centers.     It   was    frequently 


UX-AMERICAX    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 


charged  that  the  evacuees  were  receiving  food  of  an  exceptionally  high 
quality  and  of  high  ration-point  value.  Investigation  of  these  charges 
by  representatives  of  the  committee  disclosed  that  the  basic  menus  of  all 
relocation  centers  were  prepared  by  the  Quartermaster's  Corps  of  the 
United  States  Army  and  that  each  center  was  allowed  a  maximum 
expenditure  of  45  cents  per  day  for  each  evacuee.  The  average  expendi- 
ture for  the  two  centers  in  California  runs  around  37  cents  per  day  per 
evacuee. 

The  committee  representatives  selected  mess  halls  at  random  in  each 
center  and  ate  several  meals  with  the  evacuees.  They  found  the  food 
well  cooked,  nourishing  and  plentiful.  The  following  sample  menus  are 
typical  of  the  meals  served  at  Manzanar  and  Tulelake : 


MONDAY 
Breakfast 

Stewed  dried  fruit, 
Farina — hot  milk, 
French  toast,  syrup, 
Cocoa,  milk. 

Lunch 

Baked  macaroni  and 

cheese, 

Steamed  rice, 

Tsukemono, 

Boiled  fresh  vegetables, 

Head  lettuce  salad, 

One  orange, 

Bread, 

Tea. 

Dinner 

Fresh  fried  fish, 
Stewed  corn, 
Steamed  rice, 
Pickled  fresh  beets, 
Butterscotch  dessert. 


TUESDAY 

Breakfast 

One-half  grapefruit, 
Rolled  oats — milk, 
Hot  cakes — syrup, 
Cocoa — coffee — milk . 

Lunch 

Boiled  beef,  Spanish 
Steamed  rice, 
Tsukemono, 
Head  lettuce  salad, 
One  fresh  apple, 
Tea. 


Dinner 

Beef  Sukiyaki, 
Steamed  rice, 
Tsukemono, 
Potato  salad, 
Spice  cake, 
Tea. 


WEDNESDAY 
Breakfast 

Stewed  dried  fruit. 
Dry  cereal — milk, 
French  toast — syrup, 
Coffee — tea — milk. 

Lunch 

Boston  baked  beans, 

Boiled  fresh  vegetables. 

Steamed  rice, 

Tsukemono, 

Head  lettuce  salad, 

One  orange, 

Bread, 

Tea. 


Dinner 

Fried  fresh  fish, 
Steamed  rice, 
Tsukemono, 
Cole  slaw  salad, 
Fruit  jello, 
Tea. 


It  will  be  noted  that  the  relocation  center  diet  consists  mainly  of  rice, 
vegetables,  fish,  bread,  oleomargarine  (no  butter),  with  such  occasional 
Japanese  dishes  as  Tsukemono  (pickled  vegetables)  and  Sukiyaki  (a 
sort  of  Japanese  chop  suey) . 

Choice  of  food  is  a  source  of  constant  evacuee  complaint  and  grievance. 
The  American-born  Japanese  are  accustomed  to  American  food  while 
most  of  the  alien  Japanese  are  accustomed  to  native  dishes.  It  is  mani- 
festly impossible  to  please  both  groups,  although,  as  will  be  seen  from  the 
sample  menus,  certain  native  dishes  are  prepared  and  served.  The 
evacuees  are  permitted  to  buy  additional  food  at  the  cooperative  stores, 
but,  as  has  been  mentioned  heretofore,  they  are  not  permitted  to  purchase 
anything  which  requires  ration  points. 

Until  about  January  1,  1943,  the  administration  of  the  centers  was 
very  lax.  The  evacuees  were  permitted  to  wander  unattended  practically 
at  will,  all  over  the  adjacent  countryside.  This  practice  was  bitterly 
resented  by  residents  in  the  vicinity  of  the  centers  and  this  resentment 
toward  the  administration  still  exists  to  some  extent.  The  laxity  <>F  early 
administration  manifested  itself  in  what  appeared  to  be  a  pampering  of 
the  evacuees  and  an  apathy  toward  their  subversive  activities.  An 
example  of  this  lax  attitude   was  seen  in  the  practice  of  permitting 


48  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

evacuees  at  Tulelake  to  use  Government  ears  as  free  taxis  within  the 
area  of  the  Center,  and  in  the  use  of  Government  trucks  to  take  groups 
of  evacuees  on  picnics  outside  the  Center.  No  attempt  was  made  to 
separate  the  obviously  subversive  and  disloyal  from  the  obviously  loyal. 
After  January  1,  1943,  the  situation  changed  considerably  and  the 
Centers  in  California  were  administered  with  a  firmer  hand. 

Optional  courses  in  Americanism  are  offered  as  part  of  the  adult 
educational  program  but  they  might  as  well  be  discontinued  for  the3^ 
are  very  poorly  attended.  There  are  no  compulsory  Americanism 
courses.  It  was  learned  that  the  evacuees  are  not  particularly  encour- 
aged to  speak  English.  Many  who  spoke  good  English  when  they  first 
arrived  at  the  centers  now  speak  it  poorly,  because,  since  arriving,  they 
have  spoken  mostly  in  their  native  tongue. 

For  a  time,  all  out-going  and  in-coming  mail  was  censored  by  the  mili- 
tary police.  This  practice  was  discontinued,  and  in  1943  it  was  possible 
for  express  packages,  letters  and  parcel-post  packages  to  be  sent  into 
the  relocation  centers  without  inspection.  Telephone  conversations 
between  the  evacuees  and  persons  outside  the  Centers  were  not  censored 
at  all.  Manzanar  appeared  to  be  the  lone  exception  in  telephone  censor- 
ship. 

SHINTO-KODO-BUSHIDO 

The  Japanese  terms,  Issei,  Nisei  and  Kebei,  are  defined  and  explained 
in  the  Committee's  1943  Report  at  page  322.  Briefly  re-stated,  the  Issei 
are  alien  Japanese,  virtually  all  of  whom  are  loyal  to  Japan  and  Hirohito. 
Fanatical  in  their  belief  in  the  Shinto-Kodo-Bushido  dogmas,  they  keep 
pretty  much  to  themselves  in  the  relocation  centers.  The  Nisei  are 
second-generation,  American-born  sons  and  daughters  of  Japanese  alien 
parents,  and,  therefore,  citizens  of  the  United  States.  The  greater  part 
of  the  Nisei  have  attended  the  public  schools  on  the  west  coast,  and  the 
majority  of  them  attended  Japanese  language  schools.  The  Kebei  are 
Nisei  (second-generation,  American  born  Japanese)  who  have  been  sent 
to  Japan,  allegedly  for  educational  purposes.  During  their  stay  in 
Japan  the  Kebei  were  indoctrinated  with  the  Shinto-Kodo-Bushido  virus 
and,  as  a  general  rule,  feel  a  deep  loyalty  to  everything  Japanese.  The 
ideology  of  Kodoism,  like  the  doctrine  of  race-superiority  of  the  German 
Nazis,  dominates  the  minds  of  the  present  generation  of  alien  Japanese 
and  the  Kebeis.  Until  Pearl  Harbor  the  Issei,  holding  the  purse  strings, 
exerted  considerable  influence  over  the  Nisei  and  Kebei  and  kept  them 
pretty  much  in  "Kodo"  ("the  way  of  the  Emperor"). 

Shintoism  is  Japan's  most  ancient  religious  faith.  In  its  primitive 
form  it  exalted  the  deities  of  nature  and  fertility  and  emphasized  the 
sacredness  of  the  family.  Animistic  in  character,  Shintoism  created  a 
multitude  of  local  gods  and  taught  that  they  were  embedded  in  the  moun- 
tains, trees  and  stones.  Worship  of  the  Emperor,  the  sacredness  of  the 
family,  and  the  exaltation  of  the  military  were  closely  identified  with  the 
ceremonies  of  Shintoism  from  its  inception.  The  ancient  rice  culture 
of  the  people  was  closely  interwoven  in  ancient  Shintoism.  Obedience 
to  authority  and  devotion  to  the  Emperor  are  sternly  emphasized.  The 
Shinto  creed  has  been  merged  with  the  State  since  the  "restoration"  of 
the  Emperor  in  1868,  and  is  now  particularly  characterized  by  its  aggres- 
sive nationalism,  its  authoritarianism,  and  its  militaristic  faith. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  49 

It  is  taught  and  believed  that  the  Japanese  islands  were  begotten  of  the 
gods,  that  the  Emperor  of  Japan  is  a  direct  descendant  of  the  Goddess 
of  the  Sun.  It  is  believed  that  the  present  Japanese  race,  as  the  descend- 
ants of  a  single  tribe  of  Yamato,  are  destined  to  inhabit  these  God-begot- 
ten islands  forever.  The  rest  of  the  world  is  to  feel  the  benevolence  of 
this  divine  Yamato  race.  Because  the  islands  were  literally  begotten 
of  the  gods,  the  land  is  ' '  holy, ' '  and  will  endure  forever.  A  Japanese  sol- 
dier who  dies  for  the  Emperor  and  his  "holy"  country,  immediately 
becomes  one  with  the  gods,  regardless  of  how  badly  he  may  have  lived. 
The  outside  world  can  only  be  redeemed  through  Japanese  intervention. 
The  great  Shinto  virtues  for  the  Japanese  people  are  blind  and  undying 
loyalty  and  unquestioning  obedience.  All  people,  other  than  the  Japa- 
nese, are  considered  corrupt  and  inferior. 

Shintoism  has  become  the  State  religion  of  Japan.  Doctor  Shunzo 
Sakamaki,  assistant  professor  of  history  at  the  University  of  Hawaii, 
pointed  out  that  the  Japanese  Imperial  Government  had  issued  an  edict 
declaring  that  all  Shinto  priests  in  the  United  States  and  Hawaii,  and 
all  Japanese  language  school  teachers  were,  from  January  of  1941,  to 
be  considered  as  officials  of  the  Japanese  Government.  "Basically," 
said  Doctor  Sakamaki,  ' '  the  reason  is  that  the  Japanese  Government  has 
seen  in  Shinto  a  political  tool  of  the  greatest  potency  for  keeping  the  fires 
of  nationalism  burning  at  white  heat  and  making  the  doctrine  of  political 
absolutism  in  Japan  virtually  inviolable. ' ' 

General  Araki,  the  leader  of  the  Manchurian  conquest,  gave  life  and 
emphasis  to  Japanese  Imperialism  by  popularizing  Kodo,  "the  way  of 
the  Emperor,"  in  the  program  of  "Asia  for  Asiatics"  and  the  "Greater 
East  Asia  Co-Prosperity  Sphere".  Thus,  Kodo,  as  an  extension  of  Shin- 
toism, provides  the  justification  of  Japanese  world  conquest,  "The  way 
of  the  Emperor",  since  the  first  Emperor,  Jimmu  Tenno,  who  descended 
directly  from  the  Goddess  of  the  Sun,  is  the  plan  to  carry  out  the  ' '  divine 
destiny"  of  the  Japanese  people  in  extending  their  "culture"  to  all  of 
the  people  of  the  earth.  This  "benevolence"  is  first  to  be  extended  to 
the  colored  peoples  of  Asia  by  freeing  them  from  the  domination  of  the 
white  races. 

Bushido  is  the  unwritten  code  of  conduct  of  the  Samurai.  Bushido 
demands  loyalty  to  superiors  only,  simplicity  of  living  and  military  valor. 
Complete  allegiance  to  superiors  is  demanded,  while  deceit  and  dishonor 
is  to  be  honorably  practiced  against  all  others.  Treachery  and  brutality 
against  one 's  enemies,  and  self-sacrifice,  blind  loyalty  and  unquestioning 
obedience  to  one 's  superiors  are  the  cardinal  characteristics  of  the  code 
of  Bushido. 

PROBLEM   OF   RELOCATION    DURING  THE  WAR 

It  is  generally  believed  that  the  Japanese  are  a  stoical  and  phlegmatic 
people.  Expert  opinion,  on  the  contrary,  holds  that  they  are  a  highly 
emotional  and  temperamental  people.  It  is  interesting  to  note  in  this 
connection  that  the  clinical  records  of  the  two  relocation  centers  indicate 
that  the  most  common  evacuee  ailment  is  peptic  ulcers,  caused  by  worry 
and  fear.  The  loyal,  or  potentially  loyal,  Nisei,  read  accounts  in  the 
daily  newspapers  of  the  action  of  many  and  sundry  organizations  pass- 
ing resolutions  to  the  effect  that  no  persons  of  Japanese  descent,  citizen 
or  alien,  will  ever  be  tolerated  again  in  California.     Leaflets  and  pam- 


50  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

phlets  find  their  way  into  the  centers  and  are  read  by  the  American-born 
Japanese.  Many  are  firmly  convinced  that  they  will  not  be  welcome  or 
wanted  in  California  and,  for  this  reason,  have  been,  and  are,  refusing 
to  apply  for  relocation  because  of  the  fear  of  physical  injury  to  them- 
selves and  their  families  no  matter  where  they  may  go.  The  recent  order 
of  Dillon  Myer  for  the  closing  of  all  relocation  centers  by  December  31, 
1945,  was  received  with  alarm  by  most  Japanese  evacuees.  The  commit- 
tee has  learned  from  authentic  sources  that  delegations  of  Japanese  have 
called  on  the  center  directors,  requesting  that  some  action  be  taken  for 
the  continuation  and  maintenance  of  the  centers  for  the  duration  of  the 
war  with  Japan.  Japanese  evacuee  spokesmen  base  their  request  on 
several  grounds.  First,  they  fear  physical  injury  if  they  are  returned 
to  their  former  communities  while  the  war  with  Japan  is  in  progress. 
Secondly,  nearly  all  leases  on  evacuee  property  are  for  "the  duration  of 
the  war  with  Japan, ' '  and,  thirdly,  the  housing  problem  for  some  60,000 
to  80,000  Japanese  in  their  former  communities  is  fraught  with  insur- 
mountable difficulty  and  hardship. 

SUBVERSIVE  ACTIVITIES 

The  Japanese  very  rarely  entered  into  the  life  of  the  American  com- 
munity in  which  they  resided.  ' '  Little  Tokyos ' '  invariably  mushroomed 
into  existence  wherever  a  substantial  Japanese  population  existed.  More 
than  240  Japanese  language  schools  were  established  and  maintained  in 
California  alone. 

The  committee  is  convinced  that  it  was  not  merely  coincidental  that 
the  Japanese  population  settled  along  the  West  Coast  near  airfields,  oil 
refineries,  vital  war  plants  and  gun  emplacements.  The  desirability  of 
the  land  alone  does  not  account  for  this  deployment  as,  in  many  cases, 
more  fertile  and  desirable  farm  land  was  available. 

The  Yokohama  Specie  Bank  is  sponsored  by  the  Japanese  Imperial 
Government.  Before  the  war  huge  transfers  of  money  through  the  Yoko- 
hama Specie  Bank  from  the  United  States  to  Japan  was  a  frequent  occur- 
rence. These  "deposits"  aggregated  in  excess  of  twenty  millions  of 
dollars.  Testimony  and  evidence  before  the  committee  indicates  that 
Japanese  residents  in  California  contributed  many  thousands  of  dollars 
to  the  Japanese  war  effort  before  Pearl  Harbor. 

Togo  Tanaka  testified  quite  openly  and  frankly  concerning  Nisei  activi- 
ties. (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  X,  pp.  2843-2889).  His  testimony,  in  part,  is  as 
follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  X,  pp.  2856-2858)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs:  .  .  .  Mr.  Tanaka,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
the  Japanese  Consulate  sponsored  the  dissemination  of  a  great  mass 
of  material  regarding  the  Japanese  attitude — the  Sino-Japa- 
nese  war  ? 

A.  I  don't  believe  so  much  the  consulate  but  agencies  set  up  by 
the  consulate  on  the  coast  here. 

Q.  The  Nisei  were  active  at  that  time  in  aiding  in  the  dissemina- 
tion of  that  material,  were  they  not  1 

A.  Yes,  they  were — I  should  say,  we  were. 

Q.  Then,  later  on  there  were  groups,  were  there  not,  Japanese 
organizations,  for  example,  agricultural  organizations  and  others 
through  which  funds  were  collected  for  the  Japanese  war  effort 
generally  ? 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  51 

A.  I  believe  you  were  the  one  who  gave  me  the  first  detailed  infor- 
mation. While  I  have  a  note  on  Los  Angeles  I  wanted  to  be  able  to 
more  or  less  confirm  it. 

Q.  Does  your  information  confirm  that  ? 

A.  Yes,  it  does. 

Q.  And  that  extended  over  a  period  of  how  long? 

A.  Well,  I  would  say  since  the  outbreak  of  the  war  in  China — 
that  would  be  in  '37. 

Q.  And  it  continued  how  long  ? 

A.  Well,  straight  through,  I  believe,  the  early  or  the  middle  of 
1940  when  it  seems  the  tension  between  the  United  States  and  Japan 
grew  to  the  point  where  people  began,  I  think,  to  realize  rather 
dimly  possibly  war  was  in  the  offing — by  the  way,  that  was  the  time, 
too,  when  many  of  us  began  to  realize  some  of  our  activities  were 
misdirected.  By  the  way,  I  may  also  point  out  while  we  seem  to  be 
emphasizing  the  subversive,  and  I  can  appreciate  the  purpose  to 
investigate  un-American  activities 

Q.  That  is  correct. 

A. on  the  other  hand,  we  ought  not  to  forget  and  to  get  a 

balanced  picture,  we  ought  to  inject  some  of  the  very  good  American 
activities  this  publication  and  the  organization  has  been  engaging  in. 

Q.  I  am  going  to  ask  you  in  detail  about  that,  Mr.  Tanaka. 

A.  Fine. 

Q.  So  that  was  true  that  funds  were  collected  by  Japanese  organi- 
zations for  the  Japanese  war  efforts  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  believe  they  were. 

Q.  And  those  funds  were  transmitted  through  the  Japanese 
diplomatic  agencies  in  this  country? 

A.  I  am  not,  frankly,  familiar  with  the  exact  means  by  which 
it  was  transmitted.  I  understand  some  was  sent  directly  to  Japan 
by  the  organizations  and  some  by  individuals  but  I  presume  most 
of  the  funds  must  have  been  sent  through  the  diplomatic  agents. 

Q.  Was  there  any  reluctance  on  the  part  of  the  Nisei  to  admit  the 
existence  of  subversive  activities  by  any  Japanese  group  in 
California? 

A.  Well,  as  a  group  I  would  say  yes ;  but  individually,  of  course, 
we  always  have  our  exceptions  but  collectively — I  am  merely  repeat- 
ing what  persons  who  are  not  Nisei  say  from  the  standpoint  of  their 
own  observation  that  they  think  the  Nisei  themselves — on  that  ques- 
tion I  may  not  be  qualified  to  answer  as  to  the  reluctance  shown  by 
the  Nisei — but  judged  by  some  third  party,  we  have  a  good  number 
of  persons  who  I  think  have  been  close  to  the  situation  and  they 
said  we  have  been  too  reluctant  to  admit  some  of  the  subversive 
activities  that  probably  have  been  present  in  which  Nisei  have 
engaged.  We  have  tried  to  gloss  some  of  the  things  and  point  out 
the  good  American  things  we  were  doing  without  trying  to  correct 
or  even  acknowledge  some  of  the  things  being  done  which  were  sub- 
versive and,  frankly,  I  didn't  believe  some  of  the  things  we  were 
doing  would  be  judged  as  subversive  simply  because  we  couldn't 
predict  the  developments,  the  turn  of  events." 

The  committee  offers  no  particular  brief  for  the  Nisei  as  a  class.   Evi- 
dence before  the  committee  clearly  reveals  that  many  of  the  Nisei  were 


52  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

engaged  in  subversive  activities  against  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  for  many  months  prior  to  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  The  com- 
mittee is  equally  aware  that  an  American-born  person  of  Japanese  par- 
entage is  not  necessarily  subversive  per  se.  The  problem  is  essentially 
one  of  segregation  and  it  presents  many  subtle  difficulties. 

When  General  De  Witt 's  order  for  Japanese  evacuation  was  announced 
many  Nisei,  who  had  established  businesses  and  homes,  were  compelled 
to  dispose  of  their  property  in  a  very  short  period  of  time,  as  best  they 
could.  They  were  to  be  housed  in  relocation  centers  in  remote  parts  of 
the  country  for  an  indefinite  period.  Deep  emotional  reaction  to  the 
disruption  of  normal  life  was  only  natural  and  to  be  expected.  Some  of 
the  Nisei  became  embittered  and  resentful  while  others  remained  realistic 
and  resigned  to  a  situation  which  they  understood  as  necessary  and 
unavoidable.  The  Issei  and  Kebei  were  openly  defiant  and  recalcitrant. 
Most  of  them  have  now  adopted  an  attitude  of  solemn  brooding.  The 
committee  believes  that  if  the  War  Relocation  Authority  had  segregated 
these  groups  in  the  beginning  much  trouble  and  difficulty  might  have 
been  avoided.  Late  in  1943  the  War  Relocation  Authority,  finally  recog- 
nizing the  problem,  announced  that  it  would  segregate  the  loyal  from 
the  disloyal  Japanese.  This  was  ultimately  accomplished  by  removing 
the  disloyal  Japanese  to  the  Relocation  Center  at  Tulelake.  The  War 
Relocation  Authority  test  of  loyalty  and  disloyalty  in  the  segregation 
program  is  not  available  and  has  not  been  explained. 

DEFIANCE  AT  TULELAKE 

Questionnaires  were  prepared  and  distributed  to  the  evacuees  in  all 
the  relocation  centers  by  the  War  Relocation  Authority  in  the  early 
spring  of  1943.  Question  No.  28  inquired  whether  or  not  the  evacuee 
was  willing  to  renounce  his  allegiance  to  the  Emperor  of  Japan.  An 
epidemic  of  rioting  immediately  broke  out  at  the  Tulelake  Center  and 
continued  for  nearly  six  weeks.  So  few  of  the  evacuees  answered  Ques- 
tion 28  in  the  affirmative  that  the  War  Relocation  Authority  reworded 
that  particular  inquiry,  labeled  it  No.  28- A,  and  tried  again.  The  ques- 
tion this  time  did  not  concern  itself  with  allegiance  to  the  Emperor  of 
Japan,  but  merely  inquired  whether  or  not  the  evacuee  would  be  willing 
to  uphold  the  laws  of  the  United  States.  Assemblyman  Dickey,  in  charge 
of  the  Tulelake  investigation,  reported  that  he  had  been  informed  that 
although  there  were  6,000  to  7,000  evacuees  who  were  American  citizens 
by  accident  of  birth  and  whose  physical  qualifications  made  them  eligible 
for  service  in  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States,  only  two  volunteered. 
It  is  rather  significant  to  note  that  the  Busliido  code  permits  deceit  and 
treachery  as  honorable  conduct  under  such  circumstances,  and  that  dis- 
loyal and  subversive  Japanese  would,  therefore,  unhesitatingly  answer 
either  or  both  questions  in  the  affirmative. 

The  attitude  of  defiance  on  the  part  of  the  disloyal  Japanese  at  Tule- 
lake can  only  be  explained  on  the  basis  of  some  real  or  imagined  advan- 
tage for  Japanese  war  strategy.  Mr.  Silverman,  staff  writer  for  the 
San  Francisco  Chronicle,  was  at  the  Tulelake  Center  investigating  the 
disturbances  which  attended  the  signing  of  the  questionnaires,  and  in 
the  May  27, 1943,  issue  of  that  newspaper  he  reported,  in  part,  as  follows : 

"*    *    *    Before  the  end  of  the  trouble  bands  of  hoodlums  roamed 
up  and  down  the  camp 's  streets,  breaking  into  homes  and  attacking 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  53 

the  occupants.  The  Japanese  *  *  *  who  were  in  cooperation 
with  the  administration  were  nearly  killed,  and  two  Christian  Priests 
were  badly  beaten.  A  Jap  flag  mysteriously  appeared  and,  as  mys- 
teriously, disappeared.  The  army  moved  in,  followed  by  the  F.  B.  I. 
There  were  mass  arrests,  and  one  hundred  men  were  thrown  into 
near-by  jails  and  deserted  C.  C.  C.  Camps.  When  the  prisoners 
were  carried  off  they  were  surrounded  by  howling  Japanese  who 
yelled,  'Banzai !' 

' '  '  You  can 't  imagine  how  close  we  came  to  machine-gunning  the 
whole  bunch  of  them, '  one  official  said.  '  The  only  thing  that  stopped 
us,  I  guess,  were  the  effects  such  a  shooting  would  have  had  on  the 
Japs  holding  our  boys  in  Manila  and  China  *  *  *  and  the  fact 
that,  in  all  these  Tulelake  riots,  a  lot  of  Japs  got  hurt  fighting 
for  us.' 

"Leaders  of  the  disturbance,  most  of  whom  were  believed  to  be 
Kebeis,  were  identified  and  sent  to  an  Arizona  concentration  camp 
for  incorrigibles.  Others  were  given  prison  terms  for  violation  of 
the  State  riot  law.  while  still  others  were  paroled  or  pardoned. 
Camp  Director  Harvey  Coverley  stated  that  the  arrests  put  an  end 
to  the  disturbances." 

THE   MANZANAR   DISTURBANCE 

The  central  figure  of  the  December,  1942,  disturbance  at  the  Reloca- 
tion Center  at  Manzanar  was  Fred  Masaru  Tayama.  Tayama  testified 
before  the  committee  in  Los  Angeles  on  Japanese  activities,  March  24, 
1942.  ( Com.  Trans.  Volume  X,  pp.  2961-2965. )  He  was  born  in  Hono- 
lulu. He  attended  the  A.  R.  Muir  Institute  of  Technology  in  Chicago. 
He  formerly  was  the  chairman  of  the  Southern  California  District  Coun- 
cil of  the  Japanese-American  Citizens  League.  Shortly  after  Decem- 
ber 7,  1941,  Tayama  called  a  meeting  of  certain  American-born  Japanese 
leaders  and  organized  an  anti-Axis  Committee.  An  intelligence  unit 
was  created  in  order  to  assist  governmental  investigative  authorities  in 
their  work.  This  prompt  and  laudible  action  on  the  part  of  Fred  Tayama 
made  many  dangerous  enemies  for  him  among  the  disloyal  and  subversive 
Japanese. 

Fred  Tayama 's  demeanor  on  the  witness  stand  when  testifying  before 
the  committee  in  Los  Angeles,  was  above-board,  open  and  frank. 
(Digest  of  Tayama 's  Los  Angeles  testimony  appears  on  pages  344  to  346 
in  the  committee's  1943  Report.)  At  that  time  he  proudly  exhibited  a 
document  from  the  Japanese  consul  given  to  him  at  his  insistence,  prov- 
ing his  complete  expatriation  from  Japan.  He  testified  that  although 
he  was  born  in  Honolulu,  he  was  considered  a  citizen  of  Japan  in  1923 
and  subject  to  Japanese  military  duty.  He  was  advised  to  apply  to  the 
Japanese  Consul  General  for  extension  or  exemption  of  military  service. 
He  is  one  of  the  few  American-born  Japanese  known  to  the  committee 
who  took  the  necessary  steps  for  the  cancellation  of  the  Japanese  side 
of  his  dual  citizenship. 

The  New  World  supplement  for  Sunday,  December  13,  1942,  in  the 
San  Francisco  Chronicle  printed  the  following  story : 

"Last  week,  nine-month  old  Manzanar  produced  its  first  political 
incident.  Using  descriptive,  excitable  adjectives  and  worded  care- 
fully so  as  not  to  over-emphasize  isolated  trouble,  the  War  Reloca- 


54  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

tion  Authority  described  the  occurrence :  '  Saturday  night  six  men 
entered  the  residence  of  Fred  Tayama,  (President  of  the  Japanese- 
American  League),  and  beat  him  so  severely  that  he  was  taken  to  the 
hospital.  Immediately  three  evacuees  were  taken  into  custody,  and 
one  of  them  was  transferred  to  the  jail  at  nearby  Independence. 
The  next  morning  crowds  gathered  in  the  Center  streets,  and 
selected  a  committee  which  met  with  Camp  Director  Kalph  P.  Mer- 
ritt  at  the  main  gate  and  asked  for  the  return  of  the  jailed  men. 
Merritt  agreed  that  the  evacuees  would  be  brought  back  to  Man- 
zanar  if  the  committee  would  agree  that  there  would  be  no  more 
meetings  or  gatherings,  that  order  would  be  maintained  until  the 
proper  hearing  could  be  held,  and  if  the  group  would  deliver  to  the 
authorities  the  men  who  had  beaten  Tayama. 

"The  crowd  dispersed  about  mid-afternoon,  the  jailed  men 
were  returned  to  the  center  police  headquarters.  But  that  night 
two  large  groups  assembled — one  at  the  hospital,  demanding  that 
Tayama  be  turned  over  to  them,  and  another  at  the  Internal  Security 
Headquarters     .     .     . 

"When  Merritt  refused  to  release  his  prisoners  ...  he 
became  alarmed  when  some  members  threatened  to  kill  Tayama  .  .  . 
The  director  called  the  military  police  to  restore  order.  But  the 
milling  Japanese  refused  to  go  home  and  began  to  advance  on  the 
prison  guard,  who,  when  the  tear  gas  was  blown  away  by  a  high 
wind,  threatened  to  open  fire.  The  crowd  kept  coming — the  M.  P  's. 
fired,  killing  one  man,  critically  wounding  another  and  injuring 
nine  others. 

"Both  the  War  Department  and  the  War  Relocation  Authority 
are  of  the  opinion  that  this  disturbance  was  caused  by  a  relatively 
small  group  of  evacuees,  and  that  the  great  majority  of  evacuees 
at  Manzanar  and  other  Relocation  Centers  are  loyal  to  the  United 
States,  and  completely  in  favor  of  the  orderly  process  of  govern- 
ment. ' ' 

The  excitement  ended  as  abruptly  as  it  started.  War  Relocation  Dep- 
uty National  Director,  E.  R.  Fryer,  arrived  from  Washington  and  laid 
down  the  law.  Segregation  of  known  Axis  sympathizers  and  unruly 
elements  followed  immediately.  Center  Director  Ralph  P.  Merritt,  a 
veteran  of  the  first  World  War,  who  had  just  taken  over  as  Camp  Director 
a  few  days  before  the  disturbances  commenced,  announced  "Peace  and 
quiet  prevail. ' ' 

The  evacuee-edited  Manzanar  Free  Press  in  its  anniversary  issue  of 
March  20,  1943,  comments  on  the  "incident"  in  the  following  language : 

' '  This  basic  calm  that  Manzanar  residents  had  been  enjoying  was 
disrupted  unfortunately  by  the  'riot'  of  December  6th,  which  was 
aggravated  by  the  newspaper  accounts  that  stressed  only  the  sensa- 
tional aspects  of  the  event.  The  emotional  outburst  was  an  inevi- 
table outcome  of  the  internal  strife  caused  largely  by  the  concen- 
trated nature  of  the  population.  The  fact  that  other  centers  have 
had  strife  and  difficulties  reflects  on  the  basic  difficulty  of  any  group 
to  maintain  a  normal  life  under  crowded  conditions.  Since  the  date 
of  the  Manzanar  trouble  coincided  with  Pearl  Harbor,  1941,  the 
public  press  had  ample  opportunity  to  misinterpret  the  essential 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  55 

facts.     The  sheer  coincidence  of  the  date,  is,  perhaps,  the  most  unfor- 
tunate aspect  of  the  whole  thing. ' ' 

The  committee  is  convinced  that  the  disturbance  falling  on  the  anni- 
versary of  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  was  the  result  of  something  far 
more  serious  than  ' '  sheer  coincidence ' '.  The  crowded  condition  of  the 
evacuees  in  Manzanar  on  December  6,  7  and  8,  1942,  was  not  the  lone 
factor  responsible  for  the  demonstration  of  defiance.  As  for  the  news- 
papers stressing  only  the  sensational  aspects  of  the  event,  the  committee 
submits  that  it  would  be  indeed  difficult  to  imagine  anything  more  sensa- 
tional than  a  three-day  demonstration  of  rioting  Japanese  evacuees 
accompanied  by  tear  gas  and  military  police  shooting  into  the  mob  in 
order  to  restore  order.  The  committee  believes  that  the  disloyal  Japs  in 
Manzanar  conspired  to  take  vengeance  on  Tayama  for  his  pro-American 
attitude,  and,  at  the  same  time,  intimidate  other  potentially  loyal  Nisei 
and  the  administrative  staff  at  the  Center  with  a  demonstration  on  the 
anniversary  of  the  Japanese  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor. 

TULELAKE   DISTURBANCES 

By  October,  1943,  the  War  Relocation  Authority  had  apparently  com- 
pleted its  task  of  segregating  the  loyal  from  the  disloyal  evacuees.  The 
disloyal  evacuees  were  sent  to  Tulelake  Center  and  the  allegedly  loyal 
evacuees  at  Tulelake  were  distributed  among  the  other  relocation  centers 
throughout  the  United  States.  It  is  estimated  that  there  were  around 
16,000  disloyal  Japanese  at  the  Tulelake  Relocation  Center  as  of  Janu- 
ary 1,  1945. 

Committee  members  and  representatives  made  five  separate  trips  to 
the  Tulelake  Center.  The  atmosphere  at  the  Camp  was  tense,  the  Japa- 
nese were  sullen  and  antagonistic  and  it  was  apparent  to  everyone  that 
some  sort  of  trouble  was  in  the  making. 

Japanese  spokesmen  called  upon  Camp  Director  Raymond  Best  and 
announced  that  the  Japanese  would  no  longer  pick  vegetables  for  Cau- 
casians or  for  the  loyal  Japanese.  They  stated  that  they  were  aware 
that  crop  surpluses  were  distributed  to  other  Relocation  Centers,  and 
that,  henceforth,  the  only  vegetables  which  would  be  picked  by  the 
evacuees  at  Tulelake  would  be  for  their  own  consumption.  Mr.  Best, 
in  order  to  comply  with  the  War  Relocation  Authority's  order  and  to 
fill  the  obligation  of  the  United  States  Government,  sent  members  of  the 
Caucasian  staff  of  the  Relocation  Center  into  the  fields  to  help  with  the 
crops  and  purchased  additional  supplies  when  needed. 

Japanese  spokesmen  then  demanded  that  they  be  allowed  to  use  coal 
for  bonfires  while  harvesting,  and  when  Relocation  officials  acceded  to 
this  demand,  tons  of  coal  were  consumed  in  this  manner  while  the  Nation 
faced  an  acute  coal  shortage. 

The  head  of  the  fire  department  at  Tulelake,  formerly  a  battalion  chief 
of  the  Los  Angeles  Fire  Department,  was  next  bombarded  with  a  series 
of  outrageous  demands.  The  first  was  for  a  certain  type  of  rubber  glove. 
These  were  obtained.  A  pool  table  for  the  members  of  the  fire  depart- 
ment was  next  in  order  and  when  this  demand  was  refused  the  members 
went  on  what  might  be  considered  a  sit-down  strike,  completely  disrupt- 
ing the  fire-fighting  department.  They  refused  to  use  blankets  or  pillows 
that  had  been  touched  by  loyal  Japanese,  and  demanded  new  bed  clothes 
which  were  secured.     An  epidemic  of  false  fire  alarms  ensued.     Nearly 


56  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

every  piece  of  fire-fighting  apparatus  taken  from  the  fire  house  broke 
down  because  of  some  mechanical  defect.  Fire  hydrants  were  found 
to  be  rammed  full  of  broken  glass,  bits  of  cloth  and  other  debris,  so 
that  they  failed  to  function.  It  was  later  discovered  that  $50,000  worth 
of  automatic  fire  alarm  apparatus  had  been  ripped  out  of  the  building 
which  housed  it,  and  as  far  as  the  committee  has  been  able  to  ascertain, 
it  has  never  been  found. 

On  the  afternoon  of  November  1,  1943,  a  delegation  of  spokesmen  for 
the  subversive  Japanese,  called  upon  Director  Best  in  the  administra- 
tion building  and  presented  a  series  of  demands  which  he  was  utterly 
unable  to  grant.  Shortly  thereafter  all  the  Caucasians  working  in  the 
Relocation  Center,  about  200  persons,  were  herded  into  the  administra- 
tion building  where  they  were  imprisoned  for  about  four  hours,  while 
a  mob  of  howling  Japanese,  armed  with  daggers,  swords  and  clubs,  milled 
around  outside  the  building,  shouting  obscenities  at  the  Caucasian  women 
and  loudly  proclaiming  their  disloyalty  to  the  United  States.  Colonel 
Verne  Austin  and  his  troops  had  arrived  by  this  time  and  were  posted 
just  outside  the  barbed-wire  fence.  The  Japanese  had  mysteriously 
obtained  a  loud-speaking  apparatus  and  a  microphone.  They  had  previ- 
ously used  a  short-wave  receiving  set,  made  from  parts  which  were  sent 
into  Tulelake  without  being  inspected  by  Relocation  authorities.  While 
the  conference  with  Director  Best  was  in  progress  and  the  Caucasian  staff 
was  imprisoned  inside  the  building,  the  milling  mob  on  the  outside  were 
addressed  in  Japanese  over  the  public  address  system  and  informed  on 
the  progress  of  the  conference.  When  two  Caucasians  attempted  to 
leave  the  building  they  were  beaten  and  forced  inside  again. 

It  later  developed  that  the  knives  and  swords  with  which  the  rioters 
had  armed  themselves  had  been  made  from  steel  truck  springs,  deliber- 
ately broken  when  trucks  were  driven  over  rough  stretches  of  road. 
When  the  springs  had  been  replaced  by  new  ones  the  old  springs  were 
taken  to  the  blacksmith  shop  operated  by  Japanese- Americans  and  made 
into  swords  and  knives. 

When  the  conference  with  the  director  was  concluded,  a  Shinto  priest 
stepped  to  the  microphone  and  said  something  in  Japanese.  Immedi- 
ately the  mob  suddenly  faced  the  east,  removed  their  hats,  bowed  three 
times  and  went  back  to  their  barracks. 

The  following  day,  November  2d,  was  quiet  and  peaceful.  On  Novem- 
ber 3d  there  were  several  minor  disturbances.  At  a  little  after  10  o  'clock 
on  the  evening  of  November  4th,  rioting  again  broke  out. 

Boxes  had  been  filled  with  pieces  of  mattress  and  bits  of  dry  grass 
soaked  with  stove  oil  and  placed  under  most  of  the  wooden  buildings  in 
the  center.  The  caps  had  been  removed  from  the  gasoline  tanks  on  all 
of  the  automobiles  and  trucks,  and  the  vehicles  had  been  placed  at  right 
angles  to  the  center  gates,  thus  creating  an  effective  blockade  to  entrances 
and  exits.  Colonel  Austin's  troops,  with  light  tanks,  armored  cars,  and 
fixed  bayonets,  moved  in  through  the  barricaded  entrances  and  within 
a  matter  of  minutes  the  area  was  cleared  of  the  rioting  Japanese.  The 
leaders  of  the  demonstration  were  taken  into  custody  and  order  was 
restored. 

A  few  days  later  spokesmen  for  the  rioting  Japanese  called  upon  Colo- 
nel Austin.  They  again  declared  that  they  would  only  hardest  crops 
for  their  own  consumption.     Colonel  Austin  told  them,  in  substance,  to 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  57 

either  pick  the  crops  in  accordance  with  the  "War  Relocation  Authority 
policy  or  continue  their  strike.  The  crops  were  promptly  harvested  and 
there  was  no  more  trouble. 

A  study  of  the  November  rioting  at  Tulelake  revealed  a  number  of 
important  factors  not  easily  discerned  by  a  cursory  examination  of  the 
facts.  It  is  apparent,  when  the  facts  are  analyzed,  that  if  the  Japanese 
had  actually  planned  to  burn  down  the  buildings,  kill  or  injure  the  Cau- 
casian administrative  personnel  that  they  had  ample  opportunity  to  do 
so  under  cover  of  darkness.  It  must  be  remembered  that  Colonel  Austin 
and  his  troops  were  just  outside  the  camp  and  were  able  to  watch  every 
move  of  the  Japanese.  In  spite  of  this  fact,  of  which  they  were  well 
aware,  they  staged  the  first  demonstration  at  1  p.m.  on  November  1st. 
They  went  so  far  as  to  install  a  public-address  system  so  that  every  word 
broadcast  was  well  within  earshot  of  the  military  authorities.  The  fol- 
lowing day  the  Japanese  were  obviously  apprehensive  that  something 
would  be  done  to  penalize  them  for  imprisoning  the  administrative  staff 
for  four  hours  in  their  own  buildings.  Colonel  Austin  and  his  troops 
remained  outside  the  enclosure  and  life  appeared  to  go  on  as  usual 
within  the  Center.  On  November  3d  they  launched  another  series  of 
minor  disturbances.  It  is  significant  to  note  that  the  disturbances  of 
November  1st  and  November  3d  occurred  in  broad  daylight  in  full  view 
of  Colonel  Austin  and  his  troops.  The  riot  of  November  4th  was 
launched  at  about  10  o'clock  in  the  evening.  The  Japanese  had  taken 
elaborate  precautions  to  make  it  perfectly  clear  to  anyone  that  it  was 
their  intention  to  burn  the  wooden  buildings  in  the  Center.  Boxes  of 
inflammable  material  had  been  prepared  and  placed  under  the  buildings, 
the  caps  had  been  removed  from  gasoline  tanks  of  all  civilian-owned 
automobiles,  as  well  as  from  the  cars  and  trucks  in  the  Center's  motor 
pool,  and  vehicles  had  been  carefully  placed  to  block  the  entrances  and 
exits  of  the  Center.  When  the  actual  rioting  started,  Colonel  Austin 
and  his  men  moved  in  promptly.     The  demonstration  abruptly  ceased. 

Committee  investigators  are  convinced  that  the  Japanese  at  Tulelake 
were  quite  familiar  with  the  legal  phases  of  the  situation  in  which  they 
found  themselves,  and  that  the  demonstrations  of  November,  1943,  were 
deliberately  designed  to  provoke  these  legal  questions  and  at  the  same 
time  create  propaganda  material  against  the  United  States  for  the  use  of 
the  Imperial  Japanese  government.  The  Japanese  performance  during 
the  four-hour  period,  heretofore  described,  had  all  of  the  aspects  of  a 
well-planned  dramatic  production.  While  clubs  were  waved  in  the  air, 
knives  and  swords  brandished,  addresses  made  over  a  public-address 
system,  and  the  entire  Caucasian  personnel  kept  imprisoned  in  the  admin- 
istration building,  no  serious  damage  was  done.  Although  the  boxes  of 
inflammables  were  carefully  placed  under  the  wooden  barracks,  nobody 
lit  a  match  to  start  the  conflagration.  It  might  logically  have  been 
expected  that  the  Army  would  have  immediately  moved  in  and  taken 
control,  thus  placing  the  United  States  Government  in  the  anomalous 
position  of  making  prisoners  of  war  out  of  its  own  citizens.  The  com- 
mittee believes  that  these  disturbances  at  Tulelake  were  carefully  staged 
for  this  purpose. 

The  members  of  the  committee,  as  well  as  many  informed  persons  in 
the  State  and  Nation,  while  recommending  segregation  of  the  loyal  Jap- 
anese from  the  disloyal,  looked  upon  the  War  Relocation  Authority's 


58  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

decision  to  establish  a  center  for  disloyal  Japanese  in  California  as  ill- 
advised. 

One  of  the  committee's  investigators  reported  on  this  subject  August 
6,  1943 : 

"That  this  State  was  teeming  with  Japanese  activities  for  years 
prior  to  Pearl  Harbor  is  an  established  fact.  That  the  Army  is 
convinced  that  no  person  of  Japanese  descent  should  be  permitted 
in  the  State,  at  least  for  the  duration  of  the  war,  is  manifest  from 
the  evacuation  order  itself.  It  is  conceded  by  everyone  familiar  with 
the  facts  that  there  are  several  thousand  fanatically  subversive 
evacuees  both  at  Manzanar  and  Tulelake  Centers.  California  has 
tremendous  industrial  facilities  turning  out  the  materials  of  war  on 
a  gigantic  scale.  The  aircraft  factories  of  California  have  turned 
out  nearly  40  per  cent  of  all  the  Nation 's  planes.  Throughout  the 
State  are  shipyards,  chemical  plants,  mills,  military  and  naval  instal- 
lations, embarkation  ports  and  air  bases.  It  was  not  so  long  ago 
that  anti-aircraft  batteries  were  firing  at  enemy  planes  in  Southern 
California,  that  an  enemy  submarine  hurled  its  shells  into  oil  instal- 
lations off  the  coast  near  Santa  Barbara,  and  that  ships  were  being 
sunk  almost  within  sight  of  the  coast  off  Santa  Cruz  and  Monterey. 
If  there  is  any  State  in  the  Union  that  should  be  entirely  free  of 
subversive  Japanese,  that  State  is  California.  Yet,  with  eight  other 
centers  in  the  United  States,  the  Relocation  Authority  has  recently 
announced  that  it  intends  to  gather  together  all  of  the  subversive 
evacuees  and  place  them  in  Tulelake  Center,  Modoc  County,  Cali- 
fornia. 

' '  According  to  a  statement  which  appeared  in  the  Pacific  Citizen, 
issue  of  July  17,  1943,  6,300  evacuees  have  asked  for  repatriation  to 
Japan  and  7,500  others  gave  negative  or  qualified  answers  to  the 
Relocation  Authority's  loyalty  questionnaire.  Thus,  there  are 
certainly  at  least  13,800  evacuees  who  would  readily  be  classified  as 
disloyal.  It  should  appear  obvious  that  of  all  the  places  in  the 
Country  where  these  evacuees  could  be  placed,  the  War  Relocation 
Authority  has  picked  the  most  dangerous." 

Despite  a  flood  of  protests  and  resolutions  of  organizations  such  as  the 
American  Legion  and  the  Native  Sons  of  the  Golden  West,  civic  organiza- 
tions and  Legislative  committees,  the  "War  Relocation  Authority  pro- 
ceeded with  its  program  to  make  Tulelake  a  center  for  subversive  Jap- 
anese evacuees  exclusively.  A  result  of  this  decision  and  action  was 
the  three-day  riot  which  occured  in  November  of  1943.  The  committee 
is  pleased  to  note  the  recent  decision  of  the  Government  in  moving  these 
subversive  evacuees  from  Tulelake  to  various  Japanese  prison  camp 
centers. 

THE   RELOCATION   CENTER  AT  POSTON 

Committee  representatives  undertook  to  investigate  reliable  reports  of 
Japanese  evacuees  coming  into  California  across  the  Arizona  border  at 
Parker,  Arizona,  despite  the  order  of  General  De  Witt  barring  all  per- 
sons of  Japanese  descent  from  most  of  the  California  area  for  the  dura- 
tion of  the  war.  The  only  exception  to  this  rule  was  by  permission  of 
the  Army. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  59 

The  War  Relocation  Center  at  Poston  is  near  Parker,  Arizona.  The 
committee  learned  that  parties  of  evacuees  were  in  the  habit  of  driving 
Government  trucks  and  were  observed  on  picnic  parties  at  points  from 
14  to  22  miles  from  the  center.  It  was  not  unusual  for  parties  of  evac- 
uees, driving  Government  trucks  from  Poston,  to  visit  cocktail  lounges. 
Large  slabs  of  laminated  rock  covered  with  century-old  Indian  hiero- 
glyphics, were  pried  loose  with  crowbars  and  hammers  in  the  Arizona 
desert  and  transported  to  Poston  for  Japanese  fish  ponds.  Parties  of 
Japanese  evacuees  journeyed  by  Government  truck  to  the  town  of  Parker 
on  shopping  tours.  Government  trucks  from  Poston,  driven  by  evac- 
uees, came  to  Parker  daily  to  pick  up  hundreds  of  railway-express  pack- 
ages at  the  platform  of  the  Santa  Fe  railway  station.  The  packages 
were  taken  back  to  the  center  and  distributed  to  the  addressees  without 
inspection  by  the  center  authorities. 

Committee  investigators  met  the  trains  that  stop  at  the  Santa  Fe  sta- 
tion at  Parker  and  on  several  occasions  took  photographs  of  Japanese 
who  were  visiting  friends  in  the  Relocation  Center.  Japanese  evacuees 
boarded  the  train  at  Parker  and  rode  into  California,  either  to  points 
within  the  State  or  for  destinations  out  of  the  State  via  some  California 
junction  point.  The  railroad  followed  a  route  on  the  California  side 
through  a  large  area  of  desert  country  where  American  tank  forces  were 
holding  dress  rehearsals  for  battle. 

The  committee  had  been  informed,  prior  to  this  investigation,  that 
Japanese  evacuees  had  been  coming  into  California  by  walking  across 
the  sand-bars  at  a  low  point  in  the  Colorado  River.  The  citizenry  of 
Parker,  Arizona,  and  witnesses  on  the  California  side  of  the  river 
laughed  when  this  report  was  repeated  to  them.  The  committee  learned 
that  the  Japanese  merely  drove  across  the  bridge  from  the  Arizona  side 
to  the  California  side  and  made  no  attempt  whatever  to  conceal  their 
movements.  They  were  never  accompanied  by  civilian  employees  of 
the  Relocation  Center  or  by  Caucasian  guards. 

COMMUNIST  POLICY  ON  THE  JAPANESE 

American  Communists  are  guided  in  every  detail  by  the  policy  of  the 
Soviet  Union.  Moscow  is  the  modern  mecca  of  these  Marxist  dialecti- 
cians and  Stalin  is  the  prophet.  Soviet  Russia  embodies,  in  the  minds 
of  all  Communists,  the  first  concrete  accomplishment  of  revolutionary 
Marxism.  Their  ever-present  objectives,  still  somewhat  remote  in  the 
future,  is  the  destruction  of  all  capitalistic  society  and  institutions  and 
the  creation  of  world  Communism.  The  ultimate  objective  is  to  be 
reached  only  through  the  application  of  Marxian  dialetic  to  the  "day- 
by-day  struggle."  The  masters  of  "scientific"  socialism,  in  the  opinion 
of  all  Communists,  are  concentrated  in  Moscow.  Hence  the  blind  obe- 
dience and  unquestioning  loyalty  to  Soviet  directives  and  Soviet  policy. 

The  1943  Report  of  the  Committee  called  the  Legislature's  attention 
to  the  policy  of  American  Communists  during  the  Hitler-Stalin  Pact, 
which  ended  abruptly  with  the  invasion  of  Russia  by  Germany  in  June 
of  1941.  Up  to  the  day  of  the  invasion  the  American  Communists  were 
attacking  President  Roosevelt  as  a  "war  monger"  and  terming  the  Euro- 
pean conflict  as  a  "British  imperialist  war."  They  organized  and 
dominated  the  so-called  American  Peace  Mobilization,  called  for  an 


60  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

embargo  on  war  material  to  belligerent  countries,  advocated  an  isolation- 
ist program  for  the  United  States  and  instituted  a  series  of  strikes  in 
defense  factories  throughout  the  nation. 

The  continuous  aerial  bombing  of  London  and  Great  Britain  had  no 
effect  on  the  isolationist  program  of  the  American  Communist.  But 
when  Hitler 's  hordes  poured  into  the  ' '  holy  land  "  of  "  Scientific  Social- 
ism" Communists  everywhere  were  moved  to  vigorous  action.  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  was  a  "war-monger"  no  longer,  the  American  Peace 
Mobilization  and  the  isolationist  program  were  forgotten.  The  epidemic 
of  Communist-inspired  strikes  in  defense  plants  and  war  industries 
abruptly  ceased  and  the  ' '  British  imperialist  war ' '  over-night  became  a 
"People's  war."  They  now  clamored  for  the  lifting  of  the  embargo  so 
that  war  materials  could  be  made  available  to  the  Soviet  Union.  With- 
out considering  the  cost  in  lives  and  material,  the  time  or  the  state  of 
preparedness,  the  Communists  set  up  cries  for  an  immediate  "Second 
front." 

It  was  still  nearly  six  months  from  December  7,  1941,  when  American 
Communist  policy  changed  for  the  protection  of  the  Socialist  fatherland. 
The  Japanese  sneak  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor  brought  the  United  States 
sharply  into  line  with  Communist  Party  policy,  although  Russia  con- 
tinued at  peace  with  Hirohito.  Japan  and  Russia  have  remained  at 
peace  throughout  the  intervening  months. 

The  attitude  adopted  by  the  American  variety  of  Communist  toward 
the  Japanese  in  general  and  the  Japanese  evacuees  in  the  Relocation 
Centers  in  particular,  is  partially  explained  by  the  fact  that  Japan  and 
Russia  have  remained  at  peace.  The  policy  or  "line"  directives,  since 
early  in  1942  projected  from  the  Communist  Party  viewpoint  would 
read  as  follows: 

"All  Communists  are  ordered  to  minimize  the  Japanese  danger. 
All  large  military  efforts  in  the  United  States  must  be  directed  to 
Europe.  Our  immediate  task  is  the  defeat  of  Hitler  and  the  pro- 
tection of  the  Soviet  Union.  Smear  anyone  who  advocates  major 
activities  against  Japan  at  the  present  time.  Our  historic  course 
with  Japan  will  be  determined  at  the  conclusion  of  the  war  with 
Germany.  Meanwhile  our  traditional  role  as  the  champions  of 
racial  equality  must  be  maintained." 

This  directive  is  clearly  indicated  in  the  columns  of  the  Communist 
press,  "The  People's  Daily  World."  Communist  writers  have  con- 
stantly ridiculed  the  attempt  of  official  legislative  committees  in  their 
objective  studies  of  the  Japanese  problem.  Typical  articles  clearly  indi- 
cating the  current  Communist  policy  on  the  Japanese  question  have 
appeared  with  significant  frequency  in  Communist  Party  publications 
since  the  United  States  was  treacherously  attacked  by  Japan. 

The  "People's  Daily  World"  for  November  11,  1944,  reported  the 
Tulelake  Relocation  Center  disturbances,  under  the  date  line  of  Novem- 
ber 3,  1943,  as  follows : 

"Example  of  Fifth  Column  Technique 
"False  Rumors 

' '  Tulelake,  California,  Nov.  3 — Widespread  reports  of  rioting  at 
the  Japanese  Relocation  Center  at  Tulelake  have  been  inspired  by 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  61 

German  agents  and  have  played  directly  into  the  hands  of  Nazi  and 
Japanese  propagandists. 

"So  declared  the  authorities  of  the  War  Relocation  Authority, 
who  branded  as  'subversive  lies',  rumors  that  5,000  Japanese  had 
laid  siege  to  the  Tulelake  Administration  building  and  had  to  be 
dispersed  by  troops  using  tear  gas. 

"  W.  R.  A.  officials  disclosed  that  in  regard  to  one  false  report  of 
trouble  at  the  Center  'four  telephone  calls  were  received  by  us  from 
widely  scattered  areas  within  five  minutes  after  the  incident  was 
supposed  to  have  occurred. ' 

"  'There  is  no  doubt  that  subversive  individuals,  or  groups,  are 
planting  these  stories, '  the  authorities  stated. ' ' 

It  is  of  passing  interest,  and  certainly  a  matter  of  deep  significance, 
that  the  "People's  Daily  World,"  failed  to  carry  stories  of  the  November 
4,  1943,  rioting  at  Tulelake.  Magazines  and  newspapers  all  over  the 
United  States  carried  accounts  of  this  demonstration.  Committee  mem- 
bers and  attaches  have  been  unable  to  find  a  single  word  in  "The 
People's  Daily  World"  on  this  event.  The  readers  of  the  Communist 
publication  were  apparently  to  be  left  in  the  dark  as  to  the  true  situa- 
tion and  were  to  believe  that  metropolitan  newspaper  accounts  of  the 
use  of  United  States  troops  in  quelling  the  riots  were  the  "subversive 
lies"  of  "Nazi  agents." 

Current  Communist  Party  policy  on  the  Japanese  question  is  indicated 
in  an  editorial  by  Communist  John  Pittman  in  "The  People's  Daily 
World"  for  Wednesday,  July  21,  1943.  "According  to  our  coverage 
of  the  (Governor's)  conference,"  the  editorial  states,  "Governor 
Warren 's  sole  contribution  to  the  solution  of  the  problems  of  the  Nation 
and  the  world,  now  in  the  most  critical  period  of  history,  was  a  claim 
that  the  release  of  the  Japanese-Americans  from  the  relocation  centers 
in  the  west,  had  created  a  danger  in  the  country  ...  it  bears  the 
indelible  stamp  of  an  incorrigibly  provincial  mind,  surveying  the  uni- 
verse from  the  top  of  an  ant  hill,  and  at  that,  through  the  wrong  end 
of  a  telescope.  Its  pettiness  is  exceeded  only  by  its  falsities,  for  in  actual 
fact  the  release  of  loyal  Japanese-Americans  from  Relocation  Camps  for 
integration  in  industry  and  the  armed  services  has  been  a  boon  rather 
than  a  danger,  to  the  war  effort.  More  to  the  point,  it  smells  of  the 
'Pacific  first'  dung-hill,  explicitly  minimizing  the  menace  of  Hitler,  all 
too  few  of  whose  saboteurs  amongst  us  have  been  tried. ' ' 

The  Communist  Party  had  made  converts  among  the  Japanese  popula- 
tion in  California  before  Pearl  Harbor.  Soviet  policy  in  the  Far  East 
and  the  ultimate  objective  of  world  Communism  will  dictate  the  "scien- 
tific" policy  for  Communist  treatment  of  the  Japanese,  both  in  the  United 
States  and  abroad.  The  committee  states  unequivocally  and  without 
fear  of  .contradiction  by  future  events,  that  the  American  Communists 
will  vociferously  echo  Soviet  policy,  both  as  to  the  Japanese  war  and 
post-war  diplomacy.  Meanwhile  American  Communists  remain  neatly 
balanced  on  Soviet  neutrality,  awaiting  the  Stalinistic  determinism  of 
Moscow's  dialecticians  and  "the  correct  course  to  be  pursued"  as 
finally  established  by  Kremlin  metaphysicians.  They  will  then  leap  into 
the  fray  on  the  side  of  the  fence  indicated  by  Marshal  Stalin's  pip<\ 


62  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

AMERICAN   PRO-JAPANESE  ORGANIZATIONS 

The  Committee  has  recognized  a  number  of  organizations  composed 
entirely  of  American  Caucasians  manifesting  great  solicitude  and  con- 
cern for  Japanese  evacuees  and  frankly  created  in  their  behalf.  Many 
of  these  organizations  are  quasi  religious  and  pacific  in  character  and 
concern  themselves  with  conscientious  objectors  as  well  as  with  the 
Japanese.  They  declare  that  they  are  primarily  concerned  with  the 
civil  liberties  of  the  Nisei,  taking  the  attitude  that  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment is  either  unable  or  unwilling  to  protect  them  in  these  guarantees. 
Through  spokesmen  and  literature  these  organizations  have  been,  and  are, 
diffusing  a  sticky-sweet  atmosphere  over  the  problem.  Their  spokesmen 
blandly  state,  and  they  announce  by  leaflet  and  pamphlet,  that  there  is 
no  evidence  of  the  Japanese  engaging  in  subversive  activities  before 
December  7,  1941.  The  evidence  to  the  contrary  is  overwhelming.  No 
less  an  authority  than  Saburo  Kido,  National  President  of  the  Japanese- 
American  Citizens  League,  declared  in  the  July  17,  1943,  issue  of  the 
Pacific  Citizen  that ' '  Japanese- Americans  would  be  the  first  to  deny  that 
all  of  their  members  are  100  per  cent  loyal. ' ' 

Togo  Tanaka  testified  before  the  committee  in  Los  Angeles  early  in 
1942  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  X,  pp.  2843-2889).  His  testimony  is  digested 
in  the  Committee's  1943  Report  at  page  332  to  336  inclusive.  Tanaka 
is  American  born.  He  attended  the  Los  Feliz  Elementary  School  and 
the  Thomas  Starr  King  High  school,  Hollywood  High  School  and  the 
University  of  Southern  California,  where  he  majored  in  political  science 
and  from  where  he  was  graduated  in  1936.  Shortly  thereafter  he  became 
the  editor  of  the  English  section  Japanese  newspaper,  "Rafu  Shimpo," 
a  Los  Angeles  publication  with  an  extensive  circulation  throughout  the 
entire  Pacific  Coast  area.  The  paper  was  printed  in  the  Japanese  lan- 
guage for  the  greater  part  and,  from  time  to  time,  the  management 
published  a  Japanese  directory.  In  1941  the  "Rafu  Shimpo"  issued 
a  directory  containing  more  than  500  pages  setting  forth  material  col- 
lected in  the  United  States  under  the  direction  of  the  "Rafu  Shimpo" 
staff.  This  material  was  sent  to  Japan  where  it  was  compi]ed  and  where 
the  directory  was  printed.  The  names  and  addresses  of  thousands  of 
Japanese,  Issei,  Nisei  and  Keoei,  are  contained  in  the  volume.  When 
Tanaka  testified,  the  committee  learned  that  several  significant  pages 
had  been  removed  from  the  directory.  The  witness  admitted  that  the 
publication  was  about  90  per  cent  subversive.  The  witness  believed  that 
most  of  the  Japanese  organizations  in  California  were  under  the  domina- 
tion of  the  Issei. 

The  committee  has  been  interested  in  charges  made  by  certain  pro- 
Japanese  groups  that  West  Coast  opposition  to  the  return  of  the  Japanese 
emanates  from  Caucasian  agricultural  interests  and  that  the  opposition 
is  founded  on  selfishness.  As  far  as  the  committee  and  its  investigators 
have  been  able  to  ascertain  there  is  little  or  no  factual  basis  to  this  charge. 
The  latest  official  figures  available  (1940)  indicate  that  although  few 
industries  are  as  highly  competitive,  Japanese  competition  was  not  a 
dominant  factor  in  the  produce  and  farming  industry.  In  1940,  the 
three  Western  Pacific  Coast  States,  California,  Oregon  and  Washington, 
had  a  Japanese  population  of  112,353  or  about  85  per  cent  of  the  National 
total.  Only  45  per  cent  of  that  number  were  engaged  in  agriculture.  In 
1940  the  California  Bureau  of  Agricultural  Economics  estimated  that 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  63 

there  were  only  four  crops  in  the  State  of  which  the  Japanese  produced 
in  excess  of  50  per  cent  of  the  total,  namely,  snap  beans,  cauliflower, 
celery  and  garlic.  The  Japanese  operated  about  6000  farms  in  the  three 
West  Coast  States.  This  amounted  to  a  little  over  2  per  cent  of  the 
total  number  of  farms  operated.  In  California,  Oregon  and  Washing- 
ton 97  per  cent  of  the  farms  were  operated  by  nationalities  other  than 
Japanese. 

Much  of  Japanese  farming  was  done  by  unpaid  family  workers. 
Available  statistics  indicate  that  most  of  these  unpaid  agricultural 
laborers  were  women  and  girls.  The  committee  is  informed  that 
although  Japanese  women  were  only  1.5  per  cent  of  all  employed  women 
in  the  Pacific  Coast  States,  they  represented  48  per  cent  of  all  unpaid 
family  workers  on  West  Coast  farms.  More  than  one  out  of  five  Japanese- 
engaged  in  agriculture  was  an  unpaid  family  worker. 

The  committee  is  also  aware  of  the  existence  of  certain  organizations 
created  for  propaganda  and  activity  against  all  Japanese,  regardless  of 
loyalty  or  disloyalty,  or  whether  American  or  foreign-born.  These 
organizations,  through  their  spokesmen  and  literature,  are  as  vociferous 
in  their  condemnation  of  all  Japanese  as  the  pro-Japanese  organizations 
are  in  their  behalf.  They  resort  to  vilification  and  appeal  to  war 
prejudices  in  a  tirade  of  abuse  against  all  persons  of  Japanese  descent, 
branding  all  and  sundry  as  "faithless,  untrustworthy,  irresponsible, 
inhuman,  ungodly,  soulless  and  disloyal ! ' ' 

Somewhere  between  the  hysteria  of  the  vigorous  anti-Jap  groups  and 
the  naive  pacificist-conscientious-objector  pro-Jap  group  is  the  balance- 
bar  of  equity  and  justice  for  the  American-born  Japanese.  About  half- 
way between  the  extreme  pro  and  con  charges  of  both  groups  is  the  true 
story  of  the  Japanese  evacuation  and  the  relocation  centers  in  California. 
When  the  full  story  is  told  it  will  be  filled  with  drama,  with  comedy  and 
tragedy,  with  suffering  and  self-sacrifice,  with  villainy  and  heroism,  with 
deep  shadows  and  bright  sunlight — a  story  bewildering  in  its  complexity 
of  delicate  problems. 

THE  JAPANESE-AMERICAN   CITIZENS'  LEAGUE 

The  Japanese-American  Citizens  League  held  its  first  annual  confer- 
ence in  three  years  at  Salt  Lake  City  early  in  December  of  1944.  The 
conference  had  the  endorsement  of  the  War  Relocation  Authority.  Dillon 
Meyer  was  scheduled  to  speak,  but  did  not  appear.  Official  representa- 
tives of  the  Pacific  Coast  Committee  on  American  Principles  and  Fair 
Play,  Friends  of  the  American  Way,  the  Methodist  Church  and  similar 
groups  attended.  The  Caucasian  delegates  proposed  a  five-point  program 
which  was  unanimously  adopted.  The  program  is  as  follows : 

1.  To  restore  to  Japanese  all  rights  lost  as  a  result  of  evacuation. 

2.  To  restore  all  losses  sustained  as  a  result  of  evacuation. 

3.  Intensify  campaign  at  Tulelake  to  get  Japanese  to  sign  a  slip  of 
paper  changing  their  status  on  loyalty.  (This  is  called  "Giving 
the  Japanese  another  chance.") 

4.  A  campaign  to  influence  Congress  to  amend  immigration  laws  so 
that  citizenship  may  be  granted  to  Japanese  aliens  in  the  United" 
States. 

5.  Campaign  to  open  immigration  to  Japanese  after  the  war.  (Repeal 
of  the  Oriental  Exclusion  Act.) 


64  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

This  program,  of  course,  contemplates  the  lifting  of  all  restrictions 
on  the  Japanese.  This  has  practically  been  accomplished,  as  far  as  Amer- 
ican-born Japanese  are  concerned,  by  the  War  Department  on  the  revoca- 
tion of  its  order  excluding  all  Japanese  from  the  Western  Defense  Area, 
and  the  Supreme  Court's  recent  decision  on  the  subject.  The  program 
to  restore  all  losses  sustained  by  the  Japanese  as  a  result  of  evacuation 
probably  contemplates  hundreds  of  civil  suits  against  the  government  for 
losses  incurred  by  the  sale  of  personal  effects,  household  goods,  real 
property,  and  the  recovery  of  wages,  salaries  and  profits  due  to  loss  of 
earning  power  for  three  years.  The  plan  to  bring  suit  against  the  gov- 
ernment for  the  recovery  of  wages,  salaries  and  profits  is  said  to  have 
been  discussed  by  the  American  Civil  Liberties  Union. 

The  Imperial  Japanese  Government,  until  Pearl  Harbor,  never 
relaxed  its  tenacious  hold  and  influence  over  the  lives  of  all  Japanese 
in  the  United  States,  whether  alien  or  American-born.  Supplementing 
the  psychological  control  exerted  by  fanatical  ideologies,  a  direct  hold 
and  domination  over  all  Japanese  on  the  West  Coast  was  established  and 
maintained  by  an  intricate  web  of  interlocking  associations.  Some  of 
these  associations  were  business  and  industrial,  while  others  were  social. 
Virtually  every  Japanese  was  a  member  of  several  associations.  They 
were  generally  linked,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  the  Japanese  Consulate. 
No  Japanese,  whether  American  or  foreign-born,  dared  disobey  edicts 
of  his  association  without  jeopardizing  his  business  and  social  existence. 

The  committee  has  heretofore  pointed  out  that  the  Issei  thoroughly 
control  the  thinking  and  the  action  of  the  Japanese  population  born  in 
the  United  States.  There  have  been  some  claims  since  the  evacuation  of 
the  Japanese  that  this  domination  of  the  Nisei  (American-born  Japa- 
nese) by  the  Issei  (foreign-born)  has  been  broken  and  that  the  Ameri- 
can-born Japanese  are  now  free  of  the  domination  and  guidance  of 
parents  born  and  indoctrinated  with  Japanism.  The  facts  appear  to 
contradict  this  claim. 

It  was  announced  that  the  delegates  from  the  Heart  Mountain  (Wyo- 
ming) Relocation  Center  to  the  conference  at  Salt  Lake  City  was  an 
all-Issei  delegation.  There  are  many  thousands  of  Japanese  evacuees  at 
Heart  Mountain  with  a  very  large  percentage  of  American-born  Japa- 
nese. If  the  Issei  domination  no  longer  exists,  why  was  it  that  a  delega- 
tion of  Issei  (foreign-born)  should  be  selected  to  attend  a  conference  that 
purported  to  plan  the  future  of  the  Japanese  in  the  United  States  ? 

CONCLUSION 

The  committee  is  informed  that  as  a  result  of  its  investigation  unes- 
corted Japanese  are  no  longer  permitted  to  enter  this  State  from  Arizona 
at  will.  Letters  and  packages  addressed  to  alien  Japanese  or  those 
evacuees  suspected  of  disloyalty  are  now  opened  and  inspected  before 
being  delivered  to  the  addressees. 

The  committee  does  not  contend,  and  never  has  contended,  that  all 
Japanese  evacuees  are  disloyal  to  the  United  States.  As  a  result  of 
intensive  investigation  the  committee  finds  that  the  great  majority  of 
Issei  (foreign-born  Japanese)  are  loyal  to  Japan.  The  committee 
believes  that  the  Issei,  for  the  greater  part,  if  given  the  opportunity, 
would  do  everything  in  their  power  to  further  the  war  aims  of  Japan. 
The  committee  finds  that  the  Kebei  (American-born  Japanese  who  have 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  DO 

spent  several  years  in  Japan  for  purported  educational  purposes)  are 
definitely  in  the  "suspect"  class  as  far  as  loyalty  to  the  United  States 
is  concerned.  The  committee  finds  that  the  Nisei  (American-born  Jap 
anese)  were,  to  a  great  extent,  engaged  in  pro- Japanese  activities  before 
Pearl  Harbor.  Many  of  these  American-born  Japanese  are  disloyal  to 
the  United  States,  while  many  of  them  have  illustrated  by  their  conduct 
since  Pearl  Harbor  their  loyalty  to  the  land  of  their  birth.  Many  of  the 
Nisei  have  enlisted  in  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States  and  have 
distinguished  themselves  as  United  States  soldiers  on  the  field  of  battle. 

The  committee  believes  that  every  American  citizen  of  Japanese  descent 
who  has  demonstrated  his  or  her  loyalty  to  the  United  States  during 
these  trying  times  should  be  extended  every  opportunity  of  developing 
their  Americanism  and  taking  their  respective  places  in  communities  of 
their  choosing  with  all  the  rights  guaranteed  to  all  American  citizens. 

The  committee  believes  that  the  evaluation  of  the  loyalty  of  any  particu- 
lar Japanese,  Issei,  Nisei  or  Kebei,  should  include  a  consideration  of  their 
conduct  and  activities  both  before  and  after  Pearl  Harbor.  Allowances 
for  the  influence  and  domination  of  the  Issei  over  the  Nisei  prior  to  Decem- 
ber 7,  1941,  should  be  made  in  such  evaluation. 

The  committee  is  in  possession  of  authentic  reports  of  outstanding  acts 
of  heroism  on  the  part  of  American  born  Japanese  in  the  armed  forces 
of  the  United  States,  both  in  Europe  and  in  the  Pacific  war  against  the 
Japanese.  These  men,  and  such  Japanese  as  Tokie  Slocum,  who  was 
made  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  by  a  special  act  of  Congress  for  his 
service  in  France  with  Sergeant  York,  should  be  honored  as  patriotic 
American  citizens. 

The  committee  believes  that  the  only  issue  involved,  is  the  issue  of 
loyalty  to  the  United  States.  It  is  not  a  question  of  race.  It  is  only  a 
question  of  Americanism. 

Loyal  American  born  Japanese  evacuees  look  upon  their  detention  in 
the  Relocation  Centers  as  a  necessary  sacrifice  for  the  land  of  their  birth. 
They,  better  than  any  Caucasian,  know  that  there  are  many  among  them 
who  could  not  and  should  not  be  at  large  during  the  war.  The  War 
Relocation  Authority  is  in  the  best  position  to  pass  judgment  on  the 
loyalty  of  this  class  of  evacuee. 

The  committee  is  in  possession  of  authentic  information  that  the  loyal 
Japanese  evacuees  prefer  to  wait  for  the  end  of  the  war  before  attempting 
to  return  to  their  former  communities.  In  view  of  the  recent  Supreme 
Court  decision  and  the  attitude  of  United  States  Army  officials,  the  com- 
mittee believes  that  the  Relocation  Centers  should  be  maintained  for  those 
evacuees  who  voluntarily  elect  to  remain  in  them  until  the  end  of  the  war. 

The  Japanese  people  are  fanatical  in  their  faith  that  they  are  destined 
to  conquer  the  world.  They  traditionally  measure  time  in  terms  of  gen- 
erations and  centuries,  and  reverses  and  defeats  in  the  span  of  a  single 
generation  are  merely  incidents  in  the  sweep  of  time,  to  be  expected  and 
endured.  They  are  a  "holy"  race  and  their  land  is  "holy,"  literally 
begotten  of  the  gods.  Their  cause  is  "holy"  because  it  is  divinely 
inspired.  Ultimate  victory  will  be  theirs  because  the  gods  have  divinely 
ordained  it.  Unless  Japan  is  utterly  crushed  and  broken  in  this  war  and 
her  power  to  make  war  forever  destroyed,  defeat  will  be  regarded  as  a 
temporary  set-back  and  the  Japanese  people  will  begin  again  to  build 


66  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

methodically  for  another  attempt  at  the  destiny  they  believe  their  gods 
have  planned  for  them. 


PART  IV 

COMMUNISM 

The  committee  has  not  been  much  concerned  with  the  identity  of  Com- 
munists. It  'has  been  primarily  concerned  with  the  question,  What  is 
Communism?  From  the  beginning,  the  committee  has  been  interested  in 
learning  whether  so-called  "scientific  socialism"  is  "scientific" 
or  merely  an  intellectual  hoax  used  by  conspiratorial  revolutionists.  The 
committee  has  concerned  itself  with  the  type  of  people  attracted  to  revo- 
lutionary socialism  and  has  attempted  to  learn  why  they  are  so  attracted. 

The  committee  finds  that  very  few  "Communists"  know  anything 
about  Communism.  Only  Lenin's  "professional  revolutionaries"  and 
disciplined  functionaries  are  thoroughly  indoctrinated  with  the  mys- 
ticism and  metaphysics  of  Marxian  dialectic  and  the  materialistic  inter- 
pretation of  history.  They  are  the  oracles  and  crystal-ball  gazers  and 
they  issue  the  orders.  Marx  visualized  his  typical  "proletariat"  as  a 
penniless  and  propertlyless  fellow.  This  definition  of  the  ' '  proletariat, ' ' 
when  applied  to  the  United  States,  would  exclude  everyone  except  the 
penniless  and  propertyless  day  laborer.  The  committee  believes  that  the 
great  working  class  of  California  is  less  Communistic,  as  a  whole,  than  the 
so-called  intellectual  class. 

The  committee  finds  that  Marxism  is  "scientific"  only  in  the  occult 
or  metaphysical  sense.  Shorn  of  philosophical  Germanics,  "scientific 
socialism"  is  merely  ambitious  mediocrity  exalted  in  complex  ponder- 
osities. Nearly  every  Communist  functionary  appearing  before  the  com- 
mittee exhibited  definite  signs  of  neurotic  inferiority,  manifested  by 
mechanisms  of  open  defiance,  animosity  or  tolerant  condescension. 


RED-BAITING  AND  RED-BAITERS 

The  Committee  Report  for  1943  commented  on  "red-baiting"  and 
"red-baiters"  (pages  16-18).  The  committee,  after  two  years  of  addi- 
tional study  and  investigation,  finds  that  these  terms  are  still  potent 
missiles  in  the  Communist  arsenal  of  vilification.  In  the  1943  Report, 
the  committee  observed : 

' '  Our  American  history  is  full  of  occasions  of  biting  and  derisive 
name-calling,  but  throughout  its  crowded  pages  there  have  always 
appeared  men  of  courage  who  feared  neither  the  names  nor  the 
caller-of-names.  Only  a  few  men  during  the  past  several  years  have 
had  the  courage  to  stand  up  under  the  paralyzing  accusation  of 
being  a  '  red-baiter  \" 

As  a  prelude  to  this  section  on  Communism  the  committee  is  proud  to 
present  a  statement  by  one  of  America's  foremost  "Red-Baiters" — one 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  67 

of  those  courageous  men  of  history  we  referred  to  in  1943 — one  who,  it 
must  be  admitted,  knows  what  he  is  talking  about.  The  statement  follows : 

' '  The  Fascists  and  Nazis  were  not  the  only  menace  to  our  internal 
security.  To  their  forces  must  be  added  the  American  Communists 
with  their  godless,  truthless,  philosophy  of  life.  They  are  against 
the  America  our  forefathers  fought  and  died  for ;  they  are  against 
the  established  freedoms  of  America.  They  pose  behind  a  dozen 
fronts;  they  have  endeavored  to  infiltrate  practically  every  strata 
of  life. 

"When  they  preach  unity,  let  us  not  forget  that  when  we  were 
struggling  to  prepare  for  defense,  they  preached  pacifism  and 
fought  our  efforts  to  aid  our  allies  and  to  build  our  common  defenses. 
For  true  Americans  there  can  be  no  unity  with  the  enemy  within 
and  no  compromise  with  those  who  would  destroy  all  that  we  fight 
for.  There  is  a  distinction  between  respecting  our  ally  Russia,  and 
respecting  those  within  our  country  who  would  destroy  all  that  we 
believe  in.  No  one  wishes  to  detract  any  from  the  glorious  war  his- 
tory being  written  by  the  Russian  people  in  protecting  their  soil. 
They  are  a  great  fighting  nation  and  have  done  a  masterful  job 
at  war. 

' '  But  when  it  comes  to  governmental  systems,  we  prefer  our  own 
American  way,  and  we  do  not  want  the  Communists  in  this  country 
attempting  to  undermine  our  democracy  or  any  of  our  institutions. 
I  have  said  it  before,  and  I  repeat  it  now — America  cannot  exist  half 
Democratic  and  half  Communist  or  Fascist.  The  Fascist-minded 
tyrant  is  no  different  from  the  native-born  Communistic  corruption- 
ist.  We  are  proud  of  our  American  form  of  government.  If  we 
want  to  improve  on  it,  we  will  do  it  in  our  own  way,  in  our  time, 
and  with  our  own  blueprint. 

"Over  the  years,  the  American  Communists  have  developed  a 
propaganda  machine  and  a  nefarious  and  elaborate  school  system 
of  their  own.  Their  officials  in  secret  and  public  meetings  urge  that 
the  propaganda  phase  of  their  work  must  be  accelerated.  Brazenly, 
they  have  urged  the  development  of  courses,  lectures,  and  assemblies 
as  media  to  espouse  the  ideologies  of  Marxism  and  to  establish  Marx- 
ism as  a  school  of  thought  in  the  United  States.  And  even  in  the 
chameleon  cloak  with  which  they  have  now  enshrouded  themselves, 
the  American  Communists  still  proclaim  their  loyalty  to  Marxism, 
the  antithesis  of  American  democracy.  The  Communist  Trojan 
Horse  has  now  become  the  Trojan  Snake  in  American  life." 

This  statement  might  well  have  been  made  by  Martin  Dies  or  the 
chairman  of  this  committee.  It  was  made,  however,  by  a  man  who  has 
spent  a  good  part  of  his  life  investigating  subversive  elements  in  the 
United  States — J.  Edgar  Hoover,  Director  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation — in  an  address  at  the  Annual  Commencement  Exercises 
of  Holy  Cross  College,  Worcester,  Mass.,  June  29,  1944. 


bO  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

2 
COMMUNIST  PHILOSOPHY,  SOURCES  AND  BACKGROUND 

The  abysmal  ignorance  of  Communist  "fellow-travelers"  and  "inno- 
cents" concerning  the  alleged  philosophy  or  "science"  of  revolutionary 
socialism  is  appalling.  The  Communists  strongly  rely  on  this  ignor- 
ance. They  realize  that  the  average  person  will  not  take  the  trouble  to 
examine  Communist  sources.  What  is  more  important,  the  Communists 
know  that,  should  the  average  person  do  so,  he  would  become  lost  in  a 
maze  of  metaphysics.  Communism  must  be  understood  if  it  is  to  be 
successfully  combated.  To  instinctively  dislike  its  godless  materialism 
is  not  enough.  Its  terminology,  its  falsity,  its  errors,  its  brutality,  its 
"unscientific  science,"  its  deceits  and  dishonesty  must  be  known  and 
understood.  Once  Communism  is  known  for  what  it  actually  is,  it  will 
go  down  to  crushing  defeat  like  its  offsprings,  Fascism  and  Nazism. 

The  following  compilation  on  Communist  philosophy,  sources  and 
background  is  included  in  this  report  with  the  hope  that  the  members 
of  the  Legislature  will  be  encouraged  to  pursue  the  subject  further. 

KARL  MARX 

Karl  Marx  was  a  neurotic,  suffering  from  an  intense  sense  of  inferior- 
ity. He  was  born  at  Treves,  Germany,  May  5,  1818.  When  he  was 
about  six  years  old,  his  father,  Hirschel  Marx,  and  his  family  abandoned 
the  Jewish  faith  and  became  Protestants.  Marx  was  raised  a  Christian. 
He  suffered  physical  pain  most  of  his  life.  At  times  he  was  literally 
covered  with  boils  and  carbuncles  and  seldom  was  free  from  digestive 
disorders,  stomach,  liver  and  bowel  troubles.  He  had  no  profession, 
regular  occupation  or  dependable  means  of  livelihood.  He  pretended 
to  be  a  master  of  the  methods  and  techniques  of  Capitalism,  yet  was  never 
able  to  earn  his  own  living.  Violent,  arrogant  and  quarrelsome,  he 
posed  as  the  champion  of  the  brotherhood  of  man,  yet  remained  virtually 
friendless  all  of  his  life. 

Michael  Bakunin's  appraisal  of  Marx's  character  might  well  fit  most 
Communist  leaders  today.     Bakunin  wrote : 

' '  Marx  loved  his  own  person  much  more  than  he  loved  his  friends 
and  apostles,  and  no  friendship  could  hold  water  against  the  slightest 
wound  to  his  vanity.  *  *  *  Marx  will  never  forgive  a  slight  to 
his  person.  You  must  worship  him,  make  an  idol  of  him,  if  he  is 
to  tolerate  you.  He  likes  to  surround  himself  with  pygmies,  with 
lackeys  and  flatterers.  All  the  same,  there  are  some  remarkable 
men  among  his  intimates. 

"In  general,  however,  one  may  say  that  in  the  circle  of  Marx's 
intimates  there  is  very  little  brotherly  practice,  and  a  great  deal  of 
machination  and  diplomacy.  There  is  a  sort  of  tacit  struggle,  and 
a  compromise  between  the  self-loves  of  the  various  persons  con- 
cerned; and  where  vanity  is  at  work,  there  is  no  longer  place  for 
brotherly  feeling.  Everyone  is  on  his  guard,  is  afraid  of  being 
sacrificed,  of  being  annihilated.  Marx's  circle  is  a  sort  of  mutual 
admiration  society.  Marx  is  the  chief  distributor  of  honors,  but 
is  also  the  invariably  perfidious  and  malicious,  the  never  frank  and 
open,  inciter  to  the  persecution  of  those  whom  he  suspects,  or  who 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  69 

have  had  the  misfortune  of  failing  to  show  all  the  veneration  he 
expects. 

' '  As  soon  as  he  has  ordered  a  persecution,  there  is  no  limit  to  the 
baseness  and  infamy  of  the  method.     *     *     *  " 

Marx's  father  was  a  lawyer  and  Marx  was  sent  to  the  University  of 
Bonn  to  study  law.  Here  he  became  deeply  interested  in  the  phil- 
osophy of  the  German  philosopher  Hegel.  He  abandoned  the  study  of 
law  and  devoted  himself  to  mastering  the  Hegelian  system.  He  received 
the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  1841  but  was  denied  a  position  at 
the  university.  He  turned  to  journalism  and  became  the  editor  of  the 
Rheinische  Zeitung  and  devoted  himself  to  the  study  of  Socialist  litera- 
ture. 

Friedrich  Engels  was  born  in  Barmen,  Germany,  on  November  28, 
1820.  Although  Marx  had  met  Engels  when  he  was  the  editor  of  the 
Rheinische  Zeitung  their  association  did  not  really  begin  until  Septem- 
ber of  1844.  Engels  practically  supported  Marx  and  his  family  from 
that  time  until  Marx's  death,  March  14,  1883. 

Marx  was  expelled  from  France  in  1845  and  went  to  Brussels,  from 
whence  he  was  subsequently  compelled  to  flee.  He  found  a  refuge  in 
England  and  lived  there  until  his  death. 

LIBERALISM 

Liberalism  emerged  in  Western  Europe  in  the  fifteenth  century. 
Erasmus  and  other  writers  of  the  Renaissance  indicated  the  liberal  atti- 
tude in  "humanism,"  a  conception  of  human  evolution  based  upon 
individual  struggle.  As  feudalism  went  down  under  the  impact  of  the 
industrial  revolution,  economic  individualism  forged  to  the  front. 
Unrestricted  freedom  of  action  was  advanced  as  the  doctrine  that  would 
best  serve  the  interest  of  society.  It  claimed  certain  inalienable  and 
"natural"  rights  beyond  political  authority.  The  right  of  free  speech, 
religious  worship,  inquiry,  group  association,  and  economic  enterprise 
were  considered  the  most  essential  of  these  inalienable  and  "natural" 
rights.  Liberalism  is  characterized  by  an  attitude  of  tolerance  and 
reason. 

Adam  Smith  in  his  Wealth  of  Nations  expressed  the  formula  embodied 
in  the  economics  of  liberalism  in  the  basic  right  of  free  enterprise.  The 
terms  "liberalism"  and  "liberals"  are  much  misused  by  modern  left- 
wing  speakers,  writers  and  Communists.  Liberalism  may  properly  be 
said  to  be  the  doctrine  of  modern  Capitalism. 

In  the  political  field  liberalism  seeks  to  check  governmental  encroach- 
ment on  the  freedom  of  the  individual.  Out  of  this  principle  came  our 
Constitution  and  Bill  of  Rights,  the  extension  of  suffrage  and  the  growth 
of  representative  governmeDt.  This  principle  gave  birth  to  the  concept 
that  sovereignty  resided  in  the  people  as  a  whole. 

DEMOCRACY 

The  Declaration  of  Independence  may  be  said  to  state  the  essence 
of  Democracy :  ' '  We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident ;  that  all  men 
are  created  equal ;  that  they  are  endowed  by  their  Creator  with  cer- 
tain unalienable  rights;  that  among  these  are  life,  liberty,  and  the 
pursuit  of  happiness;  that,  to  secure  these  rights,  governments  are 


70  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

instituted  among  men,  deriving  their  just  powers  from  the  consent 
of  the  governed     ...     " 

The  essence  of  Democracy  is  respect  for  the  individual.  It  seeks 
to  guarantee  to  every  individual  his  "unalienable  rights."  Its  limita- 
tions of  freedom  are  marked  only  by  the  rights  of  others.  Equality 
before  the  law  and  equality  in  opportunity  are  basic  democratic  prin- 
ciples. Checks  and  balances  are  fundamental  in  the  government  of 
a  democracy,  and  a  republican  form  of  government  is  the  most  con- 
ducive to  political  democracy.  The  separation  of  the  branches  of  gov- 
ernment, regular  elections,  secret  ballots,  the  recall,  initiative  and 
referendum  and  a  constitution  characterize  political  democracy. 

CAPITALISM 

Capitalism  is  a  form  of  economy.  The  right  to  private  ownership 
of  property,  freedom  to  engage  in  enterprise,  freedom  of  contract, 
competition,  profit-making,  credit  and  exchange  and  the  wage  system 
characterize  capitalism.  The  employers,  the  workers,  the  consumers, 
and  the  government  are  four  groups  continually  interested  and  involved 
in  the  economic  process  of  capitalism.  The  government  may  act  to 
define  and  regulate  the  relationship  of  each  group  but  may  not  par- 
ticipate in  competition  with  private  enterprise. 

In  a  Democracy,  as  has  been  noted,  individual  liberty  and  freedom 
is  only  limited  by  the  rights  and  privileges  of  others.  Monopoly  neces- 
sarily is  met  by  governmental  regulation  for  the  public  welfare.  Better 
working  conditions,  reduced  hours  and  increased  wages,  workmen's 
compensation  and  social  insurance  are  a  few  of  the  gains  for  labor 
produced  by  an  enlightened  capitalism. 

Thomas  Jefferson  stated  that  "The  natural  progress  of  things  is  for 
liberty  to  yield  and  government  to  gain  ground. ' ' 

The  extreme  is  either  State  capitalism  or  State  socialism.  Under 
German  Nazism,  Italian  Fascism  and  Russian  Communism,  the  gov- 
ernment has  encroached  upon  the  private  ownership  of  property  and 
enterprise,  and  controls  the  freedom  of  employer,  employee,  and  con- 
sumer. 

Governmental  intervention  in  the  economic  field  is  at  the  expense 
of  personal  freedom. 

THE   UTOPIANS 

The  Greeks  had  a  word  for  "nowhere"  and  that  word  is  "Utopia." 
Sir  Thomas  More  selected  this  Greek  word  for  the  name  of  his  South 
Pacific  Island  paradise.  His  book,  "Utopia,"  appeared  in  1516.  Plato 
wrote  his  "Republic"  about  2,400  years  ago  and  outlined  a  govern- 
ment that  embodied  the  first  element  of  Utopian  thinking.  Sir  Thomas 
More's  "Utopia"  elaborated  on  the  thought.  He  eliminated  the 
extremes  of  wealth  and  poverty  and  turned  the  energies  of  his  society 
into  cooperation.  More  believed  that  man's  acquisitiveness  was  a 
source  of  human  misery.  Consequently  there  was  no  private  owner- 
ship of  land  or  resources  in  Utopia.  Competitive  waste  was  eliminated 
and  the  work  day  consisted  of  but  six  hours.  Medical  care  and  educa- 
tion were  supplied  to  the  population  without  cost.  Equality  of  the 
sexes  and  religious  tolerance  were  established  in  More's  Utopia.  The 
officials  were  democratically  elected  and  their  powers  limited. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  il 

The  Commonwealth  of  Oceana  was  written  by  James  Harrington  in 
1656.  Harrington's  conception  of  government  is  characterized  by 
features  now  familiar  in  all  Democratic  States.  The  central  themes 
are  a  government  "of  laws  and  not  of  men"  and  the  universal  distri- 
bution of  property  among  the  population. 

The  despotism  of  the  feudal  system  collapsed  before  the  onslaught 
of  Capitalism.  The  industrial  revolution  brought  about  a  political 
revolution  which  was  closely  followed  by  a  technical  revolution.  Indus- 
trial inventions  commencing  in  1764  with  the  invention  of  the  spinning 
jenny  increased  with  accelerating  tempo  into  the  Twentieth  Century. 
Capitalism  marched  forward  accompanied  by  earth-shaking  achieve- 
ments. Crime,  disease,  ignorance,  and  widespread  poverty  was  the 
plight  of  the  working-class  of  Europe,  as  Capitalism  pounded  relent- 
lessly forward.  The  Utopians  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  spoke  and 
worked  in  behalf  of  the  working-class  and,  while  accepting  the  fact  of 
Capitalism  and  its  new  industrialization,  spoke  out  against  competi- 
tion and  exploitation. 

In  his  Neiv  Christianity  Saint-Simon  called  for  a  society  based  on  the 
principle  of  human  brotherhood.  He  appealed  to  the  mind  and  con- 
science of  his  day  and,  impressed  with  the  productive  powers  of  the 
new  industry  proposed  that  it  be  socialized  for  the  betterment  of 
humanity. 

Charles  Fourier,  an  experienced  business  man  himself,  advocated 
sharing  surplus  profits  with  employees.  He  looked  upon  soldiers, 
philosophers,  stock  brokers  and  middlemen  as  "parasitic"  and  "unpro- 
ductive." 

Robert  Owen  was  a  textile  manufacturer  in  England  and  an  advo- 
cate of  Utopian  socialism.  He  attempted  to  put  his  theories  into  prac- 
tice in  his  own  industry  in  New  Lanark.  He  fought  to  reduce  the 
working  day  to  12  hours,  for  universal  suffrage  and  for  the  establish- 
ment of  public  elementary  schools. 

Marx  ignored  the  idealism,  the  justice  and  humanity  of  Saint-Simon, 
Charles  Fourier  and  Robert  Owen.  He  took  Utopian  socialism,  gave  it 
metaphysical  wings  and  forged  it  into  a  revolutionary  fighting  force. 
Marx's  evaluation  of  the  philosophies  of  Saint-Simon,  Fourier  and 
Owen  were  summed  up  by  him  in  Deutsch  Fra.nzosische  Jahroucher,  as 
follows:  "A  radical  revolution,  the  general  emancipation  of  mankind, 
is  not  a  Utopian  dream  for  Germany;  what  is  Utopian  is  the  idea  of  a 
partial,  an  exclusively  political  revolution,  which  would  leave  the  pillars 
of  the  house  standing.  Upon  what  does  a  partial,  an  exclusively  political 
revolution  rest?  Upon  this,  that  a  part  of  civil  society  emancipates 
itself,  and  attains  to  general  dominion;  upon  this,  that  a  particular 
class,  from  a  position  peculiar  to  itself,  should  undertake  to  effect  the 
general  emancipation  of  society.  That  class  can  free  the  whole  of 
society,  but  only  on  the  proviso  that  the  whole  of  society  is  in  the  posi- 
tion of  that  class." 

MARXISM 

Marxism  may  be  stated  as  a  political  theory,  an  economic  theory  and 
a  revolutionary  theory  and  program. 

As  a  political  theory,  Marxism  contends  that  the  political  state  is  the 
compelling  and  ruling  instrument  of  the  dominant  class  of  which  it  is 
composed. 


72  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

As  an  economic  theory,  Marxism  expounds  the  capitalist  mode  of 
production,  the  exploitation  of  the  workers  by  employers  with  the 
inevitable  breakdown  of  industry. 

As  a  revolution  theory  and  program,  Marxism  establishes  the  tactics 
of  the  "  class-struggle "  preliminary  to  the  violent  overthrow  of  the 
capitalist  state  and  the  establishment  of  Communism. 

Stemming  from  the  main  elements  of  Marxism  is  evolutionary  social- 
ism and  revolutionary  socialism  (Communism) .  The  Communists  pride 
themselves  upon  following  Marxian  principles  in  every  detail,  although 
Leon  Trotsky  challenged  the  Soviet  Communists  in  this  claim.  Lenin 
contributed  to  the  doctrines  and  theories  of  Marx  and  Engels  by  adding 
an  ' '  imperialist ' '  stage  to  capitalism.  His  greatest  contribution  was  an 
elaboration  of  "legal"  and  "illegal"  tactics  and  revolutionary  tech- 
nique. 

The  evolutionary  "or  gradualistic "  socialists  have  deleted  the  need 
for  revolutionary  action  from  their  particular  brand  of  Marxism. 
They  believe,  in  brief,  that,  without  effort  on  the  part  of  the  proletariat, 
capitalism  will  collapse  and  Communism  must  necessarily  replace  it. 

Marx  reasoned  that  class  antagonism  can  only  be  ended  by  the  aboli- 
tion of  classes — by  the  establishment  of  a  society  in  which  there  are  no 
employers,  but  workers  only.  Surplus  value  is  to  be  eliminated.  He 
called  for  a  rigid  and  ruthless  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  after  the 
capitalist  state  has  been  destroyed.  This  dictatorship  is  to  last  until  a 
socialist  economy  is  firmly  established;  until  all  vestiges  of  bourgeois 
society  have  been  liquidated.  When  the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat 
has  served  its  purpose,  Marx  contends  that  the  state  will ' '  wither  away ' ' 
leaving  but  a  few  administrative  agencies.  Then  the  completely  class- 
less society,  Communism,  will  emerge.  Industrial  development,  eco- 
nomic development,  cultural  background,  the  extent  of  economic  break- 
down, plus  the  extent  and  acceptance  of  Marxian  principles  by  the  pop- 
ulation and  the  type  of  revolutionary  leadership  will,  according  to  Marx, 
determine  the  time  and  circumstance  in  each  nation  for  the  revolution. 
Marxism  calls  for  class  loyalty  over  racial  and  national  loyalty  and  alle- 
giance. Socialism  can  not  come,  Marx  declared,  until  it  shall  encom- 
pass the  workers  of  all  the  world. 

RELIGION 

Marx  contended  that  people  can  not  be  really  happy  until  the  illusory 
happiness  of  religion  is  abolished.  ' '  The  demand  that  the  people  should 
shake  itself  free  of  illusions  as  to  its  own  condition,"  says  Marx  in 
Deutsch  Franzosische  Jahrbucher,  "is  the  demand  that  it  should  aban- 
don a  condition  which  means  illusion. ' ' 

"The  social  principles  of  Christianity  have  now  had  1800  years  for 
their  development, ' '  Marx  wrote,  ' '  and  do  not  need  any  further  develop- 
ment at  the  hands  of  Prussian  consistorial  councillors.  The  social  prin- 
ciples of  Christianity  find  justifications  for  the  slavery  of  classical  days, 
extol  medieval  serfdom,  and  are  ready  in  case  of  need  to  defend  the 
oppression  of  the  proletariat — somewhat  shamefacedly  perhaps.  The 
social  principles  of  Christianity  preach  the  need  for  a  dominant  and  an 
oppressed  class,  expressing  the  pious  hope  that  the  former  will  deal 
kindly  with  the  latter.  The  social  principles  of  Christianity  declare  that 
all  infamies  will  be  spiritually  compensated  in  heaven,  the  assertion 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  73 

being  made  a  justification  for  the  continuance  of  these  infamies  on  earth. 
According  to  the  social  principles  of  Christianity,  all  the  misdeeds 
wrought  by  the  oppressors  on  the  oppressed,  are  either  a  just  punishment 
for  original  sin  and  other  sins,  or  else  are  trials  which  the  Lord  in  his 
wisdom  sends  to  afflict  the  redeemed.  The  social  principles  of  Christian- 
ity preach  cowardice,  self -contempt,  abasement,  subjection,  humility,  in 
a  word,  all  the  qualities  of  the  mob ;  whereas,  for  the  proletariat,  which 
does  not  wish  to  allow  itself  to  be  treated  as  a  mob,  courage,  self-esteem, 
pride,  and  independence,  are  far  more  necessary  than  bread.  The  social 
principles  of  Christianity  are  obsequious,  but  the  proletariat  is  revolu- 
tionary. ' ' 

The  following  quotations  are  from  Lenin 's  Religion : 

1 '  Atheism  is  an  integral  part  of  Marxism.  Consequently,  a  class- 
conscious  Marxist  party  must  carry  on  propaganda  in  favor  of 
atheism. ' ' 

' '  The  winning  over  of  the  proletariat  is  accomplished,  principally 
by  dealing  with  their  every-day  economic  and  political  interests; 
consequently,  the  propaganda  in  favor  of  atheism  must  grow  out 
of,  and  be  carefully  related  to,  the  defense  of  these  interests. ' ' 

' '  The  Communist  Party  of  the  Soviet  Union  is  guided  by  the  con- 
viction that  only  the  conscious  and  deliberate  planning  of  all  the 
social  and  economic  activities  of  the  masses  will  cause  religious  prej- 
udices to  die  out.  The  party  strives  for  the  complete  dissolution 
of  the  ties  between  the  exploiting  classes  and  the  organization  of 
religious  propaganda,  facilitates  the  real  emancipation  of  the  work- 
ing class  from  religious  prejudices  and  organizes  the  widest  possible 
scientific,  educational  and  anti-religious  propaganda." 

' '  One  of  the  most  important  tasks  of  the  cultural  revolution  effect- 
ing the  wide  masses  is  the  task  of  systematically  and  unswervingly 
combating  religion — the  opium  of  the  people  ....  At  the 
same  time,  the  proletarian  state,  while  granting  liberty  of  worship 
and  abolishing  the  privileged  position  of  the  formerly  dominant 
religion,  carries  on  an  anti-religious  propaganda  with  all  the  means 
at  its  command  and  reconstructs  the  whole  of  its  educational  work 
on  the  basis  of  scientific  materialism." 

' '  Marx  said  '  Religion  is  the  opium  of  the  people ' — and  this  postu- 
late is  the  cornerstone  of  the  whole  philosophy  of  Marxism  with 
regard  to  religion.  Marxism  always  regarded  all  modern  religions 
and  churches,  and  every  kind  of  religious  organization  as  instru- 
ments of  that  bourgeois  reaction  whose  aim  is  to  defend  exploitation 
by  stupefying  the  working  class. ' ' 

' '  The  party  of  the  proletariat  demands  that  the  state  shall  declare 
religion  a  private  matter,  but  it  does  not  for  a  moment  regard  the 
question  of  the  fight  against  the  opium  of  the  people — the  fight 
against  religious  superstition,  etc. — as  a  private  matter." 

"A  Marxist  must  place  the  success  of  the  strike  movement  above 
all  else,  must  definitely  oppose  the  division  of  the  workers  in  this 
struggle  into  atheists  and  Christians,  must  fight  resolutely  against 
such  a  division." 

"In  such  circumstances  the  preaching  of  atheism  is  superfluous 
and  harmful — not  from  the  narrow-minded  consideration  of  not 


74  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

frightening  the  backward  elements,  or  losing  votes  at  election,  etc., 
but  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  actual  progress  of  the  class-strug- 
gle, which,  in  the  conditions  of  modern  capitalist  society,  will  con- 
vert Christian  workers  to  Social-Democracy  and  to  atheism  a  hun- 
dred times  more  effectively  than  any  bald  atheist  sermons.  To  preach 
atheism  at  such  a  time,  and  in  such  circumstances,  would  only  be 
playing  into  the  hands  of  the  church  and  the  priests,  who  would 
desire  nothing  more  than  to  have  the  workers  participating  in  the 
strike  movement  divided  in  accordance  with  their  religious  beliefs. ' ' 

Marx's  attempt  to  escape  from  ponderous  Germanic  metaphysics  gave 
rise  to  a  mystical  determinism  which  is  called  ' '  Dialectic  Materialism. ' ' 
In  his  attempt  to  destroy  Christianity,  Judaism  and  dogmatic  religious 
doctrines^  he  created  a  new  religion,  Communism,  more  dogmatic  than 
any  he  sought  to  destroy.  He  became  its  central  saint  and  prophet  and 
is  now  enshrined  with  his  co-saints,  Engels  and  Lenin.  A  place  is  being 
reserved  for  Stalin.  Trotsky  has  become  symbolic  of  the  Evil  One — the 
' '  devil ' '  of  Communist  theology. 

Max  Eastman  summed  it  up  in  his  book  Marxism:  Is  it  Science,  in  the 
following  words:  "Marxism  was  a  step  from  Utopian  socialism  to  a 
socialist  religion — a  scheme  for  convincing  the  believer  that  the  universe 
itself  is  producing  a  better  society,  and  that  he  has  only  to  fall  in  properly 
with  the  general  movement  of  this  universe. ' ' 

COMMUNIST  ETHICS 

Emelian  Yaroslavsky,  President  of  the  Russian  Union  of  Militant 
Atheists,  is  quoted  as  stating  "Whatever  helps  the  proletarian  revolution 
is  ethical. ' ' 

In  Problems  of  Leninism,  Stalin  quotes  Lenin  as  follows : 

"The  scientific  concept,  dictatorship  (of  the  proletariat),  means 
nothing  more  nor  less  than  power  which  directly  rests  on  violence, 
which  is  not  limited  by  any  laws  or  restricted  by  any  absolute  rule 
.  .  .  Dictatorship  means — note  this  once  and  for  all,  Messrs. 
Cadets — unlimited  power,  resting  on  violence  and  not  on  law." 

Stalin's  "ethics"  in  the  diplomatic  field  is  indicated  in  The  Real 
Soviet  Russia  where  he  is  quoted  as  follows : 

"Words  must  have  no  relation  to  actions — otherwise  what  kind 
of  diplomacy  is  it?  Words  are  one  thing,  actions  another.  Good 
words  are  a  mask  for  concealment  of  bad  deeds.  Sincere  diplomacy 
is  no  more  possible  than  dry  water  or  wooden  iron." 

Lenin  in  Religion  states : 

"We  say  that  our  morality  is  wholly  subordinated  to  the  interest 
of  the  class-struggle  of  the  proletariat.  We  deduce  our  morality 
from  the  facts  and  needs  of  the  class-struggle  of  the  proletariat 
.  .  .  we  say  that  a  morality  taken  from  outside  of  human  society 
does  not  exist  for  us ;  it  is  a  fraud.  For  us  morality  is  subordinated 
to  the  interest  of  the  proletarian  class-struggle     .     .     . " 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  75 

MARXIAN   DIALECTIC 

"A  ship  manned  by  fools,"  wrote  Marx  in  1844,  "might  drive  before 
the  wind  for  a  good  long  time ;  bnt  it  would  drive  onward  to  its  fate  for  the 
very  reason  that  the  fools  did  not  believe  that  such  a  fate  was  in  store 
for  them.     The  fate  is  the  impending  revolution." 

Marx  has  thus  determined  the  course  of  history.  It  is  reasonable  to 
ask  for  the  basis  of  his  prophecy ;  to  inquire  whether  or  not  he  is  star- 
gazing. We  are  told  that  his  conclusions  are  "scientific",  the  result  of 
Marxian  Dialectic ! 

The  word  ' '  dialectic ' '  first  meant  conversation  to  the  Greeks.  It  became 
a  parlor  game  in  time  and  the  rules  of  the  game  were  called  "dialectic. " 
Heraclitus  was  one  of  its  advocates.  Going  back  to  the  method  of 
dialectical  thought,  Hegel  replaced  the  principle  of  the  old  logic  ' '  Every- 
thing is  identical  with  itself,  nothing  contradicts  itself,"  by  the  new 
principle  "Nothing  is  identical  with  itself  and  everything  contradicts 
itself. ' '  This  philosophy  views  everything  in  a  state  of  flux,  movement ; 
everything  is  transient,  becoming  and  disappearing,  moving  always  from 
a  lower  to  a  higher  level.  All  movement  is  change,  a  passing  from  what 
has  existed  to  a  new  existence. 

Hegel,  in  his  Encyclopaedia,  states  that  true  dialectic  is  the  inner  and 
progressive  transition  of  one  explanation  into  another,  each  of  them 
containing  its  own  negation.  It  is  peculiarly  characterized  by  doing 
away  with  itself.  In  his  Logic  he  describes  the  process  as  being  brought 
about  by  the  play  of  internal  opposition.  Beginning  with  abstract  and 
simple  concepts  there  is  a  forward  movement  passing  into  subsequent 
concepts,  which  continually  become  richer  and  enlarged,  until  the  whole 
mass  of  its  earlier  content  resurges  so  that  the  absolute  idea,  the  climax 
of  the  process,  is  an  enriched  condensation.  He  has  more  to  say  about 
it  in  his  Science  of  Logic.  It  is  a  complex,  metaphysical  formula.  If  you 
do  not  understand  it,  do  not  worry  about  it.  Even  the  Marxists  do  not 
understand  it.  It  is  not  scientific  and  there  is  no  evidence  that  true  science 
ever  used  the  dialectic  method  in  its  inquiries.  The  propositions  pro- 
pounded by  the  dialectic  methods  are  fantastic  and  prove  nothing. 
Marx  and  Engels  merely  added  the  "class-struggle,"  the  "bourgeoisie" 
and  the  ' '  proletariat ' '  and  determined  the  result  by  wishful -thinking. 

The  Hegelian  dialectical  process  contemplates  a  thesis  (an  affirmative 
proposition) ,  an  antithesis  (a  proposition  in  opposition)  and  the  sny thesis 
(the  combining  and  reconciling  of  separate  elements  in  the  thesis  and 
the  antithesis).  Thus,  each  historical  movement  (the  thesis)  gives  rise 
to  the  contrary  or  opposing  force  (the  antithesis)  which,  as  it  develops, 
overcomes  the  former.  As  a  result  of  the  struggle  a  new  historical  move- 
ment or  trend  (the  synthesis)  is  created.  The  new  historical  movement 
or  tendency  is  always  on  a  higher  plane  and  remnants  of  the  old  trend 
or  movement  are  always  absorbed  in  the  new.  The  process  is  conceived 
as  an  evolutionary  movement  created  by  the  struggle  of  opposites,  pre- 
ceding always  forward  and  upward.  Every  Communist  metaphysician 
has  deluded  himself  into  believing  that  he  thinks  dialectically.  He  is 
under  the  illusion  that  his  thinking  is  dual ;  that  each  concept  includes  its 
opposite.     There  is  no  such  thing  as  "dialectic  thinking." 

Marx  took  over  the  Hegelian  concept  of  the  dialectic  process,  but 
rejected  Hegel's  "wishful-thinking"  conclusion  that  history  was  the 
evolution  of  the  genius  of  each  state  which  must  necessarily  make 


7  b  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Prussia  dominant  in  Europe.  Marx  substituted  his  own  "wishful- 
thinking"  and  concluded  that  history  consisted  only  of  the  "class 
struggle ' '  out  of  which  would  come  the  destruction  of  all  existing  states, 
the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  and  world-wide  Communism. 
' '  (Marx)  abandoned  the  economic  man, ' '  says  Max  Eastman  in  Marxism: 
Is  It  Science, ' '  because  he  had  an  economic  god — the  self -active  dialectic 
development  of  the  forces  of  production — who  was  far  more  reliable  for 
ideological  purposes  than  anything  so  specific  and  dubious  as  a  formula 
for  human  nature.  The  Marxian  ideology  consists  of  fitting  the  abstrac- 
tions of  the  classical  political  economy,  as  amended  but  not  transcended 
by  Marx,  into  Hegel 's  philosophy  of  the  universe  as  a  dialectic  evolution 
of  abstractions — this  also  amended,  but  not  transcended  by  Marx— and 
thus  arriving  at  a  mystical  conviction  of  the  'iron  necessity'  of  the 
revolution  that  he  desired.  .  .  .  Like  all  religions,  Dialectic  Material- 
ism rests  fundamentally  not  on  investigation  and  rational  calculation, 
but  on  the  will  to  believe.  As  Gisors  says  in  Andre  Malraux's  novel: 
'  Marxism  is  not  a  doctrine,  it  is  a  will  .  .  .  you  must  be  Marxists  not 
in  order  to  be  right,  but  in  order  to  conquer  without  betraying  your- 
selves. '  Trotsky  has  said  a  more  extreme  thing :  '  The  will  to  revolu- 
tionary activitjr  is  a  condition  indispensable  (even)  to  understanding 
the  Marxian  dialectic'  " 

The  Communist  believes  that  intelligent  action  results  only  when  there 
is  harmonious  cooperation  with  the  historical  course  of  events.  He 
must  look  into  his  crystal-ball — Marx's  dialectic  materialism — to  ascer- 
tain the  material  forces  at  work.  Theory  and  action  are  declared  to  be 
inseparable  in  the  Marxian  system.  The  task  of  the  Communist,  aided 
by  dialectic,  is  to  analyze  trends  in  history,  ascertain  their  direction, 
and  then  shape  the  strategy  of  revolution  accordingly.  Thus,  until 
Soviet  Russia  is  attacked  by  Nazi  Germany,  the  war  is  a  "British 
imperialist  war"  and  President  Roosevelt  is  a  "war-monger."  Russia 
is  invaded  and  the  war  becomes  a  "people's  war".  The  Teheran  Con- 
ference changes  the  American  "party"  into  a  "political  association." 
Marxian  tactics  are  to  be  kept  flexible  at  all  times  and  the  sole  test  of 
every  contemplated  move  is  whether  the  action,  under  the  circumstances 
and  at  the  time  in  question,  creates  a  proletarian  "class-consciousness" 
and  furthers  the  revolution.  (See  heading  " Schneiderman  on  Marx- 
ism"). 

The  obvious  weakness  in  the  Marxian  dialectic  process  is,  that  after 
establishing  the  flux  and  movement  of  history,  the  struggle  between 
the  thesis  and  the  antithesis, — the  eternal  conflict  moving  always  from 
a  lower  to  a  higher  plane,  that  Marx  brings  his  "immutable  law"  to  a 
dead  stop  with  the  establishment  of  the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat. 
Max  Eastman  sums  it  up  brilliantly  in  his  book,  Marxism:  Is  it  Science: 

"The  Hegelian  philosophy,  which  professed  to  portray  an  eter- 
nally fluid  and  evolving  universe,  nevertheless  managed  to  bring 
that  universe  to  a  stationary  goal  in  the  knowledge  of  this  very 
Hegel 's  philosophy,  and  the  tempered  blessings  of  the  limited  mon- 
archy so  generously  and  so  long  promised  by  his  gracious  sovereign, 
Frederich  William  the  Third.  And  Marx's  equally  fluid  although 
material  universe,  boasting  an  equally  perfect  and  eternal  evolution, 
comes  to  a  dead  stop  when  the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  over 
the  bourgeoisie  has  been  resolved  by  the  formation  of  '  an  association 


UN-AMEKICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  it 

which  excludes  classes  and  their  antagonisms. '  Is  it  a  mere  coinci- 
dence that  Marx's  economic  and  inward  knowledge  of  the  laws  of 
history  can  not  extend  a  little  forward  toward  another  contradiction, 
or  that  it  does  not  fall  a  little  short,  or  lose  a  trifle  of  its  iron 
certainty,  before  that  perfect  point  is  reached?  7s  it  not  quite 
obvious  that  it  is  not  Marx's  knowledge,  but  his  purpose,  that  is 
being  expressed."     (Italics  ours.) 

MATERIALISTIC   INTERPRETATION   OF   HISTORY 

The  chief  Marxian  postulate  in  the  materialistic  interpretation  of 
history  is  laid  down  by  Marx  himself.  "Not  criticism,  but  revolution," 
says  he, ' '  is  the  motive  force  of  history. ' ' 

It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  entire  Marxian  system  is  permeated  with  an 
indiscriminate  interchange  of  "limiting  conditions"  and  "determining 
causes,"  stamping  the  entire  process  as  illogical  and  unscientific.  The 
following  quotation  from  Marx's  German  Ideology  clearly  illustrates 
this  point.  In  one  breath  he  asserts  that  the  mode  of  production  "  condi- 
tions the  social,  political  and  spiritual  life  process,"  and  then  declares 
"It  is  not  the  consciousness  of  men  which  determines  their  existence, 
but  on  the  contrary  their  social  existence  determines  their  conscious- 
ness. ' '     He  sums  it  up  as  follows : 

' '  Finally  we  obtain  the  following  results  from  the  fully  developed 
conception  of  history.  1.  In  the  development  of  the  forces  of 
production  a  stage  is  reached  at  which  productive  forces  and  means 
of  intercourse  are  evolved  which,  under  the  extant  conditions,  only 
do  harm;  which  are  no  longer  forces  of  production,  but  forces  of 
destruction  (machinery  and  money).  In  association  with  this  we 
find  that  a  class  is  evolved  which  has  to  bear  all  the  burdens  of 
society  without  enjoying  its  advantages,  which  is  forced  out  of 
society  into  the  most  contrast  of  all  other  classes ;  a  class  which  forms 
the  majority  of  all  the  members  of  society,  and  one  from  which  the 
consciousness  of  the  necessity  for  a  thoroughgoing  revolution,  the 
communist  consciousness,  proceeds — a  consciousness  which,  of 
course,  can  only  arise  in  the  other  classes  thanks  to  the  comprehen- 
sion of  the  position  of  this  particular  class.  2.  The  conditions 
within  which  determinate  forces  of  production  can  be  applied,  are 
the  conditions  of  the  dominion  of  a  specific  class  of  society,  of  a 
class  whose  social  power  (arising  out  of  ownership)  secures 
practical-idealist  expression  in  the  extant  form  of  State,  with  the 
consequence  that  every  revolutionary  struggle  is  directed  against 
a  class  which  has  up  to  that  time  been  dominant.  3.  In  all  revolu- 
tions that  have  hitherto  taken  place,  this  kind  of  activity  has 
remained  inviolate,  so  that  there  has  never  been  anything  more 
than  a  changed  distribution  of  this  activity,  with  a  new  distribution 
of  labour  to  other  persons;  whereas  the  communist  revolution  is 
directed  against  the  kind  of  activity  which  has  hitherto  been 
exercised,  and  does  away  with  labour,  and  makes  an  end  of  class 
rule  when  it  does  away  with  classes,  the  reason  being  that  this 
revolution  is  brought  about  by  the  class  which  no  longer  counts  in 
society  as  a  class,  is  not  recognized  as  a  class,  but  is  the  expression 
of  the  dissolution  of  all  classes,  nationalities,  etc.,  within  extant 


78  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

society.  4.  For  the  widespread  generation  of  this  communist 
consciousness,  and  for  the  carrying  out  of  the  communist  revolution, 
an  extensive  change  in  human  beings  is  needed,  which  can  only 
occur  in  the  course  of  a  practical  movement,  in  the  course  of  a  revo- 
lution; so  that  the  revolution  is  not  only  necessary  because  the 
ruling  class  cannot  be  overthrown  in  any  other  way,  but  is  also 
necessary  because  only  in  a  revolution  can  the  uprising  class  free 
itself  from  the  old  yoke  and  become  capable  of  founding  a  new 
society."  For  us,  communism  is  not  a  condition  of  affairs  which 
'ought'  to  be  established,  not  an  'ideal'  towards  which  reality  has 
to  direct  itself.  When  we  speak  of  communism,  we  mean  the  actual 
movement  which  makes  an  end  of  the  present  condition  of  affairs. 
The  determinants  of  this  movement  arise  out  of  the  extant  pre- 
supposition." 

Hegel  conceived  human  beings  as  puppets.  Feuerbach  cut  the  strings 
that  jerked  them  hither  and  yon,  put  sails  on  their  boats  but  forgot  the 
rudders.  Marx,  taking  the  Feuerbachian  materialism  of  nature,  believed 
he  added  the  rudders,  thus  making  human  beings  independent  actors 
on  the  stage  of  history.  God  is  disenthroned  and  man  is  no  longer  subject 
to  a  higher  will.  He  divides  human  beings  into  two  classes,  the  bourgeosie 
and  the  proletariat  and  views  all  history  as  a  bitter  struggle  between  these 
two  groups.  He  charts  the  destination  of  the  proletarian  class  in  accord- 
ance with  his  own  wish-determinism  and  states  that  their  ultimate  aim 
is  the  establishment  of  a  socialist  society.  The  route  to  be  followed, 
according  to  Marx,  is  marked  by  violence  and  revolution.  His ' '  material- 
istic interpretation  of  history"  is  deemed  a  "new  dialectic"  and  is  con- 
sidered "scientific"  by  Communists.  It  is  not  scientific.  It  is  wishful- 
thinking  and  metaphysical.  To  assert  that  the  "contradiction"  in 
capitalism  must  inevitably  be  ' '  resolved  "  by  an  expropriation  of  the  capi- 
talists, the  creation  of  the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  and  the  col- 
lective ownership  of  the  means  of  production,  without  the  consideration 
of  obvious  concrete  factors,  is  dogmatic. 

Marx  asserts  that  the  consciousness  of  human  beings  have  nothing 
to  do  with  the  determination  of  their  existence.  It  is  the  social  existence 
of  human  beings,  he  declared,  that  determines  their  consciousness. 
Hegel  had  offered  the  pious  metaphysical  assertion  that  "Spirit  is  the 
only  moving  principle  in  history."  Marx  paraphrased  Hegel  by  the 
impious  but  equally  metaphysical  assertion  that  "The  forces  of  pro- 
duction are  the  only  moving  principle  in  history. ' ' 

The  material  productive  forces  of  society,  contends  Marx,  eventually 
conflict  with  the  existing  productive  relations.  The  social  revolution 
then  begins.  The  existing  social  structure  does  not  disappear  until 
material  conditions  of  existence  necessary  for  the  new  forces  of  pro- 
duction are  fully  developed  and  matured. 

The  entire  social  structure,  we  are  told,  is  conditioned  by  its  economic 
fate.  The  laws  are  written  by  the  ruling  class  to  safeguard  existing 
property  relationships.  "In  every  epoch,"  Marx  says,  "the  ruling 
ideas  have  been  the  ideas  of  the  ruling  class."  He  contends  that  the 
State  always  reflects  the  will  of  the  dominant  economic  group,  and  that 
foreign  policy  is  always  guided  by  industrial  needs.  Morality, 
according  to  Marx,  is  only  the  expression  of  materialistic  factors. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  79 

Max  Eastman,  commenting  on  this  phase  of  Marxism,  completely 
explodes  its  alleged  ' '  science. ' '     He  states : 

"There  is  only  one  way  to  escape  from  these  bonds.  That  is  to 
take  the  revolutionary  motive  back  out  of  history,  where  Marx 
and  Engels  surreptitiously  projected  it,  and  locate  it  in  the  human 
breast  where  it  belongs.  It  was  Marx,  and  not  history,  that  was 
determined  to  produce  a  social  revolution  (italics  ours),  and  his 
investigation  of  history  was  an  attempt  to  find  out  the  method  by 
which  it  could  be  done.  When  that  simple  truth — as  obvious  to  a 
child  as  it  is  inaccessible  to  a  Marxist — has  once  been  acknowledged, 
the  whole  discussion  loses  its  mystifying  character  at  once. ' ' 

It  is  important  to  note  that,  although  Marx  calls  for  armed  insur- 
rection, he  nevertheless  advocates  collaboration  with  "bourgeois"  ele- 
ments for  the  purpose  of  achieving  immediate  gains.  The  "united 
front"  and  the  "popular  front"  and  Communist  support  of  reform 
measures  stem  from  this  principle. 

An  understanding  of  Marx's  materialistic  interpretation  of  history 
and  his  method  of  dialectic  is  essential,  if  one  is  to  understand  the 
deceptive  "sharp  turn"  of  Communist  Party  policy.  Briefly  stated, 
as  a  practical  process,  it  is  a  continuous  analyzation  of  current  events 
in  order  to  ascertain  and  predict  the  direction  of  trends.  The  entire 
strategy  of  Communist  Party  revolt  is  then  planned  in  accordance 
with  the  trends  and  the  laws  of  movement,  socially  and  economically, 
of  people,  nations  and  events.  Flexibility  is  the  key  to  Marxian  tactics. 
The  Hitler-Stalin  Pact,  "the  British  Imperialist  War,"  "the  People's 
War,"  the  Teheran  Conference,  etc.,  are  all  events  and  trends  analyzed 
through  the  spectacles  of  Marxian  dialectic.  The  alleged  disaffiliation 
of  the  Communist  Party  of  the  United  States  from  the  Third  Communist 
International  (Comintern) ;  the  alleged  "dissolution"  of  the  Third  Com- 
munist International  itself ;  the  abandonment  of  the  Communist  political 
party;  the  creation  of  the  new  "Communist  Political  Association" ;  the 
dissolution  of  the  Young  Communist  League  and  the  formation  of  Ameri- 
can Youth  for  Democracy, — are  all  recent  illustrations  of  the  result  of 
Communist  materialistic  interpretation  of  history  and  Marxian  dialectic. 

THE   CLASS  STRUGGLE 

In  Miser e  de  la  Philosophic,  Marx  stated :  ' '  Just  as  a  necessary 
condition  for  the  liberation  of  the  third  estate,  of  the  bourgeois  estate, 
was  the  abolition  of  all  estates  and  of  all  orders,  to  the  necessary  con- 
dition for  the  liberation  of  the  working  class  is  the  abolition  of  all 
classes."  The  "class  struggle,"  he  believed,  would  result  in  the  aboli- 
tion of  all  classes,  the  triumph  of  the  proletariat,  the  ultimate  "wither- 
ing away"  of  the  state,  and  the  emergence  of  a  new  socialistic,  classless 
society. 

The  bourgeois  revolutions  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  were  looked 
upon  by  Marx  as  the  prelude  of  the  proletarian  revolution.  These  revo- 
lutions, Marx  believed,  must  eventually  lead  to  the  annihilation  of 
the  bourgeois  system  of  society  and  he  advocated  Communist  assistance 
in  these  struggles.  Bourgeois  wars  and  bourgeois  internal  conflict  accel- 
erated the  tempo  of  annihilation.  Every  bourgeois  victory  created  now 
political  weapons  for  the  proletariat.    Bourgeois  wars  weakened  exist- 


80  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

ing  governments,  whether  the  bourgeois  were  defeated  or  victorious.  The 
termination  of  each  conflict  placed  the  proletariat  in  a  stronger  politi- 
cal position,  regardless  of  its  outcome.  ' '  The  relationship  of  the  Revo- 
lutionary Labour  Party,"  Marx  said,  "to  the  petty-bourgeois  Democ- 
racy is  as  follows:  It  joins  forces  with  petty-bourgeois  Democracy 
against  the  fraction  whose  overthrow  it  aims  at  effecting;  but  it  opposes 
both  the  one  and  the  other  in  matters  it  wishes  to  establish  on  its  own 
account."   (Italics  ours.) 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  foregoing  that  Communists  everywhere  ally 
themselves  with  those  they  seek  to  destroy,  for  the  sole  purpose  of  has- 
tening their  destruction.  Marx  expresses  this  ruthlessly  in  the  follow- 
ing language :  ' '  From  the  first  moment  of  victory,  those  whom  we  shall 
have  to  regard  with  suspicion  will  not  be  members  of  the  conquered  reac- 
tionary party,  but  those  who  belong  to  the  party  with  which  we  have 
been  allied,  those  who  will  try  to  exploit  our  joint  victory  on  their  own 
account  alone. ' '   ( Italics  ours. ) 

Marshal  Stalin  is  considered  the  world's  most  outstanding  Marxist 
today. 

"A  new  revolution,"  Marx  wrote,  "is  only  possible  as  the  sequel  to 
a  new  crisis.     But  the  one  is  as  certain  as  the  other. ' ' 

The  class  struggle,  according  to  the  Marxists,  is  confined  to  the  eco- 
nomic field  for  a  time  but  soon  spreads  to  the  political  field.  New  rela- 
tionships are  believed  to  develop  gradually  creating  demands  for  a 
transfer  of  control  of  government.  The  dominant  ruling  class  in  each 
state  never  abdicates  its  political  dominance  to  the  challenging  group. 
The  "class  struggle"  is,  therefore,  intensified.  The  subservient  class, 
now  emerging  from  the  conflict,  is  ultimately  forced  to  seize  political 
power  by  force  and  violence.  It  does  so,  and  erects  a  new  state  in  con- 
formity with  changed  economy  and,  thus,  creates  new  property  rela- 
tionships. "The  history  of  all  hitherto  existing  society,"  Marx  asserts, 
" is  the  history  of  (such)  class  struggles. " 

THE  COMMUNIST  MANIFESTO 

The  following  extracts  are  quotations  from  the  Communist  Mani- 
festo by  Karl  Marx  and  Friedrich  Engels.  The  Communist  Mani- 
festo is  considered  the  proletarian  ? '  Bible ' '  and  is  now,  and  always  will 
be  so  long  as  a  Communist  Party  fraction  exists,  the  blueprint  for  the 
Communist  revolution  and  the  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat.  Com- 
munist Party  theologians  praise  the  Communist  Manifesto,  holding  it 
as  important  and  as  "contemporary"  as  though  written  in  1945  instead 
of  nearly  a  hundred  years  ago. 

' '  The  history  of  all  human  society,  past  and  present,  has  been  the 
history  of  class  struggles. ' ' 

"Modern  bourgeois  society,  rising  out  of  the  ruins  of  feudal 
society,  did  not  make  an  end  of  class  antagonisms.  It  merely  set 
up  new  classes  in  place  of  the  old;  new  conditions  of  oppression; 
new  embodiments  of  struggle." 

"Our  own  age,  the  bourgeois  age,  is  distinguished  by  this — that 
it  has  simplified  class  antagonisms.     More  and  more,  society  is 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  81 

splitting  into  two  great  hostile  camps,  into  two  great  and  directly 
contraposed  classes :  bourgeoisie  and  proletariat. ' ' 

******* 

"Each  step  in  the  development  of  the  bourgeoisie  was  accom- 
panied by  a  corresponding  political  advance  *  *  *  The  mod- 
ern State  authority  is  nothing  more  than  a  committee  for  the  admin- 
istration of  the  consolidated  affairs  of  the  bourgeois  class  as  a 

whole." 

******* 

"The  weapons  with  which  the  bougeoisie  overthrew  feudalism 
are  now  being  turned  against  the  bourgeoisie  itself. ' ' 

******* 

"But  the  bourgeoisie  has  not  only  forged  the  weapons  that  will 
slay  it ;  it  has  also  engendered  the  men  who  will  use  these  weapons — 
the  modern  workers,  the  proletarians." 

******* 

"Those  who  have  hitherto  belonged  to  the  lower  middle  class — 
small  manufacturers,  small  traders,  minor  recipients  of  unearned 
income,  handicraftsmen,  and  peasants — slip  down,  one  and  all,  into 
the  proletariat.  They  suffer  this  fate,  partly  because  their  petty 
capital  is  insufficient  for  the  needs  of  large-scale  industry  and 
perishes  in  competition  with  the  superior  means  of  the  great  capi- 
talists ;  and  partly  because  their  specialized  skill  is  rendered  value- 
less owing  to  the  invention  of  new  methods  of  production.     Thus 

the  proletariat  is  recruited  from  all  classes  of  the  population. ' ' 
******* 

"All  classes  that  have  hitherto  won  to  power,  have  tried  to  safe- 
guard their  newly  acquired  position  by  subjecting  society-at-large 
to  the  conditions  by  which  they  themselves  gained  their  possessions. 
But  the  only  way  in  which  proletarians  can  get  control  of  the  pro- 
ductive forces  of  society  is  by  making  an  end  of  their  own  previous 
method  of  acquisition,  and  therewith  of  all  the  extant  methods  of 
acquisition.  Proletarians  have  nothing  of  their  own  to  safeguard ; 
it  is  their  business  to  destroy  all  pre-existent  private  proprietary 

securities  and  private  proprietary  safeguards." 

******* 

"All  earlier  movements  have  been  movements  of  minorities  or 
movements  in  the  interests  of  minorities.  The  proletarian  move- 
ment is  an  independent  movement  of  the  overwhelming  majority 
in  the  interest  of  that  majority.  The  proletariat,  the  lowest  stratum 
of  extant  society,  can  not  raise  itself,  can  not  stand  erect  upon  its 
feet,  without  disrupting  the  whole  superstructure  comprising  the 

strata  which  makes  up  that  society." 

******* 

"The  Communists  everywhere  support  every  revolutionary 
movement  against  extant  social  and  political  conditions. ' ' 

******* 

"In  all  these  movements,  the  Communists  bring  the  property 
question  to  the  fore,  regarding  it  as  fundamental,  no  matter  what 
phase  of  development  it  may  happen  to  be  in." 

*  *  *  *  *  *  * 

"Communists  scorn  to  hide  their  views  and  aims.  They  openly 
declare  that  their  purposes  can  only  be  achieved  by  the  forcible 


82  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

overthrow  of  the  whole  extant  social  order.    Let  the  ruling  classes 
tremble  at  the  prospect  of  a  Communist  revolution.     Proletarians 
have  nothing  to  lose  but  their  chains.     They  have  a  world  to  -win. 
"Proletarians  of  all  lands,  unite!" 

THE   FIRST,  SECOND  AND  THIRD   INTERNATIONALS 

The  First  International  was  organized  in  1865  and  collapsed  after  the 
Congress  held  at  Geneva,  September  8,  1873.  The  date  of  its  official 
demise  is  said  to  be  1876.  For  a  time  the  headquarters  of  the  First  Inter- 
national were  located  in  Xew  York  City. 

Karl  Marx  organized  and  was  the  moving  spirit  of  the  First  Inter- 
national during  its  short  life.  He  worked  with  a  subcommittee  on  a  draft 
of  rules  and  regulations,  and  a  statement  of  principles  for  the  organiza- 
tion in  September  and  October  of  1864.  He  had  no  scruples  in  deceiving 
both  the  subcommittee  and  the  organization  itself.  Writing  on  the  matter 
to  Engels  he  stated  : ' '  Under  the  pretext  that  all  factual  matters  were  con- 
tained in  this  address,  and  that  we  need  not  say  the  same  things  thrice 
over,  I  modified  the  introduction,  cut  out  the  declaration  of  principles, 
and  finally  reduced  the  four  and  twenty  propositions  to  ten. ' '  His  con- 
tempt for  bourgeois  virtue  is  contained  in  this  same  report  to  Engels : 
"Only  one  thing,"  he  wrote,  "I  had  to  pledge  myself  to  insert  in  the 
preambles  of  the  rules  two  phrases  about  'duty'  and  'right';  also,  about 
truth,  morality  and  justice — but  they  are  all  so  placed  that  they  cannot 
do  any  harm. ' ' 

The  French  Commune  was  proclaimed  on  March  18,  1871.  It  estab- 
lished new  principles  of  strategy  for  European  Communists  which  Marx 
introduced  into  his  system.  The  struggle  of  the  proletariat  against  the 
bourgeois  was  to  be  extended  to  the  political  field  while  being  accentuated 
in  the  economic  and  industrial  fields.  The  ' '  class  struggle ' '  in  bourgeois 
Democratic  or  quasi  Democratic  states  were  to  be  injected  into 
the  platform  of  bourgeois  politics  and  carried  into  parliament  (legisla- 
tures). Electoral  campaigns  were  to  be  inaugurated  by  Communists. 
Marx  now  advocated  the  tactics  of  a  law-abiding  policy  in  conformity 
with  the  methods  and  trends  of  the  bourgeois  state. 

This  change  or  extension  of  tactics  was  inaugurated  in  the  session  of 
the  General  Council  of  the  International  Workingmen's  Association 
(First  International)  held  in  London  September  17  to  25,  1871.  The 
preamble  to  the  provisional  rules  had  stated  "That  the  economical 
emancipation  of  the  working  classes  is  therefore  the  great  end  to  which 
political  movement  ought  to  be  subordinate  as  a  means."  The  London 
Conference,  under  domination  of  Marx,  adopted  the  following  reso- 
lution : 

"Considering  that,  against  this  collective  power  of  the  propertied 
classes,  the  working  class  cannot  act  as  a  class  except  by  constituting 
itself  into  a  distinct  political  party,  distinct  from  and  opposed  to 
all  old  parties  formed  by  the  propertied  classes;  that  this  constitu- 
tion of  the  working  class  into  a  political  party  is  indispensable  in 
order  to  ensure  the  triumph  of  the  social  revolution  and  its  ultimate 
end,  the  abolition  of  classes ;  that  the  combination  of  forces  which 
the  working  class  has  already  effected  by  its  economical  struggles 
ought  at  the  same  time  to  serve  as  a  lever  for  its  struggles  against 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  83 

the  political  power  of  the  landlords  and  capitalists — this  conference 
recalls  to  the  members  of  the  International  that,  in  the  militant 
state  of  the  working  class,  its  economical  movement  and  its  political 
action  are  indissolubly  united."   (Italics  ours.) 

The  Second  International  was  created  in  1889.  This  International 
represents  a  conservative,  reformist  socialist  movement  of  affiliated 
bodies  organized  after  1872.  The  Socialist  Party  of  the  United  States 
is  affiliated  with  this  International. 

The  Third  International  (Communist  International-Comment)  was 
created  in  1919  in  Moscow,  Russia.  In  accord  with  Marxian  dialectic 
and  the  materialistic  interpretation  of  history  the  Third  International 
(Comintern)  went  through  the  motions  of  dissolution  in  May  of  1943. 
Any  student  of  Marxism  recognizes  a  Leninistic  "sharp  turn"  in  the 
expedient  application  of  Marxian  dialectic  to  world  events  and  for  the 
furtherance  of  Soviet  foreign  policy. 

COMMUNIST  REVOLUTION  BY  FORCE  AND  VIOLENCE 

Marx  contends  that  history  proves  that  no  class  ever  surrendered  its 
power  and  property  without  violent  resistance.  This  is  the  substance  of 
the  Communist  revolutionary  doctrine.  No  class  has  ever  consented  to 
its  own  destruction  and  the  proletariat  is  warned  by  Marx  and  his  disci- 
ples that  they  must  not  be  deluded  by  the  vain  hope  that  capitalism  is 
any  exception.  Concessions  are  not  enough.  There  is  no  compromise! 
Temporary  gains  for  the  proletariat  are  not  sufficient.  Reforms  are  to 
be  recognized  as  efforts  on  the  part  of  Capitalism  to  entrench  and  preserve 
itself.  The  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  and  the  destruction  of  all 
states  is  the  ultimate  Communist  goal.  The  fight  cannot  be  won  until 
the  bourgeois  state  has  been  completely  and  ruthlessly  crushed.  "When 
the  final  test  comes,  the  state  will  use  every  force  at  its  command  for  its 
self-preservation — its  wealth,  the  Army  and  the  Navy,  its  gigantic 
organs  of  propaganda.  The  proletariat,  therefore,  must  prepare  itself 
for  a  violent,  bloody  revolution  ;  a  revolution  that  will  completely  destroy 
the  bourgeois  state. 

"LENINISM"  OR  "BOLSHEVISM" 

" Leninism "  and  "Bolshevism"  are  terms  used  to  describe  the  applica- 
tion of  Marxism  to  the  Russian  experience. 

Nikolai  Lenin  was  a  practical,  conspiratorial  revolutionist.  Marxism 
was  the  "opiate"  at  hand  and  he  used  it  liberally.  Yet,  he  undoubtedly 
believed  himself  to  be  a  real  Marxist.  He  praised  George  V.  Plekhanov  's 
writings  as  "the  best  in  the  whole  international  literature  of  Marxism." 
Plekhanov  criticizes  Lenin's  Marxism  in  the  following  language:  "The 
disputed  question  consists  in  this :  Does  there  exist  an  economic  necessity 
which  calls  forth  in  the  proletariat  a  demand  for  socialism,  makes  it 
instinctively  socialistic,  and  impels  it — even  if  left  to  its  own  resources — 
on  the  road  to  social  revolution,  notwithstanding  the  stubborn  and  con- 
tinual effort  of  the  bourgeoisie  to  subject  it  to  its  own  ideological  influ- 
ence? Lenin  denies  this,  in  face  of  the  clearly  expressed  opinions  of 
all  the  theorists  of  scientific  socialism.  And  in  that  consists  his  (Lenin) 
enormous  mistake,  his  theoretical  fall  into  sin." 


84  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Socialism  divided  itself  into  two  groups,  the  "Bolsheviks"  and  the 
"Mensheviks"— the  "majority"  and  the  "minority. "  The  Mensheviks 
believe  that  Communism  is  inevitable,  whether  or  not  man  exerts  himself 
to  bring  it  about.  Lenin's  "Bolsheviks"  conspired  and  planned  for 
the  event. 

The  most  distinctive  feature  of  Lenin's  tactics  (which  explains  the 
recent  tortuous  twists  and  turns  of  the  Communist  Party  "line")  was 
his  policy  of  ' '  sharp  turns. ' '  Changing  events  call  for  changed  slogans ; 
new  trends  call  for  new  policy.  Changing  an  "imperialist  war"  to  a 
' '  people 's  war  "  in  24  hours  becomes  understandable  when  Lenin 's  policy 
of  "sharp  turns"  is  understood.  Since  1919  the  directives  for  "sharp 
turns"  have  been  made  in  Moscow's  Kremlin.  Soviet  foreign  policy 
has  always  been  the  starting  point  for  each  "turn."  The  fact  that 
Lenin's  policy  of  "sharp  turns"  is  contradictory  to  Marx's  philosophy 
of  historic  determinism  matters  little  to  Communist  revolutionary  con- 
spirators.    Lenin  described  it  forcefully  as  follows : 

"The  dictatorship  of  the  proletariat  is  a  relentless  struggle, 
bloody  and  bloodless,  violent  and  peaceful,  military  and  industrial, 
pedagogical  and  administrative,  against  the  forces  and  traditions 
of  the  old  society.  The  force  of  habit  of  millions  and  tens  of  mil- 
lions is  a  formidable  force.  Without  a  party  of  iron,  tempered  in 
struggle,  without  a  party  possessing  the  confidence  of  all  that  is 
honest  in  the  class  in  question,  without  a  party  able  to  detect  the 
moods  of  the  mass  and  influence  it,  it  is  impossible  to  wage  such  a 
struggle  with  success.     .     .     . 

' '  Not  one  important  political  or  organizational  question  is  decided 
by  any  state  institution  in  our  republic  without  the  governing 
instruction  of  the  central  committee  of  the  party. ' ' 

The  socialist  state  established  by  Lenin  in  Russia  in  the  October  revolu- 
tion completely  discredited  Marxian  dialectic.  If  Marx  is  right,  the 
political  structure  established  by  Lenin  in  Russia  must  be  the  reflection 
of  economic  conditions  existing  at  the  time  of  the  October  revolution. 
It  is  obvious  that  this  was  not  the  case.  Max  Eastman  sums  it  up  suc- 
cinctly :  ' '  Never  did  a  reflection  put  forth  such  gigantic  efforts  to  produce 
its  likeness  in  the  ooject  reflected."     (Italics  ours.) 

Instead  of  the  "withering  away"  of  the  state,  predicted  by  Marx,  the 
Russian  revolution  gave  birth  to  a  super-state  of  commissars  and  bureau- 
crats. The  "dictatorship  of  the  proletariat"  became  state  capitalism 
under  Stalin.  Leon  Trotsky,  who  worked  shoulder  to  shoulder  with 
Lenin  in  establishing  the  socialist  state  of  Russia,  sums  up  the  result 
as  follows : 

"The  realities  of  Soviet  life  today  can  indeed  be  hardly  reconciled 
even  with  the  shreds  of  old  theory.  Workers  are  bound  to  the  fac- 
tories ;  peasants  are  bound  to  the  collective  farms.  Passports  have 
been  introduced.  The  freedom  of  movement  has  been  completely 
restricted.  It  is  a  capital  crime  to  come  late  to  work  .  .  .  The 
frontiers  are  guarded  by  an  impenetrable  wall  of  border-patrols  and 
police  dogs  on  a  scale  heretofore  unknown  anywhere.  To  all  intents 
and  purposes,  no  one  can  leave  and  no  one  may  enter.  Foreigners 
who  had  previously  managed  to  get  into  the  country  are  being  sys- 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  85 

tematically  exterminated.  The  gist  of  the  Soviet  constitution,  the 
'most  democratic  in  the  world,'  amounts  to  this,  that  every  citizen 
is  required  at  an  appointed  time  to  cast  his  ballot  for  the  one  and 
only  candidate  hand-picked  by  Stalin  or  his  agents.  The  press,  the 
radio,  all  the  organs  of  propaganda,  agitation  and  national  educa- 
tion are  completely  in  the  hands  of  the  ruling  clique.  During  the 
last  five  years  no  less  than  half  a  million  members,  according  to 
official  figures,  have  been  expelled  from  the  party.  How  many  have 
been  shot,  thrown  into  jails  and  concentration  camps,  or  exiled  to 
Siberia,  we  do  not  definitely  know.  But  undoubtedly  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  party  members  have  shared  the  fate  of  millions  of 
nonparty  people.  It  would  be  extremely  difficult  to  instill  in  the 
minds  of  these  millions,  their  families,  relatives  and  friends,  the 
idea  that  the  Stalinist  state  is  withering  away.  It  is  strangling 
others,  but  gives  no  sign  of  withering.  It  has  instead  arrived  at  a 
pitch  of  wild  intensity  unprecedented  in  the  history  of  mankind. ' ' 

Another  important  feature  of  Leninism  is  the  concept  of  the  "pro- 
fessional revolutionary. "  The  official  history  of  the  Russian  Communist 
Party  states :  "If  you  inquire,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  personal  staff 
of  leaders,  what  our  party  lives  by  at  the  present  time,  and  even  our 
states,  it  will  become  clear  that  to  a  significant  degree  even  now  after 
20  years  the  party,  so  to  speak,  nourishes  itself  upon  that  group  of  pro- 
fessional revolutionists,  the  foundations  of  which  were  laid  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  century." 

The  professional  revolutionists  in  the  United  States  are  the  Communist 
Party  functionaries,  those  amazing  individuals  who  continually  pop  up 
as  "executive  secretaries"  of  this  or  that  "front"  organization;  those 
peculiar  "labor  leaders"  who,  with  no  knowledge  or  experience  in  the 
trade  or  craft  they  purport  to  represent,  move  from  one  union  to  another. 
The  Jeff  Kibres  and  the  Oscar  Fusses  are  in  this  category. 


DEVELOPMENT  OF  COMMUNISM  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 

Communism  is  essentially  international.  "Proletarians  of  all  lands, 
unite!"  is  the  order  of  the  Communist  Manifesto.  Marx,  Engels,  Lenin 
and  Stalin  prepared  the  blue-prints  for  the  world  revolution.  Follow- 
ing the  strategy  of  these  conspirators,  Communists  everywhere  engaged 
in  deception,  and  switched  their  position  from  time  to  time  with  bland 
unconcern.  Communist  ethics  are  summoned  up  in  the  statement : 
Dishonesty  is  justified  if  such  conduct  furthers  the  revolutionary  cause 
of  the  proletariat. 

As  has  been  pointed  out  before,  the  terms  "Third  Communist  Inter- 
national" and  the  "Comintern"  are  synonymous.  The  Comintern  was 
established  in  Russia  in  1919  under  the  leadership  of  Lenin,  Trotsky  and 
other  Bolsheviks.  It  is  a  controlling  central  organization  to  which  Com- 
munist Parties  throughout  the  world  affiliate.  It  is  actually  a  high  board 
of  strategy  for  universal  revolution.  The  Communist  Parties  through- 
out the  world,  affiliated  with  the  Comintern,  are  subordinate  and  sub- 
servient to  it,  and  are  pledged  to  abide  by  the  decisions  of  the  executive 
board  in  Moscow  and  to  abjectly  submit  to  its  disciplinary  power.     In 


86  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

the  section  of  this  report  on  the  formation  and  activity  of  the  C.  I.  0. 
Political  Action  Committee,  it  will  be  seen  that  this  condition  existed 
from  1919  to  1940,  when  the  Communist  Party  of  the  United  States 
announced  that  it  had  severed  all  connections  with  the  Comintern.  It 
was  another  Leninistic  ' '  sharp  turn ' '  and  no  one  familiar  with  Marxian 
dialectic  was  deceived  by  the  announcement. 

When  the  news  of  the  Communist  revolution  of  1917  in  Russia  reached 
the  United  States,  certain  leaders  of  the  American  Socialist  Party  were 
filled  with  admiration,  awe  and  reverence  for  the  Bolshevik  strategists. 
The  more  radical  wing  of  the  American  Socialist  Party  believed  that  the 
Russian  Bolsheviks  had  demonstrated  "scientific"  socialism  and  that 
a  new  impetus  had  been  given  to  world  revolution.  The  leaders  of 
Bolshevism  became  the  leaders  of  world  revolution. 

Marxism  indicates  three  necessary  steps  on  the  road  to  Communism. 
First  and  foremost  of  these  is  the  penetration  of  the  laboring  masses  in 
capitalist  countries,  indoctrination  and  the  creation  of  "class  conscious- 
ness" in  the  minds  of  the  workers.  The  second  step  is  the  seizing  of 
power  by  the  laboring  masses  and  the  establishment  of  the  dictatorship 
of  the  proletariat.  This  is  merely  to  saj^  that  the  working  masses,  trained 
and  disciplined  by  Communist  leaders,  overthrow  by  force  and  violence 
the  capitalist  form  of  government  and  establish  a  soviet  of  workers. 
The  third  and  final  step  is  the  transition  from  state  socialism  to  the 
classless  estate — Communism. 

As  has  been  seen  by  the  foregoing,  Marxism  conceives  capital  and 
labor  in  continuous  conflict.  This  struggle,  says  Marx,  must  continue 
so  long  as  the  profit  system  exists.  The  profit  system  will  continue  so 
long  as  the  capitalists  dominate  government.  It  can  only  be  abolished 
by  the  forceful  destruction  of  all  capitalist  states.  The  American 
Socialist  sought  the  reformation  of  the  government  of  the  United  States 
and  looked  forward  to  the  establishment  of  a  Socialist  form  of  govern- 
ment. Efforts  in  this  direction  had  been  limited  to  educational  cam- 
paigns designed  to  popularize  the  American  Socialist  Party  as  a  political 
organization.  The  Bolshevik  revolution  in  Russia'drove  a  wedge  sharply 
through  the  middle  of  the  American  Socialist  group.  One  faction  called 
for  the  organization  of  a  Communist  Party  in  the  United  States  and 
clamored  for  violent  revolutionary  activity  patterned  on  the  strategies 
that  had  been  so  successfully  used  in  Russia.  The  other  faction,  adhering 
to  evolutionary  socialism,  preferred  to  travel  along  its  established  con- 
servative line  as  a  political  movement. 

John  Reed,  a  journalist,  was  in  Russia  prior  to  the  October  revolution. 
He  returned  to  the  United  States  an  ardent  Communist,  full  of  con- 
tagious enthusiasm  for  the  Russian  experiment.  He  spoke  at  meetings 
sponsored  by  the  left-wing  radical  element  of  the  American  Socialist 
Party.  Many  leaders  of  the  left-wing  group  became  desirous  of  emulat- 
ing the  Bolshevik  revolution  in  the  United  States  and  were  convinced 
that  the  revolutionary  technique  of  the  Bolsheviks  could  be  successfully 
employed  in  overthrowing  American  capital  and  the  government  that 
protected  it.  This  meant  a  clean  break  with  the  Second  International. 
It  contemplated  a  program  of  penetration  into  the  trade  union  movement 
of  the  United  States  for  revolutionary  indoctrination.  Delegates  were 
finally  selected  and  sent  to  an  International  Conference  at  Moscow. 
The  organization  was  perfected  in  Chicago  in  1919,  offices  of  the  Party 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  8/ 

were  opened,  and  John  Reed,  the  first  American  Communist,  launched 
a  propaganda  campaign  through  the  columns  of  "The  New  York  Com- 
munist." 

Early  in  1919  C.  A.  K.  Martens  arrived  in  New  York  representing  the 
new  Soviet  government  of  Russia.  Martens  immediately  set  out  to 
assist  in  the  organization  of  the  American  Communist  Party.  He  pro- 
vided substantial  financial  support  with  money  channeled  into  the 
United  States  from  the  Soviet  Union. 

It  soon  became  apparent  that  the  Russian  element  in  the  Socialist 
Party  in  the  United  States  was  capitalizing  on  the  prestige  established 
by  their  countrymen  in  Soviet  Russia.  The  Communist  Party  that 
emerged  from  the  conference  in  Chicago  came  to  feeble  life  in  the  midst 
of  petty  bickering  and  bitter  factional  disputes  among  its  leaders.  The 
struggle  was  watched  by  Communist  agents  from  Russia 's  Kremlin,  and 
the  radical  element  amply  supplied  with  Russian  funds.  Leaders  of 
the  nearly  defunct  International  Workers  of  the  World  (I.W.W.)  were 
rallied  to  the  cause  and  a  National  conference  was  called  for  June  21, 
1919  in  New  York  City. 

The  reverence  manifested  by  the  radicals  in  the  American  Socialist 
Party  for  the  professional  revolutionaries  of  Russia  is  amazing.  Com- 
munism had  been  a  religion  from  the  beginning  and  now  it  was  to  have 
a  deity  and  a  constellation  of  saints.  A  halo  was  placed  around  the 
head  of  Lenin  and  he  became  an  infallible  oracle.  C.  A.  K.  Martens  was 
quick  to  realize  the  potential  power  dormant  in  the  reverential  awe  for 
things  Bolshevik  by  American  radicals,  for  furthering  the  policies  of 
the  new  Soviet  Government.  This  factor  is  important,  From  1919 
henceforth  American  Communists  were  dominated,  watched,  and  con- 
trolled from  the  Kremlin  in  Moscow.  This  domination  and  control  has 
never  been  relaxed  and  the  American  Communist  is  dominated  and 
controlled  by  Moscow  at  the  present  time  to  a  greater  extent  than  ever 
before,  although  the  technique  is  more  subtle. 

Socialists  of  Russian  and  Slavic  descent  were  most  enthusiastic  in 
clamoring  for  the  immediate  formation  of  an  American  Communist 
Party,  functioning  as  a  section  of  the  Communist  Party  of  Russia.  Most 
of  the  Americans  in  the  Socialist  organization,  however,  preferred  to 
run  the  show  independent  of  the  Soviet  Union.  One  group  urged  that 
the  American  Communist  Party  be  led  by  Americans  in  the  same  manner 
that  the  Russian  Communist  Party  was  led  by  Russians.  Another  fac- 
tion insisted  that  the  American  Communists  should  simply  affiliate  with, 
and  be  subservient  to,  the  Russian  organization.  As  a  result  of  these 
conflicts,  the  conservative  element  in  the  Socialist  Party  were  shunted 
into  the  discard. 

Meanwhile  a  conflict  for  control  of  the  American  Communist  Party 
grew  in  intensity  between  the  two  radical  factions.  Ultimately,  dele- 
gates from  both  factions  went  to  Moscow.  The  outcome  was  the  forma- 
tion of  an  American  Communist  Party  as  a  section  of  the  Communist 
International — a  section  of  the  Communist  International  functioning 
in  the  United  States. 

The  organization  was  first  known  as  the  Communist  Labor  Party,  but 
the  word  "labor"  was  eventually  dropped  and  the  party  continued  as 
the  Communist  Party,  a  section  of  Hi<>  Communist  International, 


88  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

The  organization  has  had  a  stormy  history  in  the  United  States. 
Factional  strife  constantly  developed  and  party  bickerings  were  fre- 
quent. Soviet  agents,  watching  quietly  in  the  background,  came  forth 
at  the  proper  time,  and,  with  the  voice  of  authority,  summarily  put  a 
stop  to  internal  dissension. 

COMMUNIST  BEGINNINGS  IN  THE   UNITED  STATES 

William  Z.  Foster,  a  charter  member  of  the  Communist  Party  of  the 
United  States,  was  charged  with  the  task  of  directing  the  penetration 
and  indoctrination  of  the  trade  union  movement  in  the  United  States. 
The  Trade  Union  Educational  League  was  the  organization  created  by 
Foster  for  this  purpose.  The  funds  for  the  activities  of  this  front  were 
furnished  in  part  by  the  Communist  Party  members  in  the  United  States, 
and  from  Moscow's  "Red  International  of  Trade  Unions,"  (Profintern). 
As  a  matter  of  fact  most  of  the  money  was  furnished  by  the  Russian 
organization.  The  International  Labor  Defense  was  organized  as  a  section 
of  the  International  Class-War  Prisoners  Aid  Society  (MOTR) .  A  rep- 
resentative from  the  Soviet  Union  was  sent  to  America  with  the  necessary 
funds  for  the  organization  of  the  International  Laoor  Defense.  These 
organizations  were  the  first  in  a  series  of  Soviet  Branch  offices  estab- 
lished in  the  United  States  by  Russian  emissaries  with  Russian  funds. 
The  International  Labor  Defense  provides  legal  assistance  to  members 
of  the  Communist  movement  who  find  themselves  involved  with  the  law. 
The  Trade  Union  Educational  League  (propagandizing  for  industrial 
unionization)  served  its  initial  purpose.  The  same  strategy  of  trade 
union  penetration  by  Communist  Party  functionaries  has  continued 
and  has  achieved  considerable  success.  The  most  recent  triumph  of  this 
Communist  technique  is  the  Political  Action  Committee  of  the  C.  I.  0. 

The  members  of  the  American  Communist  Party  were  sent  to  Moscow 
where  they  attended  a  school  maintained  for  the  purpose  of  instructing 
international  revolutionists  in  the  Bolshevik  technique. 

By  1923  the  members  of  the  American  Communist  Party  considered 
themselves  under  the  iron  discipline  that  was  frequently  exercised  by 
the1  Executive  Committee  of  the  Comintern.  The  Moscow  Board  of 
Directors  had  the  power  and  the  right  to  expel  an  entire  Communist 
Party,  or  any  section  thereof,  or  individual  Communists,  with  or  without 
cause.  It  assumed  the  right  to  contermand  any  activity,  decision  or 
resolution,  of  any  Communist  Party  affiliated  with  the  Third  Communist 
International.  It  was  regarded  by  Communists  everywhere  as  the 
source  of  all  authority.  Lenin,  while  he  lived,  and  Stalin,  after  Lenin's 
death,  was  the  infallible  last  word  in  Communist  affairs.  Russia  became 
the  "Red  Fatherland,"  the  only  country  to  which  Communists  every- 
where owed  their  allegiance. 

The  youth  movements  of  Soviet  Russia  were  duplicated  in  the  United 
States  by  the  American  Communist  Parly.  The  youth  movement  in 
Russia  is  called  the  Comsomols.  Soviet  children  of  primary  school  age 
are  organized  into  a  group  known  as  the  Young  Octobrists.  The  Young 
Communist  League  in  the  United  States  parallels  the  Comsomols  and  the 
Young  Pioneers  of  the  United  States  are  patterned  after  the  Young 
Octobrists.  These  youth  organizations  are  Communist  training  schools 
for  the  vouth  of  America. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  89 

IRON  CONTROL 

Many  individuals  are  attracted  to  Communism  by  the  conspiratorial 
character  of  the  movement.  The  Communist  Party  of  Russia,  before 
the  revolution  of  1917,  was  a  creature  of  mystery,  of  intrigue  and  plot- 
ting. The  Russian  organization  was  held  together  during  those  turbu- 
lent times  by  dictatorial  directives.  The  two  absolute  rulers  were  Lenin 
and  Trotsky.  The  members  of  the  party  were  trained  to  accept  discipline 
blindly  and  to  follow  every  directive  without  hesitation.  The  same  iron 
control  was  experienced  by  the  first  Communists  in  the  United  States. 
This  control  has  become  stronger  as  the  party  has  grown.  A  Com- 
munist believes  that  he  is  a  member  of  a  secret,  conspiratorial  organiza- 
tion and  that  he  is  playing  a  vital  role  in  weakening  and  undermining 
the  Government  of  the  United  States.  The  American  Communist  is 
convinced  that  the  American  revolution  can  only  be  achieved  by  blindly 
and  fanatically  pursuing  the  intricate  technique  of  Marx,  Lenin  and 
Stalin.  The  American  Communist's  mind  is  literally  saturated  with 
foreign  ideologies,  German  ponderosities  and  Oriental  intrigue.  He 
must  attend  beginners  classes,  studjr  Marxism,  dialectic  and  materialistic 
interpretation  of  history;  he  must  spend  many  hours  in  Communist 
activities ;  he  must  attend  fraction,  branch  and  unit  meetings.  He  must 
join  a  union  of  some  kind.  He  participates  in  open  forums.  He  is 
assigned  to  tasks  designed  for  revolutionary  training,  such  as  peddling 
Communist  Party  publications  in  wealthy  residential  districts;  and  in 
driving  Communist  Party  resolutions  through  meetings  of  his  trade 
union.  He  is  directed  to  join  many  organizations  and  is  instructed  in 
the  technique  of  dominating  and  controlling  their  actions.  His  entire 
mental  outlook  upon  life  and  events  is  altered  and  changed.  Conserva- 
tive friends  and  acquaintances  soon  avoid  the  Communist  convert  and  he 
finds  himself  associating  exclusively  with  Communists  and  fellow-trav- 
elers. A  break  with  the  Communist  Party  is  not  a  small  matter  and 
entails  an  emotional  upheaval  that  is  not  pleasant  to  contemplate. 

COMMUNIST   DISCIPLINE 

The  Communist  Party  proceeded  along  its  troublesome  path,  gather- 
ing more  and  more  members.  Disciplinary  control  was  intensified.  The 
Communist  parties  throughout  the  world  maintain  what  they  call  control 
commissions.  A  Communist  who  waivers  in  his  activities  or  thought  is 
immediately  under  the  scrutiny  of  the  control  commission.  Every  Com- 
munist is  under  the  continuous  observation  of  his  "Comrades"  and  the 
most  trivial  anti-Communist  action  or  word  is  reported.  Communist 
Party  members  fear  the  control  commission  more  than  they  fear  the 
police.  The  most  potent  threat  that  can  be  made  against  a  member  who 
violates  party  discipline  is  the  threat  of  expulsion  from  the  organization. 
Disillusioned  Communists  who  muster  sufficient  courage  to  bluntly  with- 
draw from  the  organization  are  hounded  from  one  job  to  another  and 
harassed  in  every  possible  manner.  Prospective  employers  are  told 
that  they  are  hiring  ex-Communists,  persons  who  are  emotionally 
unstable,  unreliable,  and  can  not  be  believed  under  oath.  Anonymous 
letters  are  dispatched  to  employers  and  every  sort  of  artifice  is  practiced 
to  embarrass  and  harass  the  ex-member.     By  whispering  "smear"  cam- 


(J0  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

paigns  the  Communist  Party  charges  that  the  ex-Party  member  is  suf- 
fering from  some  sort  of  mental  disability.  An  ex-Communist  who  criti- 
cizes the  party  or  who  reveals  its  secrets  is  immediately  branded  as 
a  psychopathic  case,  a  pervert,  a  chronic  liar,  a  criminal,  a  stool-pigeon, 
a  red-baiter,  a  witch-hunter — a  miserable  wretch  suffering  from  prac- 
tically every  ailment  known  to  humanity,  including  vitamin  deficiency. 
It  is  remarkable  that  a  person,  by  merely  severing  his  affiliation  with  the 
Communist  Party,  is  immediately  afflicted  with  the  same  variety  of 
ailments  and  vices. 

DEMOCRATIC  CENTRALISM 

Theoretically,  the  Communist  organization  enjoys  what  it  terms 
"Democratic  Centralism."  The  doctrine  is  rather  intricate  and,  while 
the  term  indicates  Democracy  in  procedure,  its  "Centralism"  is  its 
contradiction.  Hand-picked  delegates  from  the  lowest  stratum  of  Com- 
munist organizations  compose  the  membership  of  the  next  stratum. 
Hand-picked  delegates  from  this  group  compose  the  membership  of  the 
next  highest,  and  so  on  to  Stalin.  The  group  at  the  top  is  the  governing 
body  of  the  whole  and  all  decisions  are  made  at  this  central  point,  the 
apex  of  the  pyramid.  The  orders  and  directives  pass  downward  through 
each  stratum  of  the  party.  Although  completely  totalitarian  in  char- 
acter it  is  considered  ' '  democratic ' '  because  the  delegates  to  each  higher 
group  are  theoretically  selected  by  the  membership  of  their  respective 
units.     It  is  authoritarian  and  autocratic  in  operation. 

SUPPORT  OF  SOVIET   FOREIGN   POLICY 

The  interests  of  the  Soviet  Union,  during  the  Hitler-Stalin  Non- Aggres- 
sion Pact,  were  served  by  their  representatives  and  affiliates  in  the 
United  States  by  the  launching  of  a  campaign  to  keep  America  out  of 
the  "imperialist  war."  The  Communist  Party  called  for  an  embargo 
on  fhe  shipment  of  materials  of  war  to  belligerent  countries.  They 
opposed  conscription  and  fought  military  training.  They  called  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  a  "war-monger,"  created  and  directed  the  American 
Peace  Mobilization,  joined  with  isolationists  and  German  Bundsters. 
They  held  frequent  peace  demonstrations  and  shouted  that  ' '  The  Yanks 
are  not  coming ! ' '  Simultaneously  an  epidemic  of  strikes  was  launched 
by  Communist-controlled  union  organizations  in  key  defense  plants 
throughout  the  United  States. 

"When  Germany  invaded  Russia  on  June  22,  1941,  a  typical  Leninistic 
"sharp  turn"  was  executed  by  the  Communist  Party  in  the  United 
States.  Immediately  the  American  Peace  Mobilization  was  dissolved. 
The  epidemic  of  strikes  ended  abruptly.  The  ' '  imperialist  war ' '  became 
a  "people's  war"  and  the  Communist  slogan  of  the  day  was  "All  aid 
to  the  Soviet  Union,  Great  Britain  and  the  Allies."  They  were  no 
longer  interested  in  placing  an  embargo  on  the  shipment  of  materials 
of  war  to  belligerent  nations  and  became  particularly  anxious  that  such 
materials  be  shipped  to  the  Soviet  Union.  They  no  longer  opposed 
military  training  or  conscription.  President  Roosevelt  ceased  to  be  a 
' '  war-monger ' '  and  the  Communist  Party  wanted  all  the  ' '  Yanks ' '  they 
could  get.  A  howl  went  up  from  American  Communists  for  the  immedi- 
ate opening  of  a  "  second  front, ' ' 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  91 

LEGAL  AND   ILLEGAL  ORGANIZATIONS 

The  Communist  Party  originally  divided  the  United  States  into  20 
Communist  districts.  Each  had  its  governing  structure.  California, 
Arizona  and  Nevada  was  designated  as  District  Thirteen.  Headquarters 
for  this  district  was  located  in  San  Francisco  and  for  many  years  was 
maintained  at  121  Haight  Street  in  that  city.  Each  State  had  its  subordi- 
nate structure  and  was  in  turn  divided  into  county  organizations,  which 
were  broken  down  into  a  labyrinth  of  sections,  branches,  units,  cells, 
fractions,  commissions  and  committees. 

In  recent  years  this  system  of  dividing  the  country  into  districts  has 
been  abandoned  and  each  State  has  maintained  its  Communist  organiza- 
tion with  a  general  secretary  in  charge,  each  county  having  its  own 
chairman,  secretary  and  treasurer.  During  the  last  few  years  in  which 
the  movement  functioned  as  a  political  party  it  followed  the  laws  applic- 
able to  political  organizations.  In  California  the  Comnmnist  Party 
held  its  conventions  at  about  the  same  time  and  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  Democratic  and  Republican  Parties.  Their  candidates  for  State 
elective  offices  appeared  on  the  ballot  at  general  elections.  In  the  larger 
cities  candidates  were  nominated  for  municipal  offices.  At  all  times  a 
secret  or  underground  Communist  organization  was  maintained,  not 
only  for  the  purpose  of  creating  the  peculiar  attraction  found  in  a 
secret,  conspiratorial  revolutionary  organization,  but  also  for  the  prac- 
tical purpose  of  always  having  an  organizational  structure  under  iron 
discipline  ready  in  the  event  that  the  open  organization  above-ground 
should  be  broken  up  or  demoralized  by  legal  action. 

REPORT  OF  CALIFORNIA   PEACE  OFFICERS  ASSOCIATION 

In  October  of  1940  the  Peace  Officers  Association  of  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia held  its  twentieth  annual  convention  in  Fresno.  Delegates  to 
this  convention  represented  the  law  enforcement  agencies  of  the  State 
of  California.  They  had  long  been  concerned  with  the  activities  of  the 
Communist  Party  and  had  given  serious  study  to  its  aims,  objects  and 
techniques.     On  page  6  of  the  report  appears  the  following  statement : 

"  Contrary  to  its  ridiculous  claims  the  Communist  Party  is  not 
intrinsically  a  political  party.  It  utilizes  the  political  angle  as  a 
means  of  procuring  legal  protection  while  it  engages  in  constant 
efforts  to  win  over  the  American  people  to  Communism  as  opposed 
to  American  Democracy.  And  while  on  this  subject,  it  should  be 
pointed  out  that  Communists  claim  in  a  righteous  manner  that  they 
want  to  preserve  American  Democracy.  That  statement  is  all  right 
as  far  as  it  goes,  but  it  does  not  go  far  enough ;  it  should  go  further 
to  include  this  phrase:  'We  want  to  preserve  American  Democracy 
until  we  have  at  last  gained  control  of  the  government,  and  no 
longer  need  the  Democratic  form  of  government  to  provide  protec- 
tion for  our  undermining  activities'." 

On  pages  12  and  13  of  the  report,  the  following  statement  is  made : 

"The  stream-lined  Communist  Party  which  we  see  in  operation 

today  is  scarcely  recognizable  on  the  surface  as  the  hard-bitten, 

fighting,  sneering  and  threatening  organization  it  was  some  years 

ago.     In  those  days  the  party  made  no  bones  of  saying  right  out  loud 


!»-  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

that  it  advocated  the  overthrow  of  this  government  by  force  and 
violence.  The  Communists  believed  that  the  overthrow  could  be 
accomplished  only  through  a  bloody  revolution,  as  the  'capitalist 
class'  would  not  relinquish  its  wealth  and  possessions  without  a 
struggle. 

"That  old-time  party  was  an  open  challenge  in  the  teeth  of  its 
enemies  by  refusing  to  recognize  National  Holidays,  by  refusing  to 
permit  the  American  flag  to  be  displayed  at  its  meetings  and  by 
flaunting  its  theories  of  promiscuity  in  the  faces  of  decent  citizens. 

"By  these  defiant  tactics  more  enemies  were  made  for  the  party 
than  converts,  so  the  next  obvious  move  was  made ;  the  entire  face  of 
the  party,  as  well  as  its  tactics,  were  changed.  It  was  'Amer- 
icanized' to  the  furthest  extent  possible,  considering  the  material 
the  Communists  had  to  work  with. 

' '  First,  the  party  began  denying  that  it  advocated  force  and  vio- 
lence ;  next  it  threw  off  its  sickly  revolutionary  cloak  and  donned  a 
robe  embroidered  only  with  the  word  'political  party.' 

' '  Next  came  the  adoption  of  the  practice  of  always  displaying  the 
American  Flag  at  Communist  and  subsidiary  meetings.  It  was  now 
seen  at  the  head  of  parades,  in  all  party  centers,  etc. 

"The  Communists  who  had  been  sneering,  'We  don't  celebrate 
capitalist  holidays '  or  '  We  don 't  observe  bourgeois  traditions, '  now 
began  closing  shop  on  National  Holidays  and  began  flying  the  Stars 
and  Stripes  from  their  windows,  in  fake  deference  to  our  National 
traditions  and  institutions. 

"Next  came  the  positively  startling-  and  amazing  proclamation 
that  Communists  love  the  American  traditions  and  institutions  and 
want  to  preserve  them  and  also  want  to  preserve  democracy. 

' '  While  not  of  importance,  it  is  amazing  to  note  that  these  pro- 
nouncements by  the  party  stimulated  its  natural  enemy — the  Trotsky 
group — to  some  of  its  highest  achievements  in  sarcasm  and  irony; 
the  Trotskyites,  exposing  this  knavery  and  deceit,  with  masterful 
strokes  of  the  pen  and  with  caustic  words,  caricatured  Earl  Browder 
wrapped  in  the  American  Flag  and  fraternizing  with  the  capitalist 
class. 

The  California  Peace  Officers  Association's  report  on  the  embar- 
rassment experienced  by  the  Communists  in  its  "line"  switching  is 
described  as  follows: 

' '  But  there  remained  the  advocacy  of  indiscriminate  carnality  for 
the  party  to  live  down.  This  was  more  or  less  of  a  problem,  for  the 
membership  had  both  the  Communist  Manifesto  and  the  program  of 
the  Communist  International,  no  less,  for  its  authority  on  this 
subject;  and  the  said  program  set  forth  that  the  myth  of  the 
'  Sanctity '  of  the  '  Home '  was  a  pack  of  nonsense,  and  something  that 
the  bourgeoisie  had  cooked  up ;  that  children  should  not  be  burdened 
upon  parents,  but  should  be  wards  of  the  State ;  further,  it  gave  the 
general  impression  that  human  beings  should  have  no  limitations 
or  inhibitions  imposed  upon  their  personal  desires. 

"So  here  was  a  pretty  kettle  of  fish:  Here  was  the  Communist 
Party  trying  to  discard  its  more  barbarous  and  loose  libertinism  for 
the  attempted  appearance  of  respectability.  But  within  the  party's 
ranks  there  existed  a  situation  where  white  women  openly  consorted 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  93 

with  Negro  men ;  white,  black,  Japanese,  Mexican  and  Filipino  mem- 
bers had  set  up  their  own  little  personal  alliances  with  the  full  appro- 
bation of  the  party.  '  Communist  marriages, '  not  blessed  by  benefit 
of  clergy,  founded  upon  this  color-and-race  combination  basis 
abounded  and  were  not  to  be  easily  dissolved  by  a  sweeping  mandate 
of  the  party,  so  the  party  had  no  alternative  other  than  to  permit 
them  to  continue — while  the  party  leaders  held  their  breath  and 
hoped  in  the  names  of  Marx,  Engels,  and  Lenin  that  the  public  would 
not  learn  of  them ! 

"Meanwhile  the  party  had  gone  through  some  extremely  unpleas- 
ant experiences  because  of  its  encouragement  of  interracial  affairs ; 
jilted  Negroes,  who  had  been  discarded  by  jaded  ' Comrades'  in  more 
cases  than  one  took  revenge  through  vindictive  retaliation  in  the 
form  of  physical  violence.  These  embarrassing  situations  were  kept 
as  quiet  as  possible,  with  a  significant  forebearance  from  any  form  of 
punishment  for  the  aggressor,  setting  a  precedent  in  the  annals  of 
Communist  Party  history.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  there  are 
no  present  allusions  to  the  odoriferous  section  of  the  Communist 
theory  which  endorses  salacity  and  which  decries  restraint  of  any 
personal  lust. 

"Even  the  Communist  press  came  in  for  a  wash-day  renovation. 
The  'Daily  Worker',  long  admitted  as  the  official  organ  of  the  Com- 
munist Party,  went  through  the  suds  of  deception  and  came  out  as 
white  as  snow  with  the  announcement  that  three  American  women 
(whose  ancestry  dates  way  back  to  there)  had  purchased  the  paper 
and  would  continue  its  publication  in  the  interests  of  'giving  the 
truth'  to  the  working  class.  It  was  to  be  a  purely  respectable  and 
humanitarian  venture,  of  course  !  (In  the  absence  of  a  better  known 
punctuation  mark  which  would  indicate  sarcasm  and  irony,  we  must 
be  content  with  the  exclamation  point. ) 

"In  California  a  similar  action  was  taken.  The  'Western 
Worker'  which  had  previously  been  the  official  organ  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  of  the  West  Coast,  also  went  through  the  wash  and 
returned  to  the  newsstand  as  the  'People's  World,'  completely 
freed  from  the  tell-tale  red  of  the  Communist  soil. 

"But — looking  behind  the  scenes  we  still  find  the  100  per  cent 
Communist  staffs  on  both  of  these  publications;  and  we  still  hear 
the  old  familiar  instructions  to  Party  members  to  'raise  $50,000 
for  the  People's  World  at  once  and  to  work  hard  to  build  up  the 
sustaining  fund  for  the  'Daily  Worker'." 

THE  COMMUNIST  PRESS 

William  Schneiderman,  former  Secretary  of  the  Communist  Party 
of  California,  and  presently  the  Secretary  of  the  Communist  Political 
Association  of  California,  was  examined  in  San  Francisco  in  reference 
to  many  matters,  among  which  was  the  "People's  Daily  World."  His 
testimony  in  this  connection,  is  as  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XXIV,  pp. 
313-319): 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs:  Now,  Mr.  Schneiderman,  here's  another 
question  that  may  seem  somewhat  naive — I  spoke  to  you  about  it 
before  you  were  sworn  to  testify — in  response  to  a  great  many  ques- 
tions that  have  been  asked  by  the  Committee  during  the  four  years 


94  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

of  its  existence  regarding  the  status  of  the  People's  Daily  World, 
as  to  whether  it  was  or  was  not  an  organ  of  the  Communist  Party, 
the  answer  has  been  universally  that  it  was  not.  We  have  run 
across  some  excerpts  from  the  Communist  Party  publications, 
official  publications,  that  would  indicate  it  is.  I'm  going  to  read 
the  excerpts  to  you  and  ask  you  whether  or  not  you  are  familiar 
with  them,  and  by  way  of  foundation  I  '11  ask  you  if  you  are  familiar 
with  the  old  Western  Worker? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  That  was  unquestionably  the  official  organ  of  the  Communist 
Party  of  this  State,  was  it  not? 

A.  Yes,  it  was. 

Q.  And  it  went  out  of  business  in  1938,  did  it  not? 

A.  Yes,  the  end  of  '37. 

Q.  And  it  was  succeeded  by  the  People 's  Daily  World,  was  it  not  ? 

A.  May  I  explain  that  ? 

Q.  Yes. 

A.  Originally  it  was  our  intention  to  publish  the  Western  Worker 
as  a  daily  newspaper.  When  we  began  to  go  over  the  budget  of 
how  much  it  would  be  to  run  a  daily  newspaper  it  became  obvious 
to  us  that  we  ourselves  couldn't  support  and  finance  a  Communist 
daily  newspaper,  so  we  gave  up  the  idea  and  agreed  to  support  the 
launching  of  an  independent  progressive  newspaper,  in  which  the 
Communists  participated  in  its  launching,  so  that  the  People's 
Daily  World  never  had  the  same  status  as  the  Western  Worker, 
which  was  the  official  organ  of  the  party. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  the  California  Guide,  which  was  pub- 
lished by  the  California  Communist  Party  in  1938  ? 

A.  I  believe  so,  yes. 

Q.  I'm  reading  from  the  California  Guide  of  1938  (reading)  : 
"We  open  the  New  Year  in  California  with  a  daily  people's  voice 
— -a  voice  which  will  be  heard  in  every  corner  of  our  State,  cham- 
pioning the  rights  of  all  the  oppressed  and  exploited — our  own 
People's  World."    Are  you  familiar  with  that  excerpt? 

A.  It  sounds  familiar. 

Mr.  Combs :  The  next  excerpt  is  from  the  Communist  Bulletin — 
I  don't  have  the  exact  title  of  this  here,  I  copied  it  verbatim  and  I 
don't  have  the  exact  title.    The  excerpt  is  as  follows  (reading)  : 

' '  In  the  first  instance  in  1938,  three  steps  were  necessary  in  bring- 
ing about  a  big  circulation  of  the  People's  Daily  World.  The  first 
step  was  to  establish  a  circulation  drive  committee  for  the  several 
forces" — I  don't  understand  it,  it  seems  ungrammatical — (con- 
tinuing to  read)  : 

"2.  To  organize  a  plan  around  which  this  unit  and  branches  could 
mobilize  their  work" — the  person  who  wrote  this  is  not  as  glib  as 
you  are,  Mr.  Schneiderman — (continuing  to  read)  : 

"3.  To  make  the  '42  drive  successful  by  seeing  to  it  that  every 
section,  unit  and  branch  shall  make  up  a  small  committee  to  direct 
the  work."    Did  you  ever  hear  of  anything  like  that? 

A.  I  can't  place  that.  We  have  never  made  a  secret  of  the  fact 
we  are  interested  in  building  the  People's  World  circulation,  since 
other  people  in  other  political  parties  wouldn  't. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  95 

Q.  The  Party  Organizer  was  issued  by  the  Communist  Party  of 
the  United  States — you  knew  that,  didn't  you? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  From  page  10  of  the  March,  1938,  issue  is  the  following 
(reading)  :  "We  have  repeatedly  emphasized  the  necessity  of 
utilizing  our  press  for  the  recruiting  of  new  members.  We  now 
stress  the  need  for  making  use  of  our  press  for  the  education  of 
those  who  join.  We  have  not  only  the  Daily  Worker  and  the  Sun- 
day Worker,  but  the  Mid- West  Daily  Record  and  the  West  Coast 
People's  Daily  World.  We  must  strive  to  make  our  new  members 
readers  of  our  daily  press.  That  is  not  all.  We  should  see  that 
these  new  comrades  receive  at  least  a  minimum  of  necessary  party 
literature  and  strive  to  popularize  The  Communist  and  the  Party 
Organizer  among  them." 

That  was  the  March  issue.  In  the  April  issue  of  the  Party 
Organizer  on  page  24  was  the  following  (reading)  :  "The  Party 
press  is  indispensable  in  recruiting.  Give  or  sell  copies  of  the 
Daily  Worker,  and  Sunday  Worker,  the  Midwest,  the  Daily  Record, 
the  western  People's  World  to  your  contacts,  your  friends  and 
fellow  workers.    Follow  up  the  list  of  readers  of  our  Party  press. ' ' 

That  is  from  an  article  "How  to  Recruit"  as  told  by  the  dele- 
gates to  the  National  Party  Builders  Congress.  The  next  excerpt 
is  from  the  Party  Organizer  for  April,  1938,  page  38  (reading)  : 

"Another  trade  unionist  among  the  same  group  became  so 
enthusiastic  about  finding  the  Party  that  he  immediately  asked  us 
to  bring  some  one  down  to  his  neighborhood  to  talk  about  the  Party. 
We  had  three  sessions  with  some  people  and  recruited  two  more. 
Another  important  new  member  is  a  Negro  woman  who  formerly 
did  important  work  in  the  Democratic  Party.  I  worked  with  this 
woman,  helped  her  build  a  woman's  group,  and  explained  how  we 
helped  build  organizations.  She  became  very  enthusiastic  about 
this  and  promised  to  arrange  classes  where  we  will  speak  to  pro- 
gressive Negroes  in  Los  Angeles  about  the  Party. 

"I  want  to  speak  about  one  of  our  other  comrades'  experiences. 
There  is  a  Chinese  laundry  in  her  neighborhood  and  all  of  our  com- 
rades had  been  collecting  clothes  and  money  for  the  Chinese  people. 
The  comrade  immediately  made  it  her  business  to  take  something 
there  every  week,  and  she  took  our  press  with  her,  the  People's 
World."  The  next  is  from  the  Party  Organizer  for  April,  1938, 
.page  5  (reading)  : 

"We  have  broken  into  the  trade  unions  with  our  People's  World, 
which  I  now  handle  instead  of  the  Daily  Worker.  I  have  special 
customers  for  the  Sunday  Worker.  It  has  been  much  harder  to  sell 
the  Daily  Worker  in  A.  F.  of  L.  unions  than  in  C.  I.  0.  unions,  but 
I  still  sell  the  Daily  Worker  there  too.  I  asked  the  workers  if  they 
know  about  the  Communist  Party  and  about  Communism.  They 
say,  'No!'  I  say:  'Read  that  paper,  read  something  for  your  own 
interest. '  That  is  how  I  get  them  to  read  the  People 's  World  and 
I  have  steady  customers  for  the  paper  in  the  A.  F.  of  L." 

Would  those  expressions  in  the  Party  Organizer  tend  to  make  it 
appear  to  the  layman  that  the  People's  World  was  an  official  organ 
of  the  Communist  Party  ? 


96  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  I  think  that  bears  out  the  statement  I  made  that  we  had 
originally  intended  to  publish  a  daily  newspaper  of  our  own.  Just 
the  term  "our  press"  doesn't  mean  it  is  an  official  organ  of  the 
Communist  Party.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  we  call  it  our  press,  it  is  the 
only  newspaper  that  gives  a  fair  and  objective  view  of  Communism 
without  red-baiting  and  without  distortion  such  as  we  usually 
expect  from  the  daily  newspapers. 

Q.  Who  is  the  owner  ? 

A.  It's  owned  by  a  corporation,  the  Pacific  Publishing  Founda- 
tion. 

Q.  That  corporation  was  formed  when? 

A.  I  think  two  or  three  years  ago. 

Q.  Before  that  it  was  a  co-partnership  ? 

A.  Before  that,  yes. 

Q.  Isn't  it  owned  by  a  co-partnership,  which  is  doing  business 
under  the  name  and  style  of  the  Pacific  Publishing  Company  ? 

A.  I  don 't  know.     It  is  a 

Q.   (Interrupting)  You  are  sure  it  is  a  corporation? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  How  do  you  know  that? 

A.  The  masthead  says  owned  by  West  Publishing,  Inc. 

Mr.  Combs:  I  thought  it  used  to  be  known  by  the  name  of  the 
World  Publishing  Company. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Do  you  know  any  of  the  stockholders  in  the 
foundation. 

A.  Yes,  some  of  them. 

Q.  Are  you  a  stockholder  ? 

A.  No. 

Mr.  Combs:  Q.  Mr.  Schneiderman,  the  People's  World  just  went 
into  a  new  building,  did  it  not,  not  long  ago? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Moved  to  a  new  building  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  When  was  tftat  about,  how  long  ago? 

A.  A  few  months  ago. 

Q.  Where  is  that  located  ? 

A.  I  don't  recall  the  address.     On  Folsom  Street. 

Q.  Do  you  write  for  the  paper  from  time  to  time  ? 

A.  No,  although  they  have  published  extracts  from  my  speeches 
or  articles  from  other  publications. 

Q.  Do  you  have  anything  to  do  with  the  policy? 

A.  Only  so  far  as  I  know  the  editors,  and  we,  naturally,  exchange 
views  on  questions. 

Q.  What  I  mean,  we're  not  trying  to  insinuate  anything,  but  what 
I'm  trying  to  get  is  an  expression  whether  you  do  or  do  not — do 
you  have  anything  to  do  with  the  formation  of  the  editorial  policy 
from  time  to  time  ? 

A.  I  'm  not  connected  with  the  editorial  board,  no. 

Q.  Not  officially — what  I  'm  trying  to  get  is  this :  Harrison  George 
is  the  editor  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  You  have  known  him  for  a  long  time  ? 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  97 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Does  he  ask  your  advice  about  the  editorial  policy  of  the  paper 
from  time  to  time  ? 
A.  Sometimes,  yes. 
Q.  Does  he  follow  it? 
A.  Not  always. 

Chairman  Tenney :  "Was  Mr.  George  a  member  of  the  Party  ? 
A.  Yes. 

Q.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Communist  Political  Association  ? 
A.  Yes,  1  believe  so. 

The  ''People's  Daily  World"  of  the  West  Coast  and  the  "Daily 
Worker"  of  New  York  constitute  but  a  small  part  of  the  printed  material 
constantly  distributed  by  the  Communists  in  the  United  States.  Each 
of  the  ' '  front ' '  organizations,  under  innocent  names,  publish  their  own 
organs.  "The  Communist"  is  a  monthly  publication  carrying  articles 
by  prominent  Communists  in  America.  In  line  with  the  current  policy 
of  the  Communists,  the  monthly  publication,  "The  Communist,"  will 
appear  in  a  new  format  in  January,  1945,  under  title  "Public  Affairs." 

Most  authoritative  and  most  revered  of  Communist  writers  and  modern 
Marxian  theoreticians  is  Lenin.  Stalin  is  considered  just  as  authorita- 
tive and  is  second  only  to  Lenin.  Communist  Party  propaganda  pamph- 
lets, containing  the  philosophy  of  Marx,  Lenin  and  Stalin,  can 
be  purchased  in  any  of  the  many  book  stores  sponsored  by  the 
Communists  in  California.  The  Progressive  Book  Shop  in  Los  Angeles 
and  the  Twentieth  Century  Book  Shop  in  San  Francisco  are  two  of  the 
prominent  distribution  centers  for  Communist  propaganda  in  Califor- 
nia. In  the  most  remote  corners  of  California  Communist  literature 
can  be  obtained  from  a  Communist  Party  member  assigned  to  that  task  by 
his  superiors. 

HAND-BOOK   FOR   REVOLUTION 

In  1939  a  Soviet  Commission  announced  the  publication  of  a  work 
which  was  to  be  the  textbook  for  Communist  Parties  throughout  the 
world.  This  work  includes  in  condensation  the  writings  of  Lenin  and 
Stalin  and  embodies  the  philosophy  of  Karl  Marx  and  Friedrich  Engels. 
It  traces  the  history  of  the  abortive  Russian  revolution  of  1905  and  the 
successful  revolution  of  October,  1917.  It  describes  in  minute  detail  the 
step  by  step  strategy  used  by  the  Bolsheviks  in  their  struggle  for  power 
in  Russia.  It  describes  Communist  infiltration  into  the  Army  and  Navy 
of  Russia ;  its  struggle  to  control  transportation  and  communication  facili- 
ties. The  book  was  printed  in  many  languages  and  distributed  in  every 
country  where  a  Communist  Party  was  organized.  Its  publication  was 
hailed  in  the  Communist  Party  press  of  the  United  States  as  a  work  to 
be  used  as  a  guide  for  revolutionary  action.  It  was  immediately  adopted 
for  Communist  beginner's  classes  and  study  groups  throughout  the 
United  States. 

COMMUNIST  POSTWAR  STRATEGY 

The  book  carefully  admonishes  Communists  everywhere  to  be  prepared 
to  take  full  advantage  of  internal  conflicts.  They  are  told  that  in  the 
event  of  a  world  war  they  must  be  alert  to  entrench  themselves  solidly 


98  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

in  order  to  be  prepared  to  take  advantage  of  post-war  economic  confu- 
sion. On  page  68  of  "The  Communist"  for  November,  1935.  appears  the 
following  statement : 

"The  Soviet  Union  will  be  forced,  in  case  of  war,  to  ally  herself 
with  Capitalist  power.  If  the  Soviet  government,  even  now,  is  forced 
to  adapt  its  diplomatic  methods  to  those  of  Capitalist  allies ;  if  the 
Communist  Party  of  the  Soviet  Union,  even  now,  disapproves  of 
the  Communist  Parties  of  the  countries  allied  to  the  Soviet  Union 
in  order  to  please  Capitalist  allies  and  asks  them  to  submit  to  the 
demands  of  their  Capitalist  war  ministers — if  this  is  happening  now, 
there  will  certainly,  in  the  event  of  war,  be  a  still  greater  danger 
that  the  war  policy  of  the  Soviet  Union  may  be  influenced  by  the 
pressure  of  her  Capitalist  allies,  and  that  therefore  her  revolutionary 
working-class  character  may  be  obscured  or  diluted.  In  view  of  this 
danger,  international  Socialism  must  insist  that  the  Soviet  govern- 
ment conduct  the  war  as  a  revolutionary  war,  a  war  of  propaganda 
with  a  view  to  bringing  about  the  working-class  revolution  in  Ger- 
many, and  to  facilitate  in  the  other  countries  the  use  of  war  for  the 
overthrow  of  the  Capitalist  regime.  .  .  .  Socialism  must  not 
forget  that  the  aims  of  the  Capitalist  governments  allied  on  the  side 
of  the  Soviet  Union  are  entirely  different  from  its  own.  It  must 
therefore  maintain,  with  regard  to  these  governments,  its  complete 
independence.  It  must  not  accept  political  responsibility  for  their 
conduct  of  the  war.  It  must  not  enter  into  a  'civil  peace'  with 
them."   (Italics  ours.) 

The  Communist  plan  for  the  control  of  the  countries  of  Europe,  after 
the  anticipated  world  war,  is  set  forth  in  "The  Communist"  for  Novem- 
ber, 1935,  at  page  1065  : 

' '  The  capitalist  governments  will  go  to  war  with  the  intention  of 
destroying  Germany's  power  forever.  .  .  .  Our  aim  can  only 
be  to  bring  about  the  working-class  revolution  in  Germauy,  and,  as 
soon  as  the  revolution  is  victorious,  immediately  to  make  peace  with 
the  new  working-class  Germany  .  .  .  and  to  bring  about  the 
union  of  all  the  European  nations  and  the  federations  of  Socialist 
workers  and  peasants  States.     .     .     . 

"The  capitalist  governments  will  at  first  try  to  defeat  Germany 
in  alliance  with  the  Soviet  Union.  Every  victory  of  the  Soviet  Union 
will  add  to  her  reputation  in  Europe  and  Asia,  and  thereby  endanger 
the  Capitalist  system.  Soon  the  countries  allied  to  the  Soviet  Union  • 
will  be  more  afraid  of  the  victories  of  their  ally  than  of  the  victories 
of  the  common  enemy.  Having  first  tried  to  defeat  Germany  they 
will,  on  the  very  day  after  the  common  victory,  turn  on  the  Soviet 
Union  in  order  to  save  the  Capitalist  system.  Against  this,  our 
aim  must  be  first  to  defeat  Fascism  by  a  common  effort,  and  then 
to  organize  in  common  with  the  Soviet  Union  ,and  the  victorious 
German  revolution  the  Socialist  economy  of  Europe. 

' '  Therefore  the  Socialist  parties  of  the  democratic  countries  allied 
to  the  Soviet  Union,  from  the  first  day  of  the  war,  must  make  the 
masses  understand  the  difference  between  their  own  aims  and  those 
of  the  Capitalist  classes."    (Italics  ours.) 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  99 

In  "Foundations  of  Leninism",  at  page  54,  Stalin  declares  : 

"Today,  both  in  England  and  America,  'essential  for  every  real 
people's  revolution',  is  the  break-up,  the  shattering  of  the  'ready 
made '  big  machinery.  In  other  words,  the  war  of  violent  revolution, 
the  war  of  destruction  and  the  machinery  of  the  bourgeois  States, 
as  a  condition  precedent  for  such  revolution,  is  an  inevitable  law 
of  the  revolutionary  movement  of  the  imperialist  countries.  .  .  . 
Lenin  is  right  in  saying :  '  The  proletarian  revolution  is  impossible 
without  the  violent  destruction  of  the  bourgeois  big  machine,  and 
its  replacement  by  a  new  one'." 

The  Communists  of  California  were  quick  to  capitalize  on  the  distress 
of  the  unemployed  during  the  depression.  When  the  migration  of  agri- 
cultural workers  from  the  so-called  dust  bowl  region  began  to 
seriously  aggravate  the  unemployed  situation  in  California,  the 
Communists  immediately  launched  a  campaign  designed  to  control 
the  State  Relief  Administration  of  the  State.  Party  members  were  suc- 
cessful in  securing  appointments  and  jobs  in  this  agency,  at  the  same 
time  clamoring  vociferously  for  greater  appropriations  from  the  State 
Legislature.  They  sought  to  increase  the  personnel  of  the  staff  of  the 
Belief  Administration  and  to  extend  qualifications  for  relief,  thus  neces- 
sitating the  need  for  greater  appropriations.  Communist  employees  of 
the  State  Relief  Administration  affiliated  with  the  "State,  County  and 
Municipal  Workers  of  America"  (SCMTWA),  a  Communist-inspired  and 
dominated  organization.  Applicants  for  relief  soon  learned  that  their 
appeals  to  the  Relief  Administration  were  postponed  and  disregarded 
until  they  became  affiliated  with  "The  Worker's  Alliance",  a  Commu- 
nist organization  headed  by  Alexander  Noral,  a  registered  member  of 
the  Communist  Party.  An  Assembly  Investigating  Committee  was  cre- 
ated, and  after  a  series  of  public  hearings  and  reports  to  the  Legislature, 
the  Communist  members  were  dismissed  from  their  positions  in  the 
State  Relief  Administration.  As  a  result,  the  Communists  plan  to  use  an 
economic  crisis  for  recruiting  hundreds  of  thousands  of  unemployed 
people  into  the  Party  was  thwarted. 

The  policy  of  the  world-wide  Communist  movement  in  taking  advan- 
tage of  major  conflicts,  such  as  the  present  war,  for  the  purpose  of  getting 
control  of  one  country  after  another,  is  being  revealed  in  the  daily  press 
as  this  report  is  written.  Within  the  past  few  days  a  commission  of  the 
United  States  Government  has  been  ordered  nut  of  Bulgaria  by  the 
Soviet  Union.  British  troops  are  being  compelled  to  fight  in  Greece 
against  a  group  of  Greek  Communists  who  are  endeavoring  to  forcibly 
overthrow  the  tottering  vestige  of  government  and  seize  permanent  con- 
trol for  themselves.  Italy  had  barely  surrendered  when  emissaries  from 
the  Soviet  Union  appeared  and  started  to  conduct  huge  mass  meetings 
for  the  purpose  of  seizing  control  of  the  government.  In  France,  Maurice 
Thorez,  the  Communist  leader  who  fled  to  the  Soviet  Union  in  exile  when 
the  war  started  in  1939,  has  returned  and  is  now  organizing 
the  Communists  in  that  country.  The  Soviet  Union  has  organized  a  group 
of  Germans  into  a  "Free  Germany  Committee"  for  the  purpose  of  Bol- 
shevizing  postwar  Germany. 

For  a  great  many  years  the  countries  of  India  and  China  have  been 
fertile  fields  for  Communist  agitation.     The  situation  in  these  countries 


100  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

is  similar  to  the  situation  that  existed  in  Russia  prior  to  the  revolution  of 
1917.  In  both  India  and  China  the  governments  are  weak.  The  Com- 
munists of  both  countries  are  working  for  the  destruction  of  the  respec- 
tive governments  under  Moscow  directives  and  are  making  headway. 

William  Schneiderman,  Secretary  of  the  Communist  Political  Associa- 
tion of  California,  was  examined  by  the  committee  October  27,  1944,  in 
San  Francisco,  concerning  the  International  aspects  of  Communism.  As 
the  basis  for  this  examination  he  was  asked  about  the  textbook  compiled 
by  the  Soviet  Commission,  published  in  1939,  and  distributed  in  every 
country  in  which  a  Communist  Party  was  functioning.  Schneiderman 
stated  that  the  volume  was  printed  in  27  languages.  He  denied  that  the 
book  was  being  extensively  used  at  the  present  time.  He  admitted  that 
there  were  Communist  Parties  functioning  in  the  United  States,  Mexico, 
South  America,  China,  India,  Canada,  Germany,  Italy  and  France.  He 
stated  that  all  of  these  Parties  were  founded  on  the  same  philosophy,  that 
their  members  studied  the  same  textbooks,  followed  the  socialism  of  Karl 
Marx,  and,  generally,  conformed  to  the  Communist  Party  "line"  as  it 
developed  and  changed  from  time  to  time. 

SCHNEIDERMAN   ON   MARXISM 

Examined  on  the  subject  of  Marxian  dialectic,  William  Schneiderman 
testified  as  follows  (Com.  Tr.  Vol.  XXIV,  pp.  285-288)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs:  Isn't  it  a  fact  that  the  essence  of  the  Com- 
munist ideology  is  found  in  chapter  four  of  the  textbook  that  I  have 
just  mentioned,  the  chapter  being  entitled  historical  and  dialectical 
materialism  ? 

A.  That  gives  a  basis  for  the  philosophy  of  Marxism.  Not  neces- 
sarily all  of  the  Marxian  ideology. 

Q.  What  is  meant  from  a  Communist  standpoint  or  a  Marxist 
standpoint  by  dialectical  materialism  ? 

A.  It 's  a  scientific  method  of  thought  which  describes  the  laws  of 
motion  of  society,  and  that's  about  the  limit  that  I  could  give  you 
verbally.  If  you  want  a  more  precise  definition,  I'll  be  glad  to 
write  it  and  have  it  included  in  the  record. 

Q.  No,  it  was  a  preliminary  question.  My  next  question :  Do  they 
teach  embryonic  students  historical  and  dialectic  materialism? 

A.  I  have  never  taught  the  subject,  so  I  couldn't  say.  It's  a 
rather  complicated  subject. 

Q.  Yes,  I  know. 

A.  It 's  a  subject  for  more  advanced  students.  We  don 't  in  public 
activities  discuss  philosophy,  naturally.  A  small  minority  of  the 
people  are  interested  in  the  philosophy. 

Q.  But  the  Communist  ideology  was  essentially  predicated  on 
philosophy  ? 

A.  Yes,  materialistic  philosophy. 

Q.  And  still  is  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Now,  Mr.  Schneiderman,  you  recall  when  the  Comintern  or  the 
Third  International  was  dissolved,  do  you  not  ? 

A.  Yes. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  101 

Q.  Was  there  any  change  in  the  essential  attitude  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  after  the  dissolution  of  the  Comintern,  so  far  as  its 
basic  ideas  and  objects  were  concerned? 

A.  No. 

Q.  It  remained  the  same  afterwards  as  it  did  before  ? 

A.  That's  right, 

Q.  Has  there  been  any  change  in  the  basic  objectives  and  pur- 
poses and  ideology  of  the  Communist  movement  in  the  United  States 
after  the  formation  of  the  Communist  Political  Association? 

A.  Yes,  there  has.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  even  before  the  formation 
of  the  Political  Association. 

Q.  How  long  before  ? 

A.  I  would  date  it  about  January  of  this  year. 

Q.  January  1st  ? 

A.  The  month  of  January. 

Q.  And  what  event  brought  about  that  change  ? 

A.  The  event  which  caused  us  to  revise  our  estimates  of  what  is 
likely  to  happen  was  the  Teheran  Conference  that  took  place  between 
the  American,  British  and  Soviet  Governments. 

Q.  Now,  Mr.  Schneiderman 

A.  (Interrupting)  Just  another  sentence  or  two — we  came  to 
the  conclusion  that  this  marked  a  basic  and  fundamental  change  in 
the  whole  world  situation  by  bringing  about  a  world  coalition,  and 
instead  of  fighting  each  other  we  saw  a  long  and  indefinite  period  of 
peace  and  stable  relations  in  all  countries  as  a  result  of  the  victory 
in  this  war,  and  we  came  to  a  conclusion  as  a  result  of  this  coalition 
and  cooperation  on  an  international  scale  that  resulted  from  the 
conference  at  Teheran  that  American  capitalism  had  a  very  bright 
future  of  prosperity,  strength  and  stability,  for  the  first  time  it 
found  a  world  market  which  could  take  care  of  all  the  goods  this 
country  could  possibly  produce. 

Q.  You  have  given  an  excellent  example  of  the  process  of  dialectic 
materialism  ? 

A.  I  suppose  you  could  call  it  that. 

Q.  In  other  words,  the  attitude  of  the  party  in  this  country 
changed  because  of  the  fact  they  view  these  events  through  the  lenses 
of  Marxism  or  dialectical  materialism,  isn  't  that  true  ? 

A.  That's  right. 

Q.  Did  the  same  change  of  attitude  occur  when  the  Germans 
invaded  the  Soviet  Union  in  June,  1941  ? 

A.  What  do  you  mean,  the  same  change  of  attitude  ? 

Q.  Was  it  again  the  application  of  dialectical  materialism  that 
resulted  in  that  change  of  attitude? 

A.  No.  I  believe  that  many  people  who  are  not  Marxists  devel- 
oped a  change  of  attitude  on  the  world  situation. 

Q.  Unquestionably  we  could 

A.  (Interrupting)  We  found  the  change  of  the  history  that  was 
marked  by  Munich,  that  is,  appeasement — appeasement  of  Hitler, 
and  that  this  had  changed  into  an  entirely  different  war  because  of 
the  attack  by  the  Germans  on  the  Soviet  Union,  and  it  was  recog- 
nized by  the  American  Government,  and  they  changed  their  views 
and  pronouncements  very  considerably  after  June,  1941, 


102  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Q.  Getting  back  to  the  basic  question,  wouldn't  you  say  that 
was  a  change  of  attitude  of  the  Communist  working  of  dialectic 
materialism  again? 

A.  I  suppose  so. 

Thus,  no  less  an  authority  than  William  Schneiderman,  former  secre- 
tary of  the  Communist  Party  of  California,  and  presently  secretary  of 
the  Communist  Political  Association  of  California,  tells  us  in  Marxian 
language  that  the  Communist  Political  Association  is  just  the  same  as 
the  Communist  Party  that  preceded  it.  Its  change  of  name  and  change 
of  policy  is  in  strict  conformance  with  Marxian  dialectic  and  a  result 
of  the  Marxian  materialistic  interpretation  of  history  plus  a  Leninistic 
"sharp  turn."     The  painted  leopard  is  a  leopard  still. 

The  Teheran  Conference  where  Stalin,  Churchill  and  Roosevelt  met 
to  discuss  the  problems  of  their  respective  nations  regarding  the  common 
war  effort,  was  proclaimed  by  Communists  throughout  the  world  as  a 
breath-taking  and  profound  event.  There  was  nothing  exciting  to  the 
Communists  in  the  meetings  which  had  previously  taken  place  between 
Churchill  and  Roosevelt  and  between  Churchill  and  Stalin.  But  when 
Marshal  Stalin,  Secretary  of  the  Third  Communist  International,  the 
infallible  head  of  the  Communist  religion,  leaves  Moscow  and  travels  to 
Teheran  for  the  purpose  of  conferring  with  Churchill  and  Roosevelt, 
the  event  becomes  earth-shaking  and  Marxists  everywhere  view  it  through 
the  spectacles  of  dialectical  materialism. 

American  Communists  again  removed  their  proletarian  overalls, 
donned  dinner-jackets  and  attempted  to  assume  an  air  of  respectability. 
They  had  made  the  change  before  and  they  did  it  again  with  the  same 
bland  indifference  that  characterized  their  leap  from  "The  British 
Imperialist  War  "  to  "  The  People 's  war. ' ' 

At  its  New  York  Convention  the  "Party"  went  through  the  motions 
of  committing  political  suicide.  The  Communist  Party  of  the  United 
States  was  dissolved.  In  the  same  breath  and  in  the  same  convention 
the  Communist  Political  Association  of  the  United  States  was  born. 
Shortly  thereafter  the  Young  Communist  League  met  in  convention, 
apparently  committed  hari-kari  and  in. the  same  meeting  brought  forth 
a  new  organization,  " American  Youth  for  Democracy."  The  same  thing 
happened  in  Canada.  All  of  these  "quick  changes'-'  took  place,  accord- 
ing to  Communist  reasoning,  because  Roosevelt,  Churchill  and  Stalin 
had  met  and  discussed  international  affairs  at  Teheran. 

The  sixth  period  of  Communist  strategy  in  the  United  States  may 
have  ended  with  the  Teheran  Conference  and  the  frantic  name-changing 
in  official  Communist  Party  organizations.  The  committee  is  entirely 
too  close  to  the  picture  at  this  writing  to  definitely  state  whether  the 
sixth  period  closed  with  this  event  or  whether  it  was  a  logical  develop- 
ment of  the  same  period.  Whether  it  was  merely  a  continuance  of  the 
sixth  period  or  the  ushering  in  of  the  seventh,  the  committee  states 
unequivocally  that  a  new  period  in  Communist  strategy  in  the  United 
States  will  begin  when  the  war  is  concluded.  The  Communists  of 
America  have  carefully  laid  the  ground  work  and  are  prepared  for  the 
events  that  are  to  come.  They  expect  social  upheaval  and  economic 
disruption  to  follow  in  the  wake  of  war.  They  believe  that  there  will 
be  a  bitter  and  discontented  people  throughout  this  broad  country  of 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  103 

ours;  widespread  unemployment,  rising  prices  and  staggering  public 
debts.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of  war  veterans  will  be  attempting  to 
adjust  themselves  to  civil  life.  The  groundwork  for  race  riots  is  already 
laid.  There  will  be  confusion  and  chaos.  Hundreds  of  thousands  of 
workers  will  be  discharged  from  closing  wartime  factories,  swelling  the 
army  of  the  unemployed.  They  believe  they  will  be  in  a  position  to 
foment  dissension.  The  Communists  of  the  United  States  and  of  the 
world  have  a  program.  Although,  as  has  been  shown  in  this  Report, 
there  is  nothing  "scientific"  about  Marxism,  it  is,  nevertheless,  a  blue- 
print for  revolution. 

An  informed  public  is  the  only  obstacle  in  the  path  of  the  dictator- 
ship of  the  proletariat ;  the  only  power  that  can  stop  the  march  of  Red 
Fascism. 

The  Communist  fight  against  legislative  committees  investigating 
subversive  activities  is  understandable.  They  know  that  the  dark  corners 
of  their  alleged  philosophies  can  not  stand  sunlight ;  that  their  machina- 
tions and  intrigues  can  not  withstand  exposure.  They  know  that  once 
the  people  learn  that  their  "scientific  socialism"  is  "phoney"  and  that 
their  "dictatorship  of  the  proletariat"  is  slavery  and  Red  Fascism,  they 
will  be  compelled  to  go  out  of  business.  The  F.  B.  I.  can  only  arrest 
them  when  they  break  the  law.  They  have  the  International  Labor 
Defense  for  these  occasions  and  "defense  committees"  which  collect 
money  and  create  causes  celebre — and  it's  good  propaganda  for  the 
revolution.     The  people  do  not  understand. 

The  Communist  fight  against  legislative  committees  investigating 
subversive  activities,  we  repeat,  is  quite  understandable. 


COMMUNIST  STRATEGY  IN  THE  WESTERN  HEMISPHERE 

Communist  strategy  for  the  conquest  of  North  and  South  America 
has  lost  none  of  its  cunning  since  the  beginning  of  its  sixth  period 
marked  by  Hitler 's  invasion  of  Russia.  The  committee  finds  that  plans 
for  the  destruction  of  the  institutions  and  democracy  of  the  United 
States,  as  well  as  for  the  destruction  of  Mexican,  Central  and  South 
American  republics,  are  being  carefully  laid  and  worked  out  with  vicious 
exactitude,  even  while  Communist  spokesmen  call  for  "unity"  and 
"world  peace."  The  committee  finds  that  the  Communist  objective  for 
the  violent  and  forceful  overthrow  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States,  and  of  the  Governments  of  Mexico,  Central  and  South  America, 
is  being  carried  forward  now  and  that  Communist  strategists  believe  their 
efforts  will  be  crowned  with  success  within  a  decade. 

The  June  24,  1944,  issue  of  the  Mexican  pictorial  publication,  Manana, 
contained  the  speech  of  a  Chilean  Senator,  Elias  Laferte,  before  the 
ninth  Congress  of  the  Communist  Party  of  Mexico.  The  May  22,  1044, 
issue  of  the  New  York  Times  states  that  Chilean  Senator,  Elias  Laferte 
(which  is  the  correct  spelling)  is  President  of  the  Communist  Party  of 
Chile,  and  that  he  attended  the  1944  National  Convention  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  of  the  United  States  of  America  held  in  New  York  City, 
in  May,  1944,  at  which  time  the  name  of  the  organization  was  changed 
to  the  Communist  Political  Association. 


104  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

The  "Corporation  Carp,"  mentioned  in  the  translation  of  Laferte's 
speech,  is  apparently  the  Carp  Export  and  Import  Company,  headed  by- 
Sam  Carp,  whose  brother-in-law  is  Molotov,  the  Soviet  Premier.  (See 
the  Dies  Committee  Report  for  extensive  details  on  Carp.)  The  "Lom- 
barclo,"  mentioned  frequently,  is  Vincento  Lombardo  Toledano,  head  of 
the  Confederation  of  Latin-American  Workers. 

The  translation  of  the  editorial  note  preceding  Elias  Laf erte  's  speech 
is  as  follows : 

"On  the  18th  of  last  May,  somewhere  in  Mexico  City,  the  most 
important  leaders  of  National  Communism,  in  company  with  other 
foreign  comrades  —  Sokolov  —  among  them  —  met  mysteriously  to 
bring  to  a  close,  by  secret  session,  the  Ninth  Congress  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  of  Mexico,  which  had  been  openly  begun  in  the  Palace 
of  Fine  Arts.  The  culminating  speech  was  to  be  delivered  by  one 
of  the  most  important  Red  Leaders  of  America,  Lafferte,  Chilean 
Deputy,  invited  to  dictate  assignments  to  the  Mexican  companions. 
Days  earlier,  another  prominent  Marxist  figure  —  Sokolov  —  had 
explained  how  the  sovietization  of  Mexico  had  been  thoroughly 
studied  and  planned  from  Moscow  ("Excelsior"  Friday,  June  16, 
first  page).  Lafferte  went  farther:  He  singled  out  Catholicism  as 
the  most  formidable  enemy  of  Communism  in  its  struggle  to  get 
control  of  power  in  America,  and  in  a  sensational  passage  of  his 
speech,  he  pointed  out  the  methods  which  Communism  must  employ 
on  this  continent,  to  disparage  first,  and  to  destroy  later,  the  religious 
forces  which  stand  in  the  pathway  of  Moscow's  Bolshevizing  of 
America.  One  of  the  most  important  continental  Communist 
leaders  of  European  stock,  Lafferte,  explained  what  had  been  until 
now  the  political  assumption  for  Marxism  in  America ;  what  tactics 
must  be  used ;  what  procedure  must  be  followed  to  obtain  in  a  brief 
time  the  control  of  a  continent  which — he  explains — is  found  at  the 
present  time  under  the  yoke  of  two  imperialisms :  the  Catholic  and 
the  Anglo  Saxon.  After  an  intensive  reporter  effort  Manana  has 
secured  the  authentic  documentation  of  the  historic  gathering  of  the 
18th  of  May  and  presents  in  these  following  pages  the  opinions 
poured  out  by  Lafferte,  according  to  the  stenographic  version  of  the 
above  mentioned  closing  session. 

' '  America — Mexico  particularly — is  on  the  point  of  receiving  the 
blow!" 

The  article  as  it  appears  in  Manana  is  titled  "A  Sensational  Docu- 
ment, The  Plan  For  The  Sovietization  of  America."  The  English  trans- 
lation of  the  entire  article  follows : 

' '  C.  Bias  Manrique  :  Due  to  the  absence  of  Comrade  Livinson  the 
lecture  is  postponed.  Comrade  Lafferte  has  the  floor  and  will  dictate 
his  lecture  as  the  final  act  of  our  Congress.  It  is  requested  that  the 
comrades  who  have  not  yet  received  their  stipend  for  expenses,  will 
report  to  the  offices  of  Licenciado  (Attorney)  Livinson  in  the 
Workers '  University  from  6  to  8  at  night,  bearing  their  correspond- 
ing receipts  and  expense  accounts.  It  is  requested  of  the  comrades 
that  before  leaving  the  hall,  they  will  come  by  and  get  their  sup- 
plies of  propaganda  and  final  instructions  for  their  respective  zones. 
The  comrades  of  the  Federal  District,  Jalisco  and  Nuevo  Leon, 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  105 

have  been  designated  to  accompany  Comrades  Lafferte,  Duran  and 
Davies  Ben  to  the  airport  tomorrow  when  they  will  leave  on  urgent 
business  for  the  United  States.  The  delegates  only,  will  accompany 
the  Presidium  on  a  courtesy  visit  to  the  high  functionaries  of 
Mexico — which  was  solicited  and  granted  by  them — the  Generals 
Maximino  Avila  Camacho,  Lazaro  Cardenas,  Antonio  Villalobos; 
then  all  comrades  must  attend  the  banquet  at  Pena  Montanese  in 
honor  of  Comrade  Lafferte.  On  the  19th  and  20th,  the  secretary  of 
the  Party  will  receive  and  dispatch  the  Zone  Chiefs  dealing  with 
local  affairs.    Comrade  Lafferte  now  has  the  floor. 

ADDRESS  OF  COMMUNIST  LAFERTE 

"C.  Lafferte :  In  a  few  words,  in  order  not  to  tire  the  Assembly's 
attention  I  shall  refer  to  the  general  situation  of  the  American 
Continent,  of  England,  and  of  Russia,  for  what  it  is  doing  to  our 
World  Communist  Party.  To  clarify  concepts  it  is  necessary  to 
point  out  that  the  U.  S.  S.  R.,  the  government  of  Marshal  Stalin 
continues  faithful  to  the  legitimate  orientations  which  you  have  just 
listened  to.  She  continues  being  faithful  a  hundred  per  cent,  and 
it  is  not  convenient  among  ourselves  to  attach  any  importance  to 
the  tactics  of  the  fight  which  from  time  to  time  is  promulgated  from 
Moscow  and  other  places  controlled  by  Marxism,  with  the  purpose 
of  appeasing  the  distrust  and  suspicion  of  the  capitalist  system. 
In  these  moments  in  which  the  war  effort  of  the  United  Nations 
must  be  harmonious  in  order  to  end  the  might  of  the  Axis,  the  oppor- 
tunities for  the  infiltration  of  Communism  throughout  the  world  are 
superb,  not  only  the  proletarian  field,  but  also  in  the  intellectual  and 
cultural  field,  in  the  military  field,  in  the  field  of  finance  and  inter- 
national commerce.  In  regard  to  the  proletarian  field,  our  base 
consists  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Syndicates  which  maintains  relations 
with  some  countries  such  as  the  Workers'  Congress  of  England,  the 
labor  organizations  of  India,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Africa,  the 
C.  I.  0.  of  the  United  States,  the  Railroad  Brotherhood  of  that  coun- 
try, and  the  C.  T.  A.  L.  in  Latin  America.  Within  these  organiza- 
tions the  Communist  units  have  a  sufficient  control  to  permit  us  to 
have  hopes  of  triumph.  If  it  is  true  that  the  English  labor  leader 
is  not  adapted  to  ideological  orientation  in  our  cause,  we  have  in 
Hillman  and  in  Lombardo  two  prominent  authorities  on  this  con- 
tinent. In  order  to  succeed  in  Latin  America  we  have  contingents 
in  the  General  Federation  of  Labor  organized  in  Argentina  through 
councils  and  national  federations  of  industry.  We  all  know  what 
the  present  situation  in  Argentina  is,  and  for  that  reason  it  is  clear 
to  say  nothing.  But  their  Marxist  chiefs  have  succeeded  in  escap- 
ing from  the  persecution  of  the  government,  and  only  a  few  of  the 
most  prominent  have  been  taken  prisoner  as  have  been  a  few  of  the 
workers'  leaders.  Nevertheless  the  crisis  which  will  be  provoked 
by  the  Argentine  expropriations  by  the  Anglo  Saxon  governments 
will  favor  Communist  infiltration.  It  is  to  be  studied  in  the  case  of 
Argentine  how  hatred  of  the  Anglo  Saxons  can  be  taken  as  an 
advantage  in  favor  of  our  cause  when  they  see  they  must  fall  under 
the  domination  of  the  Anglo-American  arms.  Other  countries 
which  have  fallen  under  the  influence  of  the  present  nationalistic 


108  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Argentine  government  are  Paraguay,  Peru,  Bolivia,  and  in  part  the 
Government  of  Chile,  my  own  country.  Nevertheless  all  this 
wooden  frame  will  crumble  when  the  Argentina  Government  falls. 
The  revolution  which  is  being  germinated  under  our  direction  and 
aid  in  those  countries  will  be  aided  by  the  United  States,  England, 
and  Brazil.  The  directive  elements  of  the  federation  of  workers 
in  Paraguay  are  at  present  in  exile  because  of  the  persecution  dealt 
them  by  the  new  government,  but  there  as  in  Bolivia  we  have  suc- 
ceeded in  having  the  Anglo  Saxon  diplomacy  not  recognize  the  new 
government,  placing  it  in  the  same  position  as  Argentina.  In  Chile 
the  Communist  Party  and  the  Federation  of  Labor  work  in  open 
cooperation,  and  we  take  part  in  the  government.  Economic  neces- 
sity has  forced  the  Rios  Government  to  recognize  Argentina. 
Nevertheless,  we  have  great  hope  that  the  very  government  of  Rios 
will  aid  the  communistic  revolutions  which  will  take  place  in  those 
countries  utilizing  the  above  mentioned  conditions.  The  case  of 
Venezuela  and  Colombia,  countries  perfectly  controlled  by  Anglo- 
American  Imperialism,  are  difficult  because  there  we  do  not,  as  yet, 
have  the  situation  very  well  controlled.  It  has  been  necessary  to 
insist  that  the  present  President  of  Colombia  not  renounce  his  office 
because  new  elections  could  be  fatal  for  the  liberal  regime  which  per- 
mits the  existence  of  the  Communist  Party.  The  Colombian  Fed- 
eration of  Labor  is  organized  by  Communist  councils  and  we  have 
the  control  of  the  organization.  Not  so  in  Venezuela  where  the  laws 
which  have  lately  been  promulgated  are  contrary  to  us;  but  are 
unable  to  make  an  open  fight  against  the  present  government  of 
Venezuela  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that  it  would  signify  our  complete 
defeat  in  that  country.  In  Ecuador  we  have  organized  the  National 
Committee  of  Ecuadorian  Labor  which  is  in  the  phase  of  agitation 
and  union  propaganda.  Also  in  Peru,  there  only  exists  a  National 
Committee  of  Unification  of  Workers,  formed  by  our  units,  but 
which  has  found  a  very  strong  resistance  from  government  and  the 
other  social  classes. 

Communist  International  Intrigue 

' '  The  revolutions  set  for  El  Salvador  have  placed  the  plutocratic 
government  on  the  alert,  and  I  have  information  that  the  persecu- 
tions against  our  clubs  have  intensified.  Notwithstanding,  in  the 
United  States  I  shall  utilize  this  information  to  get  the  Department 
of  State,  in  Washington,  to  intervene  in  favor  of  our  units,  designat- 
ing them  as  democratic  revolutions  struggling  for  democracy  and 
in  favor  of  the  United  Nations.  The  same  gestures  were  success- 
fully obtained  here  in  Mexico,  and  we  have  been  assured  that  Mexico 
will  intervene  in  favor  of  revolutionists  seized  in  Nicaragua,  Puerto 
Rico,  Dominican  Republic,  Peru,  Ecuador,  and  Venezuela. 

"In  respect  to  Costa  Rica  the  government  will  be  organized  by 
elements  in  sympathy  with  our  ideology  in  union  with  President 
Picado  P. ;  and  the  strengthening  of  our  cause  has  been  favored 
by  the  establishment  of  relations  with  the  USSR.  I  consider  it 
convenient  to  indicate  that  the  activities  of  the  units  in  all  these 
republics  of  the  South  are  being  favored  by  the  diplomatic  activities 
of  the  Minister  of  Foreign  Relations  of  the  Government  of  Moscow, 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  107 

supported  by  the  Department  of  State  in  "Washington,  and  the  Sec- 
retary of  Foreign  Relations  in  Mexico,  because  at  the  time  of  estab- 
lishing diplomatic  relations,  the  cultural  missions,  the  commercial 
and  financial  missions  which  now  have  their  main  office  in  the 
embassy  of  Oumansky  and  in  the  financial  offices  of  Corporation 
Carp  and  Agency  Amtorg  of  Washington  :  and  those  which  possibly 
may  be  installed  in  Canada  favor  the  Communist  infiltration  in 
Latin  America.  As  fighting  tactics,  there  has  been  installed  a 
branch  of  both  agencies  in  Canada,  in  order  to  place  in  competition 
the  American  industrialists  and  business  men  against  the  indus- 
trialists and  business  men  of  the  Federation  of  the  British  Nations. 
All  the  English  business  interests  of  Latin  America  will  try  to  sell 
in  the  U.  S.  S.  R.  through  the  offices  of  Carp  Corporation  and 
Amtorg  Agency  of  Canada.  All  North  American  interests  will  do 
the  same  in  the  respective  offices  in  Washington.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  financial,  industrial,  business  Russian  experts  will  travel 
throughout  the  American  continent  accompanied  by  Canadian, 
English  and  American  financiers,  business  men  and  industrialists. 
Thus  our  work  will  be  facilitated  for  controlling  the  countries  of 
this  continent. 

Communist  Infiltration 

"With  reference  to  the  cultural  tasks,  the  infiltration  of  units  in 
the  student  masses  of  all  countries  will  permit  a  sweep  toward  the 
Russian  culture,  supported  by  the  diplomatic  offices.  The  intellec- 
tuals, who  by  monetary  necessity  will  accept  collaboration  with 
the  Government  offices  of  the  USSR  on  this  continent  and  with 
the  newspaper  agencies  of  our  propaganda  parties  in  all  countries, 
also  will  give  a  cultural  character  to  Communist  infiltration.  We 
have  societies  of  friends  of  the  USSR  in  Brazil,  Colombia,  Uruguay, 
Chile,  Costa  Rica,  El  Salvador,  Mexico,  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  The  intellectual  groups  which  are  working  in  favor  of 
the  liberation  of  France,  Germany,  Poland,  Spain,  etc.,  also  will 
become  agents  of  our  Cause  as  are  those  which  are  already  organized. 

Military  and  Religious  Opposition  to  Communism 

"Let  it  not  be  believed  that  the  success  which  we  have  attained 
in  the  proletarian,  cultural,  and  financial  fields  is  placing  triumph 
within  our  grasp.  The  military  and  religious  organizations,  the 
same  as  the  capitalistic  interests,  are  our  strongest  enemies.  In 
Argentina  and  in  Brazil,  the  military  and  the  Catholics  are  strongly 
united  in  power.  There,  only  the  cultural  and  financial  missions 
are  working  tranquilly  in  our  favor.  In  Chile  the  military  question 
is  serious  enough,  although  the  religious  is  very  weak.  In  Colombia, 
the  reverse  is  true,  the  religious  question  is  very  strong  and  the 
military  is  almost  in  our  favor.  But,  while  in  Brazil,  Argentina, 
and  Chile,  the  capitalist  interests  do  not  pay  much  attention  to 
social  struggles,  in  Colombia  and  in  Venezuela  where  there  are 
elements  prepared  for  the  struggle  against  our  cause,  we  find  inter- 
ests alert  to  anything  which  signifies  the  infiltration  of  our  ideology 
and  they  will  fight  us  to  the  bloody  finish.  Of  that  we  have  proof 
by  the  way  in  which  our  comrade  Lombardo  has  been  treated  in  his 
visits  to  those  countries.     The  press  became  enraged  against  him. 


108  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Nevertheless,  at  least  as  far  as  Colombia  is  concerned  the  Government 
is  on  our  side.  In  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Cuba,  Costa  Rica  the 
government  sympathizes  with  our  cause,  and  we  can  say  that  the 
military  problem  does  not  exist  for  us;  but  there  does  exist  and 
in  a  form  quite  strong,  the  religious  problem  and  the  capitalist 
interest,  especially  the  Anglo-American  investments  which  have 
already  permitted  at  their  cost  our  triumphs.  The  capitalistic 
interests  which  are  most  against  us  are  the  petroleum  interests  of  all 
continents,  for  they  guard  jealously  against  Communist  infiltration. 
But  we  are  opposing  our  enemies,  in  the  first  place  the  Democrats 
and  the  Republicans,  since  our  tactics  have  always  been  to  accuse 
the  capitalists  of  being  imperialists,  whether  they  are  or  not ;  after- 
wards, we  oppose  the  Socialist  Democrat  political  parties  and  the 
labor  unions.  In  many  cases  we  have  utilized  the  governments 
themselves,  showing  them  the  danger  which  can  exist  for  the  nation 
in  which  foreign  enterprises,  especially  Anglo  Saxon  can  take 
advantage  of  national  wealth.  These  tactics  have  served  us  to 
place  in  a  disadvantageous  position  throughout  the  American  con- 
tinent capitalistic  Anglo-American  investments.  Now  we  have 
proceeded  in  the  very  government  of  Argentina  in  such  a  manner 
that  some  elements  disguised  as  nationalist  have  succeeded  in 
expropriating  the  Anglo-American  interests,  (laughter).  It  is 
true  that  many  elements  will  consider  that  we  have  given  arms  to 
a  totalitarian  and  Fascist  enemy  such  as  the  present  Argentina 
government;  but  it  must  be  remembered  that  one  of  our  fighting 
principles  consists  in  attaining  for  the  Latin  American  countries 
full  economic  and  political  economy,  and  in  liquidating  the  semi- 
feudal  vestiges  which  characterize  those  Latin  countries  through 
the  existence  of  Anglo-American  interests  which  have  always  looked 
upon  them  as  colonies.  At  the  same  time  it  is  fitting  to  insist  that 
we  are  obliged  to  provoke  situations  which  can  favor  the  expropria- 
tion of  all  enterprises  which  currently  belong  to  the  bosses,  especially 
in  a  time  of  international  crisis  of  those  bosses  whose  nationality 
can  be  a  future  danger  for  our  fighting  program.  It  is  for  this 
reason,  although  it  may  seem  an  aberration,  that  the  disappearance 
of  English  and  North  American  capitalists  from  Latin  America 
means  a  triumph  for  our  cause,  and  in  this  way,  we  shall  fulfill  one 
of  the  postulates  of  the  World  Communist  Party,  which  postulate  is 
becoming  synthetized  also  in  one  of  the  principles  of  the  Campaign 
Program  of  the  Federation  of  Workers  in  Latin  America,  when  it 
says  in  its  declaration  No.  Ill  that :  The  Manual  Laborers  and  the 
Intellectual  Workers  of  Latin  America  declare  that  the  principal 
task  of  the  working  class  of  Latin  America  consists  in  attaining 
full  economic  and  political  economy  for  the  Latin  American  nations 
and  in  liquidating  the  semifeudal  vestiges  which  characterize  their 
countries,  with  the  purpose  of  raising  the  economic,  social,  and 
moral  conditions  in  which  the  great  masses  of  the  people  are  found. 
This  declaration  of  principles  which  is  fixed  in  the  Postulates  of  our 
World  Communist  Party  in  the  campaign  program  of  the  workers  of 
Latin  America  must  be  explained  in  two  parts :  first,  that  on  trying  to 
point  out  that  the  principal  task  of  the  working  class  is  to  attain 
full  economic  and  political  autonomy,  this  means  that  the  working 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  109 

class  must  liquidate  the  economic  oppression  which  exists  in  each 
nationality ;  at  this  moment,  those  economic  pressures  on  the  Latin 
American  countries  are  represented  by  AVall  Street  and  by  the 
City  of  London,  for  French  and  Spanish  capital  since  it  is  not 
invested  in  the  principal  national  wealth  never  will  be  a  danger  for 
the  Communist  movement  nor  for  the  workers'  social  movement; 
however,  our  attack  must  be,  even  though  we  are  in  favor  of  the 
United  Nations'  struggle  against  Hitler  and  Japan,  our  attack  and 
our  watchword  in  regard  to  Latin  America  must  be  to  liquidate 
Anglo-American  capitalism  and  to  obtain  full  economic  autonomy 
and  with  it  full  political  autonomy.  Later,  when  the  State  shall 
have  expropriated  for  itself  all  those  natural  resources  and  all 
enterprises  of  the  Anglo-American  countries  we  shall  take  control 
of  the  State  by  means  of  political  movements.  In  the  second  place, 
when  our  declaration  of  principles  refers  to  liquidating  the  semi- 
feudal  vestiges  which  characterize  the  Latin  American  countries, 
we  are  referring  especially  to  the  spiritual  and  political  power  of 
the  Catholic  Church,  Apostolic  and  Roman.  The  more  than  400 
years  of  spiritual  control  of  the  people  can  not  mean  for  us  an  easy 
overthrow  of  the  Catholic  Church  which  has  always  been  charac- 
terized as  an  enemy  of  our  Cause.  Campaign  tactics  make  it  neces- 
sary for  us  to  appear  as  sympathizers  of  Religion  and  even  in  the 
U.S.S.R.  the  Soviet  Government  has  been  itself  obliged  to  ease  up 
on  religion. 

Catholics  Not  Deceived  by  Communists 

"But  it  is  not  possible  that  either  we  or  the  Catholics  are  deceived. 
It  is  very  dangerous  to  make  declarations  of  this  nature  in  countries 
where  the  political  and  spiritual  power  of  the  Church  is  above  the 
government,  but  in  the  case  of  Mexico,  where  the  government  is  our 
ally,  and  where  there  have  been  bloody  struggles  with  the  Church, 
with  the  Church  left  in  defeat,  it  is  necessary  to  convert  this  country 
basically  to  the  Communist  and  ideological  socialist  struggle  against 
the  Church. 

The  United  States  and  Catholicism  to  Be  Attacked 

"In  the  course  of  my  constant  travels  through  Latin  America, 
studying  in  detail  the  general  problems  and  the  problems  of  each 
nation  which  are  obstructing  us  from  reaching  the  triumph  of  our 
Communist  cause,  I  have  been  fully  convinced  that  these  two  are 
our  worst  enemies:  (1)  American  capitalism  which  has  dreams 
of  imperialism  and  colonizing  in  South  America ;  English  capitalism 
which  feels  itself  strongly  supported  by  the  war  machinery  of  the 
imperialistic  and  totalitarian  Federation  of  British  Nations;  and 
(2)  the  Catholic  Church  which  has  its  strong  control  both  spiritual 
and  political  over  the  majorities  in  each  country,  especially  in  the 
lower  classes  where  we  will  have  to  displace  the  Catholic  Church 
with  the  purpose  of  making  proselytes  to  our  cause. 

"These  two  factors  are  our  international  and  inter- American 
problems  which  we  must  attack.  Already  I  have  spoken  of  how 
capitalism  must  be  displaced ;  also  our  illustrious  comrade  Sokolov 
has  already  explained  our  campaign  tactics,  making  a  brilliant 
comparison  between  the  historic  struggles  of  our  Bolshevik  Com- 


110  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

munist  Party  in  Czarist  Russia  and  our  present  and  future  struggle 
on  this  American  continent  in  order  to  bring  to  an  end  socially  the 
capitalist  ideology,  and  to  bring  to  a  finish  politically  the  govern- 
ments which  protect  that  capitalist  ideology.  It  is  necessary  now 
to  refer  to  the  problem  of  the  Catholic  Church  because  it  is  not  a 
problem  of  one  single  Latin- American  nation  but  rather  a  problem 
of  all  this  Continent,  especially  in  the  key  countries,  which  are 
Mexico,  Brazil,  Argentina,  Venezuela,  and  Colombia. 

1 '  We  have  explained  that  in  Argentina  the  coalition  of  the  mili- 
tary, or  the  capitalist,  and  Catholics  are  our  principal  enemy;  we 
have  explained  that  in  Brazil  the  coalition  equally  tripartite  of  the 
Catholics,  the  military,  and  the  capitalists  are  obstructing  our 
path,  in  spite  of  the  initial  intentions  of  some  of  our  elements  and 
units  which  have  infiltrated  themselves  into  the  intellectual  and 
student  class,  just  as  there  are  some  also  among  the  workers  and 
natives  especially  among  the  latter,  who  are  perpetuating  the 
brilliant  memories  of  the  famous  acts  of  Carlos  Prestes  in  his 
revolutionary  march  toward  the  high  States.  In  Venezuela  and 
in  Colombia  only  the  capitalists  and  the  Catholics  are  confronting 
us,  and  the  same  is  happening  in  Mexico.  But  here  we  have  the 
resurgence  of  the  Catholic  spiritual  power  being  sufficient  to  organ- 
ize two  parties  which  although  they  are  not  to  be  feared  because  of 
the  insignificance  of  the  personality  of  their  leaders,  they  can  pre- 
sent us  future  problems  by  which  I  consider  that  this  chosen  group 
of  units  and  leaders  of  the  Communist  Party  here  gathered  will 
review  their  knowledge  of  the  weakness  and  defects  of  the  spiritual 
power  of  the  Catholic  Church,  and  I  hope  that  also  you  may  be  able 
to  say  you  are  increasing  your  knowledge  of  the  same.  In  all  my 
travels  through  the  Continent  I  have  been  sharing  my  knowledge  in 
lectures  similar  to  the  present,  either  in  gatherings,  or  in  watchword 
circles,  with  all  our  campaigners  of  each  city,  of  each  village,  or 
each  ranch  large  or  small,  of  each  Indian  community,  of  each  union, 
of  each  factory,  of  every  city  or  rural  school,  of  every  university ; 
let  this  knowledge  be  repeated  in  articles,  bulletins,  books,  motion 
picture  plots,  plots  of  the  legitimate  stage,  etc.,  all  of  you  protecting 
yourselves  by  having  it  deal  with  advanced  studies  in  science  or 
civilization,  of  the  future  order,  and  for  the  good  of  learning  and 
culture,  as  a  struggle  against  ignorance,  and  as  a  struggle  against 
fanaticism,  for  the  good  of  the  people. 

Campaign  Against  the  Catholic  Church 

"These  watchwords  I  have  divided  in  three  parts,  as  follows: 
Roman  Catholicism  is  essentially  immoral ;  Roman  Catholicism  is 
idolatrous;  and  the  Catholic  Priesthood  is  an  agent  of  immorality. 
It  is  urgent  as  campaign  tactics  that  we  infiltrate  in  the  mind  of  the 
children,  in  the  mind  of  the  natives,  in  the  mind  of  the  workers,  in 
the  mind  of  the  students,  the  ivorst  accusatio?is  against  the  Catholic 
Church,  in  order  that  they  draw  away  from,  her  and  enroll  in  our 
ranks  as  fervent  sympathizers  of  the  cause  of  the  future  of  the 
world,  which  we  ourselves  must  present  as  the  cause  of  Communism 
protecting  the  cause  of  humanity.  We  must  say  that  the  system  of 
iniquities,  held,  taught,  and  practiced  by  the  Catholics,  has  no 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  111 

equal.  It  is  audacious,  aggressive,  intolerant,  and  cruel,  blind 
obstinate  and  blasphemous ;  nevertheless,  it  is  also  insidious,  adapt- 
able, and  at  times  conciliatory ;  it  is  pompous,  servile,  royal,  and  a 
cheat.  There  is  no  other  religion  or  philosophy  which  is  launched  on 
a  task  so  tremendous  of  corruption,  or  universal  degradation,  no 
less. 

' '  In  the  study  of  the  Roman  evil,  one  thing  we  must  always  keep 
in  mind,  the  iron  authority  of  the  Pope,  the  theologians,  and  the 
saints.  In  Romanism  the  individual  must  give  account  to  his 
masters,  authorized  in  spite  of  the  consequences,  and  the  base  of 
the  Catholic  system  of  morals  rests  on  the  iniquitous  teachings  and 
the  immoral  example  of  the  saints,  converting  to  that  religion  by  a 
virulent  code  of  laws,  a  priesthood  that  is  wicked  and  a  power  blood- 
thirsty and  cruel. 

"We  must  say,  shout,  and  insist  that  with  a  celibate  priesthood, 
the  Catholic  leader  never  will  be  able  to  live  a  normal  religious  life, 
nor  even  a  normal  human  life,  and  that  it  is  impossible  for  him  to 
set  an  example  of  good  living.  We  must  say  and  shout,  we  must 
insist  that  the  plan  of  Romanism  in  the  life  of  each  country  is  to 
hold  supremacy  over  the  civil  government  in  order  to  enslave  all 
the  inhabitants,  and  that  in  order  to  acquire  that  control  over  the 
civil  government,  it  has  to  use  fraud,  deceit,  and  injustice ;  we  must 
insist  that  the  Catholic  notion  of  universal  dominion  requires  that 
its  leaders  adulate  and  protect  these  politicians  who  are  ready  to 
sell  their  soul,  their  honor  for  money  and  power ;  that  the  Romanists 
have  taken  on  themselves  the  task  of  fighting  free  men  in  a  manner 
most  impious;  that  they  can  not  alter  that  policy;  the  pretension 
that  the  salvation  of  the  soul  by  which  they  deceive  the  inexpert, 
depends  on  ceremonies,  and  not  on  the  faith  of  humanity  gives  rise 
to  the  discredit  of  morality  in  favor  of  the  ritual;  that  the  con- 
fession degrades  the  confessor  and  the  penitent ;  that  the  channel  of 
worldliness  which  passes  continually  through  the  mind  and  the 
heart  of  the  Catholic  priest,  almost  necessarily  carries  him  to  his 
corruption,  insofar  as  his  instructions  relax  the  moral  level  of  the 
devoted;  that  the  necessity  imposed  by  the  confessional  on  the 
priest,  of  labeling  and  classifying  sins  according  to  superficial 
appearances  brings  him  to  all  sorts  of  difficulties  and  contradictions. 
If  the  priest  would  allow' that  all  powerful  God,  which  they  say 
exists  (invention  for  fools),  to  take  sole  charge  of  his  most  delicate 
work,  free  from  the  bad  practice  of  the  spiritual  quacks,  a  great 
number  of  difficulties  would  be  spared  and  several  million  sick  souls 
which  the  Catholics  have  sunk  in  darkness  would  have  the  oppor- 
tunity to  be  cured.  That  the  shame  of  having  to  confess  ones  sins 
to  a  corrupt  man  frequently  results  in  a  real  sadness  and  humilia- 
tion plunging  a  free  soul  into  inferiority  complex,  converting  his 
life  into  an  eternal  suffering.  That  this  is  a  shame  especially  in 
respect  to  women.  That  the  theologians  have  elaborated  a  system  of 
specious  reasoning  which  is  not  only  ridiculous  and  vile,  but  terribly 
corrupting.  That  the  first  frightful  effect  which  the  system  pro- 
duces is  the  corruption  of  the  priests  themselves.  That  the  fact 
that  they  hide,  evade,  deny,  and  are  infuriated  when  this  said 
system  of  specious  reasoning  is  exposed  is  clear  evidence  that  they 


112  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

are  already  corrupted.  That  the  system  of  specious  reasoning  is 
argued  out  because  it  is  founded  on  the  so-called  notes  of  saintliness. 
That  Catholicism  must  prevail  or  fall  with  its  pretensions  of  saint- 
liness and  because  its  vaunted  saintliness  is  only  the  blackest  of 
evils.  That  the  very  fact  that  the  Catholics  give  themselves  free 
rein  in  their  confusion  on  the  revelations  of  the  intrinsic  evils  of 
their  doctrines  constitutes  a  death  clink  for  the  impious  Christian 
Catholic  Church  of  Rome.  That  the  ultimate  plan  of  Romanism  is 
not  moral  character  or  salvation  from  the  power  and  exercise  of 
sin,  but  salvation  from  a  hell  and  an  imaginary  Catholic  purgatory. 

"We  must  add  that  it  is  not  certain  that  Catholic  theologians 
authorize  universal  evil;  for  example,  they  do  not  teach  that  every 
good  Catholic  has  the  privilege  of  stealing  everything  that  he  can 
lay  hand  on,  that  they  have  certain  rules  for  robbery,  and  that  every- 
thing must  be  practiced  in  accordance  with  these  rules.  Moreover, 
they  do  not  hold  that  faithful  Catholics  can  or  must  lie  all  the  time ; 
it  must  be  for  a  worthy  motive.  That  Catholic  theologians  will  frown 
on  a  rash  prevarication  if  it  has  no  motive.  But  that  these  limitations 
serve  double  purpose :  to  establish  the  authority  of  the  holy  fathers 
as  specialists  in  the  art  and  science  of  lying  and  stealing,  and  at  the 
same  time  they  give  a  place  to  a  vestige  of  conscience  which  even  the 
Catholic  spiritual  guides  cannot  exterminate  absolutely. 

' '  We  ought  to  say  that  if  anyone  doubts  the  practical  effects  of  the 
Catholic  system  of  immorality,  he  has  only  to  observe  the  fanaticism, 
the  pride,  the  obstinacy,  the  savage  obduracy  of  the  devout  Catholics 
when  confronted  by.  genuine  iniquities  taught  them  by  their  leaders 
with  ostentation  of  authority  and  with  perfect  clarity.  It  seems 
that  the  typical  Catholic  has  some  kink  in  the  brain.  This  is  his 
argument:  Catholicism  cannot  contain  any  error;  therefore,  it  has 
no  error.  Besides,  if  a  thing  is  erroneous,  it  is  not  catholic,  because 
Catholicism  cannot  teach  error. 

' '  The  refined  hypocrisy  of  the  Popes  and  Bishops  of  Catholicism 
date  from  epochs  quite  remote.  More  than  200  said  in  substance  the 
following : '  Another  of  the  papal  skills  is  that  after  having  founded 
their  own  cause  on  so  many  falsehoods  and  having  sustained  them 
with  so  many  lying  allegations  in  order  to  make  the  people  believe 
that  we  cultured  and  free  men  are  liars  and  that  nothing  we  say  can 
be  believed,  they  accuse  us  of  slandering  the  priests  and  of  bearing 
false  witness  to  Catholics  and  for  that  reason  no  man  must  read  our 
books  and  converse  with  us  nor  believe  us  well-intentioned.  They 
forbid  us  free  men  from  quoting  their  own  Catholic  writers,  by 
teaching  ignorant  people  to  say  that  we  are  slandering  them. 
Although  we  quote  the  book,  the  page,  and  the  line  and  tell  them 
that  those  books  are  printed  in  Rome  and  not  in  the  French  Uni- 
versity or  in  the  Sorbonne,  and  that  they  were  written  by  Catholic 
writers,  they  do  not  believe  us  because  the  ignorant  have  been 
instructed  from  the  pulpits  to  take  us  for  liars  and  incapable  of 
doing  good.  If  we  quote  any  one  of  the  priests,  they  say  we  change 
or  corrupt  what  they  have  said  or  that  they  do  not  say  such  a  thing. 
If  we  show  them  the  books  published  by  their  own  doctors  and 
licensed  by  their  superiors  and  printed  by  the  papists,  they  force  the 
ignorant  not  to  believe  us,  accusing  us  of  falsification. ' 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  113 

"This  situation  which  seems  unreal,  I  have  found  in  my  journey 
throughout  Latin  America.  I  have  had  conversation  with  cultural 
elements  Avhich  seem  not  to  be  contaminated  by  religious  fanaticism, 
and  in  all  seriousness  they  have  wanted  to  oppose  my  ideas  with  these 
futile  arguments.  I  have  come  across  workers  and  farmers,  women, 
comrades,  and  even  professors,  in  whom  one  should  expect  a  certain 
degree  of  culture.  These  were  in  Valparaiso,  Buenos  Aires,  Quito, 
Antofogasts,  and  after  listening  to  my  lectures  and  after  reporting 
them  to  the  priests  in  the  confessionals,  instructed  by  the  priests, 
they  would  approach  me  in  all  seriousness,  and  in  blind  faith  ask 
me  for  the  salvation  of  my  soul,  requesting  that  I  stop  slandering  the 
poor  old  priests,  that  I  cease  corrupting  their  wholesome  predictions, 
that  I  leave  off  counterfeiting  their  texts,  stop  attacking  the  Catholic 
Church  and  that  with  resigned  repentance  I  go  to  ask  pardon  from 
the  parish  curate  or  district  priest.  What  must  be  done  with  cases 
like  these?  Ignorance  and  credulity  thus  united  on  purpose  are  a 
brass  wall  opposed  to  our  efforts.  With  what  hope  will  we  be  able 
to  speak  to  those  who  do  not  wish  to  hear  us?  Against  that  wall 
there  are  no  other  arms  except  tenacity  and  patience.  Avoid  brusk 
attitudes,  persevere  in  faith,  and  work  as  if  the  obstinacies  of  those 
minds  submerged  in  a  fanatical  lethargy  did  not  strike  us.  Already. 
I  have  said  that  it  is  no  easy  task  to  bring  to  an  end  a  labor  like 
the  Catholic  which  has  lasted  400  years  in  the  soul  and  the  mind  of 
the  people.  Fortunately,  utilizing  books,  schools  and  all  propaganda 
facilities,  infiltrating  ourselves  tenaciously  in  the  fields,  the  unions, 
seeking  out  the  Indian  even  to  his  refuge  in  the  forest  or  on  top  of 
the  mountains,  entering  the  mind  of  the  ignorant  worker  by  means 
of  bulletins,  of  books,  of  leaders '  speeches,  taking  advantage  of  their 
economic  struggles,  we  must  little  by  little  go  killing  in  them  the 
heritage  of  fanaticism  which  they  received  from  their  parents,  from 
their  grandparents  and  their  great  grandparents.  Under  the  pre- 
text of  culture,  of  learning,  of  civilization,  of  philosophy,  and  of  the 
modern  sciences,  we  must  launch  attacks  against  religion. 

' '  Fortunately  for  some  time  now  there  has  been  a  change  favorable 
to  our  plans.  That  is  to  say,  one  half  of  the  Catholics  of  the  world 
are  more  or  less  heretics.     We  must  thank  God  for  that.  (Laughter) . 

"In  addition  to  those  Catholics  more  or  less  susceptible  to  our 
arguments,  we  have  already  a  great  number  of  free  thinkers,  of 
atheists  who  are  very  susceptible  of  falling  in  the  ranks  of  our  sub- 
ordinates as  Communists  because  now  they  have  no  religious  defense. 

1 '  Our  people  ought  to  know  that  the  extensive  evil  which  is  found 
among  Catholics  is  not  the  incidental  result  of  abuse  of  a  good 
religion,  but  is  a  logical  and  necessary  product  of  a  religion  whose 
heart  is  rotten.  Some  of  the  possible  consequences  of  the  Catholic 
moral  theology  would  be  tragic  if  they  were  not  amusing.  We  take 
for  example,  the  doctrine  of  venial  sin  in  stealing.  The  Catholics 
give  the  rule  that  stealing,  except  what  would  be  necessary  to  sustain 
the  family  one  day,  is  a  venial  sin  for  one  who  falls  thus  a  victim, 
and  he  goes  to  purgatory.  (Laughter.)  To  steal  more  would  be  a 
mortal  sin,  for  which  the  delinquent  one  would  go  to  hell,  and  never 
would  get  out  of  there. 


114  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

"Let  us  suppose  that  a  good  Catholic  on  a  dark  night  steals  and 
kills  the  goat  of  his  neighbor  in  the  belief  that  the  animal  is  of  ordi- 
nary breed ;  that  the  owner  of  the  goat  on  the  same  night  kills  instan- 
taneously the  thief  without  giving  him  a  chance  to  confess  or  to 
receive  that  extreme  unction  of  which  the  innocents  boast  so  much. 
(Laughter.)  And  let  it  be  said  that  the  goat  was  one  of  the  finest 
Angoras,  and  that  it  had  a  value  greater  than  that  necessary  to  sus- 
tain for  a  day  the  family  from  which  it  was  stolen.  The  poor  but 
faithful  Catholic  would  be  eternally  lost,  but  without  his  knowing 
it,  and  without  having  been  able  to  repent  before  his  priest.  How 
would  the  village  priests  answer  this  problem  ?  Surely  they  would 
be  unable  to  decipher  it.  This  has  happened  on  many  occasions.  I 
set  these  simple  examples  before  you  because  they  are  the  best  arms 
to  cast  doubt,  among  the  Indians,  the  workers,  and  the  ignorant.  I 
suggest  that  you  use  simple  examples  like  these,  to  sow  doubt,  because 
they  are  the  ones  that  give  the  best  results. 

Communist  Conquest  of  the  World 

"It  is  conspicuous  that  the  governments  of  Catholic  countries 
almost  always  are  enemies  of  priests,  because  they  know  that  they  are 
perfectly  imbued  with  the  theories  of  the  Jesuits.  Their  idea  (the 
Jesuits)  is  that  the  Church  is  good  although  the  priests  are  bad.  The 
governors  and  the  presidents  of  Mexico  and  other  Latin  American 
countries  generally  consider  the  Catholic  priests  as  one  of  the  great- 
est obstacles  to  the  progress  of  education  and  morality.  In  Spain 
the  same  thing  almost  is  true,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  Franco  is  con- 
sidered one  of  the  pillars  of  the  Church ;  but  the  Jesuits  consider  him 
an  enemy.  In  all  South  America  there  is  sustained  also  the  same 
ancient  struggle  of  free  men,  of  the  laymen  against  the  priests.  The 
group  of  ignorant  and  degraded  priests  has  much  to  do  with  the 
weakness  and  illiteracy  of  the  American  Indians  and  since  the  United 
States  threw  off  the  Spanish  yoke,  that  country  has  demonstrated  the 
superiority  of  democracy  and  socialism  over  those  countries  dom- 
inated by  a  conservative  Catholicism  and  Jesuits.  But,  to  conclude, 
I  wish  to  point  out  a  very  special  case  which  may  come  to  our  aid. 
The  laws  of  the  republics  of  this  continent  permit  the  freedom  of 
worship.  In  this  form  it  is  convenient  for  our  authorities  to  permit 
the  entry  into  our  countries  of  bodies  of  other  religion,  as  the  Mor- 
mons, the  Angelicans,  Protestants,  Buddhists,  Jews,  Mohammedans. 
These  sects  are  allowed  to  have  their  temples  open  and  free.  They 
will  help  us  to  sow  confusion  in  the  minds  of  the  Indians  and 
workers.  They  will  help  us  to  lose  respect  for  religion.  In  this 
manner,  little  by  little,  we  shall  infiltrate  our  theories  of  positivism 
and  individual  and  collective  economy  in  order  that  the  new  genera- 
tions will  consider  that  all  these  religions  are  no  more  than  garbage, 
and  must  be  cleared  away  as  soon  as  possible  in  order  to  permit  a 
better  life.  It  is  suitable  then,  comrades,  that  we  keep  in  mind  these 
orientations  in  order  that  when  you  return  to  your  zones,  you  may 
give  instructions  to  your  units  on  the  form  of  combatting  the  poAver 
of  the  Catholic  Church,  assisting  the  rest ;  and  that  you  may  prepare 
yourselves  for  the  crusade  which  must  carry  us  to  triumph.  The 
road  of  salvation  of  Mexico  only  has  one  sure  road.  Let  us  prepare 
ourselves  for  Mexico  and  Latin  America  to  be  ready  to  play  a  dom- 


UN -AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  115 

inant  role  in  the  future  Communist  conquest  of  the  world.  From 
this  Nation  let  there  go  out  the  conquistadores  (conquerors)  to  other 
countries  less  prepared.  Let  Mexico  convert  herself  into  a  centri- 
fugal force  for  all  this  continent ;  let  Mexico  be  the  country  of  free- 
dom for  the  proletariat  and  the  American  Soviet.  Let  us  launch 
from  here  the  first  shout  of  freedom,  and  on  hearing  this  battle  cry, 
this  daring  voice  of  our  people,  all  the  other  peoples  of  America  may 
run  immediately,  raising  very  high  the  red  and  black  banner  of 
social  revindication.  Our  work  is  to  aid,  to  aid  more  and  more  all 
those  in  the  Americas  who  fight  for  our  Cause,  to  integrate  all  their 
forces  to  the  contribution  of  the  struggle ;  to  organize  a  great  political 
movement  of  unity,  which  consolidated  with  the  struggle  of  the 
people  and  the  Communist  Patriots,  faithful  to  the  Fatherland  of 
the  World  Proletariat,  faithful  to  the  U.  8.  8.  B.,  will  impel  us  and 
draw  us  to  that  glorious  happy  day  which  is  about  to  arrive;  the 
radiant  day  of  liberation  for  all  the  World  which  will  arrive  with 
the  overthrow  of  capitalism.  Comrades,  cheerio!  (Applause  and 
shouts.)" 

5 
WRITERS'  CONGRESS  AT  U.  0.  L.  A. 

In  late  August  of  1943,  under  the  auspices  of  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia at  Los  Angeles  and  the  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization,  a  letter 
signed  by  Marc  Connelly  and  Ralph  Freud  as  co-chairmen  of  the  Con- 
gress Committee,  announced  a  Writers'  Congress  to  be  held  at  Royce 
Hall,  University  of  California,  on  the  Los  Angeles  campus,  October  1, 
2  and  3,  1943.  The  fee  for  the  entire  Congress,  including  public  meet- 
ings, general  meetings,  lectures,  panels  and  seminars,  was  set  at  $5, 
payable  in  advance. 

A  superficial  investigation  of  the  project  soon  disclosed  its  Communist 
inspiration  and  guidance.  Every  precaution  had  been  taken  in  an 
attempt  to  disguise  the  purpose  of  the  Congress  and  the  Communists 
had  gone  further  than  usual  in  "window  dressing"  its  committees. 
Many  of  the  names  included  in  the  Congress  and  advisory  committees 
were  "innocents,"  clearly  unaware  of  the  Communist  origin  and  pur- 
pose of  the  Congress.  NonCommunist  news  commentators  and  radio 
personalities,  blissfully  ignorant  of  the  nature  and  character  of  the 
proposed  Congress,  were  snagged  under  one  pretense  or  another  into 
permitting  their  names  to  be  used  in  advertising  the  Congress.  The 
chairman  of  the  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee  on  Un-American  Activi- 
ties checked  with  one  such  individual  who  expressed  amazement  when 
he  was  told  that  his  name  was  included  on  the  printed  letterhead  as 
a  member  of  the  advisory  committee. 

The  letter  is  as  follows : 

"Dear  Writer:  The  Writers  Congress  on  the  Los  Angeles  Cam- 
pus of  the  University  of  California  will  conduct  a  search  for  greater 
usefulness  and  will  seek  to  establish  firmer  international  under- 
standing of  democratic  objectives  by  professional  writers  in  all 
media. 


116  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

The  Congress  is  being  organized  by  joint  committees  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  and  the  Hollywood  Writers  Mobilization. 
The  latter  was  formed  immediately  after  Pearl  Harbor  to  channel 
the  war  efforts  of  the  eight  writers'  guilds  of  the  West  Coast.  It 
cooperates  constantly  with  our  armed  services,  the  Red  Cross,  the 
0.  W.  I.  and  other  governmental  agencies,  as  well  as  many  non- 
political,  civilian  organizations  requiring  professional  writing  for 
motion  pictures,  ,  the  radio,  newspapers  and  magazines,  camp 
shows,   etc. 

Writers  must  understand  recent  enormous  changes  in  techniques 
as  well  as  basic  social  and  political  concepts  if  they  are  to  communi- 
cate the  virtues  of  these  changes  and  expose  their  faults.  The  Con- 
gress offers  its  facilities  for  such  an  understanding. 

The  speakers  and  leaders  of  discussions  in  the  panels  and  seminars 
will  be  outstanding  writers  from  all  the  United  Nations.  Many 
will  represent  governmental  and  semi-governmental  agencies. 
Others  of  international  distinction  will  speak  only  for  themselves. 

The  Invitations  Committee  hopes  you  will  be  able  to  participate. 
We  have  therefore  enclosed  an  application  card  for  your  conven- 
ience. If  you  will  be  kind  enough  to  fill  this  out  and  return  it  to 
the  Congress  Committee  officers,  your  name  will  be  registered. 
Further  details  of  the  Congress  Agenda  are  being  forwarded  to  you. 

Sincerely, 
(Signed)  Marc  Connelly 

Ralph  Freud 
Co-chairmen,  Congress  Committee" 

The  following  names  were  printed  on  the  letterhead  as  members  of 
the  Congress  Committee : 

Marc  Connelly,  Ralph  Freud, 

Francis  Edwards  Faragoh,  Sidney  Buchman, 

Gustave  Arlt,  Fox  Case, 

Bill  Blowitz,  William  Dozier, 

Richard  Collins,  John  B.  Hughes, 

Franklin  Fearing,  Joris  Ivens, 

Paul  Franklin  Stephen  Longstreet, 

Sheridan  Gibney,  Kenneth  MacGowan, 

Talbot  Jennings,  Mary  C.  McCall,  Jr., 

Howard  Koch,  William  Morris,  Jr. 

John  Howard  Lawson,  Dudley  Nichols, 

Melvin  Levy,  Carl  Sandburg, 

Alfred  E.  Longueil,  Dore  Schary, 

Milton  Merlin,  Arthur  Schwartz, 

Joseph  Mischel,  Robert  G.  Sproul, 

Sam  Moore,  Rex  Stout, 

Arch  Oboler,  Lamar  Trotti, 

William  Oliver,  Walter  Wanger, 

H.  R.  Reynolds,  Walter  White, 

Allen  Rivkin,  Pauline  Lauber  Finn, 

Robert  Rossen,  Jane  Mead. 
Zachary  Schwartz, 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  117 

The  guilds  participating  in  the  Hollywood  Writers  Mobilization,  under 
the  chairmanship  of  Robert  Rossen,  were  listed  as  follows : 

Screen  Writers  Guild,  Screen  Cartoonists  Guild, 

Radio  Writers  Guild,  American  Newspaper  Guild, 

Screen  Publicists  Guild,  Independent  Publicists, 

Screen  Readers  Guild,  Song  Writers  Protective  Assn. 

Although  the  "window"  for  the  Writers'  Congress  "front"  was 
carefully  dressed,  a  number  of  the  persons  acting  as  "committeemen" 
were  known.  Francis  Edward  Faragoh  is  a  prominent  member  of  the 
left-wing  group  of  Hollywood  and  promotes  the  cause  of  the  Soviet 
Union  and  meets  with  Soviet  visitors  in  Los  Angeles.  Richard  Collins 
was  registered  as  a  Communist  in  Los  Angeles  in  1936  from  2106  North 
Las  Palmas  Avenue.  The  "People's  Daily  World"  for  August  30, 
1941,  announced  that  Collins  was  one  of  the  sponsors  for  a  state-wide 
conference  on  civil  rights  to  be  held  in  San  Francisco  September  27, 
1941,  protesting  the  "Tenney  Committee  and  the  Tenney  bill  outlaw- 
ing the  Communist  Party."  Paul  Franklin  was  the  executive  secre- 
tary of  the  National  Radio  Writers'  Guild  in  New  York  in  January 
of  1942.  Howard  Koch  was  reported  by  the  "People's  Daily  World" 
(June  26,  1943)  as  the  author  of  the  screen  version  of  Davies'  book 
"Mission  to  Moscow."  He  presented  his  views  on  the  authenticity  of 
the  film  at  a  League  of  American  Writers  (Communist  front  organiza- 
tion) symposium  on  Sunday,  June  27,  1943,  in  Hollywood.  William 
Oliver  was  the  dramatic  editor  of  the  "Los  Angeles  Herald"  in  1940. 
He  was  said  to  be  a  member  of  Unit  140  of  the  Professional  Section  of 
the  Communist  Party  when  Rena  Vale  was  a  member  of  that  Unit. 
He  was  also  a  member  of  the  Communist  fraction  of  the  Newspaper 
Guild.  (See  pages  153  and  154  of  the  report  of  the  Joint  F act-Finding 
Committee  on  Tin- American  Activities  in  California  for  1943.)  Allen 
Rivkin  is  a  Hollywood  left-wing  writer.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Anti- 
Nazi  League.  His  name  has  been  used  from  time  to  time  for  "window- 
dressing"  Communist  front  organizations  and  activities. 

Sidney  Buchman  is  a  screen  writer  and  a  member  of  the  Screen  Writers' 
Guild.  He  was  announced  as  a  signer  for  the  Third  American  Writers' 
Congress  in  "Direction"  magazine  for  May-June,  1939.  Joris  Ivens  is 
reported  to  have  made  documentary  films  in  Spain  and  China  which  were 
distributed  and  exhibited  through  Communist  Party  channels  in  Califor- 
nia and  the  United  States.  Dudley  Nichols  was  the  President  of  the 
Writers'  Guild  in  Hollywood  in  1938.  His  name  was  carried  on  the 
letterhead  of  the  Hollywood  Anti-Nazi  League  for  the  Defense  of 
American  Democracy  (Communist  front  organization)  as  a  sponsor  in 
May  of  1939.  He  is  a  Hollywood  screen  writer.  On  January  21,  1940, 
he  was  a  sponsor  for  the  Conference  for  Democratic  Action  in  Fresno. 
He  has  permitted  his  name  to  be  used  for  various  Communist  front 
organizations  and  activities  from  time  to  time  and  has  taken  part  in 
many  Communist  dominated  programs.  In  1941  he  was  a  sponsor  of 
the  Citizens  Committee  for  Harry  Bridges.  In  May  of  1941,  he  signed 
a  call  for  the  Fourth  American  Writers'  Congress. 


118  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

The  committee  and  Communist  Party  members  consider  John  How- 
ard Lawson  one  of  the  most  important  Marxist  strategists  in  Southern 
California.  Rena  M.  Vale  (former  Communist  Party  member),  stated 
that  she  knew  Lawson  as  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party  fraction  of 
the  Screen  Writers'  Guild  in  Hollywood.  Miss  Vale  stated  that  he  had 
given  advice  on  the  Communist  Party  program  in  the  writing  of  the 
play,  "Sun  Rises  in  the  West."  He  wrote  the  screen  play  "Blockade" 
which  advanced  the  Communist  Party  line.  John  Leech,  former  sec- 
retary of  the  Communist  Party  for  Los  Angeles  County,  testified  before 
the  Los  Angeles  County  Grand  Jury  (94369;  8-15-40)  that  Lawson 
had  been  sent  from  New  York  to  Hollywood  by  the  Central  Committee 
cf  the  Communist  Party  in  company  with  V.  J.  Jerome  (Isaac  Romaine) , 
a  member  of  the  Communist  Party  National  Committee.  Lawson  had 
immediately  become  active  in  Hollywood  Study  Clubs  and  in  the  Com- 
munist fraction  of  studio  unions,  particularly  in  the  Screen  Writers' 
Guild.  Leech  stated  that  Lawson  had  met  Communist  Party  members 
at  the  home  of  Communists  Davida  and  Fred  Franchi.  In  May  of 
1937  Lawson  was  reported  as  Secretary  of  the  American  office  for  Tech- 
nical Aid  to  Spanish  Democracy.  He  became  a  dominant  figure  in 
Communist  Party  drama  groups  and  attended  Communist  Party  frac- 
tion meetings  in  New  York  and  Hollywood.  He  was  one  of  the  spon- 
sors of  the  Citizens  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Harry  Bridges  and  a 
frequent  speaker  for  the  League  of  American  Writers.  He  signed  the 
call  for  the  Fourth  American  Writers'  Congress.  He  was  an  instructor 
in  the  American  League  Writers'  School  and  became  Vice  President  of 
the  League  of  American  Writers'  Congress.  In  the  fall  elections  of 
1942  he  appeared  in  a  paid  advertisement  in  the  Los  Angeles  Times 
as  an  endorser  of  La  Rue  McCormick,  Communist  candidate  for  elec- 
tion to  the  State  Senate.  He  answered  attacks  on  the  film  "Mission 
to  Moscow"  before  the  League  of  American  Writers. 

HISTORY  OF  COMMUNIST  PARTY  WRITERS'  CONGRESSES 

The  Revolutionary  Writers'  Federation  was  the  American  Section 
of  Moscow's  Communist  "International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writ- 
ers" (of  the  International  Bureau  of  Revolutionary  Literature) .  The 
Workers'  Cultural  Federation  was  an  outgrowth  of  this  organization, 
in  reality,  an  amalgamation  of  Communist  revolutionary  cultural 
groups  composed  of  at  least  130  societies.  The  Revolutionary  Writers' 
Federation  included  the  John  Reed  Club  writers'  group,  Proletpen, 
Hungarian  Proletarian  Writers',  Worker  Correspondence  Association, 
Japanese  Cultural  Federation,  Finnish  Cultural  Federation,  Lithu- 
anian Literary  Dramatic  Club,  Jack  London  Club,  Pen  and  Hammer 
Club  and  Student  Review.  The  Workers'  Cultural  Federation  adopted 
the  slogan  "Toward  an  American  Revolution."  On  November  15, 
.1930,  the  Second  Conference  of  the  International  Union  of  Revolu- 
tionary Writers  was  held  in  Kharkov,  Russia.  The  American  delegates 
were  instructed  to  form  a  National  organization  of  revolutionary  writ- 
ers and  artists  upon  their  return  to  the  United  States.  (Daily  Worker. 
December  6,  1930.)     Among  the  American  delegates  at  this  conference 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  119 

were  Fred  Ellis,  Michael  Gold,  William  Gropper,  Joshua  Kunitz,  A.  B. 
Magil  and  Harry  Allan  Potamkin. 

Pursuant  to  the  directives  of  the  Kharkov  Conference,  a  meeting 
was  held  in. New  York  City  on  June  14,  1931,  out  of  which  emerged 
the  Workers'  Cultural  Federation.  An  honorary  Presidium  was  elected, 
among  whom  were  Maxim  Gorki  and  N.  Krupskaya  (Lenin's  widow), 
U.S.S.R. ;  Ludwig  Renn  of  Germany ;  Henri  Barbusse  of  France ;  Tomas 
of  Hungary ;  Lo  Hsun  of  China  and  Theodore  Dreiser,  John  Dos  Passos, 
Upton  Sinclair  and  William  Z.  Foster  of  the  United  States.  William 
Gropper,  Alexander  Trachtenberg  (Communist  Workers'  Library  pub- 
lisher), R.  B.  Glassford,  Michael  Gold,  K.  Marmor,  J.  Shafer,  A.  B. 
Magil,  Harry  Allen  Potamkin  and  T.  H.  Li,  a  Chinese  Communist, 
(held  at  that  time  for  deportation),  were  elected  to  an  active  Presidium. 
Headquarters  for  the  organization  was  established  at  63  West  15th 
Street,  New  York  City.  The  John  Reed  Club  and  "New  Masses"  maga- 
zine were  at  the  same  address  and  it  was  designated  by  the  "New  Masses" 
as  "The  first  American  Revolutionary  Center." 

A  cablegram  from  Moscow  was  read  at  the  June  14,  1931,  conference 
which  said,  in  part: 

"International  Union  Revolutionary  Writers  Welcomes  Launch- 
ing of  Federation  Workers'  Cultural  Organizations  America  Stop 
.     .     .     Before  Federation  Stands  Task  of  Creating  Proletarian 
Culture  in  Womb  of  Capitalist  System  Stop  Launching  Federa- 
tion Is  Most  Significant  Event  in  History  American  Revolution- 
ary Culture,"  etc. 
Whitaker  Chambers,  Charles  Yale  Harrison,  Melvin  P.  Levy,  Harry 
Alan  Potamkin  and  K.  Wallace  were  among  the  American  writers  serving 
on  the  1932  staff  of  the  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers. 
In  August  of  1932,  "Literary  Service,"  edited  by  Keene  Wallis  of  the 
John  Reed  Club,  made  its  appearance  as  a  monthly  publication  of  the 
International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers.    Indicative  of  the  type 
of  ' '  cultural  literature ' '  is  the  following  poem  by  the  Communist  Negro 
poet,  Langston  Hughes : 

Goodbye  Christ 

"Listen,  Christ, 
You  did  alright  in  your  day,  I  reckon — 
But  that  day's  gone  now. 
They  ghosted  you  up  a  swell  story  too, 
Called  it  Bible— 
But  its  dead  now. 
The  popes  and  the  preachers've 
Made  too  much  money  from  it. 
They've  sold  you  to  too  many. 

"Kings,  generals,  robbers  and  killers — 
Even  to  the  Czar  and  the  Cossacks, 
Even  to  Rockefeller's  church, 
Even  to  The  Satnrdav  Evening  Post. 


120  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

You  ain't  no  good  no  more. 
They've  pawned  you 
Till  you've  done  wore  out. 
"Goodbye, 
Christ  Jesus  Lord  God  Jehova, 
Beat  it  on  away  from  here  now. 
Make  way  for  a  new  guy  with  no  religion  at  all — 
A  real  guy  named 
Marx,  Communist  Lenin,  Peasant  Stalin,  Worker  Me — 

"I  said,  Me ! 

"Go  ahead  on  now, 

You're  getting  in  the  way  of  things,  Lord. 
And  please  take  Saint  Ghandi  with  you  when  you  go, 
And  Saint  Pope  Pius, 
And  Saint  Aimie  McPherson, 
And  big  black  Saint  Becton 
Of  the  Consecrated  Dime. 
And  step  on  the  gas,  Christ ! 
Move! 

Don't  be  so  slow  about  movin' ! 
The  world  is  mine  from  now  on — 
And  nobody's  gonna  sell  Me 
To  a  king,  or  a  general, 
Or  a  millionaire." 

American  writers  serving  on  the  1933  staff  of  the  International  Union 
of  Revolutionary  Writers,  included  Upton  Sinclair,  Michael  Gold,  A. 
Magil,  John  Dos  Passos,  Emjo  Basshe,  Walter  Carmon,  Theodore  Drei- 
ser, Fred  Ellis,  Ed  Falkowski,  Joseph  Freeman,  Josephine  Herbst,  Lang- 
ston  Hughes,  Joseph  Kalar,  Joshua  Kunitz,  Louis  Lozowick,  Norman 
MacLeod,  Myra  Page,  Horace  Gregory,  Agnes  Smedley,  Mary  Heaton 
Vorse,  Jack  Conroy,  John  Hermann  and  Herman  Spector. 

The  John  Reed  Clubs  were  named  in  honor  of  the  so-called  "first 
American  Communist,"  John  Reed.  These  clubs  were  affiliates  of  the 
International  Union  of  the  Revolutionary  Theatre  and  a  section  of  the 
Communist  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers.  The  New 
York  John  Reed  Club,  formerly  at  430  6th  Avenue,  organized  the 
Workers'  Cultural  Federation  with  which  all  John  Reed  branches  were 
affiliated. 

THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  WRITERS'  CONGRESS  AND  THE  BIRTH 
OF  THE  LEAGUE  OF  AMERICAN  WRITERS 

The  call  for  the  first  American  Writers'  Congress  suggested  the  for- 
mation of  the  League  of  American  Writers  and  boldly  stated  that  the 
organization  to  be  formed  would  be  "affiliated  with  the  International 
Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers."  It  declared  that  the  Congress  "Will 
provide  technical  discussion  of  the  literary  applications  of  Marxist 
philosophy  and  of  the  relations  between  critic  and  creator. ' ' 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 


121 


The  objective  of  the  Congress  was  further  stated  in  the  proceedings : 
"We  believe  such  a  Congress  should  create  the  League  of  American 
Writers,  affiliated  with  the  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 
Writers.  In  European  countries  the  International  Union  of  Revolution- 
ary Writers  is  in  the  vanguard  of  literature  and  political  action. ' ' 

The  ' '  call ' '  was  signed  by  the  following : 


Nelson  Algren, 
Arnold  B.  Armstrong, 
Nathan  Asch, 
Maxwell  Bodenheim, 
Thomas  Boyd, 
Earl  Browder, 
Bob  Brown, 
Fielding  Burke, 
Kenneth  Burke, 
Robert  Coates, 
Erskine  Caldwell, 
Alan  Calmer, 
Robert  Cantwell, 
Lester  Cohen, 
Jack  Conroy, 
Malcolm  Cowley, 
Theodore  Dreiser, 
Edward  Dahlberg, 
Guy  Endore, 
James  T.  Farrell, 
Kenneth  Fearing, 
Ben  Field, 
Waldo  Frank, 
Joseph  Freeman, 
Michael  Gold, 
Eugene  Gordon, 
Horace  Gregory, 
Henry  Hart, 
Clarence  Hathaway, 
Josephine  Herbst, 
Robert  Herrick, 
Granville  Hicks, 
Langston  Hughes, 
Orrick  Johns, 
Arthur  Kallet, 


Lincoln  Kirstein, 
Herbert  Kline, 
Joshua  Kunitz, 
John  Howard  Lawson, 
Tillie  Lerner, 
Meridel  Le  Sueur, 
Melvin  Levy, 
Robert  Morss  Lovett, 
Louis  Lozowick, 
Grace  Lumpkin, 
Lewis  Mumford, 
Edward  Newhouse, 
Joseph  North, 
Moussaye  J.  Olgin, 
Samuel  Ornitz, 
Myra  Page, 
John  Dos  Passos, 
Paul  Peters, 
Allen  Porter, 
Harold  Preece, 
William  Rollins,  Jr., 
Paul  Romaine, 
Isidor  Schneider, 
Edwin  Seaver, 
Claire  Sifton, 
Paul  Sifton, 
George  Sklar, 
John  L.  Spivak, 
Lincoln  Steffens 
Philip  Stevenson, 
Genevieve  Taggard, 
Alexander  Trachtenberg, 
Nathaniel  West, 
Ella  Winter, 
Richard  Wright. 


It  will  be  noted  that  John  Howard  Lawson  and  Melvin  Levy  were 
listed  as  signing  the  call  for  the  First  Writers'  Congress  in  New  York 
City.  Both  men  have  been  active  in  subsequent  Writers'  Congresses 
and  appear  as  members  of  the  committee  for  the  Writers'  Congress 
which  was  held  on  the  Los  Angeles  Campus  of  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, October  1,  2  and  3,  1943. 

The  committee  is  in  possession  of  a  photostatic  copy  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  First  American  Writers'  Congress.     The  most  naive  spectator 


122  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

and  quarter-witted  participant  of  this  first  Writers'  Congress  could  not 
have  been  deceived  as  to  its  Communist  revolutionary  character. 

A  report  by  Moissaye  J.  Olgin,  author  of  "Why  Communism?"  (one 
of  the  most  inflammatory  and  revolutionary  pieces  of  modern  Communist 
literature  in  existence),  was  read  to  the  Congress.  The  report  was  on 
the  First  All-Union  Congress  of  Soviet  Writers,  and  glorified  Karl  Radek 
and  Nikolai  Bukharin,  old  Bolsheviks  who  were  ' '  liquidated ' '  by  Stalin 's 
purge  in  1937-38. 

Joseph  Freeman,  under  the  heading  "The  Tradition  of  American 
Revolutionary  Literature,"  stated: 

"These  ideas  were  prevalent  in  left-wing  literary  circles  in  this 
country  in  the  early  twenties.  During  the  boom  period,  many 
intellectuals  who  had  allied  themselves  with  the  workers  under  the 
impact  of  the  war  and  the  October  Revolution,  were  absorbed  into 
the  then  prosperous  middle  classes.  A  small  group  of  left-wing 
writers,  influenced  by  the  Communist  movement  as  their  predeces- 
sors had  been  influenced  by  the  socialist  and  syndicalist  movements, 
agitated  for  a  revolutionary  art  and  literature  in  America.  Condi- 
tions imposed  upon  them  a  task  which  was  primarily  propagandistic, 
educational,  organizational.  They  wrote,  lectured  and  organized 
with  a  view  to  circulating  basic  Marxian  ideas  in  literature.  They 
founded  the  New  Masses,  the  Theatre  Union,  the  New  Theatre, 
Partisan  Review,  the  John  Reed  Clubs,  the  Film  and  Foto  League ; 
they  taught  literature  in  the  Workers'  School  and  wrote  about  it 
in  the  Daily  Worker,  partly  to  acquaint  the  workers  with  con- 
temporary literature,  partly  to  acquaint  writers  with  the  viewpoint 
of  the  workers  and  its  significance  for  culture  in  general  and  litera- 
ture in  particular.  They  developed  young  poets,  critics,  journal- 
ists and  novelists  who  subsequently  did  creative  work  of  distinc- 
tion. They  published  and  encouraged  revolutionary  writers  not 
only  in  New  York,  but  also  in  the  Middle  West,  the  Coast,  the  South, 
among  them  talented  Negro  writers  like  Langston  Hughes  and 
Eugene  Gordon.  In  doing  so,  they  were  not — as  their  enemies 
said — importing  a  Russian  idea  imposed  upon  them  by  the  Kremlin. 
They  were  developing  in  their  own  country  an  international  idea 
as  old  as  the  proletarian  party — an  idea  that  had  its  own  specific 
American  traditions." 

John  Howard  Lawson  and  Waldo  Frank  were  dominant  figures  in 
the  Congress.  Clarance  Hathaway  was,  at  the  time  of  the  Congress, 
editor  of  the  Communist  Party  New  York  publication,  the  Daily  Worker. 
Hathaway  was  enthusiastic  about  the  Congress  and  expressed  himself 
in  the  following  language: 

"I  greet  this  Congress  of  writers  in  the  name  of  the  entire  staff 
of  the  Daily  Worker.  From  the  outset  of  the  preparations  of 
your  Congress  the  Daily  Worker  has  given  the  closest  attention  to 
preliminaries  required  to  bring  together  the  cream  of  American 
writers.  We  have  run  all  of  the  advanced  material  on  the  Con- 
gress, and  many  articles  dealing  with  it,  and  the  action  it  must  take 
to  advance  the  struggle  against  war  and  Fascism.     The  Daily 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  123 

Worker  did  so,  because,  as  the  organ  of  the  Communist  Party  of  the 
United  States,  it  was  conscious  that  we  must  not  only  win  the  over- 
whelming mass  of  the  American  workers  and  farmers  for  the  revo- 
lutionary position,  but  that  the  writer,  the  intellectual  generally, 
and  the  middle  class,  must  be  made  active  allies  of  the  working  class 
in  its  struggle  against  Capitalism. ' ' 

Congratulatory  telegrams  and  cablegrams  were  received  from  leading 
Communists.     Karl  Radek  sent  the  following  cablegram  from  Russia : 

' '  We,  the  Congress  of  Soviet  Writers,  extend  our  brotherly  hand 
to  all  of  the  writers  who  are  on  the  road  toward  us,  no  matter  how 
far  they  still  are  from  us,  and  if  only  we  see  in  them  a  will  and  a 
wish  to  help  the  working  class  in  its  struggle  to  help  the  Soviet 
Union.  We  say  to  them :  the  best  aid  you  can  render  us  will  be 
that  you  place  yourselves  shoulder  to  shoulder  with  the  working 
class  of  your  country,  with  its  revolutionary  minority. ' ' 

Waldo  Frank  was  so  enthusiastic  that  he  imagined  the  "revolution" 
right  around  the  corner.  Speaking  on  the  "Values  of  the  Revolutionary 
Writer,"  he  declares: 

"My  premise  and  the  premise  of  the  majority  of  writers  here 
assembled  is  that  Communism  must  come,  and  must  be  fought  for. 
If  a  writer  doubts  this,  I  doubt  he  is  an  artist ;  and  I  doubt  he  is  a 
Marxist.  If  we  believe  that  Communism  is  the  organic  next  step 
of  the  world  to  be  released  by  freeing  the  world 's  forces  of  wealth, 
we  must  believe  in  the  art  of  revealing  man's  depths  which  bear 
this  destiny.  We  will  embody  in  our  work  the  substance  of  life; 
the  blood,  the  bone,  the  eye,  the  conscious  embrace  of  necessity 
whose  child  is  freedom — knowing  that  insofar  as  we  create  this  truth, 
we  are  moving,  and  moving  those  who  hear  us,  toward  the  Revo- 
lution. ' ' 

Edwin  Seaver  discussed  the  "Proletarian  Novel,"  and  in  attempting 
to  distinguish  between  his  subject  and  its  bourgeois  prototype,  he  broke 
down  and  came  to  cases.  "What  are  we  here  for?"  he  cried.  "What 
do  we  believe  in?  The  fight  against  war  and  fascism?  True  enough. 
But  this  is  largely  a  negative  statement.  Are  we  not  here  because  we 
believe  in  forming  a  new  and  Communist  ideology  within  the  shell  of 
the  old  and  decaying  capitalist  society,  because  we  seek  the  way  out  of 
capitalist  anarchy  toward  that  socialist  order  which  is  now  in  the  process 
of  construction  in  the  Soviet  Union,  because  in  essence  we  subscribe  to 
the  Marxian  revolutionary  analysis  of  historical  change?" 

As  might  well  be  expected,  Earl  Browder,  Secretary  of  the  Communist 
Party  of  the  United  States,  was  one  of  the  speakers.  He  said,  in  part : 
"Writers  who  are  coming  into  this  cultural  stream  are  tradition- 
ally not  interested  in  political  life  and  problems.  In  their  vast 
majority  they  are  skeptical  of  all  political  parties,  if  not  contemp- 
tuous. They  find,  however,  in  the  new  life  in  which  they  participate, 
there  is  a  political  party  which  plays  an  increasingly  influential  role, 
the  Communist  Party.     They  find  it  necessary  to  define  their  atti- 


124  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

tude  toward  this  Party  which  actively  participates  in  their  chosen 
world.  They  see  that  this  Party  is  a  force  in  fine  literature,  as  well 
as  in  strikes,  in  unemployment  struggles,  in  battling  for  Negro 
rights,  even  in  a  reactionary  Congress  where  it  rallied  through  mass 
pressure  52  votes  for  the  Workers'  Insurance  Bill  without  having  a 
single  Communist  congressmen — as  yet.  Yes,  the  Communist  Party 
is  a  force,  in  every  phase  of  life  of  the  masses,  even  that  of  poets, 
dramatists,  novelists  and  critics. 

' '  We  are  all  of  us  bound  together,  forced  to  work  out  our  common 
problems  collectively,  by  the  menace  of  a  common  enemy  which 
threatens  to  destroy  everything  that  we  hold  dear.  The  fight  against 
reaction,  against  fascism  in  the  inner  life  of  nations  and  against 
imperalist  war  internationally,  is  our  common  bond  .  .  .  We  are 
not  alone.  We  have  brothers  in  every  land.  We  have  a  mighty 
stronghold  in  this  battle,  in  the  land  where  socialism  is  being  built, 
where  a  new  culture  is  blossoming — the  Soviet  Union.  This  for- 
tress against  reaction  is  at  this  time  our  greatest  protection  against 
the  wave  of  reaction  sweeping  the  world.  We  must  protect  it  as  it 
protects  us.     .     .     . 

"It  is  with  these  thoughts  that  the  Communist  Party  greets  this 
historic  Congress  of  American  Writers.  We  are  all  soldiers,  each 
in  our  own  place,  in  a  common  cause.  Let  our  efforts  be  united  in 
fraternal  solidarity. ' ' 

Langston  Hughes,  already  referred  to,  called  for  immediate  violent 
revolution  in  verse.     His  contribution  is  as  follows : 

Revolution 

' '  Great  mob  that  knows  no  f ear 
Come  here ! 
And  raise  your  hand 
Against  this  man 
Of  iron  and  steel  and  gold 
Who's  bought  and  sold 
You 

Each  one 
For  the  last  thousand  years. 

' '  Come  here, 
Great  mob  that  knows  no  fear, 
And  tear  him  from  limb  to  limb, 
Slit  his  golden  throat 
Ear  to  ear, 

And  end  his  time  forever 
Now — 
This  year — 
Great  mob  that  knows  no  fear. ' ' 

Eugene  Clay,  in  "The  Negro  in  Recent  American  Literature,"  states 
that  Richard  Wright's  poem  "I  Have  Seen  Black  Hands"  is  one  of  the 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  125 

finest  poems  that  has  appeared  in  the  "New  Masses".     It  is  partly  as 
follows : 

"lam  black  and  I  have  seen  black  hands 
Raised  in  fists  of  revolt,  side  by  side  with  the  white  fists  of  white 

workers, 
And  some  day — and  it  is  only  this  which  sustains  me — 
Some  day  there  shall  be  millions  and  millions  of  them, 
On  some  red  day  in  a  burst  of  fists  on  a  new  horizon ! ' ' 

Moishe  Nadir,  following  the  Communist  line  of  the  day,  placed  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  and  Hitler  side  by  side  as  hirelings  of  the  ' '  war-mongers. ' ' 
"The  proletarian  writer  of  today,"  he  declared,  "must  above  all 
unceasingly  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  old  war-mongers  of  the 
Stinnes,  Morgan,  Deterding,  DuPont  and  Krupp  stamp,  as  well  as  their 
hirelings,  Wotan,  Hitler,  Father  Coughlin,  Brother  Roosevelt,  are  once 
more  plotting  to  rid  themselves  of  the  'over-production'  of  laboring  men, 
by  dumping  them  into  the  hell  fires  of  the  coming  imperialist  war,  a 
most '  convenient '  way,  no  doubt,  of  liquidating  the  contradictions  inher- 
ent in  capitalist  economy."  Comrade  Nadir  insisted  that  they  all  love 
America.  "Above  all,"  he  said  fervently  and  in  italics,  "We  love 
America  as  one  of  the  most  beautiful  flowers  in  the  bouquet  of  the  world 
Soviets  of  tomorrow. ' ' 

John  Howard  Lawson  kept  the  proceedings  moving  toward  the  pre- 
determined objective.  He  reminded  the  assembled  writers  ' '  that  detailed 
technical  analysis  is  the  most  urgent  need  of  Marxist  criticism."  He 
was  aware  that  the  revolution  was  not  quite  as  close  as  Waldo  Frank 
believed,  and  that  Communist  Party  strategists  had  much  yet  to  accom- 
plish. The  organization  of  the  League  of  American  Writers  was  the 
principle  objective  of  the  First  American  Writers'  Congress.  When  this 
momentous  event  had  taken  place  Lawson  reminded  the  delegates  of  the 
work  ahead.  ' '  This  is  a  very  solemn  moment, ' '  he  said.  ' '  Exciting  and 
stimulating  and  important  as  the  proceedings  of  this  Congress  have  been, 
we  now  enter  on  a  much  more  serious  task — the  actual  carrying  out  of  the 
permanent  development  and  growth  of  the  Congress.  I  think  that  if 
there  is  one  thing  more  than  anything  else  that  has  been  impressibly 
demonstrated  at  these  meetings,  it  is  the  depth  and  breadth  and  magni- 
tude of  the  tasks  of  the  working  class,  of  the  Revolutionary  movement. ' ' 

When  the  applause  of  the  final  session  died  down,  James  Farrell  arose 
and  suggested  the  singing  of  the  International.  The  concluding  sentence 
of  the  photostatic  copy  of  the  report  of  the  proceedings  in  the  possession 
of  the  committee  states  that:  "This  was  done." 

The  League  of  American  Writers  was  born.  Before  the  final  session 
of  the  First  Writers'  Congress  came  to  a  close,  Jack  Conroy  announced 
to  the  delegates  that  the  nominating  committee  had  named  for  its  head, 


126 


UN-AMERICAN"    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 


Waldo    Frank.     The    nomination    was    unanimously 
executive  committee  elected  is  as  follows: 


approved.     The 


Kenneth  Burke, 
Malcolm  Cowley, 
Joseph  Freeman, 
Henry  Hart, 
Granville  Hicks, 
Alfred  Kreymborg, 
Albert  Maltz, 
Edwin  Seaver, 
Alexander  Traehtenberg, 


Harold  Clurman, 
Waldo  Frank, 
Michael  Gold, 
Josephine  Herbst, 
Matthew  Josephson, 
John  Howard  Lawson. 
Isidar  Schneider, 
Genevieve  Taggard, 


National  Council  was  then  elected  composed  of  the  following 


Nelson  Algren, 
Maxwell  Bodenheim, 
Michael  Blankfort, 
Van  Wyck  Brooks, 
Sterling  Brown, 
Alan  Calmer, 
Harry  Carlisle, 
Merle  Colby, 
Edward  Dahlberg, 
James  T.  Farrell, 
Angel  Flores, 
Robert  Herrick, 
Orrick  Johns, 
Tillie  Lerner, 
Robert  Morss  Lovett, 
Lewis  Mumford, 
Clifford  Odets, 
Joseph  Opatoshu, 
Rebecca  Pitts, 
George  Sklar, 


Lincoln  Steffens, 
Richard  Wright, 
Fielding  Burke, 
Robert  Cantwell, 
Eugene  Clay, 
Jack  Conroy, 
Leonard  Ehrlich, 
Kenneth  Fearing, 
Horace  Gregory, 
Sidney  Howard, 
Joshua  Kunitz, 
Meridel  Le  Sueur, 
Grace  Lumpkin, 
Moishe  Nadir, 
M.  J.  Olgin, 
Paul  Peters, 
William  Rollins,  Jr., 
Agnes  Smedley, 
James  Waterman  Wise. 


The  first  American  Writers'  Congress  became  a  thing  of  the  past  as 
the  last  note  of  the  "International"  faded  away,  a  memorable  milestone 
in  the  Red  history  of  the  United  States.  The  League  of  American  Writ- 
ers carried  on  the  work  of  the  Congress,  calling  new  Congresses  as  often 
as  Communist  Party  strategy  demanded.  The  second  American  Writ- 
ers' Congress  was  held  in  1937.  The  same  Communist  influences  and 
domination  were  present  at  its  sessions. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IX    CALIFORNIA 


127 


The  Third  Congress  was  held  in  New  York  City  June  2,  3,  4,  1939. 
The  call  was  signed  by  the  following : 


Benjamin  Appel, 
Newton  Arvin, 
Helen  Merrell  Lynd, 
Kenneth  Fearing, 
Arthur  D.  Ficke, 
Millen  Brand, 
Joseph  Freeman, 
Mauritz  Hallgren, 
Dorothy  Parker, 
Van  Wyck  Brooks, 
Genevieve  Taggard, 
Dubose  Hey  ward, 
Erskine  Caldwell, 
Katherine  6.  Chapin, 
Alfred  Kreymborg, 
John  Wexley, 
Muriel  Rukeyser, 
Vida  D.  Scudder, 
Edwin  Seaver, 
John  Howard  Lawson, 
Donald  Ogden  Stewart, 
Viola  Brothers  Shore, 
Guy  Endore, 
Henry  Pratt  Fairchild, 
Albert  Bein, 
Bruce  Minton, 
Ruth  McKenney, 
Marjorie  Fischer, 
Harvey  O'Connor, 
S.  J.  Perelman, 
Leland  Stowe, 
Frederick  Prokosch, 
Lorine  Pruette, 
Samuel  Putnam, 
W.  L.  River, 
Jess  Kimbrough, 
Humphrey  Cobb, 
Lester  Cohen, 
Ella  Winter, 


Richard  Wright, 
Stanley  Young, 
Leane  Zugsmith, 
Meyer  Levin, 
Nora  Benjamin, 
Francis  Faragoh, 
Tess  Slessinger, 
Philip  Stevenson, 
Carey  Mc Williams, 
Irving  Stone, 
Dorothy  Brewster, 
Henry  Hart, 
Sidney  Buchman, 
Frank  Tuttle, 
Jean  Starr  Untermeyer, 
Ralph  Roeder, 
Arthur  Kober, 
Malcolm  Cowley, 
George  Dillon, 
Muriel  Draper, 
Philip  Dunne, 
Vincent  Sheean, 
Upton  Sinclair, 
Albert  Maltz, 
Aline  Bernstein, 
Bessie  Breuer, 
Louis  Bromfield, 
Daniel  Fuchs, 
James  Thurber, 
Lillian  Hellman, 
Kenneth  Burke, 
Eugene  Holmes, 
Louis  Untermeyer, 
Carl  Van  Doren, 
Harold  J.  Rome, 
Joshua  Kunitz, 
David  Lamson, 
Jesse  Lasky,  Jr., 
Irwin  Shaw. 


Waldo  Frank  was  myteriously  absent  from  the  Third  American  Writ- 
ers' Congress.  Eugene  Lyons,  in  his  book  The  Red  Decade,  clears  up 
the  mystery.  "As  a  footnote  to  the  story,"  says  Mr.  Lyons,  "I  offer 
in  exhibit  Mr.  Waldo  Frank.  When  Mr.  Frank  exchanged  his  private 
mysticism  for  the  fashionable  mysticism  of  the  Muscovite  aberration, 
he  was  hailed  as  a  hero  in  the  Communist  press.  He  was  made  chair- 
man of  one  of  the  principal  planets  in  Stalin 's  solar  system,  the  League 
of  American  Writers.  All  went  well  until  the  Soviet  bloodletting  touched 
Mr.  Frank's  conscience.     He  wrote  a  letter  to  the  New  Republic  sug- 


lL'S  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

gesting  an  international  labor  and  socialist  inquiry  into  the  whole  mat- 
ter. Immediately  his  services  to  the  cause  were  forgotten  and  his  name 
was  mud.  He  had  committed  the  deadly  sin  of  doubting.  When  the 
next  American  Writers'  Congress  foregathered,  he  was  mysteriously 
missing.  Let  the  innocent  literati  who  continued  to  claim  that  the 
League  and  its  Congresses  were  independent,  explain  the  technique  by 
which  Waldo  Frank  was  eliminated  after  his  slip,  and  his  place  taken  bv 
one  of  Hollywood's  best,  Donald  Ogden  Stewart." 

The  first  Pacific  Congress  of  "American  Writers,"  a  direct  attempt  of 
the  Communist  League  of  American  Writers  to  extend  the  original  plan 
to  West  Coast  left-wing  writers,  was  held  in  San  Francisco  October  23, 
24,  25,  1936.  Using  the  same  technique  as  that  so  successfully  used  in 
the  First  American  Writers'  Congress,  the  Pacific  Coast  Congress  gave 
birth  to  the  Pacific  Coast  branch  of  the  League  of  American  Writers. 
This  branch  was  headed  by  Carey  Mc Williams  and  Clara  Weatherwax. 
Haakon  Chevalier  was  reported  as  one  of  the  most  active  members  of  the 
Committee  in  San  Francisco. 

The  Hitler-Stalin  Pact,  the  rape  of  Poland  and  the  Soviet  invasion  of 
Finland  created  a  furious  retreat  of  literary  ' '  innocents, ' '  parlor-pinks 
and  cocktail  revolutionaries  who  had  permitted  their  names  to  be  used  for 
the  Calls  of  the  Writers  Congresses.  As  a  result  the  Fourth  Congress, 
held  in  New  York  early  in  June  of  1941,  was  a  dismal  affair,  attended 
only  by  such  stalwarts  as  Donald  Ogden  Stewart,  Dashiell  Hammett, 
John  Howard  Lawson  and  Dudley  Nichols.  Orson  Welles  and  a  num- 
ber of  obscure  writers  were  recruited  for  this  Congress  by  Communist 
scouts  after  much  barrel-scraping.  The  dubious  "Oscar"  of  leadership 
of  the  League  of  American  Writers  passed  from  Donald  Ogden  Stewart 
to  Dashiell  Hammett. 

Alexander  Trachtenberg  has  been  a  Communist  functionary  since  the 
Communist  Party  was  organized  in  the  United  States  in  1919.  John 
Howard  Lawson  is  considered  something  more  than  a  mere  "function- 
ary" of  the  Communist  Party.  He  is  held  in  reverential  awe  by  ordi- 
nary Communist  Party  members.  Alexander  Trachtenberg,  head  of 
the  Workers'  Library  Publishers,  Inc.,  is  regarded  as  the  leader  of  the 
agit-  prop  (agitational  propaganda)  division  of  the  American  Commu- 

COMMUNIST   RIGHT-ABOUT  FACE 

The  sixth  period  of  Communist  strategy  in  the  United  States  was 
launched  in  a  cloud  of  confusion  June  22,  1941.  American  Communist 
strategists  were  in  a  dither  attempting  to  adjust  their  Marxian  spectacles 
for  a  peep  into  the  crystal  ball  of  world  events  for  a  "scientific"  and 
"materialistic"  interpretation  of  history.  They  were  pathetically 
bewildered  until  directives  arrived  from  the  oracle  in  Moscow's  Krem- 
lin. The  Leninistic  "sharp  turn"  was  not  only  "sharp"  and  breath- 
taking; it  was  practically  a  hair-pin  turn.  Many  of  the  Comrades 
bringing  up  the  rear  were  nearly  stomped  to  death  as  the  "vanguard  of 
the  proletariat"  executed  the  death-defying  maneuver.  It  took  a  little 
time  to  reform  the  ragged  ranks  of  the  confused  proletariat  and  to 
restore  order  and  discipline.  New  names,  costumes  and  credentials  had 
to  be  prepared.  It  ordinarily  takes  time  to  change  from  the  role  of  a 
wild-eyed  revolutionist,  mobilizing  inferiority-complexed  literary  men 
for  red  hack-writing,  to  an  American  patriot  mobilizing  the  literati  for 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  120 

its  war  efforts  against  a  common  enemy.  John  Howard  Lawson,  Alex- 
ander Trachtenberg  and  the  hierarchy  of  Communist  strategists  were 
equal  to  the  task.  Once  the  program  was  formulated,  new  names  sup- 
plied and  credentials  cleverly  manufactured,  ''innocents,"  fellow-trav- 
elers and  trembling  opportunists  were  easily  found.  It  would  be  done 
with  Hollywood  trappings,  at  a  State  institution  of  higher  learning  and 
to  the  strains  of  the  Star  Spangled  Banner  instead  of  the  International. 
Stalinistic  " power-plays ' ',  Leninistic  "sharp-turns",  Marxist  dialectic 
and  the  materialistic  interpretation  of  history  would  be  subtly  explained 
and  reconciled  under  the  benevolent  noses  of  naive  "progressive"  pro- 
fessors while  the  "capitalistic"  press  paid  tribute  and  homage  to  the 
Hollywood  setting  for  the  launching  of  the  new  Communist  "line." 

John  Howard  Lawson  was  not  quite  so  skillful  with  the  Joint  Fact- 
Finding  Committee  as  he  is  reputed  to  be  with  Communist  devotees.  He 
testified  that  he  had  come  from  New  York  City  and  that  he  had  resided 
in  Southern  California  for  approximately  15  years.  He  admitted 
attending  the  First  Writers'  Congress  in  New  York  in  1035,  that  he  had 
spoken  at  some  of  its  sessions,  contributed  articles  and  that  he  had  been 
acquainted  with  Alexander  Trachtenberg  for  many  years.  When  asked 
whether  or  not  he  had  ever  heard  of  the  Second  Conference  of  the  Inter- 
national Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers  at  Kharkov,  Russia,  he  replied : 
"I  have  heard  it  mentioned  in  relation  to  certain  charges  made  by  this 
committee  in  regard  to  the  Writers'  Congress  in  1043."  The  answer 
might  have  been  cleverly  evasive  if  the  photostatic  copies  of  the  proceed- 
ings o,f  the  First  Writers'  Congress  in  possession  of  the  committee  did 
not  reveal  that  the  League  of  American  Writers,  to  be  created  by  the 
Congress,  was  to  be  "affiliated  with  the  International  Union  of  Revolu- 
tionary Writers."  Lawson  had  signed  the  call.  He  stated  that  he  had 
probably  met  Clarence  Hathaway  but  that  he  could  not  place  him  at  the 
time  of  testifying.  This  "evasiveness"  might  have  been  successfully 
practiced  on  the  members  of  the  committee  if  it  had  not  been  in  possession 
of  documentary  evidence  that  Lawson  was  a  staff  writer  on  the  New 
York  Daily  Worker,  East  Coast  Communist  publication,  at  the  time  that 
Clarence  Hathaway  edited  the  publication.  His  memory  conveniently 
failed  him  at  times. 

"  *  *  *  Do  you  recall  that  the  congress,"  Mr.  Combs 
asked,  "the  one  we  were  talking  about,  closed  with  the  singing  of 
the  International — or  did  it  ? " 

' '  I  have  no  idea, ' '  Mr.  Lawson  replied.  ' '  I  presume  it  did,  but 
I  don't  know." 

' '  Why  do  you  presume  it  did  ? ' ' 

"Because  I  also  saw  some  charges  that  were  made  by  this  com- 
mittee previously  in  which  the  statement  was  made,  and  I  assumed 
you  had  some  basis  for  the  statement.     It  is  very  likely  true." 

The  official  proceedings  of  the  Congress  (p.  12)  concludes  with  the 
following:  "When  the  applause  died  down  James  Farrell  arose  and 
suggested  that  the  Congress  conclude  its  final  session  by  singing  the 
International.    This  was  done." 

Lawson  admitted  knowing  James  Farrell  for  approximately  12  years. 

Lawson  admitted  that  he  was  familiar  with  the  League  of  American 
Writers  and  that  it  had  been  created  by  the  First  American  Writers' 


130  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Congress.  He  stated  that  he  was  a  member  of  the  National  Executive 
Committee  and  that  at  the  time  of  testifying  (1944)  he  was  serving  in 
the  capacity  of  national  vice-president,  which  office  he  had  held  for 
six  or  seven  years. 

Carl  Winter  was  chairman  of  the  Communist  Party  of  Los  Angeles 
County  until  the  party  changed  its  name  to  the  Communist  Political 
Association  of  California.  When  the  change  was  effected  Winter  held 
a  comparable  office  in  the  "Association"  and  Max  Silver  became  secre- 
tary. Lawson  admitted  being  acquainted  with  both  Winter  and  Silver. 
He  had  been  a  guest,  together  with  Max  Silver  and  others,  at  Carl  Win- 
ter's birthday  party.  Lawson  had  no  desire  to  stress  his  association  with 
these  official  functionaries  of  the  Communist  Party.  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol. 
XXIII,  pp.  150-151)  : 

Q.  By  Combs :     Did  you  ever  meet  with  Silver  and  Mr.  Winter 
on  any  other  occasions  ? 
A.     Not  that  I  recall,  no. 

Q.  It  is  possible  you  may  have  met  with  them  and  forgotten? 
A.  I  may  have  met  them  in  certain  social  gatherings,  but  I  don 't 

remember  it. 
Q.  Around  at  people's  houses  from  time  to  time  you  may  have 

met  them  ? 
A.     It's  possible.    It  was  so  casual  I  have  forgotten  it. 
Q.     You  have  known  each  of  them  for  approximately  the  same 

period  of  time,  have  you  ? 
A.    Yes. 

HOLLYWOOD  WRITERS'   MOBILIZATION 

As  heretofore  reported  by  the  committee,  the  Japanse  attack  at  Pearl 
Harbor  December  7,  1941,  supplied  the  impetus  for  Communist  strategy 
made  necessary  by  Germany's  attack  on  Soviet  Russia  in  June  of  that 
year.  For  the  first  time  a  Communist  slogan  meant  something  to  Ameri- 
can ears.  "Unity"  in  the  war  effort  for  victory  made  sense  and  the 
Communist  Party  launched  the  slogan  fully  cognizant  that  it  gave  them 
a  supreme  advantage  in  revised  strategy.  Under  this  convenient  guise 
of  "unity"  Communist  Party  functionaries  went  to  work  on  the  crea- 
tion of  a  series  of  new  "front"  groups.  The  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobil- 
ization, allegedly  composed  of  the  guilds  connected  with  the 
motion  picture  industry,  was  one  of  the  first  to  emerge.  John  Howard 
Lawson  appeared  to  be  the  dominating  figure  in  the  creation  of  the 
"Mobilization,"  assisted  by  Robert  Rossen  and  Marc  Connelly.  The 
alleged  purpose  of  the  organization,  under  the  guise  of  assisting  the 
war  effort,  was  to  provide  scripts,  speeches,  skits,  plays  and  similar 
material  for  bond  drives  and  similar  activities.  Its  true  purpose,  of 
course,  was  the  creation  of  a  clearing  house  for  Communist  propaganda. 

Strategy  for  "Window  Dressing"  Congress 

By  1943  the  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization  had  attracted  a  con- 
siderable membership.  It  is  not  to  be  assumed  that  the  members  of  Com- 
munist front  organizations  are  all  Communists  or  that  the  majority  of 
them  are  remotely  interested  in  Communism  or  sympathetic  to  it.  Quite 
the  reverse  is  true,  as  the  committee  pointed  out  in  its  1943  Report.  The 
bait  used  by  Communists  in  snagging  innocents  into  ' '  front ' '  organiza- 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  131 

tions  is  considerably  varied.  The  so-called  "intellectual"  appears  to 
be  easy  prey  for  Communist  functionaries.  All  of  the  planning  is  done 
in  closed  Communist  meetings.  Steering  committees  are  created  and 
fellow-travelers  are  contacted.  Innocents  are  then  snagged  for  "win- 
dow-dressing" and  committees  are  then  selected  for  the  job  in  hand. 
The  usual  procedure  was  followed  in  the  creation  of  the  Hollywood 
Writers'  Mobilization  and  the  Writers'  Congress.  John  Howard  Law- 
son  and  Marc  Connelly  contacted  the  University  of  California  in  "West- 
wood  and  successfully  solicited  the  assistance  of  Professor  Ralph  Freud 
of  the  Dramatic  Department.  Reinforced  by  Freud  the  three  men 
called  upon  the  chairman  of  the  English  Department  with  the  proposal 
that  the  University  join  with  the  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization  in 
sponsoring  the  American  Writers'  Congress  at  the  University.  As  a 
result  of  these  maneuvers  a  University  Committee  was  appointed  to  work 
with  the  committee  of  the  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization  for  the  prepa- 
ration of  the  Congress.  Lawson,  Connelly  and  Freud  apparently  did 
most  of  the  work  (as  was  to  be  expected)  and  it  appears  that  the  several 
professors  of  the  University  Committee  had  little  to  do  with  the  plans. 

Marc  Connelly  testified  before  the  committee  October  13,  1944  (Com. 
Tr.  Vol.  XXIII,  pp.  112-120)  that  Lawson  had  been  active  in  organiz- 
ing the  Hollywood,  Writers'  Mobilization.  He  stated  that  the  Mobiliza- 
tion was  composed  of  the  Screen  Writers'  Guild,  the  Radio  Writers' 
Guild,  the  Screen  Publicists'  Guild,  the  Screen  Cartoonists'  Guild,  Ameri- 
can Newspaper  Guild,  Independent  Publicists'  Association  and  the  Song 
Writers'  Protective  Association. 

Questioned  on  the  activities  of  the  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization  in 
connection  with  the  war  effort,  Connelly  testified  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XXIII, 
pp.  118-119)  : 

A.  By  Connelly:  The  war  effort — oh,  it  has  been  supplying  the 
Office  of  War  Information,  the  Army  and  Navy,  with  material, 
U.S.O.  with  material,  the  Red  Cross.  It  supplies  material  for  actors 
on  the  bond  raising  tours,  it  supplies  spot  announcements  on  radio 
for  any  drive  that  happens  to  be  on  at  the  moment,  paper  saving 
and  so  forth.  It  supplies  articles  following  the  directives  of  the  war 
agency  that  certain  accents  must  be  made  for  conservation  of  this 
or  the  aid  of  this,  if  there  is  a  Russian  relief  or  a  French  relief  or 
an  Italian  relief  clothing  drive,  or  anything  that  we  are  asked  to 
assist  in,  our  membership  is  at  their  disposal  and  volunteers  its 
service  for  that  purpose. 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  As  a  matter  of  fact,  judging  from  the  list  of 
guilds  and  unions  which  comprise  the  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobiliza- 
tion, that  work,  that  activity  would  cover  music,  radio  scripts  and 
skits  and  plays,  and  all  sorts  of  creative  material  of  that  type,  even 
cartoons,  would  it  not  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  is  there  a  present  program  being  carried  out  by  the  mobil- 
ization to  write  moving  picture  scenario  scripts  for  use  by  the  Office 
of  War  Information  ? 

A.  So  far  as  I  know,  yes. 

Q.  Are  those  pictures  which  will  be  made  from  those  scripts  to  be 
exhibited  in  the  United  States  or  overseas? 

A.  I  believe  both. 


132  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Rena  M.  Vale,  a  writer  by  profession  and  formerly  a  member  of  the 
Communist  Party  of  Los  Angeles  County,  was  engaged,  in  collaboration 
with  others,  in  preparing  the  script  for  the  production  "The  Sun  Rises 
in  the  West ' f  at  the  time  she  was  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party.  The 
chief  task  of  the  Communists,  engaged  in  this  work,  was  to  weave  Com- 
munist Party  propaganda  and  policy  into  the  lines  and  action  of  the 
production.  Miss  Vale's  affidavit  is  set  forth  in  its  entirety  in  the  Com- 
mittee 's  1943  Report.     At  page  148  of  the  report,  Miss  Vale  states : 

"That  in  the  throes  of  playwriting,  John  Howard  Lawson,  and 
a  Professor  Lewis,  met  with  our  fraction  to  assist  in  the  problems 
of  converting  Communist  propaganda  into  play  form;  that  these 
so-called  experts  in  the  dramatic  field  offered  no  concrete  sugges- 
tions in  so  far  as  I  could  see ;  they  merely  ranted  about  our  respon- 
sibilities as  Communist  Party  members. ' ' 

Lawson 's  subtlety  and  evasiveness  and  convenient  lapses  of  memory 
are  typically  illustrated  in  his  answers  to  questions  concerning  the 
episode  mentioned  by  Miss  Vale.   (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XXIII,  p.  153)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  Do  you  recall  a  production  called,  ".Sun  Rises 
in  the  West"? 

A.  I  recall  hearing  mention  of  it,  yes. 

Q.  It  was  produced  about  1937  or  '38 — late  in  '37  or  early  in  '38? 

A.  I  couldn  't  answer  that. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  read  the  play? 

A.  No. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  advise  on  it? 

A.  No,  not  that  I  recall. 

Q.  Are  you  positive  you  never  did? 

A.  No,  I  am  not  positive. 

Q.  It  isn  't  your  testimony 

A.  (Interrupting)  I  don't  know,  because  I  have  advised  people 
on  many,  many  plays  and  productions.  I  know  I  never  saw  that  or 
read  the  manuscript,  so  I  doubt  if  I  could  have  advised  with  any 
detail. 

Q.  Did  you  advise  about  the  method  of  staging  the  production 
without  reading  it,  could  somebody  have  told  you  about  it  ? 
A.  I  don't  know. 

Q.  By  whom  was  the  production  produced  ? 

A.  It  was  a  production  of  the  Federal  Theatre.  I  don't  know  by 
whom  it  was  produced. 

Q.  By  the  Federal  Theatre.    That  was  a  part  of  the  WPA  pro- 
gram, wasn  't  it  ? 
A.  Yes. 
Lawson  was  able  to  recall  that  he  had  been  connected  with  the  Com- 
mittee for  Technical  Aid  to  Spanish  Democracy.     He  admitted  having 
been  a  sponsor  for  the  Citizens'  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Harry 
Bridges.     He  was  able  to  remember  signing  the  Call  for  the  Fourth 
American  Writers'  Congress  in  1941  and  having  been  an  instructor  in 
the  League  of  American  Writers  School.     He  admitted  supporting  and 
sponsoring  the  candidacy  of  La  Rue  McCormick,  an  admitted  and  regis- 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  133 

tered  member  of  the  Communist  Party,  for  election  to  the  California 
State  Senate  in  1942. 

He  became  vague  and  evasive  when  questioned  concerning  his  connec- 
tion with  the  New  York  Daily  Worker,  the  official  publication  for  the 
Communist  Party  of  the  United  States.  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XXIII,  pp. 
156-158)  : 

Q.  By  Mr.  Combs:  Did  you  ever  hear  of  the  Daily  Worker  in 
New  York  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Would  you  assume  that  is  the  official  publication  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  of  the  United  States  prior  to  the  change — of  its  change 
to  the  Communist  Political  Association? 

A.  I  can't  testify  to  that.  As  far  as  that  goes,  you  are  asking 
me  a  great  many  questions  which  are  purely  assumptions  and  in 
regard  to  which  I  have  no  personal  knowledge. 

Q.  Have  you  ever  read  the  publication? 

A.  Yes,  frequently. 

Q.  Have  you  ever  read  the  Masthead? 

A.  No. 

Q.  Would  it  refresh  your  memory  at  all  if  I  were  to  tell  you, 
which  is  a  fact,  on  the  Masthead  appears  the  hammer  and  sickle  and 
words  in  effect,  "The  official  Communist  publication  of  the  United 
States"? 

A.  I  would  like  to  say  at  this  point  in  your  questioning  you  are 
telling  me.  If  you  want  to  ask  me  questions,  I  'm  very  delighted  to 
answer  any  questions,  but  the  presentation  of  assumptions  and 
opinions,  assumptions  regarding  people  whom  I  know  nothing  about 
or  publications  about  which  I  know  very  little 

Q.    (Interrupting)   You  wrote  for  the  Daily  Worker? 

A.  That's  correct. 

Q.  I  show  you  a  photostat  dated  December  21st,  1935,  and  call 
your  attention  to  page  2  and  ask  you  if  that  is  about  the  time  you 
were  a  contributing  writer  for  the  New  York  Daily  Worker  ? 

A.  I  have  no  way  of  knowing  this  photostat  is  accurate,  but  I 
presume  that  I  was  at  that  time. 

Mr.  Combs :  I  wish  to  read  some  names  into  the  record  from  the 
photostat,  reading  from  page  1  (reading)  : 

Editors  C.  A.  Hathaway,  Joseph  North,  James  Olgin,  Edwin 
Seaver,  Sender  Garlin,  A.  B.  Magil,  Michael  Quinn,  Earl 
Browder,  Erskine  Caldwell,  Malcolm  Cowley,  James  Farrell, 
(who  is  the  one  who  suggested  the  singing  of  the  International 
at  the  closing  of  the  first  congress),  William  Z.  Foster,  former 
vice  president  of  the  Communist  Party  of  the  United  States, 
Waldo  Frank,  who  presided  at  the  first  Writers'  Congress, 
Corliss  Lamott,  John  Howard  Lawson,  Clifford  Odets,  M.  J. 
Olgin,  whose  name  was  read  into  the  record  as  the  reporter  of 
the  Kharkov  conference,  George  Sklar  and  Anna  Louise  Strong, 
Jack  Stachel,  Meridel  Le  Sueur,  whose  name  has  been  read  into 
the  record,  Lincoln  Steffens,  Ella  Winter,  Clara  Weatherwax. 


134  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Lawson  admitted  having  been  a  subscriber  to  the  West  Coast  Com- 
munist publication,  the  People's  Daily  World,  since  it  started  publica- 
tion. He  was  familiar  with  American  Youth  for  Democracy,  the  new 
name  for  the  Young  Communist  League,  and  admitted  having  been  a 
sponsor  of  the  organization.  He  admitted  being  a  member  of  the  Ameri- 
can League  for  Peace  and  Democracy.  He  was  familiar  with  the  Labor 
Defender,  published  by  the  International  Labor  Defense  and  admitted 
that  he  had  contributed  articles  to  the  publication  on  occasion. 

The  Attorney  General  of  the  United  States,  Francis  Biddle,  made  an 
investigation  of  the  Writers'  Congress  and  the  League  of  American 
Writers  and  issued  a  confidential  written  report  on  these  organizations 
in  1942.  It  subsequently  was  made  public  and  the  Committee  repro- 
duces it  in  full : 

"The  League  of  American  "Writers,  founded  under  Communist 
auspices  in  1935,  for  some  years  attracted  to  its  fold  many  of 
the  most  prominent  American  writers,  Communists  and  non- 
Communists.  In  1939  the  League  began  openly  to  follow  the 
Communist  Party  line  as  dictated  by  the  foreign  policy  of  the 
Soviet  Union,  and  at  that  time  most  of  the  non-Communists  dis- 
affiliated themselves  from  it  and  declared  their  opposition  to  its 
policy. 

' '  The  League  of  American  Writers  was  founded  at  a  congress  of 
American  revolutionary  writers  held  in  New  York  City  April  26-27. 
1935.  The  call  for  the  congress  was  signed  by  members  of  the  John 
Reed  Club,  including  such  well-known  Communists  as  Earl  Brow- 
der,  Isidor  Schneider,  John  L.  Spivak,  and  Michael  Gold.  The 
congress  greeted  Gold  as  the  best  loved  American  revolutionary 
writer  and  Gold  in  turn  told  the  gathering  that,  '  Our  writers  must 
learn  that  the  working  class  which  has  created  a  great  civilization 
in  the  Soviet  Union  is  capable  of  creating  a  similar  civilization  in 
this  country. '  The  leading  speakers  at  the  congress  were  all  promi- 
nently identified  with  the  Communist  movement  in  the  United  States 
and  featured  such  men  as  M.  J.  Olgin,  editor  of  the  Communist 
Yiddish  Daily,  Morning  Freiheit,  Alexander  Trachtenberg,  head  of 
the  Party's  publishing  house,  International  Publishers,  Inc.,  and 
Clarence  Hathaway,  editor  of  the  Daily  Worker  whose  masthead 
then  proclaimed  it  the  official  organ  of  the  Communist  Party,  U.  S.  A. 
section  of  the  Communist  International.  The  league  was  created, 
among  other  things,  to  enlist  writers  in  a  national  cultural  organiza- 
tion for  peace  and  democracy  and  against  fascism  and  reaction,  to 
support  progressive  trade-union  organizations  and  the  people 's  front 
,  in  all  countries,  and  to  cooperate  with  the  progressive  forces. 

"Soon  after  the  league  was  established,  the  Seventh  World  Con- 
gress of  the  Communist  International  in  Moscow  decided  upon  the 
Trojan  horse  policy  for  Communist  parties  everywhere.  By  this 
policy  Communists  sought  to  infiltrate  existing  organizations  with- 
out revealing  their  identity.  Accordingly,  it  became  necessary  to 
conceal  the  Communist  influence  in  the  League  of  American  Writers. 
The  revolutionary  slogans  and  resolutions  were  discarded.  In  the 
years  from  1936  to  1939  the  league  made  an  effort  to  secure  as 
members  the  leaders  of  liberal  thought  among  American  writers. 
Although  its  Communist  control  was  deliberately  obscured,  it  spon- 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  135 

sored  a  policy  which  accorded  with  the  Communist  Party  line  in 
those  years,  including  condemnation  of  the  Franco  revolution  in 
Spain  and  an  interpretation  of  that  revolution  as  presenting  an 
issue  of  Communism  vs.  Fascism.  In  its  congresses  held  in  these 
years  the  league  condemned  fascism  and  praised  the  'Soviet  peace 
policy. '  It  sought  to  make  its  program  attractive  by  sponsoring  the 
Federal  Arts  Project  and  attacking  those  who  were  opposed  to  any 
of  the  social  legislation  then  being  enacted  in  the  United  States. 

"At  the  time  of  the  Kusso-German  pact  in  August,  1939,  the 
League'  of  American  Writers  began  once  more  to  follow  the 
Communist  Party  line  openly  and  without  much  attempt  at  dis- 
simulation. It  was  in  this  period  that  most  of  the  prominent  non- 
Communist  writers  resigned  from  the  league.  Thomas  Mann  stated 
that  the  league  '  thinks  too  much  about  politics  and  not  enough  about 
literature. '  In  1940  and  up  until  June  22,  1941,  the  league  devoted 
its  efforts  principally  to  keeping  the  United  States  out  of  the 
'  imperialist  war. '  Its  activities  were  featured  in  the  Daily  Worker, 
and  it  in  turn  complimented  the  Daily  Worker  for  the  recognition 
it  was  giving  to  the  league 's  anti-war  program.  Many  leading  Com- 
munists were  openly  active  in  the  league  at  this  time. 

"On  June  6,  1941,  the  league  held  its  Fourth  Annual  Writers' 
Congress  in  New  York  City.  It  condemned  the  '  imperialist  war, ' 
which  it  called  a  war  for  world  markets.  Speakers  charged  that 
the  President  was  attempting  to  lead  the  country  into  war,  and  con- 
demned the  administration  for  its  action  in  sending  troops  to  quell 
the  North  American  Aviation  Co.  strike  and  for  its  prosecution  of 
Harry  Bridges. 

' '  The  American  Peace  Mobilization  and  its  picketing  of  the  White 
House  was  endorsed.  Less  than  a  month  later  the  league  issued  a 
call  to  all  writers  and  writers'  organizations  for  'all  immediate  and 
necessarjr  steps  in  support  of  Great  Britain  and  the  Soviet  Union.' 

"Not  only  did  the  league  follow  the  Communist  Party  line  in 
regard  to  foreign  affairs,  but  its  program  since  1940  has  shown  a 
close  parallel  to  the  leading  domestic  issues  supported  by  the  party, 
including  a  campaign  in  behalf  of  Negro  rights,  opposition  to  what 
is  called  political  .persecution  in  the  United  States,  and  praise  of 
the  Soviet  Union  and  its  leaders. 

"The  League  of  American  Writers 'maintains  an  annual  writers' 
school  in  New  York  City,  featuring  courses  in  labor  journalism  and 
pamphlet  writing  taught  by  Communists.  Once  each  week  it  spon- 
sors a  'work  in  progress'  reading  by  some  author.  The  Daily 
Worker,  in  its  regular  reports  of  these  readings,  indicates  that  the 
majority  of  invited  readers  are  known  Communists  or  fellow  trav- 
elers. 

' '  The  overt  activities  of  the  League  of  American  Writers  in  the  last 
two  years  leave  little  doubt  of  its  Communist  control.  The  resigna- 
tions of  many  writers  who  "had  affiliated  themselves  with  it  in  the  era 
of  the  Trojan  horse  and  their  statements  at  the  time  of  disassociat- 
ing themselves  from  it  largely  remove  all  possible  speculations  as  to 
the  facts." 


136  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

6 

PEOPLE'S  EDUCATIONAL  CENTER 

J.  Edgar  Hoover,  Director  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation, 
addressing  the  annual  commencement  exercises  at  Holy  Cross  College, 
Worcester,  Massachusetts,  June  29,  1944,  stated : 

"Over  the  years,  the  American  Communists  have  developed  a 
propaganda  machine  and  a  nefarious  and  elaborate  school  system 
of  their  own.  Their  officials  in  secret  and  public  meetings  urge  that 
the  propaganda  phase  of  their  work  must  be  accelerated.  Brazenly, 
they  have  urged  the  development  of  courses,  lectures,  and  assemblies 
as  media  to  espouse  the  ideologies  of  Marxism  and  to  establish  Marx- 
ism as  a  school  of  thought  in  the  United  States.    .    .    . " 

For  the  first  time,  Earl  Browder  has  assumed  absolute  and  direct  con- 
trol of  the  "Workers'  Schools"  of  the  United  States.  It  is  reported  that 
in  New  York  City,  V.  J.  Jerome  and  Elizabeth  Lawson  are  the  key  people 
in  the  Communists'  "elaborate  school  system."  V.  J.  Jerome  (alias 
Isaac  Romaine)  has  been  the  secret  educational  director  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  for  many  years.  He  was  formerly  the  editor  of  The  Com- 
munist. Jerome  is  considered  one  of  the  outstanding  dialecticians  in  the 
United  States  and  is  considered  by  many  members  as  the  "brains"  of 
the  Communist  Party.  He  was  one  of  the  instructors  in  the  New  York 
Workers'  School.  It  is  estimated  that  the  Communist  Party  schools  will 
graduate  about  5,000  students  a  year. 

The  People's  Educational  Center,  new  Communist  Party  propaganda 
school,  was  launched  in  Los  Angeles  the  latter  part  of  1943.  There  is 
good  reason  to  believe  that  this  Communist  front  is  an  offshoot  of  the 
Writers'  Congress  held  on  the  campus  of  the  University  of  California  at 
Los  Angeles.  The  Workers'  School  is  to  be  absorbed  by  this  new  educa- 
tional "front." 

A  letter  under  date  of  October  20,  1943  was  addressed  to  many  indi- 
viduals, associations  and  labor  organizations.     The  letter  is  as  follows : 

"The  People's  Educational  Center  would  like  your  organization 
to  have  a"  hand  in  its  program,  a  voice  in  its  policies.  To  this  end  we 
cordially  invite  you  to  investigate  the  aims  and  purposes  of  the 
Center,  to  become  familiar  with  our  tentative  courses  in  education 
and  our  means  of  carrying  the  program  to  completion. 

"The  provisional  committee  of  the  People's  Educational  Center 
is  drawn  from  many  phases  of  Los  Angeles  life — men  and  women 
from  business,  the  university,  civic  affairs,  labor,  the  professions, 
women 's  affairs.  It  was  organized  to  give  Los  Angeles  a  new  type 
of  adult  education,  education  in  a  changing  world,  to  meet  fast 
changing  conditions  where,  as  the  Red  Queen  said  to  Alice  in  Won- 
derland '  You  have  to  run  awful  fast  if  you  want  to  stay  in  one  place. ' 

"The  Center  is  a  nonprofit,  nonpartisan  organization.  Already 
lined  up  for  its  teaching  staff  are  leaders  in  the  field  of  university 
education,  scientists  and  professional  men  and  women.  The  varied 
courses  in  its  curricula  will  be  taught  by  men  and  women  who  know 
their  subject  by  actual  experience. 

"We  will  be  most  pleased  to  send  you  complete  information  on 
request.     We  would  like  to  meet  with  representatives  of  your  organ- 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  137 

ization — to  get  their  views  on  our  program,  to  learn  from  their 
experiences  how  to  make  this  center  a  more  living  force  for  the  future 
good  of  Los  Angeles  and  the  Nation.  We  would  like  your  help  in 
bringing  to  the  people  generally  the  most  satisfying  of  all  experi- 
ences in  human  affairs — the  happiness  that  comes  with  learning 
something  new  and  keeping  abreast  of  the  times. ' ' 

Under  the  title  "Provisional  Committee  for  the  People's  Educational 
Center, ' '  appear  the  following  names : 

John  Allard,  Arnold  Manoff , 

Fay  E.  Allen,  Dean  E.  McHenry, 

R.  S.  Avery,  Russell  L.  McKnight, 

Charlotta  A.  Bass,  Carey  Mc Williams, 

George  Bradley,  M.  William  Pomerance, 

Philip  M.  Connellv,  Ruth  S.  Ryan, 

0.  W.  E.  Cook,  Eva  Shafran, 

Frank  C.  Davis,  Albee  Slade, 

Rev.  Martin  S.  Eidsath,  C.  L.  Vanderbie, 

Harry  Holjer,  Ralph  D.  Winstead, 

John  Howard  Lawson,  William  Wolff. 
Louis  Levy, 

The  address  on  the  letterhead  is  "812  Broadway  Arcade  Bldg.,  542 
South  Broadway,  Los  Angeles,  13,  California." 

The  Communist  character  of  the  organization  is  clearly  revealed  by 
the  personnel  of  the  Provisional  Committee.  Philip  M.  Connelly  is  said 
to  have  joined  the  Communist  Party  in  June  or  July,  1938,  and  was 
attached  to  Unit  140,  Professional  Section,  of  the  Newspaper  Guild. 
During  the  Hitler-Stalin  Pact  he  appeared  in  support  of  various  peace 
rallies.  His  devotion  to  the  Communist  Party  publication,  The  People's 
Daily  World,  is  indicated  by  the  announcement  that  he  had  donated  a 
day's  pay  to  the  paper.  He  has  been  active  in  many  Communist  front 
organizations  and  has  assiduously  followed  the  Communist  Party  line 
for  many  years. 

Frank  C.  Davis  is  assistant  professor  at  the  University  of  California, 
at  Los  Angeles.  In  1939,  1940  and  1941,  he  sent  telegrams  to  District 
Attorney  Matthew  Brady,  in  San  Francisco,  in  defense  of  Sam  Darcy, 
Communist.  He  is  reported  to  have  formerly  been  a  professor  at  the 
University  of  Washington. 

The  Communist  record  of  John  Howard  Lawson  is  set  forth  in  con- 
siderable detail  in  this  report  under  the  title  i(  Writers'  Congress  at  the 
University  of  California." 

Carey  McWilliams  is  a  member  of  nearly  every  Communist  front 
organization  in  the  State  of  California.  His  record  is  treated  at  some 
length  in  various  parts  of  this  report. 

Mrs.  Ruth  S.  Ryan  is  a  Los  Angeles  teacher.  She  was  registered  as  a 
Communist  in  Los  Angeles  County  June  15,  1940  at  4306  La  Clede 
Avenue,  Los  Angeles.  In  August  of  1940  she  sponsored  Celeste  Strack 
for  the  Communist  Party  nomination  to  the  office  of  Congress  for  the' 
Thirteenth  Congressional  District.  She  sponsored  Louis  Baron  for  the 
Communist  Party  nomination  to  the  office  of  Congress  for  the  Thirteenth 
Congressional  District  in  August  of  1938.     She  also  sponsored  Pettis 


188  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Perry  for  the  Communist  Party  nomination  to  the  office  of  the  State 
Board  of  Equalization  for  the  Fourth  District  in  August  of  1938.  In 
1942  she  appeared  as  a  member  of  the  Los  Angeles  Consumers  Council, 
Communist  front.      (See  page  104,  Committee's  Report  for  1943). 

Eva  Shafran  merits  particular  notice  in  this  report.  For  some  time 
she  was  the  active  organizer  of  the  Communist  Party  in  Los  Angeles 
County.  She  was  registered  as  a  Communist  in  Los  Angeles  County  in 
June  of  1940.  She  wrote  for  the  Western  Worker,  West  Coast  Com- 
munist predecessor  to  the  Communist  publication,  The  People's  Daily 
World.  In  October,  1936,  she  wrote  an  article  for  the  Western  Worker 
entitled  "The  Socialist  Party  and  Trotskyites."  In  December  of  1936 
she  wrote  an  article  for  the  Western  Worker  entitled  "Unity  of  Negro 
and  White  Urgent  in  Maritime  Strike."  Eva  Shafran  is  known  among 
Communists  as  an  outstanding  Marxist.  For  many  years  she  has  taught 
advanced  classes  on  Marxism-Leninism  in  the  Communist  Workers' 
School  in  Los  Angeles.  According  to  the  testimony  of  John  Leech,  for- 
mer Secretary  of  the  Communist  Party  in  Los  Angeles  County  (before 
the  Los  Angeles  Grand  Jury,  94369-8-15-40)  Eva  Shafran  was  trans- 
ferred to  Los  Angeles  by  the  Communist  Party  from  the  New  York 
Workers'  School  in  1935  or  early  in  1936.  She  was  immediately  assigned 
to  the  California  State  Committee  of  the  Communist  Party  and  has 
devoted  herself  to  the  task  of  raising  the  political  level  of  Communists 
in  Los  Angeles.  Her  name  is  variably  spelled  "Shafran,"  " Shaffron" 
and  "  Shiffman." 

Albee  Slade  is  an  organizer  and  publicity  man  for  the  Congress  for 
Industrial  Organization.  He  has  been  editor  and  commentator  on  a 
radio  program  "Our  Daily  Bread"  (C.  I.  0.  newspaper  of  the  air). 

Carl  Winter,  former  secretary  of  the  Communist  Party  of  Los  Angeles 
County,  is  advertised  as  a  lecturer  at  the  People's  Educational  Center. 

The  committee  finds  that  the  People's  Educational  Center  is  inspired 
and  controlled  by  the  Communists;  that  it  is,  in  fact,  a  Communist 
organization  for  the  dissemination  of  Marxism — part  of  the  "elaborate 
school  system"  of  Communism  mentioned  by  J.  Edgar  Hoover,  Director 
of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation. 


WEST  COAST  COMMUNIST  PRESS 

The  People's  Daily  World,  in  its  July  9,  1943,  issue  announced  : 

"  .  .  .  now,  in  this  crucial  summer  of  1943,  as  we  prepare  for 
the  greatest  military  offensives  to  smash  the  Axis  enemy,  as  we  fight 
to  hold  the  home  front  against  the  fifth  column,  as  we  look  ahead 
to  the  1944  elections — we  feel  that  the  People 's  Daily  World  will  be 
more  needed  than  ever.  .  .  ,  The  People's  World  must  be 
improved,  its  circulation  extended,  its  finances  bolstered.    ..." 

A  "call"  was  subsequently  issued  by  the  People's  Daily  World  for  a 
"Pro- War  Press  Conference  on  Behalf  of  the  People's  Daily  World" 
for  Wednesday,  August  4,  1943,  at  8  p.m.,  at  the  First  Unitarian  Church, 
located  at  the  corner  of  8th  Street  and  Vermont  Avenue  in  the  City  of 
Los  Angeles, 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  139 

The  letter  for  the  call  was  signed  by  Ed  Bobbin,  editor  of  the 
People's  Daily  World  in  Los  Angeles  and  Judith  Schmidt,  the  Los 
Angeles  manager  for  the  Communist  newspaper.  The  letterhead  con- 
tains the  following  names  as  ' '  endorsers ' '  of  the  ' '  call ' ' : 

Joseph  W.  Aidlin,  Kenneth  Eckert, 

Fay  Allen,  Pearl  Fagelson, 

Charlotta  Bass,  Leo  Gallagher, 

Gray  Bemis,  Ed  Gilbert, 

Revels  Cayton,  Augustus  Hawkins, 

Parley  Parker  Christensen,  Martin  Hourihan, 

Grover  Johnson,  Carey  McWilliams, 

Pete  King,  Richard  Otto, 

John  Howard  Lawson,  Pettis  Perry, 

Joe  Marty,  William  Rosenthal, 

La  Rue  McCormick,  Rev.  Clayton  Russell, 

Lester  McMillan,  Chaim  Shapiro, 

Dorothy  Connelly,  Vincent  Sherman, 

Frank  Corona,  Max  Silver, 

James  Daugherty,  Herb  Sorrell, 

Ernest  Dawson,  Al  Waxman, 

Theodore  Dreiser,  Cone  Young. 

Joseph  W.  Aidlin  is  a  member  of  the  Communist  front  organization  foi 
attorneys,  the  National  Lawyers'  Guild. 

John  Leech,  former  Secretary  of  the  Communist  Party  of  Los  Angeles 
County,  testified  before  the  Grand  Jury  of  Los  Angeles  County  (Grand 
Jury  testimony,  94369-8-1540)  that  Aidlin  was  a  member  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  and  that  Leech,  as  secretary  of  the  party,  knew  him  as  a 
member.  Leech  testified  that  Aidlin  had  worked  for  Leo  Gallagher  on 
International  Labor  Defense  cases. 

Mrs.  Fay  Allen  was  formerly  a  member  of  the  Los  Angeles  Board  of 
Education.  She  followed  the  Communist  Party  line  consistently.  She 
was  a  member  of  the  California  League  for  Democratic  Action  and  a 
member  of  various  Communist  "front"  organizations.  On  August  30, 
1941,  the  People's  Daily  World  lists  Mrs.  Allen  as  a  sponsor  for  a  state- 
wide conference  to  be  held  in  San  Francisco,  September  27,  1941,  for  the 
purpose  of  protesting  the  "Tenney  Committee  and  the  Tenney  Bill  out- 
lawing the  Communist  Party. ' ' 

Charlotta  Bass  has  been  mentioned  many  times  in  the  pages  of  the 
committee's  report.  She  is  the  editor  and  owner  of  the  Los  Angeles 
Negro  newspaper,  The  California  Eagle.  On  August  30,  1941,  the  Peo- 
ple's Daily  World,  lists  Mrs.  Bass  as  a  sponsor  for  a  state-wide  confer- 
ence protesting  the  "Tenney  Committee  and  the  Tenney  Bill  outlawing 
the  Communist  Party."  On  October  3,  1942,  the  People's  Daily  World 
announced  that  Mrs.  Bass  would  be  the  principal  speaker  for  a  "Win- 
the-War-Rally  "  at  the  Los  Angeles  Breakfast  Club  under  the  auspices 
of  the  International  Workers  Order,  a  Communist  Party  organization. 
This  particular  meeting  was  attended  by  the  Soviet  Consul,  Clarence 
Muse,  Carey  McWilliams  and  Ellis  E.  Patterson.  On  November  2,  1942, 
Mrs.  Bass  appeared  in  a  paid  political  advertisement  in  the  Los  Angeles 
Times  endorsing  La  Rue  McCormick,  Communist  candidate  for  State 


140  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Senator  from  Los  Angeles  County.  She  recently  was  appointed  to  the 
National  executive  committee  of  the  International  Labor  Defense. 

Gray  Bemis  is  an  officer  in  the  International  Workers  Order,  a  Com- 
munist organization.  On  November  2,  1942,  Bemis  endorsed  La  Rue 
McCormick,  Communist  candidate  for  State  Senator  for  Los  Angeles 
County  in  a  paid  political  advertisement  in  the  Los  Angeles  Times. 

Revels  Cayton  was  a  registered  Communist  in  San  Francisco  in  1940. 
He  was  one  of  the  many  Communists  and  Communist  fellow-travelers 
who  endorsed  the  San  Francisco  conference  protesting  the  "Tenney  Bill 
outlawing  the  Communist  Party  and  the  Tenney  Committee."  He 
served  as  secretary  for  the  Bay  Region  District  Council  of  the  Maritime 
Federation  of  the  Pacific  in  1941.  He  was  a  pallbearer  at  the  funeral 
of  James  McNamara,  confessed  dynamiter.  In  May  of  1941,  he  was 
reported  as  the  Vice  President  of  the  San  Francisco  C.  I.  0.  Council. 

Parley  Parker  Christensen  is  a  Los  Angeles  City  Councilman.  He 
was  endorsed  by  the  Communist  Party  and  the  People's  Daily  World  for 
the  Los  Angeles  City  Council  from  the  Ninth  District  in  May  of  1939. 
He  voted  against  the  charter  amendment  barring  from  city  service  per- 
sons advocating  the  overthrow  of  the  Government  in  February  of  1941. 
He  supported  the  Los  Angeles  City  Board  of  Public  Works'  action  in 
issuing  a  permit  to  the  American  Peace  Mobilization  (Communist  front 
organization  collaborating  with  Hitler  and  Stalin  during  the  Stalin- 
Hitler  pact). 

In  supporting  the  rally  for  the  Communist  publication,  the  People's 
Daily  World,  Christensen  is  quoted  as  stating : 

1 '  "We  have  great  need  in  this  community  for  an  independent  paper 
devoted  to  labor  and  the  underprivileged  generally.  The  People's 
Daily  World  has  met  that  need  splendidly,  things  that  need  to  be 
said — truths  that  the  people  need  to  know — are  found  in  the  columns 
of  the  People's  Daily  World.  Hope  your  conference  on  August  4  is 
successful.  It  deserves  the  support  of  every  patriotic  American. 
More  power  to  you. ' ' 

James  Daugherty  is  a  National  representative  for  the  C.  I.  0.  Utility 
Workers  Organizing  Committee.  He  has  protested  the  "Tenney  Com- 
mittee ' '  and  the  bill  outlawing  the  Communist  Party.  He  opposed  Cali- 
fornia's  Subversive  Registration  Act  of  1941.  He  ran  a  paid  advertise- 
ment in  the  Labor  Day  edition  of  the  People's  Daily  World,  August  30, 
1941.  He  represented  the  C.  I.  0.  Utility  Workers  on  a  committee  for 
the  People 's  Daily  World  Fund  Drive.  He  was  a  representative  for  the 
C.  I.  0.  "Night  For  People's  Daily  World  Fund  Drive,"  September 
27,  1941. 

Ernest  Dawson  is  a  book  dealer  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles.  He  has 
continually  permitted  his  name  to  be  used  in  Communist  Party  programs 
and  "front"  organizations.  He  was  a  member  of  the  State  Sponsoring 
Committee  for  the  Schneiderman-Darcy  Defense  Committee,  with  head- 
quarters at  127  South  Broadway,  Room  318,  Los  Angeles,  in  May  of 
1940.  In  1939,  1940  and  1941  he  sent  communications  to  San  Fran- 
cisco 's  District  Attorney,  Matthew  Brady,  in  defense  of  Sam  Darcy.  He 
signed  a  preliminary  petition  for  the  Committee  for  Citizenship  Rights 
for  William  Schneider  man  in  1941  and  endorsed  the  Committee  for  Cit- 
izenship Rights  of  William  Schneiderman  in  January  of  1942. 


Utf-AMERIOAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  141 

Theodore  Dreiser  is  a  novelist,  He  contributed  articles  to  The  Clipper 
(formerly  Black  and  White),  Communist  publication,  in  1940.  He  con- 
tinually lends  his  name  to  Communist  front  organizations  and  programs. 
He  spoke  at  the  first  Tom  Mooney  Defense  Committee  meeting  held  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Communist  Party  in  San  Francisco.  He  appeared 
with  Dorothy  Parker  and  Donald  Ogden  Stewart  as  a  guest  of  honor  at 
the  State,  County  and  Municipal  Workers  of  America  (S.  C.  M.  "W.  A.) 
Defense  Committee  reception,  January  19,  1941,  in  San  Francisco.  On 
January  26,  1941,  Dreiser  appeared  as  the  signer  of  a  petition  protest- 
ing "Un-American  Actions  Against  Communists"  and  the  outlawing  of 
the  Communist  Party.  {New  Leader,  January  26,  1941).  People's 
Daily  World  for  January  27.  1941.  reports  Dreiser  as  the  principal 
speaker  at  a  meeting  in  San  Francisco.  At  this  meeting  he  is  reported  as 
stating  that  Soviet  workers  are  far  better  off  than  American  workers. 
On  March  5,  1941,  Dreiser  signed  a  petition  addressed  to  the  President 
of  the  United  States  and  Congress,  defending  the  Communist  Party. 

On  July  7,  1941,  Dreiser  was  listed  as  the  National  Vice  Chairman  of 
the  American  Peace  Mobilization,  Communist  front  organization  in  sup- 
port of  the  Hitler-Stalin  Pact.  On  April  18,  1941,  the  People's  Daily 
World  reported  that  Dreiser  denounced  the  Dies  Committee  and  J.  B. 
Matthews  for  stating  that  the  American  Peace  Mobilization  was  a  "Com- 
munist front  group. ' '  He  signed  the  call  for  the  Fourth  American  Writ- 
ers' Congress  in  an  advertisement  appearing  on  the  back  of  The  Clipper 
for  May,  1941.  He  was  elected  an  honorary  President  of  the  League  of 
American  Writers,  Communist  organization.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
Sponsoring  Committee  for  the  Schneiderman-Darcy  Defense  Committee, 
August  14,  1941.  He  eulogized  Leo  Gallagher,  an  admitted  and  regis- 
tered member  of  the  Communist  Party,  at  a  testimonial  dinner  at  the 
Wilshire  Bowl,  June  4,  1941. 

Pearl  Fagelson  is  a  member  of  the  County  Council  of  the  International 
Workers  Order,  a  Communist  organization.  She  was  a  member  of  the 
Los  Angeles  Consumers  Council  as  of  March  27,  1942,  a  Communist  front 
organization.  She  sent  postal  cards  to  San  Francisco's  District  Attor- 
ney, Matthew  Brady,  defending  Sam  Darcv,  a  Communist,  in  1939,  1940 
and  1941. 

Leo  Gallagher  is  an  admitted  and  registered  member  of  the  Communist 
Party.    His  Communist  record  is  long  and  need  not  be  repeated  here. 

The  Communist  record  and  activities  of  John  Howard  Lawson  are  set 
forth  at  considerable  length  in  this  report  under  the  title  "Writers' 
Congress." 

Mrs.  La  Hue  McCormick  is  an  admitted  and  registered  member  of  the 
Communist  Party. 

The  Communist  activities  and  record  of  Carey  Mc Williams  are  set 
forth  in  detail  in  this  report.  The  People's  Daily  World  for  July  21, 
1943,  reports  McWilliams  as  saying : 

"In  my  opinion  the  People's  Daily  World  is  doing  a  very  good 
job.  You  don't  have  to  go  any  further  back  than  the  recent  'zoot 
suit'  riots  to  see  this.  The  Hearst  papers  incited  violence  and 
prejudice;  the  People's  World  urged  unity  and  exposed  the  fifth 
column  influences  behind  the  rioting. 


142  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

"People's  World  circulation  may  be  small  compared  with  the 
L.  A.  Examiner  or  The  Times,  but  its  viewpoint  and  integrity  have 
gained  for  it  widespread  respect  and  consideration. 

''I  am  glad  to  endorse  your  August  4  conference  in  the  First 
Unitarian  Church,  and  you  have  my  best  wishes  for  the  success  of 
your  financial  drive. ' ' 

Pettis  Perry  is  an  admitted  and  registered  member  of  the  Communist 
Party  and  for  many  years  has  been  one  of  the  party's  functionaries  in 
Los  Angeles  County. 

The  Reverend  Clayton  Russell  is  a  Los  Angeles  minister.  On  Novem- 
ber 2,  1942,  he  appeared  as  an  endorser  for  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormiek, 
Communist  Party  candidate  for  State  Senator  from  Los  Angeles  County, 
in  a  paid  political  advertisement. 

Max  Silver  is  a  Los  Angeles  Communist  functionary. 

Herbert  Sorrell  is  an  officer  in  the  Studio  Painters'  Union,  A.  F.  of  L. 
He  has  persistently  followed  the  Communist  Party  line.  He  subscribed 
to  the  Communist  Party  publication,  the  People's  Daily  World.  Leaf- 
lets distributed  in  July  of  1940  listed  Sorrell  as  an  officer  in  the  American 
Peace  Crusade,  Communist  organization.  He  also  appeared  as  an 
endorser  for  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormiek,  Communist  Party  candidate  for 
State  Senator,  in  a  paid  political  advertisement  in  the  Los  Angeles  Times, 
November  2,  1942. 

Al  "Waxman  is  the  editor  and  publisher  of  the  East  side  Journal,  a 
"throw-away"  newspaper  in  east  side  Los  Angeles:  He  also  endorsed 
Communist  La  Rue  McCormack  for  State  Senator  in  a  paid  political 
advertisement.     (See  section  "Zoot-Suit,"  this  report.) 

Two  or  three  weeks  prior  to  August  4,  1943,  the  date  set  for  the  Com- 
munist Party  Press  Conference,  Senator  Jack  B.  Tenney,  Chairman  of 
the  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities,  tele- 
phoned the  Rev.  Ernest  Caldecott,  Minister  of  the  First  Unitarian 
Church  of  Los  Angeles,  protesting  the  meeting  of  the  Communist  group 
in  the  church.  Rev.  Caldecott  assured  Senator  Tenney  that  he  would 
look  into  the  matter.  Some  time  later  Senator  Tenney  talked  to  George 
Wyant,  Business  Manager  of  the  church.  Mr.  Wyant  assured  Senator 
Tenney  that  he  also  would  make  an  investigation  of  the  matter. 

The  meeting  was  held  at  the  time  and  place,  as  advertised. 

Ed  Robin,  and  Paul  Cline,  former  Secretary  of  the  Communist  Party 
of  Los  Angeles  County,  dominated  the  platform  at  the  meeting.  None  of 
the  people  who  had  endorsed  the  "call"  attended.  There  were  about 
200  people  present. 

Ed  Robin  called  for  recommendations  and  suggestions  for  the  improve- 
ment of  the  People's  Daily  World.  He  read  many  letters  and  telegrams 
among  which  were  communications  from  Theodore  Dreiser,  Herbert  Sor- 
rell and  Assemblyman  Lester  McMillan  of  the  Sixty-first  Assembly  Dis- 
trict, Los  Angeles  County.  The  Communist  publication,  the  People's 
Daily  World,  carried  Assemblyman  McMillan's  letter  in  its  August  5, 
1943,  issue.     The  letter,  in  part,  reads  as  follows : 

"Jack  Tenney 's  attack  on  your  prowar  conference  is  not  at 
all  surprising  to  me.  But  honestly,  I  think  it  will  do  you  more 
good  than  harm. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  143 

' '  This  Red-baiting  stuff  is  wearing  awful  thin  and  if  he  is  really 
shocked  because  ...  I  have  endorsed  the  conference  then  he  ought 
to  get  wise  to  himself.  He  is  due  to  get  a  lot  more  shocks  as  prog- 
ress and  liberal  unity  move  ahead. 

' '  Maybe  what  Tenney  is  really  irked  about  is  that  the  conference 
call  attacks  the  Hearst  newspapers  and  supports  President  Roose- 
velt.   Tenney  loves  Hearst  and  hates  Roosevelt. 

"Yes,  I  have  endorsed  this  conference  because  I  think  The 
People's  World  is  doing  a  fine  job  of  supporting  the  war. 

"Please  accept  my  best  wishes  for  the  success  of  your  con- 
ference. ' ' 

Judy  Schmidt  was  introduced  as  the  chairman  of  the  sponsor  drive 
for  the  Communist  paper.  She  stated  that  $10,000  had  already  been 
received  and  that  she  was  hopeful  that  the  quota  of  $60,000  would  be 
made  in  the  alloted  time.  She  stated  that  a  trade  union  subcommittee 
was  assisting  in  increasing  the  sale  of  the  paper  and  that  the  Committee 
to  Spread  Communism  was  also  assisting  the  drive. 

A  Negress  representing  the  Committee  to  Extend  Communism  Among 
Colored  People  was  appointed  to  the  campaign  committee. 

Paul  Cline.  former  Secretary  of  the  Communist  Party  of  Los  Angeles 
County,  was  introduced  as  the  principal  speaker.  A  veteran  Commu- 
nist functionary,  he  now  has  charge  of  the  San  Francisco  office  of  the 
People's  Daily  World.  He  opened  his  address  with  a  lashing  attack  on 
"William  Randolph  Hearst  and  Colonel  McCormick,  newspaper  pub- 
lishers. He  criticized  the  Los  Angeles  metropolitan  newspapers  and 
eulogized  the  People's  Daily  World.  He  declared  that  the  Communist 
paper  was  the  only  "all  out  to  win  the  war"  publication  on  the  West 
Coast. 

THE  LOS  ANGELES  UNITARIAN  CHURCH  AS  A  COMMUNIST 
MEETING  PLACE 

A  pamphlet  entitled  "Workers'  School"  had  been  circulated  on  the 
campus  of  the  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles  during  the 
Writers'  Congress.  This  pamphlet  advertised  courses  offered  by  the 
school. 

The  committee  learned  that  certain  Communist  Party  classes  were 
being  held  in  the  Unitarian  Church  at  Eighth  and  Vermont  in  the 
City  of  Los  Angeles  and  one  such  class  was  scheduled  to  open  August  6, 
1943.  Having  learned  that  protests  to  the  Rev.  Ernest  Caldecott,  Min- 
ister of  the  church,  were  futile,  the  following  letter  was  written  to  John 
R.  Quinn,  Tax  Assessor  for  the  County  of  Los  Angeles,  under  date  of 
September  4,  1943  : 

' '  My  Dear  Mr.  Quinn  : 

"I  am  desirous  of  calling  your  attention  to  a  matter  that  has 
undoubtedly  escaped  your  attention  and  one  in  which  I  am  sure 
you,  as  well  as  the  taxpayers  of  the  City  and  County  of  Los  Angeles, 
will  be  vitally  interested. 

"For  some  time  past,  the  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee  on 
Un-American  Activities  in  California,  through  its  investigators,  has 
been  concerned  with  what  definitely  appears  to  be  a  flagrant  violation 
of  the  taxation  laws  of  California  in  reference  to  the  First  Unitarian 


144  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 


Church,  located  at  2936  West  8th  Street  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 
"I  particularly  want  to  call  your  attention  to  Article  XIII, 
Section  1£  of  the  Constitution  of  California,  which  was  adopted 
by  the  people  November  6,  1900,  and  which  reads  as  follows : 

'All  buildings,  and  so  much  of  the  real  property  on  which 
they  are  situated  as  may  be  required  for  the  convenient  use 
and  occupation  of  said  buildings,  when  the  same  are  used 
solely  and  exclusively  for  religious  worship,  shall  be  free  from 
taxation;  provided,  that  no  building  so  used  which  may  be 
rented  for  religious  purposes  and  rent  received  by  the  owner 
therefor,  shall  be  exempt  from  taxation. ' 

"I  further  call  your  attention  to  Article  2,  Section  256  of  the 
Revenue  and  Taxation  Code  of  California,  which  reads  as  follows : 

'The  affidavit  for  church  exemption  shall  show  that:  (a) 
The  building  is  used  solely  for  religious  worship,  (b)  The 
described  portion  of  the  real  property  claimed  as  exempt  is 
required  for  the  convenient  use  of  the  building,  (e)  It  is 
not  rented  for  religious  purposes  and  rent  received  by  the 
owner. ' 

"The  Reverend  Ernest  Caldecott  is  the  pastor  of  this  church. 
The  record  reveals  that  the  church  or  some  portion  of  the  premises 
have  been  used  from  time  to  time  for  Communist  front  organiza- 
tion meetings  and  is  presently  being  used  by  the  Los  Angeles 
"Workers  School.  The  current  announcement  of  courses  in  the  above 
mentioned  school  for  the  summer  term  of  1943,  July  19  to  Sep- 
tember 6,  reveals  on  page  7,  that  the  course  on  'Problems  of  Amer- 
ican Democracy'  beginning  August  6,  conducted  by  John  Howard 
Lawson,  Carey  Mc Williams  and  Albert  Maltz,  is  being  held  in  the 
Unitarian  Church,  located  at  2936  West  8th  Street  (East  of  Ver- 
mont) and  that  the  tuition  for  the  whole  course  is,  $2  and  that 
single  admissions  are  50  cents. 

"The  character  of  the  Los  Angeles  Workers  School  is  revealed 
in  its  pamphlet,  'Announcement  of  Courses,  Summer  Term  1943 — 
July  10-Sept.  6'  on  page  10,  under  the  heading  'Fundamentals  of 
Marxism. '     This  course  is  described  as  follows : 

'This  course  is  an  authoritative  exposition  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  scientific  Socialism.  It  teaches  the  main 
theories  of  Marx,  Engels,  and  as  further  developed  by  Lenin, 
Stalin  and  by  America's  foremost  Marxists,  Earl  Browder, 
William  Z.  Foster  and  other  American  Communists.  The 
course  deals  with  the  fundamental  teaching  of  Marxian  eco- 
nomics, politics  and  social  development.  It  will  give  the  student 
a  fundamental  grasp  of  the  economics  of  Capitalism  and  the 
problems  of  a  war  economy  for  victory;  the  economics  of 
Socialism;  the  origin  and  role  of  the  State,  Democracy,  Fas- 
cism; the  Marxist  teaching  of  war  in  general  and  the  present 
war  in  particular;  tactics  of  the  working  class  and  problems 
in  National  Unity;  the  Communist  Party. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  145 

'  (This  course  is  recommended  as  an  introductory  course 
and  should  be  taken  by  everyone  who  intends  to  make  a  thorough 
study  of  Marxism.) ' 

"Pettis  Perry,  active  Communist  functionary  and  former  secre- 
tary of  the  Communist  Party  for  Los  Angeles  County,  spoke  at 
this  church  February  13,  1943,  as  did  the  present  secretary  of  the 
Communist  Party  for  Los  Angeles  County,  Carl  Winter. 

"On  August  4,  1943,  the  Communist  Party  publication,  the 
'People's  Daily  World,'  held  a  rally  and  fund-raising  drive  at  this 
church.  The  call  was  issued  by  Ed  Robbin,  who  is  a  registered 
Communist.  Pettis  Perry,  La  Rue  McCormack,  Paul  Cline  and 
many  other  notorious  Communists  and  fellow-travelers  sponsored 
the  call  for  the  People's  Daily  World  at  the  Unitarian  Church 
on  this  occasion.  Our  reports  on  the  meeting  indicate  some 
200  in  attendance.  Although  the  writer  protested  to  the 
Reverend  of  the  church,  Ernest  Caldecott,  concerning  the 
meeting,  it  was  held  on  schedule  nevertheless.  The  purpose 
of  this  meeting  was  definitely  commercial,  devising  ways  and  means 
of  financing  the  Communist  publication,  the  People's  Daily  World. 

"We  have  no  quarrel  with  Reverend  Ernest  Caldecott  or  the 
First  Unitarian  Church,  their  religious  or  political  beliefs.  We  are 
primarily  concerned  with  subversive  organizations.  We  have  no 
quarrel  with  the  Soviet  Government,  our  ally  in  the  present  conflict. 
Our  concern  is  with  the  seditious,  traitorous  and  sabotaging  group 
of  American  Communists  in  California  who  worked  incessantly  for 
22  months  during  the  Hitler-Stalin  pact  to  sabotage  our  defense  and 
war  effort  and  who  are  still  determined  to  destroy  our  form  of 
government,  our  democracy  and  our  Constitution,  once  this  conflict 
in  Europe  is  concluded. 

"It  certainly  appears  that  the  use  of  church  premises  for  the 
purposes  above  enumerated  violate  both  the  spirit  and  intent  of  the 
constitutional  provision,  exempting  church  property,  above  quoted, 
and  the  section  of  the  Revenue  and  Taxation  Code  of  California 
above  mentioned. 

"The  books  and  records  of  the  First  Unitarian  Church  should 
reveal  that  this  type  of  thing  has  been  going  on  for  a  period  of  years. 
Our  committee  stands  ready  and  willing  to  cooperate  with  your 
office  at  all  times  and  we  are  in  a  position  to  furnish  you  with  details 
and  proof  of  similar  meetings  held  at  this  church. 

"Trusting  that  you  will  make  an  immediate  investigation  into 
this  matter  to  the  end  that  the  laws  of  California  be  enforced  on 
the  subject  and  that  subversive  and  seditious  groups  be  denied 
sanctuary  within  the  confines  of  a  religious  edifice,  I  am, 

Very  sincerely  yours, 
(Senator)  Jack  B.  Tenney." 


146  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

8 

THE  C.  I.  0.  POLITICAL  ACTION  COMMITTEE 

Karl  Marx  realized  that  the  revolution  in  Europe  was  postponed  when 
news  of  the  discovery  of  gold  in  California  came  to  his  attention.  He 
wrote : 

"There  can  be  no  talk  of  a  real  revolution  in  such  a  time  as  this, 
when  general  prosperity  prevails,  when  the  productive  forces  of 
bourgeois  society  are  flourishing  as  luxuriantly  as  is  possible  within 
the  framework  of  bourgeois  conditions.  Such  a  revolution  can  only 
take  place  in  periods  when  these  two  factors,  the  modern  forces  of 
production  and  the  bourgeois  forms  of  production,  are  in  antagonism 
each  to  the  other. ' ' 

Marx  turned  his  attention  to  political  action.  Without  losing  sight 
of  the  ultimate  objective  for  the  violent  destruction  of  all  existing  States, 
he  inclined  toward  the  elaboration  of  political  tactics  in  conformity  with 
established  bourgeois  methods  and  trends.  The  principles  of  modern 
Communist  strategy  were  crystalizing  in  Marx's  mind  and  ultimately 
found  expression  in  the  first  Communist  International  (International 
Workingmen 's  Association).  The  franchise  demonstration  in  London 
against  Disraeli  convinced  Marx  that  his  political  technique  was  work- 
able. Reporting  to  Engels  about  the  franchise  demonstration,  Marx 
said:  "It  is  really  amazing  compared  with  anything  seen  in  England 
since  1844,  and  wholly  the  work  of  the  International.  *  *  *  This 
shows  how  different  it  is  when  one  works  behind  the  scene  and  disappears 
from  the  public  eye,  as  compared  with  the  democratic  manner  of  assum- 
ing important  airs  in  public  and  doing  nothing  at  all. ' ' 

The  basic  principle  behind  Marxian  political  technique  is  subtle  col- 
laboration with  the  class  it  seeks  to  destroy.  It  is  the  ingratiating 
dishonesty  of  the  assassin  who  accepts  the  hospitality  of  his  victim  until 
he  can  safely  stab  him  in  the  back  and  take  all  of  his  possessions.  Marx, 
in  an  address  issued  to  the  Communist  League  in  March  of  1850,  put  it 
this  way :  ' '  The  relationship  of  the  revolutionary  labour  party  in  a  petty- 
bourgeois  Democracy  is  as  follows :  It  joins  forces  with  the  petty- 
bourgeois  Democracy  against  the  fraction  whose  overthrow  it  aims  at 
affecting ;  but  it  opposes  both  the  one  and  the  other  in  matters  it  wishes 
to  establish  on  its  own  account." 

COMMUNIST   POLITICAL   PARTY  A   FAILURE 

The  Communist  Party,  as  a  political  entity,  was  created.  The  estab- 
lishment of  the  Third  Communist  International  (Comintern)  gave  impe- 
tus to  the  formation  of  Communist  Parties  in  various  countries  through- 
out the  world,  all  affiliated  with  and  dominated  by  the  Comintern  in 
Moscow,  Russia.  Marx  declared  in  Misere  de  la  Philosophie  that  eco- 
nomic production  with  its  attendant  social  stratification,  creates  the  basis 
of  political  history  of  each  epoch.  He  contends  that  the  whole  course 
of  history  down  to  our  time  has  been  a  history  of  class  struggle.  He 
called  for  the  annihilation  of  the  bourgeois  system  of  society,  and,  at  the 
same  time,  called  on  Communists  everywhere  to  assist  in  the  bourgeois 
revolution.  The  principle  behind  this  strategy  was  not  for  the  purpose 
of  putting  political  power  in  the  hands  of  the  bourgeoisie  but  to  put  new 


UN-AMEEICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  147 

political  weapons  into  the  hands  of  the  Communists.  As  a  political  party, 
apparently  acting  within  the  law,  the  Communists  would  occupy  a  favor- 
able position  in  the  political  field. 

Practical  experience  has  proved  to  Communist  strategists  that  Marx 
was  not  altogether  correct  in  his  strategy  of  the  Communist  political 
party.  Only  in  Russia,  where  the  Bolsheviks  ruled  with  an  iron  hand, 
was  Communism  respectable.  Throughout  the  countries  of  the  world 
the  Communist  Party  has  been  held  in  contempt,  its  ideology,  leaders 
and  adherents  discredited.  The  utilization  of  "front"  organizations, 
with  Communist  control  and  domination  carefully  concealed,  has  been 
far  more  effective.  A  small,  compact  and  disciplined  group  of  Commu- 
nists, working  behind  the  scenes  of  a  "  front ' '  organization,  are  able  to 
direct  the  thinking  and  the  activity  of  thousands  of  people  and  to  ruth- 
lessly discard  and  liquidate  the  "innocents"  when  Communist  objectives 
have  been  achieved. 

POLITICAL  "FRONT"  TECHNIQUE 

The  Communist  Party  never  attained,  under  its  own  banner  and  in 
its  name,  influence  or  prestige  in  the  United  States.  Through  its ' '  front ' ' 
organizations,  however,  it  has  made  considerable  progress,  particularly 
during  the  past  decade.  Its  greatest  successes  have  taken  place  since 
Pearl  Harbor. 

The  successful  realization  of  "front"  organizational  activity  was 
reached  by  the  Communists  in  its  creation  of  the  C.  I.  0.  Political  Action 
Committee  in  July  of  1943.  Sidney  Hillman,  head  of  the  Political  Action 
Committee,  recently  announced  that  the  organization  would  be  made 
permanent. 

The  legislative  committee  investigated  the  activities  of  the  C.  I.  0. 
Political  Action  Committee  in  California  from  its  inception.  R.  E. 
Combs,  counsel  and  chief  investigator  for  the  committee,  submitted  a 
detailed  report  on  July  8,  1944,  which  report  was  read  in  its  entirety 
into  committee  records  in  San  Francisco  October  27,  1944.  The  report 
is  as  follows : 

"The  National  Executive  Board  of  the  Congress  of  Industrial 
Organizations  created  the  Political  Action  Committee  on  July 
seventh,  1943.  The  board  is  composed  of  49  members.  At  least  18 
of  them  have  records  of  collaboration  with  the  Communist  program 
in  the  United  States,  and  this  minority  actually  controls  the  board. 
These  18  members  are  :  Louis  Alan  Berne,  President  of  the  Interna- 
tional Federation  of  Architects,  Engineers,  Chemists  and  Techni- 
cians of  America;  Donald  Henderson,  President  of  the  United  Can- 
nery, Agricultural,  Packing  and  Allied  Workers  of  America;  Joseph 
P.  Selly,  President  of  the  American  Communications  Association  ; 
Julius  Emspak,  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  United  Electrical,  Radio 
and  Machine  Workers  of  America;  Grant  W.  Oakes,  President  of 
the  United  Farm  Equipment  and  Metal  Workers  of  America; 
Eleanor  Nelson,  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  United  Federal  Work- 
ers of  America;  Joseph  F.  Jurich,  President  of  the  International 
Fishermen  and  Allied  Workers  of  America;  Ben  Gold,  president  of 
the  International  Fur  and  Leather  Workers  of  America;  Morris 
Muster,  President  of  the  United  Furniture  Workers  of  America; 
Harry  Renton  Bridges,  President  of  the  International  Longshore- 


148  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 


men's  and  Warehousemen's  Union;  Ferdinand  C.  Smiih,  Secretary 
of  the  National  Maritime  Union  of  America;  Lewis  Merrill,  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  Office  and  Profesional  Workers  of  America; 
Abraham  Flaxer,  President  of  the  State,  County  and  Municipal 
Workers  of  America;  Michael  J.  Quill,  President  of  the  United 
Transport  Workers  of  America;  Joseph  Curran,  President  of  the 
National  Maritime  Union  of  America;  Reid  Robinson,  President  of 
the  International  Mine,  Mill  and  Smelter  Workers  of  America;  E.  F. 
Burke,  Secretary  of  the  Marine  Cooks  and  Stewards  Association  of 
the  Pacific  Coast,  and  Frank  R.  McGrath,  President  of  the  United 
Shoe  Workers  of  America. 

"For  a  detailed  report  concerning  the  Communist  affiliations  and 
activities  of  each  of  these  18  individuals  see  the  publication  of  the 
Congressional  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  (Dies  Com- 
mittee) concerning  its  investigation  of  the  Political  Action  Commit- 
tee, June,  1944. 

"Phillip  Murray  appointed  Mr.  Sidney  Hillman  as  head  of  the 
newly-created  committee,  with  R.  J.  Thomas,  Sherman  Dalrymple, 
Albert  J.  Fitzgerald  and  David  J.  McDonald  as  his  assistants.  The 
United  States  was  then  divided  into  14  regions,  with  a  director  and 
subordinates  in  charge  of  each.  California  and  Arizona  comprise 
Area  Thirteen,  and  the  California  State  Headquarters  was  located 
in  San  Francisco,  although  the  great  majority  of  the  State's  popu- 
lation and  the  bulwark  of  its  union  strength  is  in  Los  Angeles 
County.  It  is  of  some  coincidental  interest  to  note  that  the  Com- 
munist Party  also  divided  the  Nation  into  Communist  Districts,  and 
that  California  and  Arizona  were  in  District  Thirteen,  with  head- 
quarters located  at  121  Haight  Street,  San  Francisco. 

"In  charge  of  the  affairs  of  the  Political  Action  Committee  in 
California  is  Mrs.  Claudia  Williams,  alias  Claudia  Hoffman,  alias 
Claudia  Parker.  Her  Communist  record,  as  shown  by  the  files  of  the 
State  Pact-Finding  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  is  long 
and  varied,  commencing  with  her  affiliation  with  the  Young  Com- 
munist League  and  extending  through  years  of  activity  in  the  Com- 
munist Party,  mostly  in  Northern  California.  Sworn  statements 
from  a  number  of  witnesses  are  available  to  show  that  Mrs.  Williams 
has  been  a  Communist  for  at  least  eight  years. 

"In  each  of  the  14  regions  established  by  the  Political  Action 
Committee  the  work  is  largely  carried  on  through  the  C.  I.  0.  County 
Councils.  In  Los  Angeles  County,  for  example,  the  county  council 
is  composed  of  the  following. members  :  Walter  Pollard,  Oscar  Fuss, 
Aaron  Shapiro,  Lyle  Proctor,  Jeff  Kibre,  James  Thimmes,  Jerry 
Conway,  Jerome  K.  Posner,  James  T.  Patterson,  Francis  Forsburgh, 
Court  Meyers,  Philip  M.  Connelly,  Griselda  Kuhlman,  George  Har- 
vey, William  Bluhm  and  John  G.  Grady.  The  records  of  the  Com- 
munist collaboration  and  affiliations  of  eight  of  these  individuals 
are  available  from  the  files  of  the  State  committee. 

' '  Mr.  Hillman  has  stated  that  his  committee  intends  to  collect  and 
spend  at  least  $2,000,000  in  the  1944  State  and  National  election 
campaigns.  The  defeat  of  Congressman  Starnes  of  Alabama  and 
Costello  of  California,  each  a  prominent  and  active  member  of  the 
Dies  Committee,  and  the  political  retirement  of  Martin  Dies,  is  an 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  149 

important  indication  of  what  Mr.  Hillman's  committee  intends  to 
accomplish. 

John  L.  Lewis  and  Sidney  Hillman 

"Much  contradictory  material  has  been  written  concerning  Mr. 
Hillman's  attitude  toward  Communism.  It  is  known  that  in  1922 
he  visited  in  the  Soviet  Union  and  conferred  with  Lenin ;  that  he 
donated  the  sum  of  $3,000  to  the  Communist-controlled  Jewish 
newspaper  'Freheit, '  in  the  name  of  his  wife,  Bessie  Abramowitz; 
that  he  served  as  a  director  and  trustee  of  the  Garland  Fund  with 
William  Z.  Foster,  National  Chairman  of  the  Communist  Party.  It 
is  also  known  that  Mr.  Hillman  professed  to  be  anti-Communist  when 
the  party  was  seeking  to  penetrate  and  control  his  Amalgamated 
Clothing  Workers  Union. 

1 '  The  attitude  of  the  party  toward  Mr.  Hillman  is  strangely  rem- 
iniscent of  its  attitude  toward  John  L.  Lewis,  the  forgotten  founding 
father  of  the  C.  I.  0.  From  1935  until  1941  the  Communist  press 
was  lavish  in  its  praises  of  Lewis  as  the  saviour  of  the  toiling  masses 
of  America.  Thus  in  its  monthly  magazine,  "The  Communist," 
March,  1940,  p.  201,  we  find  the  following  statement : 

"  '.  .  .  In  short,  the  coalition  position  formulated  by 
President  Lewis  has  in  it  the  elements  for  transition  for  the 
American  working  class  to  a  higher  stage  of  political  activity.' 

"And  as  part  of  the  same  article  on  page  203  is  found  this 
sarcastic  comment  regarding  Mr.  Hillman,  because  he  was  then  for 
Roosevelt  and  the  Communists  were  not: 

"  ' .  .  .  Consider,  for  example,  one  of  the  recent  expres- 
sions of  President  Hillman  of  the  Amalgamated  Clothing 
Workers,  publishing  a  statement  on  the  A.C.W.A.  political 
policy  in  the  February  issue  of  'Advance,'  that  is  after  Roose- 
velt's Congress  message  and  war  budget,  President  Hillman 
manages  to  muster  sufficient  courage  (or  is  it  something  else?) 
to  tell  the  workers  that : 

"  '  ".  .  .  there  is  no  man  in  public  life  in  whom 
we  can  so  fully  and  safely  confide,  and  for  the  balance  of 
the  journey."  ' 

"  'Confide,  mind  you.  Giving  yourselves  away.  Entrust- 
ing your  fate  passively  and  unconditionally  to  one  of  the  most 
militant  spokesmen  of  Wall  Street  imperialism.  And  for  'the 
balance  of  the  journey.' 

"So  far  as  this  particular  issue  of  "The  Communist"  was  con- 
cerned, Lewis  was  still  useful  to  the  party  and  Hillman  was  not. 
This  was  while  the  Non-Aggression  Pact  still  existed  between  Ger- 
many and  the  Soviet  Union,  and  was  prior  to  the  invasion  of  Russia 
on  June  22,  1941.  The  war,  so  far  as  the  Communists  were  con- 
cerned, was  still  an  imperialistic  affair,  Roosevelt  was  a  Avannonger, 
conscription  was  all  wrong,  and  it  was  during  this  same  period  that 
the  party  launched  its  potent  front  organization,  The  American 
Peace  Mobilization,  together  with  an  epidemic  of  strikes  that  swept 


150  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

across  the  Nation  like  a  scourge.     Hence  this  double-barrelled  blast 
against  Messrs.  Roosevelt  and  Hillman. 

' '  In  The  Communist  for  May,  1940,  there  was  another  chance  to 
slip  in  a  plug  for  Lewis,  so  his  wisdom  and  oratorical  ability  were 
mentioned  on  page  388  as  follows: 

"  'These  practical  objectives  arise  from  the  most  intimate 
and  burning  needs  of  the  masses  of  the  people.  They  are  the 
immediate  needs  of  the  American  working  class  and  its  allies — 
the  toiling  farmers,  the  youth,  the  Negro  people  and  the  aged. 
They  are  the  needs  of  the  great  gathering  coalition  for  which 
John  L.  Lewis  spoke  so  eloquently  to  the  miners  of  northern 
West  Virginia  on  April  1. ' 

"By  1941,  however,  Mr.  Lewis  had  been  squeezed  dry  of  his  use- 
fulness to  the  Communists,  so  they  characteristically  began  to  pep- 
per him  with  acid  adjectives.  In  the  October,  1943,  issue  of  The 
Communist,  page  899,  this  blast  was  fired : 

"  'The  A.  F.  of  L.  Council's  failure  to  accept  John  L.  Lewis' 
application  for  the  re-affiliation  of  the  United  Mine  Workers, 
however,  was  a  service  to  labor,  and  it  came  as  a  blow  in  the 
face  to  that  defeatist,  Lewis,  insolent  and  autocratic,  who  hoped 
to  use  the  A.  F.  of  L.  Council  as  an  instrument  against  the  war 
and  to  split  the  workers  away  from  President  Roosevelt. ' 

' '  This  was  after  the  invasion  of  Russia,  so  the  war  had  now  become 
a  'people's  war,'  instead  of  imperialistic,  the  American  Peace 
Mobilization  had  unobtrusively  slipped  into  the  realm  of  things  best 
forgotten,  and  Roosevelt  was  no  longer  a  warmonger. 

"In  the  same  magazine  for  January,  1944,  page  64,  the  Party 
was  still  taking  pot  shots  at  Mr.  Lewis,  as  follows : 

"  '.  .  .  Guided  by  this  consistence  (italics  ours)  the 
Communists  have  been  able  to  exert  a  positive  influence  on 
such  vital  issues  as  .  .  .  the  no-strike  pledge  made  by  labor 
and  the  struggle  to  defeat  and  isolate  the  defeatist  and  insur- 
rectionist elements  led  by  John  L.  Lewis  inside  labor 's  ranks. '  ' ' 

"Mr.  Benjamin  Stolberg,  once  having  been  a  member  of  the 
National  Committee  of  the  Communist  Party,  was  able  to  shrewdly 
predict  the  liquidation  of  Mr.  Lewis  when  he  stated  in  his  article, 
'Communist  Wreckers  in  American  Labor,'  which  appeared  in  the 
September  2,  1939,  issue  of  the  'Saturday  Evening  Post,'  page  5, 
that: 

"  'Mr.  Lewis  is  the  Samson  of  American  Labor;  and  the 
Communist  Party  is  his  current  Delilah. ' 

' '  Having  gone  through  the  unpleasant  experience  of  being  implac- 
ably forced  out  of  control  of  the  gigantic  labor  organization  which 
he  created,  Lewis  spoke  with  some  degree  of  authority  when  he 
stated,  in  effect,  that  both  Philip  Murray  and  Sidney  Hillman  were 
now  in  the  unenviable  position  of  either  collaborating  with  the 
Communist  program  or  being  removed  from  the  scene  of  American 
labor  without  further  ado. 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  151 

' '  In  the  case  of  Mr.  Hillman  the  party  used  the  Lewis  technique 
in  reverse.  They  hated  and  excoriated  him  when  his  sentiments 
ran  counter  to  the  Party  line  attitude  toward  Mr.  Roosevelt  and  the 
war,  and  when  he  was  resisting  their  efforts  to  take  over  his  Cloth- 
ing Workers  union,  but  when  he  apparently  saw  the  handwriting  on 
the  wall  and  capitulated,  he,  too,  was  hailed  as  the  saviour  of  the 
toiling  masses  of  America. 

Communist  Inspiration  and  Domination 

"Few  persons  who  are  at  all  informed  on  the  subject  are  so  naive 
as  to  believe  that  the  conception  of  a  Political  Action  Committee 
originated  with  the  C.  I.  0.  They  are  well  aware,  on  the  contrary, 
that  it  was  originated  for  the  C.  I.  0.  by  the  Communist  Party  of 
America.  This  assertion  is,  of  course,  the  theme  of  this  report,  and 
fortunately  the  Communist  press  heralded  the  event  and  prepared 
the  way  for  it  through  several  years  of  propagandizing.  Bearing 
in  mind  that  Mr.  Hillman 's  committee  was  not  born  until  July  7, 
1943,  its  period  of  gestation  must  have  been  relatively  short  so  far 
as  the  C.  I.  0.  and  Mr.  Hillman  were  concerned,  because  Mr.  Lewis 
was  the  darling  of  the  party  until  1941,  and  Mr.  Hillman  was  being 
called  bad  names  because  he  was  for  Roosevelt,  "the  warmonger," 
until  after  the  Germans  invaded  Russia  on  June  22,  1941. 

' '  But  as  far  back  as  1940  the  Communists  had  been  busily  prepar- 
ing the  ground  for  just  such  a  committee.  They  had  been  quick  to 
see  the  tremendous  advantage  in  organizing  by  industries  rather 
than  by  individual  unions,  and  were  not  overlooking  the  unparalleled 
opportunity  to  regiment  labor  for  their  own  purposes  through  the 
medium  of  the  C.  I.  0.  "When  John  L.  Lewis  started  the  movement 
he  was  so  successful  that  he  literally  ran  out  of  organizers,  and  turned 
perforce  to  those  past  masters  at  the  art — the  Communists.  Immed- 
iately they  entrenched  themselves  like  reinforced  concrete  in  great 
key  unions  through  which  they  hoped  to  control  the  industrial 
strength  of  the  Nation.  Thus  Federal  workers,  State,  county  and 
municipal  employees,  agricultural  workers,  the  unemployed,  drafts- 
men, engineers,  technicians,  maritime  workers,  employees  in  the  vast 
fields  of  transportation  and  communication,  and  workers  in  that 
tremendously  important  medium  for  propaganda — the  moving  pic- 
ture industry — all  were  insidiously  penetrated  by  the  Communists 
until  they  attained  virtual  control  of  these  powerful  union  organ- 
izations. 

' '  This  did  not  mean  that  the  rank  and  file  members  of  these  unions 
were  at  all  Communistically  inclined,  but  it  did  mean  that  at  the 
top,  in  control,  were  groups  of  party  members  who  pulled  the  strings, 
hatched  the  political  strategy,  determined  strike  policies  and  com- 
pletely dominated  the  situation.  And  so  it  went  with  the  National 
organization  of  the  C.  I.  0.  until  18  of  the  49  members  of  the  National 
Executive  Board  were  either  party  members  or  fellow  travelers  by 
the  time  the  Political  Action  Committee  was  voted  into  being  on  July 
7,  1943.  Affairs  of  the  board  are  determined  by  vote  of  those 
members  representing  the  largest  union  memberships  and  so  a 
minority  group  was  and  is  able  to  dictate  the  National  policies  of 


152  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

the  C.  I.  0.     Mr.  Stolberg  described  the  situation  as  follows  in  his 
Saturday  Evening  Post  article,  heretofore  mentioned: 

' '  '  The  party 's  chief  method  of  confusion  is  to  divide  its  followers 
into  two  groups :  Those  who  admit  to  membership  in  the  party  and 
those  active  fellow  travellers  who  make  it  a  point  not  to  hold  member- 
ship cards.  In  the  C.  I.  0.  virtually  all  the  Communists  are  such 
fellow  travellers.' 

"  'The  moment  the  C.  I.  0.  began,  the  Communists  placed  organ- 
izers, speakers,  their  whole  apparatus,  both  official  and  "innocent" 
at  Lewis'  disposal.  Lewis  accepted.  The  C.  I.  0.  needed  leader- 
ship. And  he  was  certain  he  could  control  the  Communist  stooges. 
"Who  gets  the  bird,"  he  asked,  "the  hunter  or  the  dog?"  ' 

"  'Several  hundred  fellow  travellers  penetrated  the  early  C.  I.  0. 
Acting  as  a  disciplined  and  unscrupulous  minority  they  were  soon  in 
dominant  positions  in  a  number  of  unions.  More  than  100  of  them 
got  into  the  organization  campaign  of  Little  Steel  alone.  Many  of 
these  were  "volunteers,"  that  is,  supported  by  the  party  or  some 
innocent  front.  After  the  failure  of  the  premature  strike  in  Little 
Steel,  a  great  many  of  them  were  weeded  out  by  Phil  Murray,  head 
of  the  steel  union.  And  they  were  largely  kept  out  of  the  textile 
drive  by  Sidney  Hillman,  who  as  head  of  the  Amalgamated  Clothing 
Workers  had  had  his  troubles  with  them.  But  by  the  time  this 
sporadic  house  cleaning  had  begun,  they  were  pretty  well  entrenched 
throughout  the  C.  I.  0.,  and  were  in  complete  control  of  the  national 
headquarters.' 

Communist  Long- Range  Objectives 

' '  In  order  to  fully  appreciate  the  purpose  of  the  Communist  Party 
in  creating  and  working  through  the  C.  I.  0.  Political  Action  Com- 
mittee, it  is  necessary  to  know  something  of  the  long-range  objectives 
of  the  party.  The  whole  basic  theory  of  Communism  is  this :  That  in 
every  capitalistic  country  there  is  an  inevitable  conflict  between  two 
great  classes,  capital  on  the  one  hand,  and  labor  on  the  other.  Com- 
munist texts  refer  to  these  classes  as  the  'burgeosie'  and  the  'pro- 
letariat,' respectively.  Capital  controls  all  of  the  means  whereby 
material  goods  are  produced ;  labor  produces  them.  As  mechanical 
devices  for  industry  are  perfected  and  as  production  is  increased, 
the  power  of  the  capitalistic  minority  will  be  increased  at  the  expense 
of  the  laboring  minority  until  vast  economic  empires  are  owned  by 
a  few  individuals.  It  is,  reason  the  Communists,  inevitable  that 
this  conflict  and  natural  antagonism  exist,  and  that  with  such  a 
concentration  of  wealth  in  the  hands  of  a  few  'economic  royalists' 
the  working  classes  will  be  exploited,  deprived  of  their  civil  liberties 
and  kept  in  a  sort  of  involuntary  bondage.  Communists  are  taught 
that  the  working  masses  in  every  capitalistic  nation  will  eventually 
revolt  against  this  form  of  economic  servitude,  and  that  the  Com- 
munist Party  in  each  of  those  countries — trained,  disciplined  and 
organized  according  to  the  precepts  of  Communist  ideology,  shall 
lead  the  toiling  masses  in  their  struggle  to  overthrow  the  capitalists. 
There  is  only  one  way  to  eliminate  the  conflict  between  capital  and 
labor,  maintain  the  Communists,  and  that  is  to  liquidate  capital. 
The  step  by  step  technique  whereby  this  goal  is  to  be  achieved  was 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  153 

formulated  during  the  prelude  to  the  Russian  revolution  and  stands 
as  a  pattern  to  be  followed  by  the  Communists  everywhere. 

' '  It  should  not  be  necessary  to  point  out  here  that  Communism  is, 
and  always  has  been,  international.  That  fact  can  almost  be  estab- 
lished through  current  newspaper  and  magazine  articles,  but  Mr. 
Jack  Moore,  while  Secretary  of  the  Communist  Party  for  Los  Angeles 
County,  removed  all  doubt  when  he  testified  before  the  State  Fact- 
Finding  Committee  on  Un-American  Activities  on  July  28,  1941,  as 
follows : 

' '  Q.  By  Mr.  Combs :  "What  disciplinary  power  does  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  of  the  Comintern  (Communist  International) 
exercise  over  the  component  groups  in  other  countries? 

"A.  They  are  affiliated  directly  to  the  Comintern.  They 
have,  I  believe,  the  power  to  send  delegates  to  a  National  Con- 
vention and  lay  down  a  position  of  policy  and  propose  that  this 
be  followed. 

"Q.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 
Comintern  can  immediately,  without  cause,  outlaw  an  entire 
party  in  a  country,  can  it  not  ? 

"A.  Well 

"Q.  For  any  reason  or  no  reason;  and,  I  might  add  further, 
that  there  is  a  clause  that  sets  that  forth  specifically  in  the  Com- 
munist International  and  the  Constitution  to  which  you  just 
referred. 

"A.  They  possibly  have  that  power.  I  am  not  acquainted 
with  the  clause  you  are  referring  to. 

"Q.  I  will  read  it  to  you,  Mr.  Moore.  Reading  from  Article 
III,  Section  12  of  the  1928  Constitution  of  the  Communist  Inter- 
national: 

1 '  '  The  leading  body  of  the  Communist  International  in 
the  period  between  Congresses  is  the  Executive  Committee, 
which  gives  instructions  to  all  sections  of  the  Communist 
International  and  controls  their  activity. 

"  '. . .  The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Communist  Inter- 
national has  the  right  to  expel  from  the  Communist  Inter- 
national, entire  Sections,  Groups  and  individual  members 
who  violate  the  program  and  constitution  of  the  Communist 
International  or  the  decisions  of  the  World  Congress  or  of 
the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Communist  Interna- 
tional.' " 

"And  on  pages  102-103  of  the  transcript  of  Mr.  Moore's  testi- 
mony, he  explains  the  relationship  of  the  American  Communist 
Party  to  the  Communist  International  after  1940  : 

"  'At  the  present  time  there  is  no  direct  relationship,  or 
organizational  relationship,  because  of  the  passage  of  an  Act, 
I  think  properly  called  the  Voorhies  Act,  which  provided  for 
the  prosecution  of  international  labor  organizations, — I  don't 
know  all  the  details  of  this  act. 

"  '.  .  .  On  November  16-17,  1940,  a  Special  Convention 
was  called   at  that  time  to   amend   the   Party   Constitution, 


154  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

which,  up  to  that  time,  had  a  clause  stating  that  the  Com- 
munist Party  of  the  United  States  was  a  Section  of  the 
Communist  International,  and  at  that  time  all  organizational 
relationship  was  severed, — at  the  time  of  the  Convention.' 

"Last  year  it  was  announced  that  the  Communist  International 
had  voluntarily  disbanded.  Then  the  Communist  Party  of  the 
United  States  changed  its  name  to  the  Communist  Political  Asso- 
ciation. Then  the  Young  Communist  League  changed  its  name  to 
American  Youth  for  Democracy.  Few  people  were  deluded  by 
this  camouflage  job.  The  spots  were  changed,  but  underneath 
the  leopard  remained  the  same. 

"According  to  this  testimony  by  an  expert,  the  Communist 
Party  in  the  United  States  was  completely  controlled  by  the  Inter- 
national in  Russia,  at  least  until  1940.  At  that  time  the  sole  reason 
for  deleting  the  statement  of  that  fact  from  the  constitution  of 
the  American  Party  was  the  passage  of  a  Federal  act  which  pro- 
vided a  penalty  unless  such  foreign  affiliation  either  be  discon- 
tinued or  all  members  of  the  Party  be  registered  with  the  United 
States  Department  of  State.  Subsequent  events  have  demonstrated 
that  Mr.  Moore  selected  his  words  with  meticulous  care  when  he 
testified  that  after  1940  there  was  no  longer  any  'direct'  relation- 
ship or  'organizational'  relationship  between  the  Comintern  and 
the  American  Party,  and  that  this  apparent  severance  of  connec- 
tion was  in  name  only. 

"For  nearly  a  quarter  of  a  century  the  Communist  Party  in 
this  country  has  consistently  followed  the  exact  pattern  for  revolu- 
tion laid  down  by  Lenin  in  achieving  the  revolution  of  1917.  That 
technique  is  set  forth  in  textbooks  and  pamphlets  which,  fortunately, 
are  available  for  reference  on  this  point.  In  1939  a  commission 
in  the  Soviet  Union  prepared  a  textbook  which  was  printed  in  24 
languages.  Twelve  million  copies  of  the  first  edition  were  shipped 
to  every  country  in  the  world  where  a  Communist  Party  existed, 
and  within  five  months  after  the  first  batch  arrived  more  than 
80,000  copies  were  sold  in  the  United  States.  Of  this  highly 
important  work,  Earl  Browder  said: 

' '  '  This  is  no  ordinary  book  to  be  skimmed  through  and  then 
laid  aside  on  a  bookshelf.  It  is  a  scientific  textbook  to  be 
studied  and  mastered,  not  a  collection  of  dogmas  to  be  mem- 
orized, not  for  mechanical  quotation  of  extracts,  but  to  under- 
stand the  essence  of  the  theory  of  Marxism-Leninism  so  that 
it  can  be  applied  to  the  most  varied  and  difficult  problems 
and  situations,  so  that  this  theory  can  be  enriched  with  the 
new  experiences  of  the  revolutionary  working  class  movement 
also  of  our  own  country.'  (Advertisement  in  "The  Com- 
munist/' September,  1939.) 

"This  text,  studied  assiduously  by  Communists  everywhere, 
describes  in  elaborate  detail  the  strategy  employed  by  Lenin  and 
Stalin  in  engineering  the  revolution  of  1917.  Over  and  over 
again  it  emphasizes  that  the  Party  in  any  capitalist  country  must 
commence  its  revolutionary  work  by  a  long  process  of  penetrating 
and  ultimately  gaining  control  of  the  working  masses.     Over  and 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  155 

over  again  the  Communist  press  in  this  country  has  stated  that 
the  American  Communists  constitute  the  vanguard  of  the  work- 
ing class,  and  constantly  have  the  Communists  worked  since  the 
Party  started  here  in  1919  to  regiment  and  indoctrinate  the  trade 
union  movement  so  it  would  wield  a  potent  influence  at  the  polls 
— naturally  in  accord  with  the  Party  line.  Once  this  stage  of 
influence  was  gained,  the  Communists  would  be  in  a  position  to 
replace  those  sound  and  able  legislators  who  refused  to  carry  the 
Party  line  with  individuals  who  would  be  more  tractable.  This 
textbook,  in  describing  how  labor  was  regimented  as  a  prelude  to 
the  1917  revolution,  states : 

"  'The  Bolshevik  Party  during  this  period  set  an  example 
in  all  forms  and  manifestations  of  the  class  struggle  of  the 
proletariat.  It  built  up  illegal  organizations.  It  issued  ille- 
gal pamphlets.  It  carried  on  secret  revolutionary  work  among 
the  leadership  of  the  various  legally  existing  organizations 
of  the  working  class.  The  Party  strove  to  win  over  the  trade 
unions  and  gain  influence  in  people's  houses,  evening  univer- 
sities, clubs  and  sick  benefit  societies. 

"  '.  .  .  '  The  Revolutionary  movement  of  the  workers 
steadily  developed,  spreading  to  town  after  town,  region  after 
region.  In  the  beginning  of  1914,  the  workers'  strikes,  far 
from  subsiding,  acquired  a  new  momentum,  they  became  more 
and  more  stubborn  and  embraced  ever  larger  numbers  of 
workers.'  (History  of  the  Communist  Party  of  the  Soviet 
Union). 

"This  attempt  at  revolution  was  interrupted  by  the  first  World 
War,  but  thereafter,  as  the  book  points  out,  efforts  to  penetrate 
and  regiment  the  workers  were  resumed  with  telling  effect.  This, 
then  proved  to  be  the  first  all-important  step  along  the  path  of 
revolution. 

"In  1926  Joseph  Stalin  wrote : 

"  'Confidence  of  the  working  class  in  the  Party  is  not 
attained  at  one  stroke,  and  not  through  the  medium  of  force 
directed  at  the  working  class,  but  by  the  Party's  prolonged 
work  among  the  masses,  by  a  correct  Party  policy,  by  the 
ability  of  the  Party  to  convince  the  masses  through  their  own 
experience  of  the  correctness  of  its  policy,  and  by  the  ability 
of  the  Party  to  gain  the  support  of  the  working  class  to  follow 
its  lead.'    (Problems  of  Leninism,  by  Joseph  Stalin,  pp.  44-51) . 

' '  In  America  Earl  Browder  followed  this  basic  precept  by  instruct- 
ing his  Party  as  follows : 

' '  '  Trade  unions  are  the  primary  organizations  of  the  work- 
ing class.  It  is  in  the  unions  that  the  workers  learn  the  first 
lessons  of  organization  and  of  struggle,  without  which  there 
can  be  no  development  of  revolutionary  consciousness.  Con- 
sequently, Communists  have  always  emphasized  that  one  of 
their  central  tasks  is  to  work  within  the  trade  unions.  We 
can  not  win  the  majority  of  the  working  class  for  our  program 


156  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

unless  we  base  all  of  our  large-scale,  united  working  front  upon 
united  activities  within  the  unions. 

1 1  i  rj^g  Tracie  Unions  are  schools  in  which  the  workers  learn 
the  elementary  lessons  of  the  class  struggle,  and  through  them 
they  grow  into  more  conscious  and  more  effective  fighters  against 
capitalism.'  (What  Is  Communism?  bv  Earl  Browder,  pp. 
109-110). 

Rehearsals  for  Revolution 
"The  extent  to  which  these  principles  have  been  carefully  fol- 
lowed in  the  United  States  can  be  seen  in  the  technique  used  in  the 
San  Joaquin  Valley  cotton  strike  of  1933,  and  the  San  Francisco 
general  strike  of  1934.  Much  material  is  available  concerning  these 
two  dress  rehearsals  for  revolution,  the  best  of  which  is  a  booklet 
by  William  F.  Dunne,  entitled,  'The  Great  San  Francisco  General 
Strike,'  Workers  Library  Publishers,  New  York,  1934,  wherein  the 
role  played  by  the  Communist  Party  in  that  strike  is  frankly  dis- 
cussed, and  which  contains  a  critical  resolution  by  the  national 
committee  of  the  party  which  reads,  in  part,  as  follows : 

"  'The  outstanding  shortcomings  in  the  whole  development 
of  the  strike  on  the  West  Coast  was  the  inability  to  develop  the 
strikes  of  the  marine  workers  in  other  ports  (Atlantic  and 
Gulf)  and  to  coordinate  the  strikes  that  did  take  place  (Gulf) 
with  that  of  the  West  Coast.  This  was  to  a  certain  extent  due 
to  the  underestimation  of  the  marine  strike  on  the  West  Coast 
by  the  Party  as  a  whole,  and  especially  the  marine  districts. 

' '  '  The  comrades  responsible  for  the  leadership  of  the  Party 
in  San  Francisco  expressed  their  main  weakness  in  a  slowness 
and  even  hesitancy  in  taking  up  the  exposure  of  Ryan  and 
Compan3r,  in  the  weakness  in  answering  the  red-baiting  cam- 
paign of  the  capitalists  and  the  A.  F.  of  L.  bureaucrats,  in  the 
insufficient  bringing  forward  of  the  Party  and  building  it 
among  the  strikers.  These  weaknesses  reflect  a  tendency  which 
believes  that  the  development  of  unity  of  action  on  the  part 
of  the  workers  is  possible  by  weakening  the  fight  against  the 
A.  F.  of  L.  bureaucrats,  who,  in  every  phase  and  stage  of  the 
strike,  were  actively  engaged  in  strike-breaking.  A  further 
weakness  was  the  inability  to  coordinate  the  strike  in  the  various 
ports  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  where  the  two  Party  districts  worked 
on  the  whole  without  adequate  contacts. ' 

' '  Thus  it  can  be  seen,  out  of  the  mouths  of  the  Communists  them- 
selves, how  their  pattern  for  gaining  control  of  the  trade  union 
movement  was  formulated  in  Russia,  reiterated  by  Stalin,  written 
into  the  Party's  social  textbook  and  tested  and  subjected  to  critical 
analysis  in  the  strike  described  above.  That  was  the  pattern  which 
was  being  followed  while  the  Communists  were  penetrating  the 
C.  I.  0.  until  they  were  able  to  eliminate  Mr.  Lewis  from  his  position 
of  control  and  dictate  the  policies  themselves.  The  idea  of  con- 
solidating the  masses  into  one  formidable  political  body  found 
expression  in  their  press  while  the  Party  was  still  lambasting  its 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  157 

current  idol,  Mr.  Hillman,  as  the  foe  of  labor.     'The  Communist' 
for  February,  1940,  stated  on  pages  104-108 : 

"  'Because  it  incorporates  most  of  the  essential  needs  and 
demands  of  the  masses  at  the  present  time,  the  legislative  pro- 
gram of  the  Congress  of  Industrial  Organizations  (CIO)  rep- 
resents in  fact  a  practical  basis  on  which  to  build  the  fighting 
unity  of  the  working  people  of  the  United  States. 

"  '.  .  .  They  will  gain  such  an  understanding  through 
the  experiences  of  the  struggle,  deepened  and  illuminated  by 
the  political  work  of  the  revolutionary  vanguard  of  the  work- 
ing class — the  Communist  Party.' 

"And  in  the  March,  1944,  issue  of  the  same  publication  the 
following  statement  appeared  on  page  218 : 

"  'In  every  city,  State  and  Congressional  district  in  the 
country  all  the  forces  of  organized  labor  and  other  win-the-war 
elements  should  come  together  and  set  up  joint  committees. 
These  should  take  up  the  urgent  task  of  politically  registering 
the  millions  of  uprooted  war  workers  and  also  develop  other 
active  political  work  in  support  of  the  war.  Preparations  must 
be  made  for  labor  to  cast  a  solid  win-the-war  vote  in  1944. ' 

"In  many  of  the  Communist-dominated  unions  this  'encourage- 
ment' and  'stimulation'  consisted  in  withholding  the  union  cards 
from  the  individual  members  until  they  first  registered  to  vote — 
thereby  depriving  the  members  of  the  right  to  work  as  a  penalty 
for  failing  to  do  something  which  should  be  none  of  the  union's 
business. 

"During  the  many  years  that  a  slow  but  steady  penetration  was 
being  made  in  the  ranks  of  organized  labor,  the  party  has  always 
been  alert  to  take  immediate  advantage  of  any  internal  conflict, 
such  as  a  depression,  to  recruit  additional  members  into  its  fold. 
In  1939  thousands  of  migratory  agricultural  workers  poured  into 
the  State  from  the  dust  bowl  area,  driven  from  their  farms 
and  homes  by  an  economic  condition  with  which  they  were 
unable  to  cope.  At  that  time  California  was  operating  a 
State  Relief  Administration,  and  these  migrants  were  housed, 
fed  and  clothed  through  this  agency.  Here  was  a  magnificent 
opportunity  for  mass  propagandizing,  and  consequently  the  Com- 
munists herded  the  applicants  for  relief  into  a  union  for  the  unem- 
ployed— the  Workers  Alliance.  The  president  of  this  typical  front 
organization  was  Alexander  Noral,  a  registered  Communist.  The 
State  Belief  Administration  was  literally  permeated  with  Commu- 
nists who  operated  through  the  medium  of  another  union,  the  State, 
County  and  Municipal  Workers  of  America,  of  whioh  Abraham 
Flaxer,  a  member  of  the  C.  I.  0.  National  Executive  Board,  is  presi- 
dent. After  a  residence  of  one  year  the  migrants  became  eligible 
to  vote,  and  were  told  by  the  Communist  organizers  that  they  must 
register  to  vote  for  more  liberal  legislators  to  obtain  higher  appro- 
priations for  relief  to  bring  more  migrants  into  the  State.  This 
vicious  circle  had  reached  an  alarming  peak  when  the  entire  situa- 
tion was  fumigated  by  an  Assembly  Investigating  Committee  and 


158  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

the  subversive  condition  disclosed.  The  ranks  of  both  unions  were 
rapidly  decimated,  which  provoked  the  following  angry  statement 
from  President  Flaxer : 

"  'In  California  the  Yorty  Committee  succeeded  in  destroying 
a  union  of  3,500  members  in  the  State  Relief  Administration. ' 

' '  Under  existing  conditions  there  is  another,  far  greater  artificial 
population  which  has  been  brought  into  this  State  by  the  need  for 
war  workers  by  the  hundreds  of  thousands.  The  Douglas  Aircraft 
plants  in  Los  Angeles  County  alone  employ  some  80,000  persons. 
Virtually  all  of  these  workers  are  required  to  join  a  union  before 
they  are  permitted  to  work.  In  those  unions  which  are  Communist- 
dominated  the  same  old  technique  has  been  used  with  success — the 
same  technique  that  was  formulated  by  Lenin,  reiterated  by  Stalin, 
taught  by  the  Third  International,  hammered  home  by  the  Com- 
munist press,  set  forth  in  the  Party's  official  textbook  and  subjected 
to  field  experiment,  with  appropriate  critical  analysis,  in  the  San 
Francisco  general  strike,  to-wit :  Penetration  and  regimentation  of 
the  trade  union  masses. 

' '  The  rank  and  file  membership  in  the  average  union  is  too  busy 
to  study  the  complex  ideology  of  Communism.  They  are  loyal, 
patriotic  citizens  and  far  from  Communistically  inclined ;  but  they 
are  powerless  because  their  union,  both  nationally  and  locally,  is 
Communist-dominated  at  the  top. 

Communist  Control  of  Legislatures 

' '  There  is  a  constant  barrage  of  propaganda  leveled  at  those  legis- 
lators who  presume  to  vote  contrary  to  the  Party  line.  They  are 
called  enemies  of  organized  labor,  tools  of  big  business,  Wall  Street 
stooges  and  traitors  to  their  constituents.  Any  legislative  inves- 
tigating committee  which  has  the  temerity  to  investigate  Communist 
activities  is  immediately  branded  as  Fascist,  Fifth  Column,  a  tool 
of  Hitler  and  thoroughly  unpatriotic.  The  most  shop-worn  accusa- 
tion now  is  to  charge  that  whenever  anyone  investigates  the  Ameri- 
can variety  of  Communism,  he  is  being  '  anti-Soviet, '  and  is  there- 
fore dividing  the  people  against  their  war  ally,  and  obstructing  the 
war  effort !  It  is  needless  to  point  out  that  there  isn  't  supposed 
to  be  any  connection  between  the  Russian  and  American  Commun- 
ists any  more.  By  the  same  specious  reasoning,  if  a  group  of 
American  citizens  of  English  descent  sought  to  overthrow  our  form 
of  government  and  to  substitute  therefor  the  British  governmental 
system  with  a  royal  family,  anyone  who  sought  to  expose  and  pre- 
vent the  plan  would  be  anti-British  and  a  menace  to  the  war  effort. 

"And  so  the  Communists  have  carried  on  for  nearly  twenty-five 
years,  and  during  that  time  they  have  made  tremendous  progress. 
The  facts  speak  for  themselves.  It  is  not  hysteria,  nor  witch-hunt- 
ing, nor  red-baiting  to  simply  cite  the  record  for  what  it  shows. 
And  if  the  Communist  Party  is  successful,  through  the  Political 
Action  Committee,  in  replacing  sound,  courageous  legislators  with 
those  who  will  be  subservient  to  the  Party  line — and  we  have  a  few 
already — then  we  must  be  prepared  for  the  sort  of  legislation  the 
Party  has  been  advocating  these  many  years :  Repeal  of  the  Criminal 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  159 

Syndicalism  laws,  abolition  of  all  committees  to  investigate  subver- 
sive activities,  abolition  of  the  FBI,  etc. 

' '  Steadfastly  adhering  to  the  concept  that  it  must  first  penetrate 
and  regiment  labor  as  the  initial  step  in  its  revolutionary  program, 
American  Communists  seized  on  the  structure  of  the  CIO  through 
which  to  operate  in  this  field.  Once  they  obtained  control  of  the 
structure  of  that  great  organization  they  promptly  unhorsed  Mr. 
Lewis  and  set  up  the  CIO  Political  Action  Committee,  which  is  Com- 
munist-dominated from  top  to  bottom.  In  California  the  State-wide 
activities  of  that  Committee  are  controlled  by  Communists  whose 
records  are  known  to  every  official  investigating  agency  in  the  field. 

' '  Too  many  members  of  State  and  National  legislative  bodies  view 
statements — although  documented — regarding  Communist  activ- 
ities as  the  product  of  hysteria.  It  is  precisely  this  sort  of  indiffer- 
ence and  apathy  to  a  profoundly  serious  condition  that  makes  the 
progress  of  the  Communists  comparatively  easy.  Only  when  labor, 
and  industry  as  well,  can  be  brought  to  view  the  situation  in  its  true 
light;  only  when  resistance  to  such  insidious  subversive  influence 
comes  from  motives  that  are  patriotic  rather  than  financial  or  poli- 
tical can  this  problem  be  dealt  with  adequately. 

"Meanwhile,  the  C.I.O.  Political  Action  Committee  constitutes  a 
menacing  subversive  force  in  the  Nation  and  in  this  State. ' ' 

Destruction  of  Legislative  Investigating  Committees 

The  Communist  organizations  throughout  California,  Communist  fel- 
low-travelers and  naive  "progressive"  and  "liberal"  innocents,  have 
combined,  under  Communist  inspiration  and  domination,  in  a  campaign 
of  vilification  and  "smear"  against  this  Legislative  Committee.  The 
C.  I.  0.  Political  Action  Committee,  with  the  same  inspiration  and  dom- 
ination, is  determined  to  destroy  all  agencies  that  investigate  subversive 
activities.  The  defeat  of  Congressman  John  Costello  of  Los  Angeles 
and  other  members  of  the  Dies  Committee  is  an  illustration  of  their 
strength  and  success  in  this  direction.  A  special  legislative  supplement 
to  the  Communist  publication  in  California,  "The  People's  Daily 
World,"  has  just  launched  a  campaign  for  the  discontinuance  of  this 
Legislative  Committee.  On  page  5  of  the  supplement  under  the  head- 
ing printed  in  red,  "The  Tenney  Committee  Should  oe  Blacked  Out," 
is  the  following : 

"Senate  Concurrent  Resolution  No.  2  would  extend  the  life  of 
the  Tenney  Committee,  and  appropriate  $10,000.00  for  its  expenses. 
This  Committee  which  has  functioned  like  the  discredited  'Dies 
Committee'  on  Un-American  activities  in  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives, has  failed  to  indict  activity  of  a  Fascist-inspired  character, 
and  has  instead  devoted  its  time  and  the  taxpayer's  money  to  red- 
baiting and  smear  campaigns  against  progressive  and  pro-labor 
individuals  and  groups. 

"It  should  be  sent  to  well  merited  oblivion  by  the  defeat  of  this 
Resolution,  which  has  been  referred  to  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Rules." 

Every  Communist  front  organization  will  be  utilized  to  pressure  the 
California  Legislature  during  the  1945  Regular  Session  for  the  discon- 
tinuance of  the  committee  investigating  subversive  activities. 


1.60  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 


"ZOOT-SUIT"  RIOTS  IN  SOUTHERN  CALIFORNIA 

Pages  200  to  217,  inclusive,  of  the  Committee's  1943  Report  dealt  with 
the  Sinarquisia  movement  in  Southern  California.  At  the  time  the  com- 
mittee submitted  its  report  to  the  Legislature  there  was  but  little  informa- 
tion available  on  this  organization.  Subsequent  investigation  of  the 
Sinarquistas  and  its  leaders  has  substantiated,  for  the  greater  part,  most 
of  the  material  set  forth  in  the  Committee's  1943  Report. 

The  Pachuco,  or  so-called  "zoot-suit,"  fad  among  Negro  and  Mexican 
youth  in  Los  Angeles '  east  side  was  a  golden  opportunity  for  Communist 
racial  agitation.  The  riots  that  occurred  in  June  of  1943,  together  with 
the  activities  of  certain  Communist  front  organizations  and  the  vocif- 
erous charges  of  the  Communist  press,  forcefully  brought  the  situation 
to  the  attention  of  the  Committee.  An  intensive  investigation  of  the 
Sinarquista  movement,  its  leaders,  its  aims  and  objectives,  the  Pachucos, 
or  "  zoot-suiters, "  Communist  interest  and  agitation,  and  the  relation  of 
one  to  the  other  of  these  apparently  heterogeneous  groups,  was  immedi- 
ately launched. 

Gangs  of  Mexican  and  Negro  boys,  garbed  in  the  fantastic  costumes 
now  generally  known  as  ' '  zoot-suits, ' '  had  been  roaming  the  streets  of 
the  east  side  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  since  early  in  1941.  Many  of 
these  boys  were  armed  with  clubs,  knives,  brass  knuckles  and  links  of 
chains.  Every  properly  attired  ' '  zoot-suiter ' '  wore  heavy-soled  oxfords. 
In  extreme  cases  the  soles  of  these  ' '  zoot-suit ' '  oxfords  were  in  excess  of 
an  inch  thick  and  when  properly  used  in  a  gang  fight  became  formidable 
weapons.  United  States  sailors  and  soldiers  were  assaulted  on  the  streets 
and  in  cocktail  bars  by  groups  of  ' 'zoot-suiters"  and  violent  disturbances 
were  reported  from  time  to  time.  Early  in  June  of  1943,  the  long- 
smouldering  antagonism  flared  into  violence. 

PACHUCO  CRIMES 

C.  B.  Horrall,  Chief  of  the  Police  Department  of  the  City  of  Los 
Angeles,  testified  that  it  was  the  policy  of  his  department  to  make  an 
arrest  whenever  a  violation  of  the  law  occurred.  Carrying  concealed 
weapons  is  a  violation  of  the  law  and  many  Mexican  boys  were  arrested 
for  this  offense.  Chief  Horrall  stated  that  the  first  Pachuco,  or  "zoot- 
suit,"  disturbances  began  early  in  1941.  He  stated  that  the  boys 
were  divided  into  a  number  of  gangs  who  clashed  from  time  to  time. 
He  had  heard  of  the  Citizens'  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American  Youth  and  its  activities  and  had  been  informed  that  some 
of  the  people  connected  with  the  organization  were  members  of  the  Com- 
munist Party.  It  was  the  Chief's  opinion  that  the  organization  was  a 
Communist  Party  "front."  He  believed  that  the  Committee  for  the 
Defense  of  Mexican- American  Youth,  and  similar  organizations,  inflamed 
racial  prejudices,  and  in  the  Pachuco,  or  "zoot-suit,"  problem,  had  con- 
tributed to  the  conflagration  by  constantly  stirring  and  fomenting 
antagonisms  through  hysterical  activities.  He  categorically  denied 
charges  made  by  Al  Waxman  in  the  "Eastside  Journal,"  Charlotta  Bass 
in  the ' '  California  Eagle ' '  and  the  Communist  publication, ' '  The  Peoples ' 
Daily  World"  that  the  police  had  been  brutal  in  handling  participants 
in  the  riots.     He  testified  that  no  specific  case  of  brutality  on  the  part 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  161 

of  the  police  had  come  to  his  attention,  but,  on  the  contrary,  that  during 
the  disturbances,  10  or  15  police  officers  had  received  serious  injury. 
Chief  Horrall's  testimony,  in  part,  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX. 
pp.  4443-4445)  : 

By  Senator  Tenney :  Q.  Do  you  believe  these  disturbances  were 
principally  due  to  racial  prejudice  and  discrimination? 

A.  I  have  to  go  back  a  ways  in  answering  that  question  to  give — 
at  least,  for  me  to  express  my  opinion,  because  the  thing  goes  back 
a  ways,  that's  what  I  meant  to  say,  Mr.  Tenney. 

Q.  First,  you  might  answer  that  yes  or  no,  if  you  can.  The  ques- 
tion again  is:  Do  you  believe  racial  prejudice  and  discrimination 
was  the  basic  cause  for  this  disturbance  ? 

A.  I  do  not. 

Q.  Now,  go  ahead  and  modify  in  any  way  you  want. 

A.  These  disturbances,  of  course,  started  with  the  Latin- American 
gang  situation,  which  was  among  themselves,  up  until  approximately 
a  year  ago ;  that  is,  there  were  fights  between  different  gangs,  differ- 
ent members  of  the  gangs,  and  were  confined  almost  entirely  to 
themselves.  However,  about  a  year  ago  we  had  a  little  difficulty 
down  at  San  Pedro,  wherein  they  got  mixed  up  with  the  sailors 
down  there.  That  was  the  first  I  knew  of  where  they  got  outside  of 
their  own  gangs.  When  we  had  another  disturbance  here  about 
three  or  four  months  ago  in  Venice,  where  there  was  reported  that 
an  attempt  was  made  to  break  up  a  USO  dance  down  there,  and  then 
this  latest,  which,  according  to  the  reports  I  have,  started  in  the 
north  end  up  here  around  the  1700  block  on  North  Main  Street  as, 
apparently,  the  result  of  some  of  the  sailors  making  advances  to  some 
Mexican  girls  or  talking  to  them.  I  don't  know  whether  it  went 
any  farther  than  that,  and  it  startsd  the  difficulties,  and  then  there 
was  retaliation  back  and  forth  between  this  particular  group  up 
there  and  the  sailors  until  it  reached  the  place  where  it  got  some 
publicity  in  the  papers,  and  that  was  what  caused  the  gangs  to  con- 
gregate downtown  that  night  and  brought  the  crowd  all  out.  How- 
ever, some  people  have  chosen  to  call  it  riots ;  I  don't  think  it  should 
be  classified  as  that.  And  the  feeling  in  general  among  them  was 
one  of  fun  and  sport  rather  than  malice.  Quite  a  few  of  the  boys 
had  their  clothes  torn  off,  but  the  crowds  weren't  particularly  hard 
to  handle;  they  were  large,  but  we  had  no  difficulty  in  breaking 
them  up ;  they  would  go  a  couple  of  blocks  away  and  form  there. 
There  were  no  attacks  made  on  policemen. 

Another  point  I  would  like  to  make:  While  there  were  a  great 
many  service  men  in  those  crowds  and  quite  a  few  civilians,  and 
many  of  those  crowds  were  led  from  place  to  place  by  civilians,  not 
service  men,  and  in  some  instances  those  individuals  were  reported 
to  be  of  Latin-American  extraction. 

Q.  Now,  were  arrests  made,  chief,  strictly  for  protection  of  those 
people  ? 

A.  There  were  quite  a  few  which  were  taken  in  for  their  own 
protection. 

Q.  Does  that  account  in  any  sense  for  the  amount  of  people  thai 
were  arrested? 


162  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  In  those  eases  no  one  was  booked,  but  for  their  own  protection 
they  were  taken  into  the  station  and  kept  there  until  such  time  as 
they  could  safely  be  allowed  on  the  street. 

Q.  Did  you  find  any  Axis  or  fifth  column — what  you  might  term 
Axis  or  fifth  column — influence? 

A.  Nothing  that  I  could  prove.  Repeatedly  I  heard  claims  that 
there  were  subversive  influences  connected  with  this,  but  I  have  no 
proof  of  that. 

Q.  Of  course,  in  the  opinion  of  the  committee,  the  subversive  influ- 
ences could  be  from  either  the  Communist  side  or  the  Axis. 

A.  I  have  heard  both. 

Q.  The  Communist  committees  have  claimed  Axis  fifth  column 
influence,  and  we  have  investigated  as  to  the  Sinarquista  end.  You 
have  no  independent  knowledge  of  fifth  column  activity? 

A.  No,  only  the  report  the  Sinarquistas  did  have  some  influence 
in  it.     We  were  never  able  to  find  out  whether  they  did  or  not. ' ' 

Captain  Contreras,  of  the  sheriff's  office,  testified  (Committee  tran- 
script, Volume  XIX,  pp.  4563-4565)  : 

They  have  a  situation  out  in  East  Los  Angeles,  of  course,  they 
have  a  large  Mexican  population,  and  there  is  about  30  to  40 
thousand  Mexicans  live  there,  and  they  have  about  300  so-called 
hoodlums  out  there  in  gangs,  various  gangs. 

Q.  Did  you  through  your  office  or  with  the  assistance  of  the 
sheriff's  department  in  general  make  any  survey  of  the  so-called 
zoot-suit  problem? 

A.  We  have. 

Q.  Do  you  have  the  data  available  ? 

A.  I  have  some  of  it,  sir.  There  was  on  the  night  of  June  18th, 
10  or  15  arrests  made  of  boys  ranging  from  17  to  19  years  old.  Each 
one  of  these  were  charged  with  failure  to  disperse,  inciting  a  riot 
at  the  time  of  arrest,  and  the  following  weapons  were  found  in  their 
possession :  Two  steel  bars,  one  large  truck  wrench,  three  tire  irons, 
3  iron  wrenches,  one  hammer,  one  auto  crank,  4  pieces  of  two  by  four 
lumber,  one  gallon  milk  bottle,  one  large  Seven-Up  bottle.  The 
arresting  officers  said  when  the  gangs  were  being  surrounded  they 
started  throwing  their  weapons.  Subject  Moreno  was  identified  by 
the  officer  as  being  one  of  the  gang  who  had  a  half  gallon  milk  bottle 
with  the  bottom  broken  off,  and  was  leading  the  gang.  We  had 
from  time  to  time  10  to  15  arrests  in  that  part  of  the  County,  and 
the  cases  are  still  pending,  most  of  them. 

The  committee  requested  Captain  J.  F.  Reed,  Administrative  Assistant 
to  the  Chief  of  Police  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles,  to  present  police  officers 
who  had  been  involved  in  the  "zoot-suit"  riots.  On  the  afternoon  of 
June  23,  1943,  Captain  Reed  appeared  before  the  committee  with  the 
police  officers,  as  requested,  and  made  the  following  general  statement 
for  the  record  (Comm.  Tript,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4450-4453)  : 

By  Chairman  Tenney :  Q.  Captain,  I  spoke  to  you  over  the  phone, 
and  I  think  it  was  the  other  day  with  reference  to  the  officers  that 
had  been  involved  in  some  of  these  disturbances.  Were  you  able 
to  bring  the  names  of  any  of  the  officers  today  ? 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  163 

A.  Yes,  sir,  I  have  15  officers  who  have  been  injured  in  such  type 
of  activity,  and  they  are  all  here  today.  I  have  a  list  of  those  and 
the  different  times  whereby  they  were  injured  during  the  riots  in 
places  of  that  type. 

Q.  Are  the  officers  here  ? 

A.  Yes,  the  majority  of  them  were  subpenaed  for  3  o'clock.  I 
have  the  background  of  the  first  gang  outbreak  that  we  had. 

Q.  "We  would  like  to  have  that  very  much.     Go  right  ahead. 

A.  The  first  outbreak  that  we  had  in  Los  Angeles  which  was  of 
major  importance  was  on  8-16-41,  at  11  o'clock.  I  have  the  two 
officers  who  handled  the  original  investigation,  but  I  will  endeavor 
to  give  you  a  short  synopsis  of  what  happened.  A  dance  was  being 
held  over  on  Boundary  Street ;  that 's  over  in  the  Rose  Hill  section 
of  Huntington  Drive;  whereby  many  of  the  Mexican  boys  of  this 
pachuco  type  and  girls  attended  a  dance.  A  rival  gang  came  over 
and  tried  to  bust  the  dance  up  and  take  some  of  the  girls  away. 
They  weren't  very  successful.  They  proceeded  to  arm  themselves 
— across  the  street  was  a  picket  fence,  and  they  tore  all  the  pickets 
off  the  fence,  and  they  armed  themselves  and  started  to  fight.  They 
were  finally  turned  away,  and  they  proceeded  to  go  down  the  street 
and  get  into  an  automobile  and  lay  in  wait  for  the  group  to  break 
up.  As  the  group  broke  up  later  that  night  a  car  with  two  or  three 
youngsters,  I  don 't  exactly  know  how  many  were  in  that  car,  but  as 
they  came  down  the  street  this  car  was  in  hiding  and  pulled  out 
alongside,  directly  hit  and  turned  it  over,  killing  two  of  the  occu- 
pants.    That  was  the  first  gang  outbreak  of  any  importance. 

Q.  When  was  that? 

A.  8-16-41.  Officer  Joe  "Willis  was  the  radio  ear  officer  who 
answered  the  call,  and  Officer  J.  E.  Hampton,  who  made  the  investi- 
gation, are  here,  and  they  can  go  into  those  facts  more  thoroughly 
than  I  can.  Then,  as  conditions  grew  worse  throughout  the  Mexi- 
can area,  they  attacked  only  those  of  Latin-American  extraction. 
Wherever  there  was  a  party  or  a  dance  or  home  gathering,  these 
groups  would  travel  around  in  caravans  of  cars,  and  pull  up  in 
front  of  the  house  and  demand  everything  they  had  to  eat  in  the 
house  or  drink,  they  took  over,  and  if  anybody  objected  they  were 
beaten  up.  We  received  complaints  about  that  from  the  Mexicans. 
A  man  by  the  name  of  Torrez  of  East  Los  Angeles  came  into  the 
police  department  with  Joe  D.  Rivera  and  complained  about  condi- 
tions. He  didn  't  feel  his  family  was  safe  or  anybody,  and  he  asked 
the  police  department  take  action  against  these  hoodlums.  Of 
course,  we  were  all  the  time  making  arrests  of  various  groups,  and 
I  have  several  reports  of  interest  showing  the  type  of  crimes  they 
were  committing.  They  attacked  a  young  girl  14  years  of  age. 
There  were  five  or  six  different  boys  that  attacked  this  girl,  and  it 
was  necessary  for  the  officer  to  club  them  off  the  child  before  they 
could  get  them  in  custody.  In  many  cases  they  grab  a  young  couple, 
tie  the  escort  up,  rape  the  girl  and  then  urinate  on  them.  Just 
recently  there  was  an  attack  made  with  five  boys,  in  Pachuco  suits, 
they  raped  a  56  year  old  negro  woman,  and  all  raped  her,  and  one  of 
the  boys  was  14  years  old,  approximately  14  years  old,  and  while 
he  raped  her  the  others  held  her  at  the  point  of  a  knife.     Then  they 


164  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

offered  her  a  drink  of  wine,  which  she  refused,  and  then  they  drank 
the  wine  and  then  urinated  in  the  bottle  and  forced  her  to  drink  out 
of  this  bottle.  That  is  some  of  the  types  of  things  that  have  been 
going  on. 

After  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  thing  they  gradually  started  to  attack 
other  people.  They  got  out  of  the  Latin- American  group  and  went 
into  other  nationalities ;  then  along  came  the  service  men,  the  sailors ; 
they  came  into  the  area  and  they  were  attacked.  If  they  were  on 
the  street  talking  to  girls  or  things  like  that,  for  no  reason  at  all 
15  or  16  boys  would  jump  on  one  service  man.  We  have  had 
numerous  complaints  about  that.  They  would  go  into  the  Negro 
section,  and  there  were  many  arrests  made  on  many  of  these  cases. 
Four  zoot-suiters  held  up  a  station  operator,  who  was  shot,  and 
they  did  go  out  of  Los  Angeles  County  into  San  Bernardino,  River- 
side, Ventura  and  so  forth.  We  have  information  from  San  Ber- 
nardino and  Riverside  of  crimes  being  committed,  which  seem  to  be 
the  same  type  as  these  gangs.  Wilmington  seems  to  have  the  same 
type  of  gang.  They  seem  to  be  very  close  to  the  induction  center 
of  the  Army,  they  are  very  closely  situated  to  the  induction  center 
in  Wilmington,  and  in  Ventura,  which  has  also  had  considerable 
difficulty.  Coming  back  to  the  present  so-called  riot  in  the  down- 
town area,  the  night  of  June  7th,  about  5,000  people  were  involved 
at  one  time,  and  there  were  civilians,  soldiers  and  everybody  who 
heard  about  it  over  the  radio  came  down,  and  it  made  it  extremely 
difficult  to  handle.  We  had  no  difficulty  or  trouble  in  breaking  them 
up,  they  didn  't  resist  the  officers  at  all ;  but  if  a  group  of  service  men 
were  broken  up  they  formed  in  another  place,  but  always  leading 
each  group  there  was  always  a  civilian,  either  a  Mexican  or  Negro  or 
white ;  and  as  we  eliminated  the  leaders  from  the  service  groups,  by 
11  o'clock  at  night  we  had  eliminated  most  of  the  leaders,  all  the 
civilians,  and  we  had  the  thing  under  control  whereby  there  were 
no  more  assaults." 

Captain  Reed  went  on  to  explain  that  during  a  period  from  June  1 
to  June  10,  1943,  187  juveniles  were  arrested  in  connection  with  the 
' '  zoot-suit ' '  riots.  Most  of  these  arrests  occurred  on  June  7th.  Forty- 
eight  of  these  defendants  were  charged  as  incorrigibles,  beyond  the 
control  of  their  parents  under  Section  700  of  the  Welfare  and  Institu- 
tions Code;  eight  were  charged  with  assault  with  a  deadly  weapon; 
nine  with  battery ;  56  for  violation  of  Penal  Code  Section  407,  unlawful 
assembly;  three  with  carrying  concealed  weapons,  25  for  violation  of 
the  Municipal  Code,  Section  505,  loitering,  and  38  for  violation  of  the 
curfew  law.  Two  hundred  juveniles,  in  addition,  were  brought  to  the 
police  station  and  after  being  questioned,  released  and  sent  home  to 
their  parents.  Between  January  1,  1942,  and  June  10,  1943,  Captain 
Reed  listed,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing,  a  total  of  134  crimes  charged 
to  suspects  wearing  "zoot-suits."  These  crimes  included  21  burglaries, 
one  attempted  burglary,  one  grand  theft,  18  petty  thefts,  three  petty 
thefts  for  motor  vehicles,  63  robberies,  six  attempted  robberies,  nineteen 
thefts  from  persons,  and  two  worthless  checks.  Between  October  1, 
1942,  and  June  14,  1943,  316  persons  wearing  "zoot-suits"  were  arrested 
and  charged  with  various  crimes.     Eighteen  of  these  defendants  were 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  165 

White  or  Caucasian,  133  were  Negroes  and  165  were  Mexicans. 

Captain  Reed's  description  of  one  of  the  disturbances  is  typical 
(Com.  Tran.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4461-4462)  ■ 

Captain  Reed :  A.  I  have  one  other  of  the  77th  district.  This 
report  I  am  going  to  read  from  is  Captain  Richard  Simon's  report, 
the  77th  division,  Los  Angeles  Police  Department.  This  excerpt 
says  (reading)  : 

"On  the  night  of  June  9th,  1943,  about  200  service  men,  all 
armed  with  wooden  clubs,  boards,  iron  bars,  and  other  weapons 
appeared  in  "Watts  in  52  commandeered  cars.  As  our  force  was 
insufficient  to  effect  a  mass  arrest  without  the  necessity  for  a  pitched 
battle,  these  men  were  in  effect  shepherded  by  the  available  officers 
and  prevented  from  injuring  persons  or  property.  The  doors  of 
two  houses  were  forced,  but  no  one  injured.  A  wearer  of  a  zoot- 
suit  was  taken  from  his  seat  in  a  theatre,  but  officers  released  him 
at  once  and  removed  the  service  men  from  the  theatre.  The  keys 
were  taken  from  many  of  the  cars  and  the  service  men  held  on 
102nd  Street  until  help  arrived.  At  the  same  time  the  theatre 
entry  was  made,  a  gang  of  approximately  100  Negro  and  Mexican 
boys  threw  rocks  at  officers  and  auxiliary  policemen  at  103rd  and 
Graham  Streets.  This  group  was  dispersed.  Had  the  service  men 
been  aware  of  this  gang,  a  violent  riot  would  surely  have  resulted. 
This  gang  later  drove  about  the  "Watts  area  and  the  Graham  district 
to  the  north  in  a  large  truck  disturbing  the  peace.  I  know  of  no 
personal  injury  received  by  anyone  during  the  evening.  More 
rocks  were  thrown  through  windows  of  P.  E.  trains.  Resume  of 
police  action : 

"1.  About  100  service  men  turned  over  to  military  police  and 
shore  patrol. 

"2.  Thirteen  adults  arrested  for  disturbing  the  peace  (above 
gang). 

"3.  Twenty-five  juveniles  arrested  for  unlawful  assembly  (above 
gang) . 

"4.  About  55  juveniles  on  the  street  taken  to  "Watts  Station, 
questioned  by  juvenile  officers  and  released. 

"5.  Curiosity  seekers  dispersed." 

It  gives  you  kind  of  an  idea  about  this  situation.  You  can 
readily  see  service  men  were  picked  up  and  turned  over  to  the 
proper  authorities,  as  well  as  the  Mexican  boys,  Negro  boys  and 
Whites. 

C.  L.  Christopher,  member  of  the  Los  Angeles  City  Police  Depart- 
ment for  nearly  20  years,  testified  June  23,  1943.  His  testimony,  in 
part,  follows  (Com.  Tran.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4474-4476)  : 

Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Where  were  you  on  7-26-42  approximately  at 
7.15? 

A.  I  was  in  the  vicinity  of  Pomray  and  Marks. 

Q.  How  did  you  happen  to  be  there  at  that  time  ? 

A.  We  were  called.  I  work  in  a  two-man  radio  car,  and  we 
drove  by  and  attempted  to  disperse  a  large  group  of  Mexicans 
who  were  holding  a  crap  game  on  the  sidewalk  of  the  public  streets. 


166  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Q.  About  how  many  persons  were  present  at  the  time  you  got 
there  ? 

A.  Approximately  40  to  50. 

Q.  Now,  tell  us  please  concisely  what  happened  which  resulted 
in  injuries  to  you  at  that  time  and  place. 

A.  Officer  Hawks,  Officer  Hutman,  Officer  Karat  and  myself 
responded  to  the  call,  and  when  we  got  there  we  observed — we 
drove  up  in  a  plain  colored  car  and  observed  what  was  going  on, 
and  we  jumped  into  the  crowd  and  grabbed  the  ones  in  the  act  of 
gambling,  attempted  to  place  them  in  the  car,  and  as  we  did  a  riot 
started. 

Q.  Did  you  see  them  gambling  ? 

A.  We  did.  During  the  melee  there  was  one  woman  and  her 
husband,  he  was  in  the  United  States  Army  uniform  or  a  Marine, 
and  they  started  yelling  and  saying  they  were  not  going  and  egging 
the  Mexicans  on  and  calling  us  loud  profane  names  and  agitating 
the  crowd,  and  as  fast  as  we  put  the  defendants  in  the  car  for 
creating  the  disturbance,  someone  would  go  around  to  the  other 
side  of  the  car  and  jerk  the  car  door  open  and  take  the  people  out, 
and  they  were  pushing  us  around  and  tearing  our  clothes  off  of 
us  and  separating  us  from  our  defendants  and  the  radio  car.  Dur- 
ing the  melee  one  of  the  Mexicans  had  a  knife  or  a  piece  of  glass, 
and  he  was  swinging  it  back  and  forth  and  it  slit  my  finger  across 
here  (indicating).  We  were  successful  in  taking  three  defendants 
away  with  us,  and  they  went  before  the  Grand  Jury  and  they  were 
bound  over  by  the  Grand  Jury,  and  the  attorneys  representing 
them  rather  than  go  to  trial  compromised  with  the  District  Attor- 
ney, and  Mr.  Shoemaker,  who  was  in  charge  of  that  detail,  entered 
a  plea  before  Judge  Scott.  Judge  Scott  gave  them  the  maximum 
amount  of  penalty  and  suspended  the  sentence  to  five  days,  and 
placed  the  ones  we  had  up  on  two  years  probation. 

Q.  Were  any  other  officers  with  you  at  that  time  also  injured? 

A.  Not  to  the  extent  of  having  to  receive  medical  attention. 
We  were  all  more  or  less  soaked  with  water.  Some  of  the  Mexicans 
ran  up  and  grabbed  the  water  and  threw  it  all  over  us. 

Q.  During  the  occurrence  of  that  incident  could  you  discern 
a  general  attitude  of  defiance  and  contempt  for  the  things  you 
were  trying  to  do  on  the  part  of  the  crowd? 

A.  We  have  had  that  in  every  arrest  during  the  last  year  or 
year  and  a  half  among  the  Mexicans. 

Q.  A  feeling  of  defiance? 

A.  I  have  worked  among  the  Mexican  people  out  of  my  time 
probably  10  or  11  years. 

Q.  Prior  to  that  time  up  to  a  year  and  a  half  ago  did  they  view 
the  police  department  with  more  respect  than  they  have  since? 

A.  We  got  assistance.  I  worked  the  beat  which  was  then  called 
Mexican  from  Sunset  to  College,  and  from  Alameda  to  Figueroa 
Street,  and  at  that  time  we  got  a  world  of  cooperation  from  the 
Mexicans.  It  used  to  be  if  a  police  officer  was  involved,  instead 
of  having  them  against  us,  they  were  against  their  own  race  of 
people  and  would  help. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  167 

Q.  So  this  attitude  of  defiance  and  contempt  and  lack  of  coop- 
eration, viciousness  which  has  been  exhibited,  has  all  arisen  during 
the  last  year  and  a  half  ? 

A.  That's  right. 

#  #  #  #  # 

Q.  Were  you  injured  on  any  other  occasion  ? 

A.  I  was. 

Q.  When  was  the  next  occasion  ? 

A.  10-17-42  at  3.30  a.m. 

Q.  At  what  locality  ? 

A.  In  front  of  2321  East  First  Street. 

Q.  How  did  you  happen  to  be  there  at  that  time  ? 

A.  Officer  Karat  and  I  was  down  in  the  south  part  and  we  heard 
a  riot  call  at  that  address.  When  we  arrived  the  officers  had  been 
there  and  taken  care  of  the  difficulty ;  that  is  the  Carioca  Restaurant, 
which  is  a  very  respectable  place,  in  the  Hollenbeck  district,  cater- 
ing to  married  people  and  elderly  people.  So  we  stopped  and  were 
talking  to  the  lady,  and  asked  her  what  the  trouble  was  and  she 
informed  us  that  there  was  a  band  of  zoot-suits,  and  because  she 
wouldn  't  serve  beer  and  let  them  have  the  free  run  of  the  place,  they 
had  practically  wrecked  it  and  the  officers  had  arrested  five  or  six, 
but  there  were  probably  ten  or  fifteen  that  had  gotten  away.  While 
we  were  talking  we  observed  an  automobile  backing  approximately 
35  or  40  miles  an  hour,  first  on  one  side  of  the  street  and  then  the 
other,  and  then  come  to  a  stop  in  behind  our  car,  and  Officer  Karat 
stepped  back  to  ask  the  driver  of  the  automobile  what  the  matter 
was,  and  he  started  cussing  Officer  Karat  and  reached  down  to 
pick  up  an  iron  he  had  on  the  floor,  a  piece  of  spring  steel.  I  jumped 
out  of  the  car  and  ran  back  to  assist.  I  thought  from  my  first  obser- 
vation that  he  was  full  of  marihuana.  We  got  him  out  of  the  car, 
and  it  took  four  of  us  to  handcuff  him.  A  large  crowd  gathered, 
and  I  think  we  could  have  had  an  awfully  nice  mess.  In  trying  to 
put  the  handcuffs  on  he  bit  my  thumb  on  the  right  hand  and  two 
of  my  fingers  on  the  left  hand,  necessitating  medical  attention  and 
shots  of  tetanus. 

Q.  Had  he  been  smoking  marihuana  1 

A.  He  had  not.     .     .     . 

Carl  R.  Ericson,  an  officer  in  the  Los  Angeles  Police  Department,  testi- 
fied that  he  was  attacked  at  about  5.45  p.m.  on  January  15, 1943,  between 
Fifth  and  Sixth  Streets  on  Pacific  and  San  Pedro.  His  testimony,  in 
part,  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4485-4486)  : 

A.  I  was  patroling  the  beat,  and  I  made  my  hourly  ring,  and  my 
attention  was  drawn  to  a  crowd  of  people  half  way  between  Fifth 
and  Sixth  Streets.  I  thought  someone  had  been  injured,  so  I  started 
towards  them.  I  entered  through  the  crowd,  and  Alfonso  Sandoval 
yelled,  'It's  a  cop.' 

Q.  Were  you  in  uniform  ? 

A.  In  full  uniform.  He  started  towards  me  and  grabbed  me,  and 
another  assailant  started  towards  me,  and  two  more — there  were 
about  10  or  12  actually  in  physical  combat.  In  the  middle  of  the 
fight  Sandoval  grabbed  my  badge  and  started  striking  me.    I  held 


168  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

him  at  arm 's  distance  and  didn  't  strike  him  at  all,  I  held  him  away, 
and  while  I  was  holding  him  Roy  Huhta,  an  ex-pug,  swung  and  struck 
me  on  the  right  cheek. 

Q.  With  his  fist? 

A.  With  his  fist.  I  released  Sandoval,  and  another  Mexican 
Pachuco  that  was  coming  in  on  the  left  and  grabbed  Huhta  and 
slugged  Huhta,  and  Huhta  went  down.  That  is  the  first  blow  I 
struck. 

Q.  Did  you  use  your  night  stick  ? 

A.  I  didn't  have  any  night  stick  or  any  sap — I  had  been  on  the 
motorcycle. 

Q.  Did  you  have  a  gun  ? 

A.  I  had  a  gun,  yes. 

Q.  Did  you  use  it? 

A.  Not  with  the  amount  of  people — there  was  50  or  75  people  at 
the  beginning  of  the  fight. 

Q.  How  were  you  injured? 

A.  I  had  some  teeth  knocked  out  in  the  lower  jaw. 

Q.  Did  it  require  dental  or  medical  care  ? 

A.  It  required  the  dentist 's  attention. 

Q.  How  many  Pachucos  would  you  estimate  were  present  on  that 
occasion  ? 

A.  There  was  about — mingled  in  the  crowd,  there  was  about  30 — 
20  to  30  actual  Pachucos. 

Q.  What  was  the  attitude  of  the  crowd  towards  you,  cooperative 
or  hostile  ? 

A.  The  crowd  was  neutral. 

Q.  How  about  the  Pachucos,  what  was  their  attitude  ? 

A.  Antagonistic.     .     .     . 

John  J.  Halloran,  also  an  officer  with  the  Los  Angeles  Police  Depart- 
ment, told  the  committee  of  receiving  a  radio  call  to  investigate  a  ' '  gang 
attack"  on  a  service  station  at  800  North  Mission  Road  in  Los  Angeles. 
(Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4489-4494.)  Pie  testified  that,  in  the  com- 
pany of  two  other  officers,  he  drove  to  the  locality  indicated  in  the  radio 
call  and  upon  arriving  found  a  man  badly  beaten,  covered  with  blood, 
cut  about  the  face  and  stabbed  in  the  back.  The  victim 's  nose  had  almost 
been  severed  from  his  face.  Securing  a  description  of  the  assailants  and 
their  car  the  officers  cruised  about  the  neighborhood  and  eventually 
picked  up  their  trail.  A  woman  directed  them  to  a  house  where  fifteen 
or  twenty  of  them  had  taken  refuge.  Officer  Halloran 's  testimonv  con- 
tinues (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4492-4493)  : 

A.  .  .  .  the  lights  were  turned  off  in  the  house,  but  we  heard 
a  commotion  inside  and  we  started  to  enter,  at  which  time  the  people 
in  the  house — there  were  about  15  or  20 — I  think  probably  about 
20  in  the  house.  When  they  saw  us  coming  some  of  them  tried  to 
make  their  escape,  and  three  of  them  rushed  at  me  from  the  front 
door,  and  I  don 't  know  who  shot,  but  I  heard  a  shot  about  that  time 
coming  from  the  direction  of  the  house,  and  I  pulled  my  gun  and 
ordered  these  three  to  halt,  which  they  didn 't  do  and  I  shot  two  of 
them  and  effected  the  arrest  of  those,  and  the  other  two  officers  and 
myself  arrested  12  altogether  in  the  house. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  169 

Q.  The  two  you  shot  were  in  the  act  of  running  away,  were  they? 

A.  At  the  time  I  shot  them. 

Q.  And  you  ordered  them  to  halt  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Which  thev  refused  to  do  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  The  first  shot  you  heard  wasn't  fired  by  you  or  any  of  the 
officers  with  you  ? 

A.  No,  it  wasn't. 

Q.  What  happened  to  the  two  prisoners  that  you  shot  ? 

A.  They  recovered. 

Q.  They  both  recovered  ? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  And  you  say  you  effected  the  arrest  of  12  altogether? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  What  was  their  attitude  toward  you  and  the  other  officers  when 
you  were  effecting  their  arrests  ? 

A.  They  were  very  belligerent,  they  put  up  some  resistance.  The 
other  two  officers  were  both  struck  by  these  defendants  during  the 
arrests,  but  we  finally  got  them  quieted  and  put  them  in  the  cars 
and  took  them  to  the  station. 

Q.  Did  you  have  to  use  any  other  means  of  force  to  subdue  them? 

A.  I  didn't  myself,  but  I  believe  Officer  Stevens  and  Officer  Eutis 
both  did. 

Q.  Used  their  saps? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Were  they  Pachucos  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  arrested  in  Pachuco  suits? 

A.  Yes. 

Officer  Vance  Brasher  of  the  Los  Angeles  Police  Department  testified 
as  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4494-4498)  : 

Mr.  Combs:  Q.  You  were  here  when  Captain  Reed  related  the 
circumstances  affecting  you  in  connection  with  the  Pachuco  dis- 
turbance, were  you  not  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  On  what  date  did  that  difficulty  occur  ? 

A.  November  26th,  1942. 

Q.  At  what  time? 

A.  Approximately  9.30  in  the  morning. 

Q.  Were  you  in  plain  clothes  or  uniform? 

A.  Plain  clothes. 

Q.  Do  you  habitually  work  in  plain  clothes? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Where  did  the  disturbance  take  place? 

A.  276  Clover  Street. 

Q.  What  part  of  the  city  is  that? 

A.  The  east  side  of  town. 

Q.  How  did  you  happen  to  go  there  ? 

A.  The  detective  bureau  had  advised  us  that  a  Mexican — there 
was  three  of  them — the  previous  night  had  knocked  a  woman  down 


170  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

over  in  Hollywood  and  snatched  her  purse,  and  in  doing  so  one 
of  the  Pachucos  had  dropped  an  identification  card,  and  they 
informed  us  the  fellow  lived  at  276  Clover  Street,  so  we  went  over 
to  establish  the  address. 

Q.  When  you  say  we,  who  do  you  mean? 

A.  My  partner,  Tom  Buckley  and  I. 

Q.  You  were  in  a  patrol  car  ? 

A.  We  staked  out  from  10.30  of  the  25th  until  the  time  it  occurred, 
approximately  9.30  of  the  26th.  At  the  time  we  had  information 
he  was  in  the  house.  My  partner  went  around  to  the  back,  and  I 
went  to  the  front,  so  in  case  he  ran  out  of  the  back  my  partner  would 
get  him,  and  I  entered  the  front  door.  He  was  lying  inside,  and 
as  I  pulled  the  screen  door  he  stuck  a  gun  in  my  face  and  fired. 

Q.  Where  did  he  shoot  you  ? 

A.  The  jaw,  here  (indicating). 

Q.  And  you  are  indicating  the  scar  ? 

A.  And  it  came  out  down  the  back  of  my  neck  (indicating). 

Q.  What  happened,  did  you  go  down? 

A.  Momentarily.  As  I  came  to,  my  partner  came  running  in, 
and  Vallez,  he  jumped  over  me  and  run  down  the  street.  I  pulled 
my  gun  and  shot  six  times  at  him. 

Q.  Did  you  hit  him? 

A.  I  started  to  reload,  but  in  the  meantime  my  partner  came 
running  in  and  chased  him  and  cornered  him  down  between  two 
houses,  and  he  had  to  shoot  him  at  that  point  before  he  took  him. 
We  took  him  to  the  receiving  hospital,  he  didn't  die. 

Q.  He  didn't  die? 

A.  No,  he  didn  't. 

Q.  What  happened  to  him,  was  he  prosecuted? 

A.  He  was  prosecuted. 

Q.  Was  he  convicted? 

A.  He  was  convicted. 

Q.  Where  is  he  now? 

A.  I  guess  it  would  be  San  Quentin.  He  was  also  wanted  for 
two  robberies,  grand  theft,  auto  and  merchandise. 

Q.  Was  he  a  Pachuco  ? 

A.  That's  right. 

Q.  Dressed  in  a  zoot-suit  ? 

A.  That 's  right. 

Q.  How  old  was  he  ? 

A.  19  years  old. 

Q.  Were  you  involved  in  any  other  difficulty  with  Pachucos? 

A.  Yes,  in  the  case  where  a  police  officer  was  killed.  It  started 
over  a  Pachuco,  a  drunken  Pachuco. 

Q.  Will  you  relate  the  circumstances — when  did  that  occur  ? 

A.  That  happened  on  the  31st  of  December. 

Q.  Of  last  year? 

A.  That's  right,  of  '42. 

Q.  What  time  of  the  day? 

A.  Approximately  11.30 — that  was  New  Year's  Eve. 

Q.  Where  did  it  occur? 

A.  1763  North  Main  Street. 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  171 

Q.  What  happened? 

A.  At  that  time  my  partner  and  I  were  patroling,  and  we  noticed 
a  crowd  out  in  front  of  a  cafe. 

Q.  What  was  your  partner 's  name  ? 

A.  Tom  Buckley. 

Q.  The  same  person  ? 

A.  The  same  person.  We  noticed  a  woman  and  three  men  argu- 
ing. We  thought  it  was  just  a  Mexican  brawl,  drunks,  so  we 
hollered  at  them  to  ' '  bust  it  up  and  go  home. ' '  We  traveled  about 
a  quarter  of  a  block  and  heard  five  shots.  We  immediately  turned 
around,  and  we  saw  two  fellows  running  from  the  scene.  Well,  we 
stopped  the  car  and  apprehended  them,  and  when  we  went  back 
to  the  scene  we  found  the  officer  lying  in  front  of  the  cafe,  he  had 
been  shot. 

Q.  The  officer  had  been  shot? 

A.  That's  right.  After  investigation,  one  defendant,  Mr.  Bras- 
deaz,  a  homicide,  in  the  city  hall  admitted  shooting  the  police  officer. 

Q.  He  confessed? 

A.  That 's  right.  He  was  convicted  and  received  a  manslaughter 
verdict. 

Q.  What  was  the  officer's  name? 

A.  Diro. 

Q.  Were  these  persons  with  whom  you  had  controversies  at  that 
time  and  place  Pachucos  ? 

A.  Two  of  them  were,  yes. 

Q.  Dressed  in  zoot-suits  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Officer  Meredith  John  Lajonan  told  the  committee  that  he  and  his 
partner,  Officer  Trout,  had  received  a  radio  call  in  Venice  during  the 
period  of  the  "zoot-suit"  disturbances.  Arriving  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
pier  in  Venice  the  officers  were  approached  by  a  Mexican  who  asked 
whether  or  not  they  were  policemen.  Upon  replying  in  the  affirmative  the 
Mexicans  told  the  officers  that  there  was  a  fight  in  progress  on  the  end  of 
the  pier.  It  was  after  nightfall  and  at  this  time  the  entire  coast  area  was 
blacked  out.  Stepping  to  the  end  of  the  pier  the  officers  were  suddenly 
assaulted  by  five  or  six  young  Mexicans,  all,  except  one,  of  whom  were 
wearing  "zoot-suits".  The  exception  was  wearing  a  soldier's  uniform. 
One  was  armed  with  a  pair  of  brass  knuckles  while  two  others  wielded 
black-jacks.  Officer  Layman  suffered  an  injury  over  the  left  eye  which 
required  two  stitches  and  his  teeth  were  driven  through  his  lips.  His 
testimony,  in  part,  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp,  4500-4502)  : 

Chairman  Tenney :  Q.  Did  they  use  any  weapons? 
A.  Two  blackjacks  and  a  pair  of  knuckles. 
Q.  A  pair  of  knuckles  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  was  knocked  down  to  my  knees  twice — I  got  back  up. 
Q.  You  say  they  were  in  zoot-suits? 

A.  Yes,  the  tight-legged  trousers  and  the  coat  dicln  't  quite  reach 
to  the  knees. 

Q.  They  had  the  full  Pachuco  pants  on? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Did  you  effect  their  arrest? 


172  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  No,  sir. 

Q.  What  happened  ? 

A.  As  I  understood  later  from  my  partner,  he  had  to  draw  his 
pun,  as  they  backed  him  up  against  the  rail  of  the  pier,  and  he  said 
they  were  going  to  push  him  over,  so  he  drew  his  gun,  and  I  was 
using  all  the  force  I  could  to  make  an  arrest. 

Q.  Were  you  knocked  groggy  ? 

A.  Things  appeared  clear  at  that  time,  but  later  when  I  thought 
about  it  it  wasn  't  so  clear. 

Q.  Where  were  you  struck  with  the  brass  knuckles? 

A.  Right  here  (indicating). 

Q.  Where  that  scar  is  discernible? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Where  else  ? 

A.  Right  here  on  my  lip  (indicating). 

Q.  Any  place  else? 

A.  The  two  that  had  the  saps  hit  me  across  the  spine  repeatedly, 
and  I  still  suffer  from  that, 

Q.  By  a  sap,  you  mean  a  piece  of  loaded  lead  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  you  were  struck  across  the  spine  with  that? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  You  still  suffer  from  the  effects  of  those  blows  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  do. 

Q.  Is  there  any  other  occasion  you  sustained  any  injury  in  a  sim- 
ilar incident? 

A.  About  two  weeks  before  while  in  uniform  at  Navy  and  Ocean, 
which  is  a  short  boulevard,  a  short  block,  I  was  struck  in  the  jaw, 
but  I  did  not  need  any  medical  attention— there  was  a  riot  there. 

Q.  Were  you  struck  on  the  jaw  with  a  weapon  ? 

A.  Only  a  fist. 

Q.  And  that  involved  people  of  Mexican  descent,  young  people 
who  were  dressed  in  the  typical  Pachuco  costume? 

A.  Yes,  sir.  I  believe  there  were  13  arrests  that  night. 

Q.  What  were  the  arrests  made  for — rioting? 

A.  Yes,  sir;  unlawful  assembly,  I  believe. 

COMMUNIST  AGITATION 

The  Communist  press,  Communist  spokesmen,  loud-mouthed  Commu- 
nist sympathizers  and  fellow-travelers  charged  the  Sinarquistas  with  the 
responsibility  for  the  riots,  alleging  that  the  Sinarquistas  were  controlled 
and  directed  by  "subversive  Fascist  Fifth-Columnists."  The  committee 
invited  a  number  of  the  most  vehement  of  these  accusers  to  present  facts 
and  data  substantiating  their  charges.  By  concerted  action  all  of  those 
invited  to  appear  before  the  committee  declined  to  accept  the  invitation. 
The  committee  thereupon  issued  subpenas  for  each  of  them.  The  tran- 
script of  testimony,  as  digested  in  the  1943  Report  of  the  Committee, 
clearly  indicates  that  the  individuals  questioned  had  no  proof  of  their 
charges  and  that  the  campaign  had  been  one  of  racial  antagonism  and 
agitation, 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  173 

The  Communist  Party  press,  pursuing  the  party  line  on  racial  agita- 
tion, continually  fed  the  fires  of  racial  antagonism  by  charging  that  Mexi- 
can youth  in  the  United  States  was  being  subjected  to  police  brutality, 
race-discrimination,  segregation  and  humiliation.  Communist  inspired 
and  dominated  organizations  were  created  for  the  alleged  defense  of  the 
Mexican  minority.  Meetings  were  organized  in  Mexican  districts  in  Los 
Angeles  where  trained  rabble-rousers  orated  of  police  brutality  against 
minority  groups,  of  the  unfair  treatment  of  the  Mexican  and  Negro  pop- 
ulation and  of  racial  discrimination  and  segregation. 

In  the  October  3,  1942,  issue  of  the  Communist  Party  west  coast  pub- 
lication, "People's  Daily  World,"  it  was  charged  that  the  Sinarquistas 
were  sewing  "  ...  their  seeds  ...  in  fertile  soil  among  the 
young  girls  and  boys  brought  up  on  the  east  side  of  Los  Angeles. ' '  The 
issue  of  October  5,  1942,  blamed  the  "zoot-suit"  phenomenon  on  the 
economic  system.  The  October  8,  1942,  issue  of  the  " People's  Daily 
World"  charged  that  the  Mexican  youth  were  being  subjected  to  Fascist 
pressure.  The  issue  of  October  14,  1942,  stated  that  a  "Fascist  Fifth- 
Column"  was  working  unseen  among  the  Mexican  youth  of  Southern 
California. 

The  " People's  Daily  World"  for  October  20,  1942,  carried  an  article 
by  Communist  La  Rue  McCormick  in  which  she  declared  that  Nazi  agents 
were  operating  in  the  Mexican  communities  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles, 
corrupting  Mexican  youth  and  inciting  racial  antagonism. 

Two  days  later  the  "People's  Daily  World"  announced  that  the  Los 
Angeles  C.  I.  0.  Council  and  the  Spanish-Speaking  People's  Congress 
were  demanding  that  an  investigation  be  made  of  the  Sinarquista  move- 
ment. 

On  October  24,  1942,  the  "People's  Daily  World"  reported  that  Com- 
munist La  Rue  McCormick,  on  her  own  initiative,  had  organized  a  com- 
mittee of  14  to  defend  the  Mexican  youth  of  Southern  California,  and 
to  expose  the  fifth-column  elements  that  were  using  the  Mexican  youth 
as  dupes.  Mrs.  McCormick,  representing  the  Spanish-Speaking  People's 
Congress,  was  announced  as  the  Secretary  of  the  new  organization. 

On  October  26, 1942,  an  article  in  the  "People's  Daily  World"  reported 
Philip  M.  Connelly  of  the  C.  I.  0.  as  charging  the  metropolitan  news- 
papers of  Los  Angeles  of  fomenting  racial  antagonism  and  agitation. 
Mr.  Connelly  was  quoted  as  stating  that  "Crime  waves  are  turned  on 
and  off  by  newspapers  like  water  in  a  spigot,  and  when  the  city  editor  is 
short  of  news,  he  orders  police  reporters  to  round  up  attack  cases  and  if 
the  sheriff's  office  is  not  deliberately  participating  in  the  fraud  it  is  being 
duped." 

It  should  be  obvious  from  the  foregoing  that  the  Communist  Party  had 
launched  an  intensive  campaign  through  the  medium  of  its  press. 
Similar  articles  appeared  in  the  "People's  Daily  World"  on  October  28, 
1942,  November  2,  1942,  November  17,  1942,  November  19,  1942,  Novem- 
ber 30,  1942,  December  4,  1942,  and  December  10,  1942.  In  addition  to 
this  intensive  press  campaign,  a  flood  of  handbills,  pamphlets  and  mime- 
ographed material,  both  in  English  and  in  Spanish,  inundated  the  City 
and  County  of  Los  Angeles. 

Students  of  Communist  Party  technique  were  aware  immediately  of  the 
objectives  of  the  Communist  Party  editorial  barrage.  In  accentuation, 
stimulation  and  furtherance  of  the  "class  struggle,"  the  Mexicans  of 


174  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Southern  California  were  to  be  impressed  with  their  "minority  status." 
They  were  to  be  indoctrinated  with  hatred  for  the  police,  for  bourgeois 
law  and  order,  and  punishment  for  crime  was  to  be  "smeared"  as  racial 
discrimination,  intimidation  and  police  brutality.  All  bourgeois  insti- 
tutions in  Southern  California  were  to  be  held  up  as  institutions  of  oppres- 
sion, hostile  to  dark-skinned  minorities,  intent  upon  their  impoverish- 
ment and  destruction.  Having  created  the  conflagration,  the  Communist 
Party  would  then  appear  upon  the  scene  as  the  rescuing  firemen ;  the  only 
stalwart  and  courageous  champions  of  the  oppressed  and  persecuted. 

SLEEPY   LAGOON    MURDER  CASE 

The  so-called  "Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case"  occurred  in  Los  Angeles 
County  on  August  1,  1942.  It  was  destined  to  be  another  cause  celeore 
for  the  Communist  Party. 

Sleepy  Lagoon,  a  reservoir  on  the  Williams'  Ranch,  is  situated 
about  a  mile  and  a  quarter  north-east  of  Atlantic  Boulevard  in  the  City  of 
Los  Angeles.  It  is  a  somewhat  secluded  spot,  reached  only  by  a  dirt 
road,  and  is  surrounded  by  shrubbery,  trees  and  undergrowth. 

It  appears  that  a  group  of ' '  zoot-suiters ' '  were  assaulted  by  a  rival  gang 
and,  having  gotten  something  the  worst  of  the  encounter,  drove  to  the 
vicinity  of  Vernon  and  Long  Beach  Avenues  for  reinforcements.  Here 
they  gathered  a  number  of  friends,  young  men  and  women,  and  headed 
for  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  area  where  they  expected  to  find  the  gang  that  had 
attacked  them.     They  arrived  about  two  o  'clock  in  the  morning. 

A  party  had  been  in  progress  for  some  time  in  the  home  of  a  humble 
Mexican  family  situated  about  a  half  mile  east  of  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  res- 
ervoir. The  host  and  the  hostess  were  an  old  couple,  about  70  and  60 
years  old,  respectively.  A  small  orchestra  supplied  music  for  dancing 
on  a  cement  platform  in  the  back  yard.  While  some  of  the  guests  were 
dancing  others  stood  at  the  edge  of  the  platform  watching  the  festivities. 

Arriving  at  the  reservoir  the  reinforced  group  of  Mexican  boys  found 
the  area  deserted.  They  heard  the  music  and  saw  the  lights  in  the  Mex- 
ican residence  and,  still  seeking  their  former  assailants,  drove  their  cars 
to  parking  distance  of  the  scene  of  festivities.  In  the  fight  that  ensued 
two  people  were  knocked  unconscious,  many  were  injured,  one  seriously 
stabbed  and  another  died  before  he  could  be  removed  to  a  hospital. 

Arrests  followed  immediately.  Three  of  the  boys  were  found  guilty  of 
first  degree  murder,  nine  were  found  guilty  of  second  degree  murder  and 
five  were  found  guilty  of  criminal  assault. 

The  Communist  Party  had  a  new  cause  celeore.  New  front  organiza- 
tions were  immediately  created  and  fund-collecting  committees  for  the 
defense  of  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  defendants  mushroomed  in  English  and 
Spanish.  Delegations  called  on  Los  Angeles  County's  sheriff  and  the 
district  attorney,  protesting  mass  arrests  and  discrimination  against  the 
Mexican  population  of  Southern  California.  An  intensified  barrage  of 
propaganda  appeared  in  the  columns  of  the  "People's  Daily  World."  A 
new  flood  of  leaflets,  pamphlets  and  mimeographed  material  was  loosed 
on  the  unsuspecting  citizenry  of  Southern  California  proclaiming  the 
' '  Fascist ' '  proclivities  of  the  bourgeois  press  and  city  and  county  officials. 

Clyde  Shoemaker  was  a  member  of  the  district  attorney's  office  in  Los 
Angeles  County  when  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case  was  brought  to 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  175 

trial.     Mr.  Shoemaker  testified  June  23,  1943,  and  his  testimony,  in  part, 
follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4536-4555)  : 

By  Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Yes.  Now,  did  you  ever  hear  of  the  organiza- 
tion known  as  the  Citizens  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American  Youth  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  heard  of  it  during  the  prosecution  of  those  22  defen- 
dants. That  trial  began  on  the  13th  of  October,  1942,  and  the  ver- 
dicts came  in — 66  verdicts  came  in  about  the  12th  of  January,  1943. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  the  Citizens  Committee  for  the  Defense 
of  Mexican- American  Youth  prior  to  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  case? 

A.  No. 

Q.  It  is  your  opinion  the  committee  was  created  as  a  result  of  that 
case? 

A.  I  believe  that's  obvious. 

Q.  Yes.  Have  you  formed  any  opinion  as  to  whether  or  not  the 
committee  is  Communist  in  character? 

A.  "Well,  in  my  opinion  it  is  definitely  so. 

Q.  And  what  are  your  reasons  for  that  opinion? 

A.  I  recall  at  the  outset  of  the  trial  a  number  of  defendants  were 
represented  by  Mr.  Dick  Bird,  one  of  the  public  defenders.  The 
other  lawyers  were  Ben  Van  Tress,  Phillip  Schultz  and  a  George 
Jeveg,  David  Ravin — I  don't  recall  any  other  lawyers  now  in  the 

Q.  George  Shibley? 

A.  Oh,  no,  not  at  the  outset.  We  took  a  week  to  select  the  jury. 
On  the  voir  dire  examination  there  was  not  one  objection  made  by 
defense  counsel  to  any  question  asked,  either  by  Mr.  Barnes  or 
myself,  not  one.  We  were  very  careful  to  caution  the  jury  that  the 
case  involved  no  racial  angle,  that  the  criminal  laws  were  meant  for 
the  protection  of  society  against  all  persons,  regardless  of  race, 
creed  or  color.  The  fact  that  these  boys  might  be  of  Mexican  ances- 
try, or  any  other  ancestry,  had  nothing  to  do  with  it,  and  the  race 
issue  was  not  interjected  in  the  case — we  were  very  careful  about  it. 
But  after  the  jury  had  been  selected  and  after  the  trial  had  been 
under  way  about  a  week  following  that  Mr.  George  Shibley  came 
into  the  case  for  the  first  time  and  took  over  the  defense  of  a  number 
who  had  been  represented  by  the  public  defender,  and  he  supplanted 
the  public  defender  eventually  altogether.  He  also  took  over  some 
of  the  defendants  represented  by  David  Ravin,  and  pretty  soon  he 
had  all  his  clients,  and  Mr.  Ravin  and  Mr.  Dick  Bird  left  the  case. 
George  Shibley  then  represented  nine  defendants,  and  from  the  very 
day  he  came  into  the  case,  within  a  half  hour  after,  it  was  obvious 
he  was  interjecting  the  same  Communistic  hue  and  cry  that  Leo 
Gallagher  had  interjected  where  the  C.  I.  0.  longshoremen  had  been 
involved,  and  he  was  accusing — for  instance,  he  accused  me  of  mis- 
conduct before  noon  of  the  day  he  entered,  and  hardly  a  day  went 
by  that  George  Shibley  didn't  accuse  everybody,  even  Judge  Fricke, 
of  misconduct,  and  the  prosecutors,  and  not  one  of  his  charges  were 
ever  sustained  by  the  court. 

Q.  The  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  the  Mexican-American 
Youth  also  accused  Judge  Fricke  of  misconduct  ? 


176  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  Oh,  yes ;  and  they  were  instrumental,  I  understand,  in  employ- 
ing Shibley.  He  is  generally  reputed  to  have  had  some  part  at 
one  time  in  the  People's  World  as  an  associate  editor  for  a  time. 

Chairman  Tenney:  He  is  very  active  in  the  National  Lawyers 
Guild? 

A.  I  am  not  certain  about  that,  Mr.  Tenney.  And  the  case  then 
became,  you  might  say,  from  the  time  that  Shibley  entered  it,  a 
public  forum  for  the  venting  of  hate  toward  the  sheriff's  deputies, 
towards  attempting  to  create  a  racial  problem,  racial  discrimination, 
and  the  balance  of  that  trial  was  made  up  of  efforts,  particularly  on 
the  part  of  Shibley,  to  make  that  trial  a  sounding  board  for  the 
usual  hue  and  cry  of  the  typical  socialistic  revolutionaries  that  they 
appeared  to  be. 

Q.  Mr.  Combs:  I  hand  you  a  letter  entitled,  "Citizens  Com- 
mittee for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American  Youth,"  and  ask  you 
if  that  type  of  letter  was  circulated  during  the  prosecuting  and  after 
the  termination  of  the  trial?     (Handing  to  witness.) 

A.  Mr.  Combs,  I  haven't  seen  this  before.  I  notice  its  date  is 
February  16,  1943 

Q.   (Interrupting)   Yes. 

A.  (Continuing) — but  during  the  trial  and  while  the  case  was 
being  argued  in  January,  a  pamphlet  was  circulated  according  to 
our  office  during  the  actual  time  the  case  was  being  argued.  I  have 
a  copy  of  that  here,  which  I  hand  you.     (Handing  to  Mr.  Combs.) 

Q.  This  is  entitled,  "The  Talk  of  the  Town.  Did  22  Mexican- 
American  boys  commit  murder?  Are  350,000  Mexican-Americans 
criminals?  Can  Fifth  Column  knife  cut  Los  Angeles  in  half?" 
And  bears  the  following:  "Citizens'  Committee  for  the  Defense 
of  American-Mexican  Youth,  206  South  Spring  Street,  Room  342." 
Do  you  have  any  more  copies  of  this?   (indicating) 

A.  That's  the  only  copy  I  have. 

Q.  I  think  we  have  a  copy  of  it.     I  hand  you  a  photostat 

Chairman  Tenney  (Interrupting)  :  You  have  said  that  this  com- 
mittee employed  Shibley.     On  what  do  you  base  that  statement  ? 

A.  Upon  a  speech  that  La  Rue  McCormick  gave  at  the  Communist 
Victory  Center  along  in  the  latter  part  of  January,  just  a  few  days 
before  Mr.  Dockweiler  died. 

Q.  I  think  we  have  a  copy  of  that  speech. 

A.  I  think  I  furnished  Mr.  Combs  with  a  copy  of  it,  and  I  have  a 
copy  here  (indicating).  We  covered  that  with  a  shorthand 
reporter,  and  here  is  her  transcript  of  it,  on  January  29th,  1943,  at 
the  Communist  Victory  Center,  1828  Sunset  Boulevard,  and  in  this 
speech  her  philosophy  about  their  case  is  set  forth,  and  in  it  she 
indicates  they  were  dissatisfied  with  the  cousel  who  took  the  cases, 
and  they  were  instrumental  in  selecting  counsel  to  take  over  the 
defense  during  the  trial,  and  upon  the  basis  of  that  I  have  assumed 
from  what  I  have  observed  that  Mr.  Shibley  was  their  representa- 
tive. January  29,  1943,  is  about  two  weeks  after  the  verdict  was 
returned.  Now,  in  this  may  I  say  that  this  speech  of  La  Rue 
McCormick  is  99  per  cent  viciously  false.  About  the  only  thing 
that  was  true  was  the  fact  there  was  a  trial  and  that  there  were 
certain  defendants  by  number  and  that  they  were-  convicted,  but 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  177 

practically  everything  else  in  that  sheet  is  viciously  false  and  inflam- 
matory. When  I  say  "sheet"  I  mean  those  sheets,  the  transcript 
of  that  speech  (indicating). 

Mr.  Combs :  I  would  like  to  offer  that  transcript,  together  with 
the  accompanying  certification,  in  evidence  as  Exhibit  1  in  connec- 
tion with  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Shoemaker. 

Chairman  Tennev :  So  ordered.  (Marked  Shoemaker  Exhibit 
No.  1.) 

The  Witness :  May  I  say  that  reflects  better  than  anything  else 
the  type  of  contentions  made  in  the  trial  by  Mr.  Shibley.  I  might 
say,  he  could  have  written  it  from  the  tone  of  it,  and  it  is  the  best 
indication  I  know  of  of  the  kind  of  contentions  they  made  to  the 
public  and  to  deceive  the  public  about  that  trial  of  anything  I  know. 

Mr.  Combs:  For  the  purpose  of  identifying  this  document,  the 
first  sheet  is  an  office  memorandum  to  Joseph  E.  P.  Dunn,  Chief, 
Bureau  of  Investigation,  in  re  :  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormick,  from  Her- 
bert Grossman ;  date,  February  4,  1943.  Signed  by  Herbert  Gross- 
man, Investigator. 

The  Witness :  That 's  a  true  copy  of  the  original. 
.    Mr.  Combs:  There  are  10  pages  of  transcript  of  Mrs.  McCor- 
mick's  speech,  taken  at  Victory  Center,  1828  Sunset  Boulevard,  Los 
Angeles,  California,  8  :45  P.  M.,  January  29,  1943.     Present :  Her- 
bert Grossman ;  reported  by  Aurora  L.  Springer. 

Q.  Now,  Mr.  Shoemaker,  I  hand  you  a  photostat  and  ask  you 
whether  or  not  you  have  ever  seen  the  original  of  which  this  pur- 
ports to  be  a  copy? 

A.  The  original  I  believe  had — let's  answer  your  question  yes. 
The  original,  I  believe,  had  a  mimeographed  yellow  sheet  attached 
to  it  by  an  iron  stamp. 

Q.  That's  correct. 

A.  That  was  picked  up,  as  I  recall,  on  the  floor  of  the  courtroom 
during  the  trial  of  the  case  against  the  22  defendants.  It  is  a  sample 
of  the  kind  of  petitions  that  were  circulated  around  the  courtroom 
and  in  the  corridors  to  collect  money  from  the  Mexicans  who  fre- 
quented the  trial;  which  monejr  was  turned  over  to  Mr.  Shibley. 

Mr.  Combs:  That  has  been  identified  as  Quevedo  Exhibit  No.  1. 

The  Witness :  In  that  connection,  I  want  to  make  the  record  very 
clear  that  I  do  not  connect  Mr.  Van  Tress  or  Mr.  Philip  Schultz,  or 
any  of  the  other  lawyers,  with  the  tactics  of  Shibley ;  I  want  that 
very  clear  in  this  record,  that  I  am  saying  nothing  at  all  to  reflect 
upon  them  in  that  respect. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Q.  Was  there  any  other  lawyer  for  the  defense 
that  was  of  the  same  caliber  and  character  as  Shibley? 

A.  No,  Shibley  went  alone.  He  failed  to  agree  with  co-counsel, 
and  stood  on  his  own  feet  and  used  his  own  tactics. 

Mr.  Combs :  Q.  I  hand  you  a  photostat,  and  ask  you  if  it  is  a  photo- 
stat of  the  yellow  sheet  you  have  just  described,  and  I  ask  you  if  you 
have  ever  seen  the  original  of  which  this  purports  to  be  a  copy? 
(handing  to  witness) 

A.  That  looks  like  it. 

Mr.  Combs:  This  is  entitled  "Unamonos  para  la  victoria  El 
Fascismo."    It  has  already  been  translated,  but  hasn't  been  intro- 

12 — L-4113 


178  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

duced,  and  I  now  offer  it  as  Exhibit  No.  2  in  connection  with  Mr. 
Shoemaker's  testimony. 

Chairman  Tenney :  So  ordered.  (Marked  Shoemaker  Exhibit 
No.  2). 

Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Now,  Mr.  Shoemaker,  did  you  ever  hear  of  a  per- 
son called  Reverend  Ernest  Caldecott  ? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Is  he  the  minister  of  the  First  Unitarian  Church? 

A.  That 's  correct.     In  the  block  on  Eighth  east  of  Vermont. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  this  committee  for  the  Defense 
of  Mexican- American  Youth  endeavored  to  use  his  church  for  a 
meeting  to  raise  funds  in  connection  with  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  case  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  can  tell  you  about  that.  I  have  here  a  pamphlet  which 
was  circulated  after  the  defendants  had  been  sentenced  by  Judge 
Fricke  to  prison,  as  I  remember.  Incidentally,  12  of  the  22  defend- 
ants were  convicted  of  murder  and  all  sent  to  San  Quentin/and  five 
were  convicted  of  assault  and  received  the  maximum  jail  sentences 
for  that,  five  were  acquitted  of  the  22,  four  of  whom  we  suggested  to 
the  jury  might  be  acquitted. 

Now,  after  the  trial  was  over  and  the  judgment  and  sentences 
had  been  pronounced,  one  day  my  attention  was  called  to  this 
pamphlet  which  I  hold  in  my  hand  (illustrating)  by  our  deputy 
in  charge  of  the  Grand  Jury.  Mr.  Ernest  Oliver  had  heard  such  a 
pamphlet  was  being  circulated  and  a  meeting  was  to  be  held  at  the 
First  Unitarian  Church  for  the  purpose  of  raising  funds  for  this 
committee.  I  made  a  note  of  it,  and  in  almost  the  same  day  or  the 
next,  Judge  Fricke  called  me  to  his  chambers  and  handed  me  this 
(indicating).  It  is  entitled,  "We  have  just  begun  to  fight,"  which 
is  another  vicious  piece  of  inflammatory  literature — 

Mr.  Combs  (Interrupting)  :  I  have  a  copy. 

A.   (Continuing) — it  is  99  per  cent  false,  just  as  her  speech  was. 

Mr.  Combs :  I  would  like  to  read  a  very  short  excerpt  from  that 
pamphlet  (reading)  : 

"It  is  mandatory  upon  the  citizenry  of  Los  Angeles  to  prevent  a 
few  newspapers,  a  few  score  of  police  sadists,  a  pair  of  ambitious 
prosecutors  and  the  Fifth  Column  to  cancel  out  the  fine  harmony 
between  peoples  and  nations  so  diligently  being  woven  in  the  course 
of  a  democratic  war. 

' '  The  Citizens '  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  American-Mexican 
Youth,  composed  of  leading  members  of  the  community,  has  long 
been  dedicated  to  this  harmony,  and  to  the  elimination  of  these  crip- 
pling injustices. 

' '  First  on  this  program  is  the  continued  defense  of  the  17  Mexican- 
American  boys  just  condemned,  a  marshalling  of  every  reasonable 
assistance  to  prepare  for  an  appeal  along  the  lines  maintained  by 
our  own  Attorney  George  E.  Shibley. 

"More  recently,  also  the  situation  has  worsened  through  the 
rabid  activities  of  Fifth  Columnists  anxious  to  impede  the  war 
drive  by  splitting  off  a  highly  productive  section  of  the  population 
from  the  main  body  of  unity. 

"Small  wonder,  then,  that  these  12  men  and  women 
approached  impanelment  with  a  fixed  notion  that  'Mexican'  was 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  179 

synonymous  with  criminality.  And  that  they  were  very  susceptible 
to  evidence  'proving'  one  more  instance  of  it."  I  would  like  to 
introduce  this  as  the  exhibit  next  in  order  for  this  witness. 

Chairman  Tenney :  Exhibit  No.  3.  (Marked  Shoemaker  Exhibit 
No.  3). 

Mr.  Combs :  I  would  also  like  to  introduce  the  pamphlet  entitled 
"The  Talk  of  the  Town"  as  this  witness'  next  exhibit. 

Chairman  Tenney :  No.  4,  Shoemaker  Exhibit  No.  4. 

The  Witness :  May  I  continue  on  with  the  matter  concerning  Dr. 
Caldecott? 

Mr.  Combs:  Yes. 

A.  After  Judge  Fricke  had  called  me  into  his  chambers  and 
shown  me  this  pamphlet  and  delivered  it  to  me  I  telephoned  Dr. 
Caldecott,  the  Unitarian  minister,  whom  I  knew  to  be  a  fine  gentle- 
man, a  conscientious  public-spirited  citizen,  and  asked  him  if  such 
a  meeting  had  been  scheduled  at  his  church,  if  he  knew  anything 
about  it,  and  I  believe  he  replied  that  the  matter  was  not  in  his 
charge,  but  that  he  would  find  out;  and  he  found  out  that  it  was 
scheduled  a  few  days  hence,  and  I  said,  "I  wonder  if  you  know 
what  the  meeting  is  about,"  and  he  frankly  didn't  know,  and  I 
asked  if  he  would  be  interested  in  knowing,  and  he  said  that  he 
would,  and  so  he  came  to  my  office  very  promptly.  I  had  on  my 
desk  the  grand  jury  transcript  of  that  case  and  the  entire  6,500 
pages  of  the  trial  record,  and  I  told  him  when  he  came  in  there  was 
the  record,  he  could  look  at  it  then,  or  he  could  take  a  week  to  look 
at  it  if  he  wanted,  but  that  this  meeting  that  was  about  to  be  held 
at  his  church  was  for  the  purpose  of  printing  the  propaganda  such 
as  was  in  the  pamphlet  entitled  "We  have  just  begun  to  fight, ' '  and 
I  said  to  him  in  substance,  ' '  We  feel  you  ought  to  know  what  the 
nature  of  the  meeting  was,  so  you  can  decide  whether  or  not  you 
want  to  be  a  party  to  it  in  any  way,  shape  or  manner,  because  that 
is  an  attack  upon  the  judge,  upon  the  prosecutors,  upon  the  jury 
and  upon  the  fairness  of  the  trial  in  a  case  which  is  now  pending 
before  the  courts. ' '  And  he  was  very  courteous,  he  said  he  would 
like  to  investigate  with  his  official  board,  and  the  next  day  he  called 
me  and  said  he  wanted  an  appointment,  and  he  came  down  and  he 
brought  with  him  the  president  of  his  board,  a  lawyer  who  is  a 
member  of  the  staff,  employed  I  believe  by  the  City  of  Los  Angeles 
in  the  Bureau  of  Power  and  Light — Water  and  power,  and  with 
them  came  two  members  of  this  Citizens  Committee  for  the  Defense 
of  American-Mexcian  Youth.  They  didn't  come  exactly  at  the 
same  time,  the  two  members  of  this  committee  followed  in  a  few 
minutes. 

Q.  Who  were  they  ? 

A.  Clore  Worne  and  a  young  lawyer  by  the  name  of  Robert 
Morris,  whom  I  had  never  met,  but  who  was  introduced  as  one  of 
the  State  barristers  of  Los  Angeles. 

Q.  Wasn't  he 

A.  (Interrupting)  He  stated  he  had  formerly  been  in  the  office 
of  Robert  Kenny,  the  Attorney  General. 

Q.  Wasn't  he  also  a  representative  of  the  National  Lawyers 
Guild? 


180  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  I  don't  know  about  that. 

Q.  What  was  his  name  ? 

A.  Robert  Morris.     Shall  I  proceed  ? 

Q.  Yes,  go  right  ahead. 

A.  They — when  I  say  they  I  mean  Mr.  Caldecott  and  his  repre- 
sentatives stated  that  they  had  arranged  this  meeting  for  the  pur- 
pose of  discussing  the  natureof  the  meeting  to  be  held  in  the  church, 
and  I  had  asked  John  Barnes  to  come  in,  and  he  sat  with  us,  so  six 
of  us  were  present  at  the  conference.  The  nature  of  the  discussion 
was  merely  this,  that  we  in  a  few  words  told  Mr.  Caldecott  in  the 
presence  of  these  two  lawyers,  Mr.  Worne  and  Mr.  Morris,  that  we 
felt  that  sheet  which  I  have  referred  to  was  viciously  false,  without 
foundation,  was  inflammatory,  and  that  it  was  harmful  to  the  case 
that  was  pending,  and  that  such  a  thing  as  that  ought  not  to  be 
circulated.  Our  only  interest  in  this  meeting  was  whether  or  not 
the  minister  knew  the  nature  of  it,  we  had  no  control  over  the  meet- 
ings in  his  church,  we  didn't  invite  the  conference,  they  invited 
themselves  on  their  own  accord.  These  two  committee  members, 
they  launched  into  an  attack  then  upon  the  trial.  Mr.  Worne  led 
the  attack,  and  we  asked  them  if  they  were  responsible  for  the 
preparation  of,  not  only  this  pamphlet,  but  of  the  one  which  is 
already  in  evidence  and  marked  and  described  as  ' '  The  talk  of  the 
town. "  They  admitted  they  were,  they  and  a  group  of  other  people 
were  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  those  pamphlets.  They  vir- 
tually said  in  response  to  our  challenging  questions  it  didn't  make 
any  difference  whether  those  things  were  true  or  not,  they  were 
opposed  to  the  prosecution  of  22  individuals  for  the  murder  of  one 
on  general  principles,  and  they  virtually  justified  anything  in  those 
pamphlets  on  the  ground  their  belief  and  philosophy  would  not 
permit  them  to  approve  the  prosecution  against  those  22  defendants 
for  the  murder  of  Jose  Diaz. 

Q.  Who  is  Jose  Diaz,  was  he  a  Mexican? 

A.  Jose  Diaz  was  born  in  the  United  States,  and  practically  every 
one  of  the  defendants  were  American  citizens,  born  right  here  in 
Los  Angeles,  and  everyone  had  the  benefit  of  an  education  up  to 
the  10th  or  11th  grade.  So  the  result  of  it  was  that  after  some 
bitter  discussion  on  the  part  of  Mr.  Worne  and  Mr.  Morris,  and  it 
was  quite  bitter,  we  asked  very  few  questions  and  took  very  little 
part  in  the  discussion,  Mr.  Barnes  and  myself,  the  meeting 
adjourned ;  and  the  next  day  Mr.  Caldecott  informed  me  over  the 
telephone  he  had  concluded  to  have  nothing  to  do  with  it,  and  the 
meeting  was  cancelled,  and  he  put  it  on  this  ground :  Their  church 
was  an  open  forum  on  civil  rights  and  remedies  at  any  and  all  times, 
but  never  did  they  intend  their  premises  should  be  used  for  an 
attack  upon  the  courts  or  an  institution  of  Justice  for  the  purpose 
of  raising  funds  in  carrying  on  some  proceedings — something  to 
that  effect. 

And  I  want  you  to  call  Mr.  Caldecott  right  here,  right  now  and 
ask  him,  and  he  will  tell  you  he  cancelled  that  meeting,  not  from 
any  threats  from  our  office,  which  were  not  made;  he  became  con- 
vinced the  meeting  was  subversive  in  character  and  something  he 
wanted  to  have  nothing  to  do  with. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  181 

Mr.  Combs:  Q.  Now,  Mr.  Shoemaker,  summing  up  the  impres- 
sions which  you  gained  as  a  result  of  the  events  leading  up  to  the 
Sleep}'  Lagoon  case  and  which  occurred  during  the  trial  of  the  case 
and  which  occurred  immediately  thereafter,  tell  the  committee  what 
your  opinion  is  concerning  the  influence  exerted  by  Communist 
organizations  such  as  this  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American  Youth. 

A.  Well,  from  my  familiarity  with  the  nature  of  the  assaults  that 
had  been  made  prior  to  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  case,  and  I  had  been 
consulted  both  by  the  sheriff  and  the  police  in  regard  to  a  number 
of  cases  occurring  earlier  in  1942,  and  then  my  familiarity  with  the 
facts  and  circumstances  surrounding  the  so-called  Sleepy  Lagoon 
case,  I  'in  satisfied — in  fact,  I  think  there  is  no  doubt  about  it — that 
there  is  no  Axis  influence  in  the  case  whatsoever,  or  any  of  the  cases, 
never  the  slightest  evidence  of  any  efforts  by  any  of  the  Axis  powers 
or  any  of  the  agents  of  the  Axis  powers  to  incite  any  of  these  people 
to  commit  any  of  these  depredations — we  never  found  any  evidence 
at  all  in  that  direction.  On  the  other  hand,  we  found  that  probably 
the  group,  the  hoodlums  that  made  up  these  gangs,  an  aggregate 
of  some  300  out  of  the  total  Mexican  colony  of  nearly  300,000,  we 
found  the  better  elements  in  the  Mexican  community,  the  respectable 
people,  all  the  law-abiding  Mexican  citizens,  heartily  approved  our 
prosecution. 

If  you  want  to  go  back  and  look  at  the  leading  Mexican  news- 
paper— I  think  it  is  called  La  Opinion — I  don't  think  you  will  find 
any  criticism  in  that  newspaper  of  that  prosecution  or  of  the  police 
or  the  sheriff  in  regard  to  that  case,  or  any  similar  case.  You'll  find 
that  the  better  elements  in  the  community,  both  Mexican,  colored 
and  white,  all  believe  in  law  enforcement  with  respect  to  those  mat- 
ters, and  upheld  the  law  enforcement  agencies.  But  this  group  of 
radicals,  whatever  you  call  them— now,  when  you  call  them  Com- 
munists, I  want  to  refer  to  them  as  our  own  breed  of  Communists, 
I  don't  blame  Russia — and  I  don't  want  to  confuse  our  Communists 
Avith  those  people,  that  is,  they  are  only  a  breed,  whether  you  call 
them  Socialists  or  Socialist  radicals  or  Socialist  revolutionaries,  they 
speak  a  language  which  in  the  courtroom  always  sounds  the  same. 
They  attack  the  police  officers,  they  attack  the  law  enforcement, 
they  put  the  policemen  on  trial,  the  law  enforcement  agencies — they 
put  everybody  on  trial  except  the  defendant,  and  their  methods 
with  respect  to  glorifying  these  defendants,  their  methods  of  attack- 
ing the  police,  of  attacking  the  district  attorney,  ridiculing  the  court 
in  open  court,  ridiculing  the  processes  of  the  court  in  open  court  in 
the  presence  of  these  defendants,  with  the  courtroom  full  of  their 
friends. 

Q.  That  occurred  in  this  case  ? 

A.  Oh,  yes,  every  day. 

Q.  And  in  the  case  which  preceded  it,  the  "Webster  case  ? 

A.  Yes.  And  I  say  in  my  opinion  the  activities  of  these  trouble 
makers  do  more  harm  to  law  enforcement,  do  more  harm  to  the 
matter  of  peace  and  security  of  the  community  than  any  other 
single  influence,  and  I  personally  feel  that  this  group  of  radicals 
who  make,  who  support  this  sorl  of  ;i  movement  and  who  back  up 


182  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

these  people  and  raise  money,  the  same  way  as  they  did  in  the  Sacco- 
Vanzetti  ease,  are  responsible  for  stirring  up  hatred  and  animosity 
in  the  community,  are  responsible  for  inciting  and  fomenting  the 
very  thing  that  happened  in  the  recent  outbreaks  when  the  sailors 
and  soldiers  finally  in  desperation  took  over  and  we  had  our  recent 
trouble.  In  that  connection  may  I  say  that  I  believe  that  in  spite  of 
the  valiant  effort  of  the  police  department  and  the  sheriff  so  many 
outbreaks  had  occurred  against  the  men  in  the  armed  forces,  and 
they  were  so  disgusted  with  the  tactics  of  these  hoodlums  who  fre- 
quented the  streets  at  night  that  they  finally  in  desperation  because 
of  the  extreme  situation  presented,  virtually  took  the  law  into  their 
own  hands. 

I  heard  a  service  man  stand  up  in  a  meeting  before  a  group  of 
veterans  some  weeks  before  this  outbreak  occurred,  and  he  was  a 
man  who  if  I  mention  his  name  you  would  know  him,  but  I  won't 
mention  his  name — he  stood  up  in  the  open  meeting,  and  he  hap- 
pened to— I  was  assistant  district  attorney  at  the  time — he  said 
he  wanted  to  ask  the  assistant  district  attorney  why  men  in  the 
armed  forces  like  myself  when  we  get  a  week-end  off  in  order  to 
see  our  family  and  friends  have  to  take  an  armed  body  guard  with 
us  in  order  to  keep  from  being  attacked  by  zoot-suiters,  as  he  called 
them.  That  was  the  situation  even  before  the  outbreaks  occurred. 
Incidentally,  I  left — I  left  on  the  31st,  and  the  outbreak  occurred 
on  the  1st  day  of  June.  Now,  maybe  that  wasn  't  what  caused  them, 
it  may  have  been  a  mere  coincidence,  but  the  situation  really  was 
there,  there  had  been  so  much  building  up  of  the  hoodlums  by  the 
people  of  the  type  of  the  Citizens  Defense  Committee,  and  this  false 
circulation  of  inflammatory  and  defamatory  material  that  it  was 
the  logical  thing  to  expect  they  would  break  out.  It  was  pretty 
well  under  control  when  we  finished  with  that  trial.  Captain  Reed 
of  the  police  department  and  the  men  in  the  sheriff's  department 
had  done  wonderful  work  in  covering  those  assaults  and  in  getting 
the  thing  under  control  until  this  sort  of  thing  made  it  bad  again. 

NEW  COMMUNIST  "FRONT" 

Organizations  with  new  names  and  familiar  personnel  came  into  being 
overnight. 

The  "Citizens  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American 
Youth"  soon  became  the  most  prominent  of  the  new  agit-prop  (agitation- 
propaganda)  committees.  Offices  were  opened  and  maintained  in  the 
Wilcox  Building  at  Second  and  Broadway  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles, 
where  the  influence  and  domination  of  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormick,  a  reg- 
istered and  admitted  member  of  the  Communist  Party,  guided  the  work 
and  propaganda.  Philip  Connelly,  then  State  President  of  the  C.  I.  0. ; 
Al  "Waxman,  publisher  of  the  "Eastside  Journal";  Leo  Gallagher, 
National  Lawyers'  Guild;  Bert  Corona,  Warehousemen's  Union;  Jerome 
Posner,  Amalgamated  Clothing  Workers'  Union;  Jessie  Armenza,  Latin- 
dry  Workers'  Union;  Gregg  Bemis,  International  Workers'  Order;  John 
Bright,  Council  of  Pan-American  Democracy  ;  Josephine  Fierro,  Spanish 
People's  Congress;  Herbert  Ganahl,  National  Lawyers'  Guild;  Dorothy 
Comingore,  Screen  Artists'  Guild;  Minnabell  Cline,  Screen  Office 
Employees'  Guild;  Oscar  Fuss,  C.  I.  0.  Legislative  Director;  Rose  Har- 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  183 

mon ;  Mrs.  Will  Rogers,  Jr. ;  Guy  Nunn,  Minorities  Group  Division  of 
the  War  Production  Board;  Carey  Mc Williams,  State  Director  of  the 
Department  of  Immigration  and  Housing ;  Roger  Cardona,  President  of 
the  Victory  Yoicth  Club;  Stewart  Neil,  and  Charlotta  Bass,  publisher  of 
the  "California  Eagle",  were  some  of  the  sponsors  of  this  new  Commu- 
nist front  organization. 

The  following  extract  from  a  mimeographed  circular  distributed  in 
the  Los  Angeles  area  by  the  Citizens'  Committee  for  the  Defense  of 
Mexican- American  Youth  is  typical : 

"The  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  trial,  which  resulted  in  the  convic- 
tion of  17  Mexican-American  boys,  three  for  first-degree  murder, 
nine  for  second-degree,  and  five  for  assault,  can  only  be  understood 
if  it  is  viewed  against  the  background  of  persecution  and  discrimi- 
nation which  has  been  practiced  against  our  Mexican-American 
population,  a  part  of  which  has  been  a  press  campaign  of  vilification 
and  slander.  In  this  light  it  becomes  understandable  that  12  boys 
were  convicted  of  the  murder  of  a  man  without  proof  that  any  one 
of  them  ever  touched  him  or  attempted  in  any  way  to  do  him  any 
harm. 

"During  June  and  July  of  1942,  the  Los  Angeles  Press  began  to 
build  a  'crime  wave'  among  Mexican-American  youth  which  was 
unsubstantiated  by  any  official  records.  Stories  of  arrests  were 
played  up  on  the  front  pages ;  no  mention  was  made  of  subsequent 
releases  for  lack  of  any  charge.  The  'zoot-suits'  worn  by  great 
numbers  of  Mexican  and  Negro  youth,  was  invested  with  a  sinister 
connotation.  ..." 

Captain  George  Contreras  of  the  Sheriff 's  office  of  Los  Angeles  County, 
in  charge  of  the  Sheriff's  Anti-Subversive  Detail,  testified,  in  part,  as 
follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XLX,  pp.  4559-4560)  : 

By  Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Are  you  familiar  with  a  building  across  the 
street  from  the  one  in  which  you  are  located  known  as  the  Wilcox 
Building? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

*  *  *  •  • 

Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Have  you  ever  had  occasion  to  have  the  tenants 
of  that  building  checked? 

A.  From  time  to  time,  yes. 

Q.  Do  you  have  a  list  of  the  tenants  of  the  building? 

A.  Yes.     Do  vou  mind  if  I  put  my  glasses  on,  I  can't  see. 

Q.  Not  at  all. 

A.  I  have,  sir. 

Q.  Would  you  mind  reading  it  into  the  record? 

A.  (Reading)  :  "Offices  in  the  Wilcox  Building,  Second  and 
Spring,  Room  208,  John  E.  Jeffrey,  California  Regional  Represent- 
ative, (Was  State  President  of  the  State,  County  and  Municipal 
Workers  of  America). 

"208.  John  St.  Cyr,  State,  County  and  Municipal  Workers  of 
America. 

"242.  Spanish  Speaking  People's  Congress — Josephine  Bright, 
Secretary. 

"325.  The  American  Association  of  Social  Workers. 


184  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

"401.  Joint  Anti-Fascist  Refugee  Committee. 
"425.  Rose  Segure,  Regional  Representative. 
"440.  United  Office  &  Professional  Workers  of  America,  Local 
No.  9. 

"525.  People's  Daily  World." 

That  is  about  all,  Mr.  Combs,  in  that  building. 

Captain  Contreras  testified  that  his  office  had  made  a  thorough  inves- 
tigation of  the  Citizens'  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American 
Youth  and  that  the  group  was,  in  his  opinion,  a  Communist  front  organ- 
ization. 

There  is,  of  course,  no  doubt  whatever  of  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormick's 
Communist  affiliations.  She  has  been  a  registered  Communist  for  many 
years  and  has  been  an  active  functionary  in  party  affairs  for  a  long  time. 
She  was  the  spearhead  in  the  Mexican  agitational  campaign  and  created 
the  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American  Youth.  Her  testi- 
mony, in  this  connection,  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XVIII,  p.  4313)  : 

By  Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Of  course,  you  were  sponsor,  were  you  not, 
of  the  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American  Youth  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Who  actually  organized  that  in  its  inception,  any  one  individ- 
ual, or  was  it  a  spontaneous  proposition? 

A.  Well,  I  sent  out  the  invitation  to  a  number  of  people  to  come 
together  to  discuss  the  problems,  and  as  a  result  of  the  meeting  of 
these  people  the  committee  was  formed. 

Q.  From  whom  did  j^ou  get  the  idea  ? 

A.  I  can't  say  I  got  the  idea  from  anyone.  I  thought  it  was 
something  that  ought  to  be  done. 

Q.  It  originated  with  yourself? 

A.  Yes,  I  think  so. 

COMMUNIST  "FRONT"  SPONSORS 

The  first  witness  examined  by  the  committee  in  this  particular  inves- 
tigation was  Philip  M.  Connelly,  State  President  of  the  C.  I.  0.  He 
admitted  being  connected  with  the  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexi- 
can-American Youth  and  affiliated,  in  one  way  or  another,  with  organiza- 
tions known  to  the  members  of  the  committee  as  Communist  dominated 
or  controlled.  These  organizations  were :  the  Committee  for  American 
Unity,  the  Harry  Bridges  Defense  Committee,  the  California  Conference 
for  Democratic  Action,  the  American  Peace  Mobilization,  the  National 
Negro  Congress  and  the  Joint  Anti-Fascist  Refugee  Committee, 

Connelly  testified  (pp.  4131-4162,  Vol.  XVII)  that  he  was  acquainted 
with  Carl  Winter,  Los  Angeles  County  Secretary  of  the  Communist 
Party,  and  that  he  had  met  him  shortly  after  Winter  had  arrived  in  Los 
Angeles.  He  believed  that  his  last  meeting  with  Winter,  prior  to  testi- 
fying, was  in  the  Los  Angeles  office  of  the  "People's  Daily  World," 
Communist  Party  publication.  (See  the  1943  Committee  Report,  page 
154  for  Connelly's  Communist  Party  affiliation.) 

At  the  time  Connelly  testified  before  the  committee  on  the  subject  of 
the  "zoot-suit"  disturbances  (June  21,  1943)  the  Los  Angeles  office  of 
the  "People's  Daily  World"  was  located  in  the  Wilcox  Building  at  2nd 
and  Spring  Streets.    Committee  investigators  found  the  offices  of  the 


T'X-AMKKICAX    ACTIVITIES    IX    CALIFORNIA  185 

Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American  Youth  also  housed  in 
the  Wilcox  Building. 

Mrs.  Charlotta  Bass,  publisher  of  the  "California  Eagle/'  Los  Angeles 
east-side  newspaper,  was  one  of  the  sponsors  of  the  Committee  for  the 
Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth.  The  columns  of  the  "California 
Eagle,"  editorially  and  otherwise,  echoed  the  seiltiments  and  hewed  to  the 
"line"  of  the  Communist  Party  organ,  "The  People's  Daily  World." 
Mrs.  Bass  testified  (pp.  4113-4131,  Vol.  XVII)  that  she  had  been 
acquainted  with  Philip  M.  Connelly  for  two  years;  that  she  was 
acquainted  with  Carey  Mc Williams,  Pettis  Perry,  President  of  the  Com- 
munist Party  of  Los  Angeles  County,  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormick  and  Al 
Waxman,  publisher  of  the  "Eastside  Journal."  Mrs.  Bass  stated  that 
she  had  known  Pettis  Perry  for  about  20  years.  The  metamorphosis  of 
the  "California  Eagle"  from  a  respected  American  journal,  championing 
the  cause  of  the  American  Negro,  to  a  Communist  propaganda  sheet  has 
been  going  on  for  several  years. 

Al  8.  Waxman  stated  (pp.  4071-4113,  Vol.  XVII)  that  he  had  resided 
in  Southern  California  for  about  22  years  and  that  he  had  been  the  owner 
and  editor  of  the  "Eastside  Journal"  for  approximately  eight  and 
one-half  years.  He  testified  that  the  paper  was  in  the  category  of  a 
"throw-away"  and  was  being  delivered  free  of  charge  to  about  17,000 
persons,  about  30  per  cent  of  whom  were  of  Mexican  descent.  He  admitted 
addressing  a  group  of  Mexican  boys  on  the  corner  of  Brooklyn  and  Indi- 
ana Streets  prior  to  the  ' '  zoot-suit ' '  riots.  He  admitted  printing  articles 
in  the  columns  of  his  paper  declaring  the  Sinarquistas  to  be  an  Axis-dom- 
inated group  and,  at  the  same  time,  he  admitted  he  knew  nothing  con- 
cerning the  organization  except  what  he  had  read  in  other  publications. 
He  admitted  that  an  article  appeared  in  his  newspaper  June  16,  1943, 
which  stated  in  effect  that  the  issue  in  the  recent  race-riots  was  a  "Fifth- 
Column"  force  seeking  to  disrupt  the  war  effort  of  the  United  States. 
When  questioned  closely  on  the  facts  of  such  a  statement,  he  was  unable 
to  offer  the  committee  any  proof  to  substantiate  the  statements  made  in 
the  article  in  question.  He  admitted  that  he  was  a  subscriber  to  the  "Peo- 
ple's Daily  World"  and  that  he  was  aware  that  the  Los  Angeles  offices  of 
the  publication  were  located  in  the  Wilcox  Building  at  2nd  and  Spring 
Streets. 

Like  the  "California  Eagle,"  Waxman 's  "Eastside  Journal"  has,  for 
some  time,  been  echoing  the  sentiments  and  hewing  to  the  Communist 
Party  "line"  as  exemplified  in  the  columns  of  the  Communist  Party  west 
coast  publication,  "The  People's  Daily  World."  Waxman 's  sympathy 
with  things  Communistic  is  clearly  established  by  his  testimony.  He 
admitted  attending  two  meetings,  at  least,  where  Pettis  Perry  spoke  as 
the  chairman  of  the  Communist  Party  of  Los  Angeles  County.  He 
attended  the  meeting  at  the  Philharmonic  Auditorium  in  Los  Angeles 
January,  1943,  and  heard  the  speech  of  Earl  Browder,  General  Secre- 
tary of  the  Communist  Party  of  the  United  States.  He  admitted  being 
acquainted  with  Carey  Mc  Williams,  John  and  Josephine  Bright.  Mrs. 
La  Rue  McCormick,  Guy  T.  Nunn,  Dorothy  Cominpore  and  Oscar  Fuss. 
He  stated  that  he  had' been  acquainted  with  Philip  M.  Connelly  for 
approximately  10  years.  John  and  Josephine  Bright  maintained  offices 
in  the  Wilcox  Building,  Los  Angeles,  where  the  Committee  for  the 
Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth,  the  "People's  Daily  World."  and 


186  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

other  Communist  and  Communist  front  organizations  were  housed. 
John  and  Josephine  Bright  had  been  particularly  active  in  a  Commu- 
nist front  organization  known  as  the  Spanish-Speaking  People's  Con- 
gress. Waxman  admitted  having  supported  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormick 
for  State  Senate  when  she  was  the  Communist  Party's  nominee  for  that 
office  in  the  1942  election. 

It  was  Waxman 's  opinion  that  the  metropolitan  newspapers  in  the 
City  of  Los  Angeles  were  responsible  for  the  so-called  "zoot-suit"  riots. 
He  contended  that  these  metropolitan  publications  had  carried  headlines 
charging  that  Mexican  boys  were  attacking  members  of  the  United  States 
armed  forces  and  that  because  of  these  headlines  disturbances  had  ensued 
which  were  further  inflamed  and  agitated  by  a  succession  of  sensational 
headlines. 

Waxman  maintained  that  there  had  been  cases  of  discrimination 
against  the  Mexican  people  before  the  riots  began,  stating  that  Mexican 
boys  and  young  men  were  barred  from  a  number  of  theaters  when  they 
sought  admission  in  groups  of  more  than  two  or  three.  He  stated  that 
Mexican  young  men  were  admitted  to  a  limited  number  of  dance  halls 
in  the  city  and  barred  from  the  rest.  He  alleged  that  the  Negro  people 
were  being  denied  service  in  restaurants  throughout  the  City  of  Los 
Angeles.  He  stated  that  the  Jewish  people  were  particularly  being  dis- 
criminated against  and  charged  that  there  were  no  less  than  50  cases  of 
such  discrimination  in  the  City  of  Wilmington. 

WAXMAN'S  TESTIMONY 

The  editorial  and  newspaper  activities  of  Waxman  and  Charlotta  Bass 
have  already  been  discussed.  An  inspection  of  their  respective  newspa- 
pers over  a  period  of  several  months  immediately  prior  to  the  first  out- 
break of  rioting  indicates  that  the  two  publications  were  following  the 
"line"  started  by  the  Communist  publication,  "The  People's  Dailij 
World."  All  three  of  these  papers  combined  in  an  onslaught  on  the  more 
conservative  metropolitan  newspapers  in  Southern  California  in  charg- 
ing that  they  (the  metropolitan  press)  were  responsible  for  the  "zoot- 
suit"  riots.  It  was,  in  fact,  the  "Eastside  Journal,"  the  "California 
Eagle"  and  the  "People's  Daily  World"  that  carried  an  intensive  cam- 
paign on  the  Pachuco  or  "zoot-suit"  issue  for  months.  Waxman  testi- 
fied (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XVII,  pp.  4098-4101)  as  follows : 

A.  My  opinions  were  expressed  in  my  newspaper  prob- 
ably long  before  the  People's  World  picked  up  the  thing,  because 
we  're  here ;  it  takes  them  several  days  to  get  the  news  and  bring  it 
back  to  us.  I  say  again  the  daily  newspapers  in  my  opinion  caused 
these  riots  by  coming  out  first  with  the  elaborate  stories  of  Mexican 
boys  attacking  seamen  and  members  of  the  armed  forces,  and  then 
when  the  fights  took  place  the  stories  were  written  and  handled  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  seamen  were  led  to  believe  that  they  had 
gained  a  victory;  so  the  Mexican  boys  felt  it  was  then  time  for 
reprisals,  and  then  the  Daily  News  carried  stories  that  the  Mexican 
boys  were  the  victors,  so  the  service  men  came  back  for  reprisals,  and 
day  after  day  that  journalistic  method  of  selling  newspapers  on 
the  streets  was  used,  and  then  when  the  thing  seemed  to  play  itself 
out  and  die  and  there  was  nothing  else  to  fight  about  the  Daily  News 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  187 

came  out  with  the  banner  headline  that  the  zoot-suit  boys  had 
declared  war  on  the  defense  workers.  Now,  I  suppose  according 
to  the  conversation  this  afternoon  I  should  have  gone  to  the  Federal 
Government  and  asked  them  to  check  on  the  results  of  the  headlines. 
I  took  it  up  with  the  defense  workers,  and  I  found  a  number  of 
defense  workers  who  had  read  the  Daily  News  who  said  they  were 
going  to  quit  the  night  shift  and  swing  shift,  and  a  number  said 
they  would  continue  to  work,  but  carry  weapons  in  their  cars  for 
protection. 

By  Senator  Tenney:  Q.  This  article  (in  the  Eastside  Journal)  of 
June  10th,  "Race  Incitement  to  Violence — An  Eyewitness  Account" — 
do  you  think  that  would  have  any  tendency  to  stir  up  riots  among  the 
Mexicans  ?  ( indicating ) . 

A.  I  don't  think  so. 

Q.  You  don't  think  (reading)  :  "Four  boys  came  out  of  a  pool 
hall.  They  were  wearing  the  zoot  suits  that  have  become  the  symbol 
of  a  fighting  flag.  Police  ordered  them  into  arrest  cars.  One 
refused. 

"He  asked:  'Why  am  I  being  arrested?' 

"The  officer  answered  with  three  swift  blows  of  the  night  stick 
across  the  boy's  head  and  he  went  down.  As  he  sprawled  he  was 
kicked  in  the  face.  Police  had  difficulty  loading  his  body  into  the 
vehicle  because  he  is  one-legged  and  wears  a  wooden  limb." 

You  go  on  to  say  (continuing  to  read)  : 

' '  At  the  same  corner,  a  Mexican  mother  cried  out :  '  Don 't  take 
my  boy.  He  did  nothing.  He's  only  15  years  old.  Don't  take 
him.' 

"She  was  struck  across  the  jaw  with  a  night  stick  and  nearly 
dropped  the  2^-year-old  baby  that  was  clinging  in  her  arms." 
Don't  you  think  that  that  would  excite  anger  on  the  part  of  the 
Mexicans  ? 

A.  They  were  doing  nothing  to  stop  riots  in  our  city. 

Q.  I  know,  but  don't  you  think  that  would  incite  anger  on  the 
part  of  the  Mexicans  ? 

A.  Not  if  they  read  the  whole  article.  You  have  taken  only  a 
sentence  out  of  it.  If  you  take  a  sentence  out  of  the  Bible  you  will 
have  a  riot,  but  if  you  read  the  whole  Bible  you  wouldn  't. 

Q.  Isn't  that  true  with  the  metropolitan  press? 

A.  Unfortunately,  no.  Most  of  those  articles  in  my  opinion 
were  cloaked  to  an  extent  that  they  carried  out  what  the  headlines 
portrayed. 

Q.  That  reasoning  only  applies  to  your  article,  not  the  metro- 
politan press  ? 

A.  I  think  mine  was  better  written  than  the  metropolitan  press." 

The  police  records  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  and  the  records  of  the 
sheriff's  office  of  Los  Angeles  County  do  not  reveal  the  arrest  of  a 
Pachuco  or  a  member  of  any  of  the  so-called  "zoot-suit"  gangs  who  was 
the  possessor  of  an  artificial  leg. 

Waxman  had  charged  that  a  Mexican  youth  had  been  clubbed  by 
a  deputy  sheriff  at  a  time  and  place  named  by  Waxman.     It  was  alleged 


188  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

that  the  officer's  badge  number  was  "88."  Asked  by  Mr.  Combs 
whether  or  not  he  had  made  an  investigation  of  the  charge,  Captain 
Contreras  testified  as  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4563-4565)  : 

A.  Yes.  Before  I  go  into  that,  I  would  like  to  refresh  my  memory, 
too,  and  declare  our  office  as  far  as  cases  concerned  where  we  inter- 
viewed a  zoot-suiter  in  the  county  jail  and  where  he  said  he  was 
beaten  up  by  one  of  our  officers 

Q.  Mr.  Combs  (Interrupting)  :  You  and  I  interviewed  the  defend- 
ant, as  I  recall  ? 

A.  Yes,  and  I  told  you  I  would  make  an  investigation  of  the 
situation. 

Q.  Yes.  I  think  the  person  to  whom  we  talked  accused  a  member 
of  the  sheriff's  department,  a  deputv  sheriff,  of  brutality? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  And  gave  the  number  of  the  badge  as  number  88  ? 

A.  88,  that's  right. 

Q.  Did  you  make  such  an  investigation  ? 

A.  I  did. 

Q.  What  did  you  find? 

A.  I  proceeded  out  to  Belvedere,  known  as  the  East  Los  Angeles 
Sub-Station,  Captain  Brewster  is  in  charge,  and  we  found  out  who 
the  officer  was,  we  found  that  the  officer  on  the  night  of  the  arrest 
wasn  't  even  out  of  the  station,  that  he  was  on  duty  at  the  office  at  the 
time  when  the  prisoner  was  brought  in,  and,  therefore,  could  not 
have  struck  this  individual  at  the  automobile  at  the  time  of  the 
arrest. 

Q.  And  the  accusation,  therefore,  was  obviously  false? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 
Waxman  testified  further   (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XVII,  pp.  4075-4077.)  : 

Chairman  Tenney :  Q.  In  your  edition  of  June  16th,  in  the 
column  "On  The  Left"  you  referred  to  this  situation  (reading)  : 
' '  However,  the  issue  in  the  recent  riots  was  not  the  service  men.  Nor 
was  it  the  zoot-suit  boys;  nor  was  it  the  Mexicans  or  the  Negroes. 
It  was  a  sinister  fifth-column  force  that  was  forging  ahead  in  its 
effort  to  disrupt  the  war  effort  of  this  country  and  to  bring  an  end 
to  unity. ' '  Is  that  correct  ? 

A.  That's  correct. 

Q.  Will  you  elaborate  and  tell  us  on  what  you  based  it? 

A.  I  have  found  from  time  to  time  on  the  east  side  some  of  our 
Mexican  boys  were  getting  money,  more  money  than  they  could 
possibly  be  earning.  Unfortunately,  up  to  this  moment  I  have  not 
been  able  to  determine  exactly  from  whom  they  get  the  money,  nor 
how  much  they  get,  but  the  general  impression  that  I  have  been 
given  by  the  boys  is :  ' '  We  get  money  and  then  whoever  gives  us 
the  money  stops  in  once  in  a  while  and  says,  'Why  go  to  work,  why 
do  this,  why  do  that.  We  '11  keep  you  supplied  with  money. '  ' '  And 
I  have  tried  on  several  occasions  to  locate  the  source  of  the  money. 
Unfortunately,  up  to  this  moment  I  have  been  unable  to  do  it. 
If  your  committee  is  still  functioning  when  I  find  out  I  will  be  very 
happy  to  turn  it  over  to  you. 

Chairman  Tenney  :  Q.  To  the  committee — or  is  this  a  committee 
of  which  you  are  a  member? 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  189 

A.  Oh,  no.     I  refer  to  your  Committee. 

Q.  Oh,  I  see.     So  it's  your  guess  it  is  a  fifth  column? 

A.  Well,  we  like  to  say  we  believe  until  we  can  actually  give  you 
names  and  addresses. 

Q.  What  you  have  said  up  to  this  point :  That  groups  of  these 
Mexican  boys  have  unusual  amounts  of  money? 

A.  That's  right. 

Q.  And  upon  asking  them  the  source  of  money  they  indicate  it 
has  been  given  to  them,  and  that  on  occasions  the  party  who  gives 
the  money  states  to  them  ' '  Why  work ' '  ? 

A.  That's  correct. 

Q.  And  on  those  grounds  you  build  up  the  presumption  it  might 
be  a  "fifth  column?" 

A.  That's  right. 

Q.  It  is,  in  your  opinion,  a  logical  conclusion? 

A.  I  think  it  is,  Mr.  Tenney. 

Q.  Any  other  explanation  could  be  presumed  with  equal  logic. 
For  instance,  the  boys  might  steal,  and  upon  being  questioned  as  to 
where  they  had  gotten  the  money,  might  say  it  was  given  to  them? 

A.  It  happens  during  the  nine  years  I  have  been  on  the  east 
side  I  have  gained  the  confidence  of  some  of  the  boys.  As  you  will 
note,  when  I  called  a  meeting  of  the  boys,  they  showed  up. 

Q.  I  would  like  this  question  answered.  I  would  like  to  ask  it 
very  carefully :  Have  you  at  any  time  complained  of  the  Mexicans 
to  the  police? 

A.  No. 

Q.  Are  you  quite  certain  of  that? 

A.  Complained  of  the  Mexicans  to  the  police — you  mean,  the 
entire  race  of  Mexicans? 

Q.  Of  Mexican  boys? 

A.  No.  No,  never  complained  of  Mexicans  to  the  police.  We 
have  carried  articles  and  straight  news  in  which  we  have  listed  the 
names  of  the  participants  after  we  had  secured  them  from  the 
police  records. 

Q.  You  didn't  go  to  the  police  department  about  four  years  ago 
and  demand  some  action  be  taken  against  Mexican  groups? 

A.  Never. 

The  foregoing  testimony  of  Waxman  became  significant  when  Captain 
J.  P.  Reed,  of  the  Los  Angeles  police  department,  testified  June  23,  1943. 
The  committee  was  particularly  interested  in  learning  whether  or  not 
there  was  any  truth  in  charges  of  police  brutality  made  by  Waxman 's 
paper,  "The  Eastside  Journal,"  Charlotta  Bass'  "California  Eagle" 
and  the  Communist  publication,  "The  People's  Daily  World."  Captain 
Reed  was  the  administrative  assistant  to  the  Chief  of  Police  in  the  City  of 
Los  Angeles.  His  testimony,  in  part,  is  as  follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX, 
pp.  4448-4450)  : 

Senator  Tenney  :  Q.  Captain,  are  you  acquainted  with  a  man  by 
the  name  of  Al  Waxman? 
A.  Yes,  sir,  very  well. 
Q.  How  long  have  you  known  him? 
A.  I  would  say  approximately  five  years. 


190  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Q.  During  the  time  you  have  known  him  has  he  ever  seen  fit  to 
call  on  you  with  reference  to  disturbances  on  the  east  side, 
particularly  among  the  Mexican  population? 

A.  Yes,  sir,  many  times. 

Q.  Will  you  give  the  committee  the  particulars  of  those  times? 

A.  I  have  newspaper  clippings — I  was  assigned  to  the  Hollenbeck 
as  captain  of  that  area,  and  Mr.  Waxman  was  the  editor  of  the 
Eastside  Journal  in  that  area.  He  made  numerous  complaints  in 
reference  to  Mexican  youths  who  were  coming  into  the  Jewish  area 
and  molesting  those  people,  and  asking  and  demanding  that  we  give 
more  police  protection  to  that  area. 

Q.  About  when  was  that? 

A.  Back  in  1934  or  '35  or  '36.  Of  just  recent  date  I  have  talked 
to  Mr.  Waxman  along  the  same  lines,  approximately  five  months  ago 
I  had  a  conversation  over  the  telephone  with  him  in  reference  to  the 
Pachuco  situation,  at  which  he  asked  me  at  that  time  to  take  some 
definite  action  and  more  strenuous  action  than  we  were  taking  at 
that  time  in  the  Hollenbeck  area. 

Q.  Against  the  Pachucos  or  in  their  defense? 

A.  Against  all  persons  committting  those  type  of  crimes,  and  he 
particularly  stressed  those  dressed  in  Pachuco  suits  in  the  ' '  Column 
Left"  he  writes.  Back  when  Chief  James  Davis  was  Chief  of  the 
Police  Department,  he  complained  of  certain  situations  and  of  some 
rapers  and  purse  snatchers,  and  so  forth,  who  were  operating  in 
that  area. 

Assemblyman  Dickey :     May  I  ask  a  question  ? 

Chairman  Tenney:     All  right,  Mr.  Dickey. 

Assemblyman  Dickey :  Q.  Up  until  recently,  all  the  complaints 
made  by  Mr.  Waxman  to  your  department  were  complaints  against 
those  boys  of  Latin-American  extraction? 

A.  Not  in  all  cases ;  in  some  cases  he  made  complaints  about  other 
persons,  but  he  has  made  complaints  about  Latin- American  youths. 

Q.  Let  me  reframe  that  question  and  put  it  this  way:  His 
original  complaint  in  that  particular  section  was  against  the  boys 
who  were  Latin-American,  because  they  were  infringing  on  the 
Jewish  population  in  that  district? 

A.  That's  correct. 

Q.  And  he  requested  of  your  department  that  more  protection 
be  given  to  the  Jewish  population  in  that  particular  area? 

A.  That 's  right. 

Q.  And  it  wasn't  until  recently  that  he  spoke  at  all  in  defense 
of  Latin-Americans? 

A.  Well,  he  has  never  spoken  to  me  in  defense  of  the  Latin- 
American  group. 

Q.  He  has  never  spoken  to  you  up  until  this  time  in  the  defense 
of  the  Latin-American  group  ? 

A.  That's  true. 

Los  Angeles  Police  Officer  Clyde  L.  Schultz,  who,  after  testifying 
concerning  his  participation  in  several  of  the  Pachuco  disturbances,  had 
occasion  to  touch  on  the  report  of  Al  Waxman  published  in  "The  East- 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  191 

side  Journal."     Officer  Schultz'  testimony,  in  this  connection,  is  as 
follows  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XIX,  pp.  4507-4511)  : 

A.  *  *  *  We  were  discussing  the  story  that  Al  Waxman  had 
in  his  paper. 

Q.  What  paper  are  you  referring  to  ? 

A.  The  Eastside  Journal.  He  stated  in  that  that  he  was  going 
to  talk  to  a  group  of  Mexican  youths  at  Brooklyn  and  Indiana  at 
approximately  8.30,  he  had  called  a  meeting  to  ask  them  to  cut  out 
that  kind  of  stuff,  and  in  his  paper  he  stated  there  were  250  attend- 
ing this  meeting.  Well,  the  most  that  we  saw  there  at  any  time 
was  35,  and  he  stated  in  his  paper  that  there  would  be  250.  While 
this  meeting  was  going  on  a  load  of  Pachucos  drove  up  in  a  car  and 
said  there  was  a  riot  at  12th  and  Central  and  they  were  beating  up 
their  friends  and  families,  the  policemen  were.  They  immediately 
got  into  the  cars  and  went  down  to  protect  their  families  and  homes. 
That  meeting  was  held  at  8.30,  and  the  riot  took  place  at  10  o'clock. 
He  stated  that  four  boys  came  out  of  a  pool  hall — excuse  me  while 
I  think  a  minute.     I  want  to  get  this  straight. 

Q.  Take  your  time. 

A.  He  stated  four  boys  came  out  of  a  pool  hall,  and  they  were 
immediately  grabbed  by  police  officers,  and  that  the  reason,  the 
only  reason  that  they  were  being  arrested  they  were  told  was  because 
they  were  Pachucos,  and  that  when  this  young  fellow  asked  what 
he  was  being  arrested  for  he  was  immediately  knocked  over  the  head 
and  knocked  unconscious  into  the  gutter. 

Q.  He  so  testified? 

A.  I  saw  the  whole  thing.  There  is  no  pool  room  at  that  loca- 
tion; if  I  am  right,  where  the  four  fellows  came  out  of,  there  is  a 
hamburger  joint  or  a  hot  dog  joint  in  there.  Those  four  fellows 
were  standing  in  the  doorway,  and  they  were  ordered  to  disperse, 
I  believe  the  officer's  name  is  Green;  he  works  the  reserves,  and 
this  particular  individual  that  was  struck — he  may  have  had  an 
artificial  limb,  but  if  he  did  you  couldn't  tell  it  by  his  walk.  He 
struck  the  officer  in  the  eye  a  good  stiff  jab. 

Q.  What  did  he  strike  him  with,  his  fist? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  You  saw  that  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  did.  I  believe  the  officer  got  a  black  eye  out  of  that 
deal.     The  rest  of  them  started  edging  in — — - 

Q.   (Interrupting)  Toward  the  officers? 

A.  (Continuing)  Yes.  As  they  did,  two  uniformed  officers  drew 
their  saps,  and  this  individual  was  struck  over  the  head,  and  he 
wasn't  struck  a  dozen  times,  as  Al  Waxman  said;  he  was  struck 
only  once  that  I  know  of.  That  is  the  only  blow  I  saw  struck,  and 
he  was  struck  down  and  placed  under  arrest.  Al  Waxman  also 
stated  a  woman  with  a  baby  in  her  arms  was  struck  across  the  head 
with  a  night  stick. 

Chairman  Tenney :  He  said  the  baby  was  two  and  one-half  years 
old. 

A.  That  is  approximately  the  age  of  the  baby.  That  woman 
came  up  and  said,  'Why  are  you  arresting  my  son?'     The  officer 


192  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

walked  with  her  to  the  corner  and  he  told  her  that  it  was  no  place 
for  a  woman  at  all,  and  he  suggested  she  go  home  before  she  was 
injured,  before  someone  would  strike  her  down  and  injure  her, 
but  as  far  as  his  striking  her  across  the  face  with  a  night  stick,  that 
wasn't  true.  You  can  imagine  what  would  have  happened  to  her 
if  she  had  been  struck  across  the  face  with  a  heavy  night  stick. 
Previous  to  that 

Mr.  Combs:  Q.  (Interrupting)  You  were  there  and  saw  this 
thing  occur,  and  the  woman  was  not  struck  ? 

A.  No,  sir.  Previous  to  the  time  of  the  riot  Al  Waxman  run 
articles  in  his  paper  stating  hoodlums  run  wild  on  east  side,  purses 
were  snatched,  automobiles  stolen;  what  is  the  matter  with  police 
protection?  He  will  come  over  to  the  police  department  and  tell 
various  policemen  things  the  Mexican  boys  do,  and  then  he  will 
turn  right  around  and  tell  the  Mexican  boys  what  the  police  do. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  know  of  a  committee  known  as  the  Citizens' 
Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth  ? 

A.  No,  that 's  a  new  one. 

Q.  Mr.  Waxman  is  a  member  of  the  committee. 

A.  It  wouldn  't  surprise  me. 

Q.  It  is  a  fact,  he  so  testified. 

A.  It  wouldn't  surprise  me. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  Mr.  Waxman  is  a  member  of  the 
Communist  Party? 

A.  I  have  my  own  ideas ;  I  don 't  know  for  sure. 

Q.  WThat  is  your  idea? 

A.  I  think  he  is.  I  don't  think  he'd  blow  his  nose  unless  he 
had  a  red  hankerchief. 

Q.  What  makes  you  think  so? 

A.  From  his  actions,  his  attitude,  the  way  he  talks  to  people. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  hear  him  talk  to  them  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  talked  to  Al  Waxman  out  at  the  meeting  at  Indiana. 
He  stated  at  the  time  they  are  not  bad  boj^s,  the  police  don 't  under- 
stand— you  fellows  don't  give  them  a  chance,  and  I  don't  believe 
it  was  only  a  little  over  two  weeks  before  when  he  called  them  in 
his  paper  zoot-suit  hoodlums,  purse  snatchers,  automobiles  stolen, 
where  is  police  protection. 

Q.  Does  he  point  out  to  the  Mexican  youth  in  that  area  that  they 
are  discriminated  against  and  subjected  to  racial  prejudice  and 
police  brutality  ? 

A.  Well,  I  have  had  the  Mexican  boys  tell  me  he  has;  I  have 
never  actually  seen  him  or  heard  him  do  it  myself,  but  I  have  had 
various  ones  of  the  boys  over  there  tell  me  that  he  has  said  there 
have  been  things  that  have  happened  on  that  east  side,  that  the 
police  have  used  excess  force  and  so  forth. 

Q.  How  long  have  you  known  Mr.  Waxman? 

A.  Haven 't  known  him  at  all,  only  in  the  last  six  or  seven  months, 
from  being  around  over  in  that  district. 

Waxman,  on  the  one  hand,  through  the  columns  of  his  newspaper 
and  by  public  meetings,  was  inciting  the  Mexicans  of  the  east-side  by 
telling  them  they  were  the  victims  of  discrimination  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  he  was  urging  the  police  to  take  drastic  action  against  them. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  193 

COMMUNIST  INSPIRATION 

Leo  Gallagher  was  another  sponsor  of  the  Committee  for  the  Defense 
of  Mexican- American  Youth.  His  Communist  record  is  too  well  known 
to  be  repeated  here. 

Oscar  Fuss,  another  sponsor  of  the  committee,  has  a  consistent  Com- 
munist record  since  his  arrival  in  California  as  an  organizer  for  the 
Communist-inspired  and  dominated  Workers'  Alliance. 

Jerome  Posner,  of  the  Amalgamated  Clothing  Workers'  Union,  was 
later  elected  State  Chairman  of  the  C.  I.  0.  Political  Action  Committee. 

John  Bright,  representing  the  Council  of  Pan-American  Democracies, 
was  a  sponsor  of  the  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American 
Youth.  He  has  been  active  in  Communist  Party  circles  since  1934  or 
1935,  according  to  the  files  of  the  Committee.  At  one  time  he  was  a 
member  of  the  Hollywood  John  Reed  Club,  a  Communist  journalistic 
organization  named  after  the  first  American  Communist.  Bright  was 
active  in  raising  funds  for  the  Spanish  Loyalists  and  the  Spanish  refu- 
gees and  was  participating  in  Communist  Party  activities  in  the  Repub- 
lic of  Mexico  as  late  as  the  year  1940.  John  Leech,  a  former  Communist 
Party  organizer  for  Southern  California,  testified  before  the  Los  Angeles 
Grand  Jury  on  August  15,  1940,  that  John  Bright  had  escorted  him 
and  Stanley  Lawrence  to  an  under-ground  Communist  group  in  West- 
wood  Village  in  1935  or  1936.  Bright  is  also  a  member  of  the  National 
Executive  Board  of  the  Communist-inspired  and  dominated  League 
of  American  Writers. 

Josephine  Bright  is  the  wife  of  John  Bright.  She  has  been  active  in 
Communist  front  Spanish-speaking  organizations,  congresses,  Mexican 
congresses,  Mexican  agricultural  workers  unions  and  Spanish  minority 
groups  for  a  number  of  years.  In  recent  months  she  has  been  active  in 
raising  money  for  Spanish  refugees  in  Mexico.  In  1942  she  endorsed 
the  candidacy  of  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormick,  a  registered  Communist, 
for  the  office  of  State  Senator  for  the  38th  Senatorial  District. 

Carey  Mc Williams  has  a  long  record  of  Communist  "front"  affilia- 
tions. He  has  written  a  number  of  books  from  the  Communist  Party 
ideological  viewpoint,  notable  mostly  for  inaccuracies  and  misinforma- 
tion. In  testifying  before  a  Senate  Committee  in  Sacramento  in  1941 
he  was  compelled  to  admit  that  many  of  the  assertions  in  his  book 
"Factories  in  the  Field"  were  without  factual  basis. 

As  a  Communist  "front"  propagandist  he  specializes  in  agricultural 
labor  agitation  and  racial  problems. 

He  testified  before  the  committee  in  Los  Angeles  June  22,  1943  (Com. 
Tr.,  Vol.  XVIII,  pp.  4329-4375).  He  stated  emphatically  that  he  had 
never  been  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party  and  that  the  allegations 
concerning  him  contained  in  Miss  Rena  M.  Vale's  affidavit  (Com.  Report, 
1943)  were  false.  Without  admitting  their  Communist  inspiration  and 
domination,  McWilliams  admitted  having  been  affiliated  with  the 
National  Lawyers'  Guild,  the  Inter-Professional  Association,  the  West- 
ern Writers'  Congress,  the  California  Council  for  Democratic  Action. 
the  School  for  Organizers,  (sponsored  by  the  United  Cannery,  Agricul- 
tural, Packing  and  Allied  Workers  of  America  at  Chino),  the  Simon 
J.  Lubin  Society,  the  Committee  for  the  Protection  of  Foreign- 
Born,  the  Schneiderman  Defense  Committee,  the  Committee  for  Amer- 
ican Unity,  the  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- American  Youth , 


194  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

and  the  Sleepy  Lagoon  Defense  Committee.  He  has  been  affiliated  with 
so  many  similar  organizations  that  he  was  unable  to  remember  whether 
or  not  he  had  been  a  sponsor  of  the  Southern  California  Conference  for 
Civil  Bights.  He  could  not  remember  whether  or  not  he  had  spoken 
at  a  meeting  sponsored  by  the  League  Against  War  and  Fascism  and 
could  not  be  sure  whether  or  not  he  had  ever  affiliated  with  the  League 
for  Political  Unity.  He  stated  that  he  had  been  elected  to  the  board  of 
directors  or  the  board  of  sponsors,  of  either  the  American  Peace  Cru- 
sade or  the  American  Peace  Mobilization.  He  claimed  that  he  had  not 
been  present  when  the  election  took  place  and  that  his  name  had  been 
used  without  his  authority.  He  stated  that  he  had  written  a  letter 
repudiating  the  use  of  his  name  in  connection  with  the  organization 
as  soon  as  he  had  become  aware  of  the  fact.  He  freely  admitted  being 
a  subscriber  to  the  Communist  Party  publication,  "The  People's  Daily 
World."  Needless  to  say,  all  of  these  organizations  are  Communist 
1 '  fronts. ' ' 

He  believed  that  the  "zoot-suit"  phenomenon  was  a  ''second  genera- 
tion" problem,  aggravated  by  bad  housing  conditions,  overcrowding, 
lack  of  sanitation  facilities,  lack  of  recreational  opportunities,  and  a 
low  standard  of  living.  He  believed  that  discrimination  against  the 
Mexican  people  had  contributed  considerably  to  ill  feeling.  He  believed 
that  there  had  been  some  police  brutality  but  that  police  inaction,  rather 
than  brutality,  had  permitted  the  situation  to  reach  riot  proportions. 
The  local  metropolitan  press  of  Los  Angeles,  in  his  opinion,  had  con- 
tributed to  the  violence  in  exciting  young  Mexican  boys  to  drastic 
action. 

Mc Williams'  views  on  racial  intermarriage  are  identical  with  Com- 
munist Party  ideology.  On  this  subject  he  testified  as  follows  (Com. 
Tr.,  Vol.  XVIII,  pp.  4364-4366)  : 

Q.  (By  Chairman  Tenney)  I  would  like  to  ask  you  what  you 
think  of  miscegenation? 

A.  I  think  miscegenation  statutes  are  a  reflection  of  prejudice 
in  the  community. 

Q.    You  think  they  should  be  abolished  ? 

A.    I  do. 

Q.  You  think  there  should  be  free  intermarriage? 

A.  I  don't  think  there  should  be  a  legal  prohibition  against 
intermarriage,  and  I  '11  tell  you  why :  In  the  Southern  States  they 
have  had  miscegenation  statutes  for  years,  it  hasn't  stopped  inter- 
racial sexual  intercourse ;  on  the  contrary  the  effect  of  it  has  been  to 
increase  that  very  practice  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  the  white  man 
who  has  sexual  relations  with  a  negro  woman  is  not  held  accountable, 
he  can't  contract  a  valid  marriage,  and  sociologists  who  have  gone 
into  this  subject  at  great  length  and  who  are  very  distinguished  have 
said  the  miscegenation  statutes  have  had  the  opposite  effect  of  what 
it  was  intended  to  produce. 

Q.  Well,  with  the  repeal  of  those  statutes  then,  of  course,  marriage 
between  various  races  would  be  permissible  and  legal,  and  would  you 
advocate  that  ? 

A.  Mr.  Tenney,  it  would  be  presumptious  to  advocate  those  mar- 
riages. I  am  not  advocating  anyone  marry ;  I  'm  saying  that  these 
miscegenation  statutes  do  not  accomplish  the  purpose  for  which 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  195 

they  were  passed  in  the  first  instance.     I  think  they  should  be 
repealed ;  I  think  they  are  symbolic  of  existing  prejudice  in  the  com- 
munities, and  I  feel  this  to  the  very  degree,  and  I  might  say  there  is 
a  considerable  weight  of  opinion  to  sustain  this  judgment,  to  the 
very  degree  the  negro  race  in  the  United  States  raises  in  the  social 
statute  in  education  and  so  forth,  to  that  very  extent  you  will  have  less 
interracial  mixture  than  you  have  now,  when  they  are,  remember,  at 
a  disadvantage  as  a  racial  minority  group  in  the  United  States. 
Q.  I  don't  think  you  have  answered  my  question. 
A.  You  can  repeat  it.     I  think  I  have. 
Q.  I  say,  do  you  favor  intermarriage  ? 

A.  I  say  it  is  presumptious  upon  me  to  say  that  'A'  should  marry 
'B.' 

Q.  I  understand.     I  am  not  talking  about '  A '  and  '  B. '     I  am  talk- 
ing about  the  negroes  and  the  whites. 

A.  I  am  not  advocating.  I  think  the  prohibition  should  be 
removed. 
Sponsors  and  committee  personnel  of  the  Committee  for  the  Defense  of 
Mexican- American  Youth  were  changed  from  time  to  time  in  typical  Com- 
munist fashion.  The  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  case,  as  a  Communist  cause 
celebre,  was  used  by  Communist  Party  steering  committees  to  feed  the 
racial  agitation  and  antagonism  created  by  the  "zoot-suit"  riots.  Lag- 
ging interest  is  bolstered  by  the  addition  of  new  names  to  ' '  sponsor ' '  and 
1 '  committee ' '  lists,  and  Hollywood  glamour  is  added  by  way  of  stimula- 
tion. Pursuant  to  this  technique  the  names  of  Fay  Allen,  Harry  Bridges, 
Revels  Clayton,  John  Cohee,  John  Warren  Day,  Jaime  Gonzales, 
Augustus  F.  Hawkins,  Martin  Hourihan,  John  Howard  Lawson,  Canada 
Lee,  Professor  F.  0.  Matthiessen,  Michael  Quill,  Reverend  Clayton  D. 
Russell,  R.  Lai  Singh,  Albee  Slade,  Ferdinand  C.  Smith  and  Orson  "Welles 
were  added  to  the  list  from  time  to  time. 

Orson  Welles,  a  motion  picture  actor  with  a  flair  for  politics  and  left- 
wing  committee  work,  wrote  the  foreword  to  a  pamphlet  entitled  ''The 
Sleepy  Lagoon  Case,"  which  was  printed  in  English  and  Spanish  and 
given  a  wide-spread  distribution  in  the  Los  Angeles  area. 

The  Communist  record  of  Harry  Bridges,  as  well  as  his  activities  on 
the  west  coast,  are  too  well  known  to  be  repeated  here.  He  was  found  to 
be  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party  in  his  last  deportation  hearing. 
The  committee  is  not  aware  of  any  instance  in  which  he  has  failed  to 
follow  the  Communist  Party  ' '  line. "  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  prom- 
inent Californians  are  being  pressured  or  otherwise  persuaded  to  appeal 
to  the  President  of  the  United  States  and  United  States  Attorne}^  General 
Francis  Biddle  on  behalf  of  Harry  Bridges.  The  Communists  and  their 
front  organizations  are  openly  clamoring  for  a  dismissal  of  the  deporta- 
tion order  against  this  alien,  basing  their  appeal  on  the  alleged  ground 
that  he  has  been  an  important  factor  in  assisting  the  United  States  war 
effort  and  that  his  deportation  would  disrupt  "unity."  In  this  cam- 
paign for  the  alien  Bridges,  the  Communists  are  using  fellow-travelers, 
political  opportunists  and  "innocents"  as  Charlie  McCarthy-spokesmen 
in  the  creation  of  synthetic  west  coast  public  opinion  on  the  subject.  The 
Communist  "strategists,"  during  the  Hitler-Stalin  pact,  looked  upon  the 
present  world  conflict  as  a  "  British  Imperialist  War. ' '     While  Germany 


196  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

was  overrunning  Western  Europe,  the  American  Communists  were  busy 
with  the  "American  Peace  Mobilization"  and  Communist-inspired  strikes 
in  war  industries  in  California  and  the  United  States.  Harry  Bridges ' 
C.  I.  0.  union  was  telling  the  world  that  "The  Yanks  Are  Not  Coming" 
and  actively  engaged  in  creating  chaos  and  disunity  in  the  United  States 
defense  preparations.  It  was  not  the  treacherous  attack  of  the  Japanese 
on  Pearl  Harbor  December  7,  1941,  that  changed  the  attitude  of  Harry 
Bridges,  his  west  coast  union  or  the  Communists  of  the  United  States. 
It  was  Hitler's  panzer  divisions  sweeping  into  Soviet  Russia  in  June  of 
1941  that  changed  the  "British  imperialist  war"  into  "The  people's 
war".  Had  history  taken  a  different  direction  in  June  of  1941  it  is 
quite  possible  that  west  coast  shipping,  under  the  direction  of  Harry 
Bridges,  might  be  in  a  deplorable  condition.  The  Communist  Party 
recognizes  the  short  memory  and  the  short-sightedness  of  the  American 
people  in  general,  and  office-seeking  officialdom,  in  particular. 

Revels  H.  Cay  ton  is  a  seaman  by  occupation  and  has  a  long  record  of 
affiliation  with  various  Communist-controlled  organizations.  He  was 
registered  as  a  member  of  the  Communist  Party  in  San  Francisco  in  1940. 
In  March  of  1941  he  signed  an  open  letter  to  Governor  Olson  under  the 
sponsorship  of  the  Academic  and  Civil  Eights  Committee,  protesting  the 
outlawing  of  the  Communist  Party  in  the  State  of  California.  In  Sep- 
tember, 1941,  he  was  a  member  of  a  panel  on  National  and  Racial  Minor- 
ities on  a  program  sponsored  by  the  California  Action  Conference  for 
Civil  Rights,  a  Communist-inspired  and  dominated  organization.  In 
July,  1943,  he  signed  a  call  for,  and  was  a  member  of,  a  "Pro- war  Press" 
conference  at  the  First  Unitarian  Church  located  at  Eighth  and  Vermont 
Streets,  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  on  behalf  of  the  "People's  Daily 
World."     (See  title,  West  Coast  Communist  Press.) 

John  Cohee  is  an  officer  of  the  Los  Angeles  Newspaper  Guild,  employed 
by  the  Los  Angeles  Daily  News  and  does  radio  work  as  a  news  analyist. 
Rena  Vale  (pp.  154-155,  Com.'s  1943  Report)  stated  that  John  Cohee  of 
the  Los  Angeles  Daily  News  was  one  of  the  members  of  the  Los  Angeles 
Newspaper  Guild  who  was  referred  to  by  the  Communists  as  a  Communist 
sympathizer  and  in  whom  the  Communist  Party  fractions  in  the  guild 
placed  its  confidence.  Cohee  has  been  affiliated  with  the  Joint  Anti- 
Fascist  Refugee  Committee  and  the  Communist-inspired  and  dominated 
League  of  American  Writers. 

John  Howard  Lawson,  Hollywood  screen  writer,  has  a  long  record  of 
Communist  activity  and  Communist  front  affiliations.  He  testified 
before  the  committee  October  13,  1944,  in  the  committee's  investigation 
of  the  Communist-inspired  and  directed  Writers'  Congress  held  at  the 
University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles  in  October  of  1943.  (See  title 
Writers'  Congress.) 

Professor  F.  0.  Matthiessen  is  reported  as  a  member  of  the  faculty  of 
Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  Little  is  known  of  his 
background.  In  December,  1941,  he  signed  a  preliminary  petition  spon- 
sored by  the  Committee  for  Citizenship  Rights,  in  behalf  of  William 
Schneiderman,  head  of  the  Communist  Party  of  California,  who  was  faced 
with  cancellation  of  his  United  States  citizenship. 

Jerome  Posner  was  connected  with  the  Los  Angeles  joint  board  of  the 
Amalgamated  Clothing  Workers  of  America.  He  has  served  on  various 
committees  welcoming  visiting  dignitaries  from  the  Soviet  Union.    He 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  197 

has  interested  himself  during  the  present  war  in  the  soldiers  of  the  Red 
Army  and  at  present  is  State  Chairman  of  the  C.I.  0.  Political  Action 
Committee. 

Michael  Quill  is  President  of  the  C.  I.  0.  Transport  Workers'  Union 
of  New  York.  In  his  capacity  as  the  National  President  of  the  Transport 
Workers'  Union  of  America  he  was  one  of  the  49  members  with  Commu- 
nistic background  who,  sitting  with  the  National  Executive  Board  of  the 
C.  I.  0.,  voted  the  creation  of  the  Political  Action  Committee.  (The  C.  I. 
0.  Political  Action  Committee  and  its  activities  in  California  is  con- 
sidered in  another  section  of  this  report.) 

R.  Lai  Singh  is  the  editor  of  a  Los  Angeles  publication,  the  "Indian 
News."  Articles  and  writers  stamp  this  publication  as  Communistic. 
Communist  R.  Balme  Dutt,  J.  B.  Haldame,  English  Communist,  Harry 
Paulette,  head  of  the  English  Communist  Party  and  other  Communist 
journalists  appear  as  writers  in  the ' '  Indian  News. ' '  Singh  was  a  sponsor 
and  endorser  for  the  "People's  Daily  World  so-called'  "Pro-War  Press 
Conference"  heretofore  referred  to  and  has  occasionally  contributed 
articles  to  the  "California  Eagle,"  owned  and  edited  by  Charlotta  Bass. 
In  March,  1943,  he  spoke  on  "The  Future  of  India"  at  the  Embassy 
Auditorium  in  Los  Angeles  under  the  auspices  of  the  Los  Angeles  ' '  Work- 
ers School,"  Communist  Party  educational  project,  now  absorbed  by  the 
Communist  Party's  "People's  Educational  Center." 

THE  SINARQUISTAS 

Representatives  of  the  committee  visited  the  Los  Angeles  County  Jail 
and  questioned  many  of  the  Mexican  young  men  and  women  who  had 
been  involved  in  the  ' '  zoot-suit ' '  riots.  Members  of  the  sheriff 's  depart- 
ment and  Los  Angeles  police  officers  were  interviewed. 

Committee  investigators  had  secured  photographs  of  Sinarquista  meet- 
ings. These  photographs  clearly  reveal  the  flag  of  the  organization  in 
full  display  on  the  platform. 

Committee  investigators  and  members  of  the  Los  Angeles  Sheriff's 
office  had  considerable  difficulty  in  locating  officials  of  the  Sinarquistas 
in  the  Los  Angeles  area.  Pedro  B.  Villasenor  eventually  was  served 
with  a  subpena  and  appeared  before  the  committee  June  21,  1943.  He 
declared  that  he  was  a  Mexican  National.  He  had  come  to  the  United 
States  when  about  seven  years  of  age  and  had  been  familiar  with  the 
Sinarquistas  movement  since  1937.  He  stated  that  the  movement  was 
organized  in  Mexico,  May  23,  1937  by  Manuel  Zermano,  Salvador  Abas- 
cal,  and  Jose  Oliveras,  all  of  whom  were  known  personally  to  Villasenor. 
He  stated  that  the  movement  was  directed  by  a  National  Committee  in 
Mexico.  Mexico  was  divided  into  several  regional  Sinarquista  areas,  gov- 
erned by  subordinate  regional  committees.  The  regional  areas  were,  in 
turn,  divided  into  municipal  areas,  which  were  governed  by  subordinate 
committees.  He  had  been  secretaiy  of  the  Los  Angeles  organization 
since  its  inception  and,  for  a  time,  was  in  charge  of  the  Southern  Califor- 
nia region.  Martin  Cabrera  was  the  Southern  California  regional  direc- 
tor at  the  time  that  Villasenor  appeared  before  the  Committee.  The 
organization  met  in  Los  Angeles  once  each  week,  usually  at  Martin 
Cabrera's  place  of  business.  The  general  meetings  for  the  entire  mem- 
bership were  held  on  the  first  Sunday  of  each  month  at  830  S.  Hicks 


198  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Street,  Los  Angeles.  It  was  stated  that  the  general  meetings  were 
always  open  to  the  public. 

Pedro  Villasenor  stated  that  the  area  formerly  under  his  jurisdiction 
and  now  under  the  directorship  of  Martin  Cabrera,  extended  south  from 
the  Kern  County  line  to  the  Mexican  border,  including  San  Diego  and 
Santa  Barbara  Counties,  as  well  as  the  County  of  Los  Angeles.  The 
Northern  California  region  was  described  as  running  northward  from  the 
northernmost  boundary  of  Kern  County  and  extending  to,  and  includ- 
ing, the  City  and  County  of  San  Francisco.  Villasenor  stated  that  a 
Mr.  Porfirio  Rivira  of  Bakersfield  headed  the  northern  region  at  the 
time  Villasenor  was  in  charge  of  the  southern  region. 

Manuel  Buena  Torrez  of  Mexico  governed  the  organization  in  Califor- 
nia. Villasenor  explained  that  the  heads  of  the  regions  in  the  United 
States  were  in  communication  with  the  Sinarquista  Central  Committee 
of  Mexico  and  stated  that  the  central  committee  had  complete  authority 
and  jurisdiction  'over  the  movement  everywhere.  Villasenor  admitted 
having  read  articles  in  the  Communist  publication,  "People's  Daily 
World/'  in  which  it  was  charged  that  the  Sinarquistas  was  a  "Fifth- 
Column  Fascist"  organization  with  a  membership  of  50,000  people  in 
California  alone  and,  opposed  to  the  American  war  effort,  all  of  which 
he  denied.  He  stated  that  the  organization  in  the  Southern  California 
region  never  numbered  more  than  400  persons  and  it  was  his  belief  that 
there  were  not  more  than  800  Sinarquista  members  in  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

COMMUNISTS  VERSUS  SINARQUISTAS 

In  order  to  understand  the  subtlety  of  Communist  strategy  in  its 
attack  on  the  Sinarquista  movement  in  California,  it  is  necessary  to 
understand  current  Communist  directives  in  Mexico,  Latin  and  South 
America.  These  directives  and  immediate  objectives  are  boldly  enunci- 
ated in  a  speech  of  Elias  Laferte,  President  of  the  Communist  Party  of 
Chile,  speaking  before  the  Ninth  Congress  of  the  Communist  Party  of 
Mexico  in  Mexico  City,  May  18,  1944.  (See  section  of  this  report  under 
title  "Communist  Strategy  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.") 

The  reader  should  bear  in  mind  that  the  committee,  in  this  part  of  the 
report,  is  more  concerned  with  the  controversy  between  the  Communists 
and  the  Sinarquistas  than  with  the  merit  or  demerit  of  the  Sinarquista 
movement  itself.  Committee  findings  on  the  Sinarquista  movement,  as 
such,  are  hereafter  set  forth. 

Pedro  Villasenor  was  questioned  closely  concerning  Communist 
attacks  upon  the  Sinarquista  movement.  His  testimony  follows  (volume 
XVII,  pp.  4000-4009): 

By  Mr.  Combs : 

Q.  Now,  Mr.  Villasenor,  you  speak  of  having  been  attacked  by 
the  Communists.     Will  you  explain  what  you  mean  by  that  ? 

A.  Yes,  since  some  of  the  fellow  citizens  from  Mexico  came  to  the 
United  States  there  has  been  several  attacks  against  us,  saying  we 
are  fifth  columnists  and  we  are  receiving  money  from  Hitler,  we 
are  organizing  the  gangs,  the  zoot  suiters  on  the  east  side,  that  we 
are  concentrating  to  destroy  the  war  effort  of  the  American  people 
and  so  forth — all  those  things  against  us,  and  I  read  all  those 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  199 

attacks  in  some  magazines — I  don 't  recall  the  names — and  especially 
the  Daily  World. 

Q.  The  People's  Daily  World* 

A.  The  People's  Daily  World  last  year,  and  other  Mexican  Com- 
munist papers  that  come,  like  the  Popular  that  is  printed  in  Mexico. 

Chairman  Tenney :    That  is  a  Communist  paper  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Mr.  Combs :    Q.  Your  organization  was  attacked  in  the  Popular  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Does  Lombardo  Toledano  write  for  the  Popular  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  think  he  does. 

Q.  And  another  magazine  that  is  published  in  Mexico  by  Lom- 
bardo Toledano  is  called  Futeo  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  That  is  a  Communist  publication? 

A.  That 's  a  Communist  publication. 

Q.  Published  by  Lombardo  Toledano? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Have  you  ever  seen  attacks  against  the  Sinarquistas  in  those 
publications  ? 

A.  Yes,  and  some  American  papers,  like  the  Sunday  Times  from 
New  York,  and,  of  course,  the  statement  made  here  by  Mr.  Diaz, 
made  to  the  Times,  I  think  last  October  of  last  year,  the  statement 
made  against  us. 

Q.  Mr.  who  ? 

A.  Mr.  Diaz  (spelling),  D-i-a-z. 

Q.  Do  you  know  a  man  by  the  name  of  Eduardo  Quevedo  ? 

A.  I  know  the  man,  yes. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  he  has  made  any  attacks  on  your 
organization  ? 

A.  No,  I  don't  know. 

Q.  You  don 't  know.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  he  is  a  member 
of  the  Communist  Party  ? 

A.  No,  sir. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  he  is  active  in  doing  things  for  the  Mexi- 
can youth  ? 

A.  I  read  something  about  his  activities. 

Q.  Have  you  seen  the  article  in  Time  Magazine  about  his  activ- 
ities, that  is,  in  today 's  issue  ? 

A.  No. 

Q.  You  haven't  seen  that? 

A.  No. 

Q.  I  hand  you  what  purports  to  be  the  masthead  of  a  newspaper, 
a  photostat,  and  it  is  entitled  '  Special  to  the  Sunday  Worker, '  and 
ask  you  whether  or  not  you  have  ever  seen  this  article?  (Handing 
to  witness.) 

A.  No.  I  haven 't  read  this  article. 

Q.  I  hand  you — 

Chairman  Tenney  (Interrupting)  :    Identify  that  first. 

Mr.  Combs:  Entitled  "Mexico  Sinarquista  Vanguard  of  Hitler," 
first  of  two  articles — "Hitler  Fifth  Column  in  Mexico,"  by  Alfred 


200  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Stelling  of  the  Sunday  Worker,  dated  Mexico  City,  September  22nd, 
1942. 

I  hand  you  another  photostat  of  the  Daily  Worker,  New  York, 
Friday,  April  24th,  1942,  and  call  your  attention  to  an  article 
headed,  ' '  Mexican  Government  call  Sinarquistas  Traitors, ' '  and  ask 
you  if  you  have  seen  that  before?     (Handing  to  witness.) 

A.  I  might  have  read  this  article  in  some  paper,  but  I  don 't  recall 
the  specific  paper. 

Q.  What  is  the  Sunday  Worker,  do  you  know  ? 

A.  No,  I  don't  know. 

Q.  Do  you  know  what  the  Daily  Worker  is  I 

A.  No,  I  haven 't  read  it. 

Q.  The  Daily  Worker,  for  your  information,  is  the  counterpart  of 
the  People's  Daily  World  on  the  Atlantic  Coast,  the  Communist 
newspaper  published  in  New  York. 

A.  I  see. 

Q.  Is  there  a  Sinarquista  movement  in  any  other  country  besides 
Mexico  and  the  United  States  ? 

A.  No  such  thing  as  the  French  Sinarquistas. 

Q.  Is  there  such  a  thing? 

A.  No,  that  is  a  good  laugh  to  the  Sinarquistas  in  Mexico. 

Q.  There  was  never  such  a  movement? 

A.  No. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  a  man  by  the  name  of  Jacques  Ladurie  ? 

A.  No,  sir. 

Q.  Did  you  read  any  place  where  he  was  supposed  to  be  the  chief 
of  the  French  movement  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  think  so. 

Q.  And  appointed  to  the  Laval  cabinet  in  1942? 

A.  I  think  in  some  paper. 

Q.  What  place? 

A.  La  Opinion. 

Q.  Who  publishes  that  paper? 

A.  Mr.  Ignacio  Lozano. 

Q.  I  hand  you  a  clipping  from  Pic,  August,  1942,  entitled, 
"American-Mexicans  ask  New  Deal, "  by  Josephine  Fiero  de  Bright, 
and  ask  you  if  3rou  ever  have  seen  this  article  before. 

A.  No.  I  haven't  read  this  article. 

Q.  Do  you  know  who  the  author  of  it  is? 

A.  I  heard  about  Mrs.  Josephine  de  Bright. 

Q.  What  did  you  hear  about  her? 

A.  The  first  time  I  heard,  there  was  an  article  printed  in  the 
Spanish  magazine  from  the  East,  I  think  Chicago — around  there — 
it  was  printed,  and  I  read  an  article  against  us. 

Q.  Against  you  ? 

A.  Against  us.     That  is  the  first  time  I  heard  about  it. 

Q.  What  kind  of  a  magazine  was  it? 

A.  I  don 't  recall  the  name  of  it. 

Q.  You  don't  know  whether  it  was  a  communistic  publication  or 
not? 

A.  No,  I  don 't  know. 

Q.  You  only 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  201 

A.  (Interrupting)  I  remember  reading  that  article  and  it  say- 
ing she  was  coming  to  California  to  destroy  us. 

Q.  To  destroy  the  Sinarquista  movement? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Did  she  come  to  California  ? 

A.  She  did. 

Q.  When  did  she  arrive  here? 

A.  I  don 't  know. 

Q.  About  how  long  ago  ? 

A.  I  think  that  article  I  read  was  last  year,  sometime  last  year. 

Q.  Last  year.     And  she  is  in  Southern  California  now  ? 

A.  I  don 't  know. 

Q.  You  don't  know  that? 

A.  No. 

Q.  I'd  like  to  read  an  excerpt  from  this  article  into  the  record. 

Chairman  Tenney :  All  right,  go  ahead. 

Mr.  Combs:  This  is  from  page  1,  the  specific  date  is  August  4th, 
1942  (reading)  :  "How  many  of  our  native  Latin  Americans 
speak  English,  they  can  read  only  Spanish,  and  so  never  come  in 
contact  with  many  of  the  facts  about  the  war  and  the  war  effort, 
that  are  every-day  knowledge  to  their  English-reading  brothers. 
Not  only  does  this  keep  them  from  proper  information  as  to  the 
part  they  can  play  in  winning  the  war,  but  it  makes  them  prey 
to  certain  diversionist  and  even  Fascist  groups  in  their  own  midst. 

"One  such  group  is  the  Sinarquista  movement,  a  reputedly 
Fascist  organization  which  has  secured  a  foothold  in  Mexico  itself, 
and  which  is  attempting  to  spread  its  propaganda  to  the  Spanish- 
speaking  people  of  this  nation.  By  using  discrimination  and 
language  difference  as  a  basis,  it  attempts  to  create  among  these 
people  suspicion  and  distrust  of  both  the  United  States  and  the 
Mexican  Governments."  I  ask  this  be  received  as  Exhibit  No.  5 
for  this  witness. 

Chairman  Tennev:  So  ordered.  (Marked  Villasenor  Exhibit 
No.  5.) 

Mr.  Combs:  Q.  Has  your  organization  ever  attempted  to  do 
the  things  that  are  alleged  you  have  done  in  this  article? 

A.  No,  sir. 

Q.  You  are  sure  of  that  ? 

A.  I  am  very  sure  of  that. 

Q.  Has  any  other  movement  in  Southern  California  endeavored 
to  your  knowledge  to  do  the  things  that  are  alleged  in  this  article  ? 

A.  Not  that  I  know  of. 

Q.  You  are  familiar  with  the  activities  of  the  Communist  Party 
in  connection  with  American  youth  ? 

A.  The  only  thing  I  know  is  what  I  read  about  them. 

Q.  You  have  no  first-hand  knowledge  ? 

A.  No. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  a  committee  for  the  defense  of  Mexican- 
American  youth? 


202  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

A.  I  read  about  it. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  or  not  Mrs.  Bright  is  a  member  of  that 
committee  ? 

A.  I  am  not  sure  about  that. 

Q.  There  have  been  some  statements  made,  Mr.  Villasenor,  that 
the  Sinarquista  movement  has  some  connection  with  the  Falangist 
movement  in  Spain.    Is  that  true  ? 

A.  No,  sir,  no  connection  with  no  movement  with  no  party  or  no 
organization  whatever. 

Q.  What  is  the  Falangist  movement  in  Spain? 

A.  I  don 't  know,  sir. 

Q.  I  see. 

A.  (Interrupting)  I  only  heard  something  about  it,  I  only  heard 
about  it,  I  don 't  know  anything  about  it. 

Q.  I  see.  I  now  hand  you  a  pamphlet  entitled,  "The  New  Hope 
of  the  Mexican  People — Synarquism.  A  Complete  Summary  of 
Its  Program  and  Principles."  The  date  on  the  introduction  is 
January  6,  1943.  And  I  ask  you  if  you  have  seen  one  of  those 
before  ?    (Handing  to  witness.) 

A.  Yes,  I  have  got  one  in  my  pocket  right  now. 

Q.  That  is  the  one  you  told  me  you  were  going  to  bring  ? 

A.  That's  right. 

Q.  Does  that  contain  a  full  description  of  the  purposes  of  the 
organization  and  the  motives  of  the  Sinarquista  ? 

A.  That's  true. 

Q.  You  have  read  this  yourself,  have  you  (indicating)  ? 

A.  I  read  it  myself . 

Q.  Who  wrote  this  pamphlet  ? 

A.  I  think  Father  Alcium  Hoebel. 

Q.  And  he  lives  at  Mount  Angel,  Oregon,  does  he  not  I 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Are  you  acquainted  with  him  ? 

A.  I  know  about  him,  but  I  don 't  know  him. 

Q.  Does  he  have  any  official  position  that  you  know  of  ? 

A.  No. 

Q.  Is  he  connected  with  the  church  in  any  way  ? 

A.  I  think  he  is  their  priest. 

Q.  A  Catholic  priest  ? 

A.  A  Catholic  priest. 

■■::■  *  #  *  # 

Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Mr.  Villasenor,  what  was  the  underlying  reason 
for  the  organization  of  the  Sinarquista  movement  in  the  first  place ; 
why  was  it  formed  ? 

A.  In  Mexico? 

Q.  Yes. 

A.  Well,  as  far  as  the  reasons,  we  have  to  make  a  little  history 
about  that.  You  know  Mexico  has  been  the  revolutionary  country 
for  almost  a  hundred  years,  always  been  disorder  in  Mexico.  Every 
president  elected  there  has  to  be  a  revolution — we  all  know  that — 
and  we  never  had  any  order,  we  never  did  have  any  democratic 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  203 

way  of  living  in  Mexico.  Democracy  in  Mexico  is  excluded.  We 
never  knew  what  it  was,  just  in  the  propoganda  of  the  politicos. 
We  never  knew  any  justice  done,  especially  to  the  poor  classes  of 
people.  We  had  some  bad  governments,  they  always  destroyed, 
especially  in  the  religious  way  of  living  of  the  people.  We  knew 
we  had  three  years  of  persecution  of  Mexico,  and  the  people  of 
Mexico  were  tired  of  that  way  of  living,  and  Salvador  Abascal, 
Manuel  Zeremo  and  some  of  the  others  got  together  and  they  decide 
to  start  a  new  organization,  different  from  the  others  that  have 
been  organized  in  Mexico.  So  much  difference  that  even  the  name, 
even  the  tactics  of  working  will  be  different  entirely  from  the  other 
organizations  that  have  ever  been  established  in  Mexico;  and  they 
decide  to  create  the  Sinarquista  movement  there.  They  will  organize 
and  educate  the  people  to  unite  the  country  in  one  ideal ;  that  is,  to 
bring  order  and  peace  and  a  common  good  for  all  the  people  in 
Mexico.  They  thought  that  the  only  way  of  organizing  and  estab- 
lishing the  real  Christian  democratic  Mexico  was  to  unite  the  people 
and  to  unite  they  had  to  fight  in  the  civic  field,  we  might  say — I  'm 
sorry  about  my  English 

Q.    (Interrupting)  It  is  very  good;  it's  all  right. 

A.  (Continuing) — they  knew  they  were  going  to  have  prosecu- 
tion against  them,  many  of  them  will  be  killed,  there  will  be 
assassinations  —  there  has  been  almost  a  hundred  members  of  our 
organization  has  been  assassinated,  including  three  or  four  women 
that  have  been  killed  because  of  working  for  the  movement.  And 
they  knew  all  that  was  going  to  come,  and  they  decide  to  go  and 
organize  the  whole  country,  the  whole  people,  bring  them  together, 
not  with  hate  or  to  destroy  each  other,  but  to  establish  love  among 
the  Mexican  people,  the  doctrine  of  loving  even  the  enemies.  Of 
course,  under  the  religion  the  sentiment  of  the  people  you  know 
99  per  cent  of  the  Mexican  people  is  Catholic,  and  they  saw  all 
that,  and  how  they  had  been  persecuted  and  knocked  around,  and 
the  country  was  full  of  disturbance  and  revolutions  and  disorder 
and  anarchy,  and  they  decide  to  come  out  and  fight. ' ' 

Mr.  R.  E.  Combs,  interrogating  Mr.  Villasenor,  read  several  extracts 
from  various  publications  attacking  the  Sinarquista  group  as  a  subver- 
sive organization.  Among  such  extracts  was  a  passage  from  the  book, 
"Total  Espionage"  by  Curt  Riess  (pp.  236-237)  to  the  effect  that 
"The  German  espionage  system  in  Mexico  used  the  Falange  as  its  pay 
clerk,  especially  to  finance  the  so-called  Sinarquista  movement. ' '  (Com. 
Tr.,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  4020.)  Another  excerpt  was  read  to  the  witness 
(Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  4021)  •  "Question  of  name  aside,  the  Sinar- 
quists  were  a  large  murder  gang,  in  West  and  Central  Mexico,  who 
wage  guerrilla  warfare  against  labor  unions  (which  they  denounced 
as  Communistic)  and  against  persons  to  whom  President  Cardenas 
had  given  land.  They  were  organized  after  the  fuhrer  system,  of 
course.  For  a  time  Manuel  Zeremeno  was  fuhrer.  He  was  succeeded 
by  Salvador  Abascal,  a  friend  of  Birto  Foucher's,  who  had  to  flee  to 


204  UN-AMEEICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Berlin  after  his  plot  failed.  Abascal  gets  plenty  of  money  from  some- 
where, controls  10,000  armed  men,  and  has  the  Sinarquists  organized 
on  a  military  basis  with  an  intelligence  service,  hideouts  and  arms 
caches.  The  Sinarquists  must  be  considered  today  the  most  dangerous 
Fascist  movement  in  Latin  America. ' ' 

Villasenor's  testimony  continued  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol,  XVII,  pp.  4021- 
4023)  : 

By  Mr.  Combs:  Q.  Have  you  ever  seen  that  before,  or  any- 
thing similar? 

A.  No,  I  haven  'fc  read  it. 
Q.  Is  anything  contained  in  the  article  true? 
A.  Absolutely  nothing. 
Q.  It  is  absolutely  false? 

A.  I  was  —  I  am  just  surprised  all  these  people  who  lie  about 
the  movement  over  there. 

Q.  You  know  of  your  own  knowledge  — 

A.  (Interrupting)  I  know  those  facts  are  not  true,  for  the 
Sinarquistas  in  Mexico  have  absolute  orders  not  to  carry  any  knife 
or  gun  or  any  weapon  whatever  in  there.  Whenever  they  are 
attacked  by  force,  by  any  other  group,  they  are  always  defenseless, 
they  cannot  protect  themselves  when  attacked  by  force.  That 
explains  why  almost  100  of  the  people  have  been  killed,  and  none 
of  those  people  have  been  even  injured  by  the  Sinarquistas  in 
Mexico.  Our  people  have  been  killed,  but  none  of  the  other  have 
been  killed,  you  see. 

#     #     #     #     # 

Q.  It  is  your  opinion,  Mr.  Villasenor,  that  most  of  these  attacks 
and  most  of  this  which  you  have  termed  propaganda  against  your 
movement,  is  inspired  from  Communist  sources  ? 

A.   (Nods  head  affirmatively)  —  yes,  sir. 

Q.  Your  movement  is  very  militantly  and  very  aggressively 
anti-Communist  ? 

A.  Yes,  sir ;  absolutely. 

Q.  One  of  the  principal  tenets  of  your  organization 

A.  (Interrupting)  One  of  the  principles  because  the  Communists 
in  Mexico  have  done  very  much  harm  to  the  country.  They  agitate 
the  country,  the  people,  and  it  is  one  of  the  principles  of  the 
Sinarquistas  to  be  against  the  ideas  of  the  Communists. 

Martin  Cabrera  gave  his  occupation  as  a  printer  with  his  business 
located  on  East  12th  Street  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles.  He  stated  that 
he  was  a  Mexican  National  and  had  been  in  Southern  California  since 
1933.  He  had  been  acquainted  with  Pedro  Villasenor  for  about  seven 
years  and  had  met  Salvador  Abascal  in  Los  Angeles  in  1939  or  1940 
when  the  Sinarquista  Jefe  was  in  Southern  California  in  the  interest 
of  the  movement.  He  stated  that  he  had  replaced  Pedro  Villasenor  as 
the  head  of  the  Southern  California  group,  and,  since  April,  1942,  had 
conducted  meetings  of  the  various  units.  Cabrera's  testimony,  in  part, 
follows:   (Com.  Tr.,  Vol,  XVII,  pp.  4045-4050.) 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  205 

Mr.  Combs :  Q.  Is  your  organization  anti-Communist  ? 

A.  Definitely,  yes. 

Q.  Very  much,  isn't  it? 

A.  Very  much,  yes. 

Q.  And  always  has  been? 

A.  Always  has  been. 

Q.  You  have  some  knowledge,  have  you  not,  of  the  activities  of 
the  Communist  Party  among  the  young  Mexican  people  in  Southern 
California  ? 

A.  Well,  the  way  I  see,  they  have  always  been  trying  to 
befriend 

Q.  (Interrupting)  The  Communists  have  always  been  trying  to 
befriend 

A.  (Continuing) — always  tried  to  befriend  the  young  people — in 
fact,  during  the  recent  riots  all  the  Communist  papers  I  have  a  copy 
of  them,  I  brought  just  part,  because  it  says  something  about  us 
being  behind  the  Mexican  boy  gangs. 

Q.  Go  right  ahead  with  your  testimony. 

A.  Well,  the  only  thing  I  can  say  they  befriended  the  young- 
people,  always  trying  to  show  that  they  were  their  friends  and  that 
they  will  help  them  in  every  opportunity  they  have.  I  don't  read 
very  much  of  this  paper  except  when  I  have  time. 

Q.  Does  your  organization  try  to  offset  that  ? 

A.  Well,  our  organization  is  composed  of  men  who  work  for  a 
living.  Anything  that  is  put  in  there,  well,  it 's  donated.  In  fact, 
some  of  our  members  in  order  to  discharge  some  of  their  duties 
have  to  leave  their  work  and  lose  money,  because  they  don't  get 
anything  for  it.  Sometimes  they  even  have  to  pay  for  things  that 
they  have  to  get  in  the  organization. 

Q.  Is  it  your  feeling  that  the  Communist  Party  played  any  part 
in  the  stirring  up  of  the  recent  zoot  suit  controversy  ? 

A.  It  is  almost  a  rule  whenever  they  try  to  put  the  blame  on  some- 
body else,  it  is  a  general  rule,  because  they  have  something  them- 
selves. 

Q.  I  see.    And  have  they  in  this  instance  endeavored  to  do  that  ? 

A.  They  have  always  been  trying  to  put  the  blame  on  the  Sinar- 
quista  's  shoulders. 

Q.  For  this  particular  disturbance  ? 

A.  Yes,  it  says  so  in  the  bottom  of  the  little  article. 

Q.  You  mean  regarding  the  source  of  the  fifth  columnists  ? 

A.  The  fifth  columnists — it  says  there  (indicating). 

Q.  This  is  from  the  People's  Daily  World,  Saturday,  May  29th, 
1943,  page  3,  the  title  of  the  article  is  "Behind  the  Mexican  boy 
gang.  Minority  needs  equal  chance  in  the  war  effort. ' '  The  eighth 
point  in  the  article  reads  (reading)  : 

"The  fifth  column  in  the  Mexican  community,  the  Sinarquista 
movement  must  be  exposed  and  isolated. ' ' 


206  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Below  that  is  another  title  entitled,  "A  source  of  danger."  In 
the  same  paper,  "Sinarquista  metropolitan  press  whitewashes  it." 
(Reading)  : 

' '  The  fledgling  Sinarquista  fifth  column  recently  held  a  convention 
here  at  Eppell  Hall,  830  South  Hicks  Street,  several  hundred  fol- 
lowers attended.  The  Sinarquista  celebrated  the  first  anniversary  of 
the  birth  of  the  organization.  Martin  Cabrera,  head  of  the  regional 
committee,  presided.  Pedro  Villasenor,  Luis  Uranga,  Miguel 
Lequspi  and  Jesus  Arroyo  spoke.  The  Herald  Express  reporting 
the  meeting  said  that  'The  Sinarquista  is  an  anti- Communist  soci- 
ety. '  The  Times  reported  that  it  is  a  Mexican  social  and  civic  organ- 
ization. Neither  newspaper  indicated  that  it  is  a  Fascist  organiza- 
tion, closely  related  to  the  Falange,  whose  headquarters  are  in 
Spain,  and  whose  boss  is  in  Berlin. ' ' 

Q.  How  did  you  happen  to  get  this  copy  ? 

A.  One  of  our  members  happened  to  get  hold  of  it,  and  he  brought 
it  to  me  so  we  can  keep  it  in  our  records.  We  have  other  clippings  of 
papers  in  which  they  always  battle  us,  and  naturally,  we  have  to 
offset  that  somehow,  the  best  way  we  can. 

Q.  Yes.    How  do  you  do  that  ? 

A.  By  verbal  propaganda,  telling  our  members  how  to  act  and 
what  to  do.  Usually  we  recommend  them  to  be  quiet  and  not  stir 
up  any  fights  with  the  opposite  side. 

Q.  You  tell  that  to  your  young  people  ? 

A.  Absolutely. 

Q.  Is  it  your  idea  the  Communists  are  a  good  thing  for  the  young 
Mexicans  ? 

A.  I  don 't  think  so. 

Q.  "Why  don 't  you  think  so  ? 

A.  The  Communist  Party  has  always  been  proven  very  violent, 
and  any  organization  that  stirs  anything  like  that  up,  that  can 't  be 
any  good  to  any  group  of  people  alone. 

Q.  You  say  they  are  very  violent — do  you  mean  by  that  the  Com- 
munist Party  has  agitated  Mexican  youth  in  this  vicinity  to  cause 
trouble  and  to  get  into  difficulty  ? 

A.  I  have  no  proof  of  that,  but  the  way  it  looks  I  think,  yes. 

Q.  You  think  it  has  happened  ? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Why  do  you  think  the  Communist  Party  would  be  interested 
in  doing  that  sort  of  thing,  Mr.  Cabrera  ? 

A.  Well,  simply  because  maybe  that  way  they  serve  their  pur- 
poses. 

Q.  You  mean  in  getting  members  in  their  organization? 

A.  In  getting  members  in  their  organization  and  getting  them  to 
believe  they  are  their  friends,  and  get  them  to  their  side. 

Q.  I  see.  Have  you  any  knowledge  of  the  fact  that  the  Commu- 
nists have  pointed  out  to  the  young  Mexicans  that  they  have  been  dis- 
criminated against  and  subjected  to  prejudice? 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  207 

A.  No,  I  have  no  proof  of  that,  but  I  have  a  definite  attitude  to 
that  fact  that  is  so. 

Q.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  one  of  the  main  principles  of  your  organ- 
ization is  combatting  Communism,  isn  't  that  true  ? 

A.  Combatting  Communism. 

Q.  Have  you  ever  heard  of  a  man  by  the  name  of  Lombardo  Tole- 
dano  in  Mexico  ? 

A.  Very  much  so. 

Q.  Who  is  he? 

A.  The  head  agitator  in  Mexico. 

Q.  In  what  party  ? 

A.  The  Communist  Party. 

Q.  How  do  you  know  that  ? 

A.  Because  all  the  papers  say  a  lot  about  him. 

Q.  About  being  a  Communist  ? 

A.  He  has  always  been  a  Communist. 

Q.  His  first  name  is  Lombardo  ? 

A.  Yes,  I  think  it  is,  I  think  he  is  the  representative  of  the  party 
in  Russia. 

Q.  He  lives  in  Mexico? 

A.  He  lives  in  Mexico. 

Q.  Does  he  write  for  any  publication  in  Mexico  ? 

A.  I  really  don't  know  that. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  see  anything  he  has  written  in  any  publication  ? 

A.  In  his  own. 

Q.  You  were  about  to  say  something. 

A.  In  all  papers;  we  used  to  get  a  paper  here  from  Mexico,  the 
Sinarquista,  and  they  usually  expose  all  his  activities,  every  now 
and  then  our  members  go  there,  and  it  always  says  about  him  he's 
the  principal  agitator  there. 

Q.  Do  you  know  whether  he  had  anything  to  do  with  the  care  of 
the  Loyalist  refugees  from  Communist  Spain  ? 

A.  That  I  think  was  fostered  by  the  Cardenas  government.  In 
fact,  I  think  they  brought  into  Mexico  those  people,  and  it  is  one  of 
the  sources  of  all  this  trouble. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  hear  of  an  organization  known  as  the  Joint  Anti- 
Fascist  Refugee  Committee  ? 

A.  I  never  have,  never  heard  anything  about  that. ' ' 

Many  witnesses  were  called  and  examined  by  the  committee  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Sinarquista  movement.  Villasenor,  Cabrera,  and  the 
officers  and  members  of  Sinarquistas  were  cooperative.  Membership  lists 
were  readily  secured  for  committee  investigators  and  representatives  of 
the  committee  had  no  difficulty  in  attending  the  meetings  of  the  organi- 
zation. Committee  investigators  could  find  nothing  conspiratorial  in 
the  manner  in  which  the  organization  conducted  its  affairs  and  nothing 
was  found  in  the  principals  and  objectives  of  the  organization  indicating 
an  attack  upon  the  Government  of  the  United  States  or  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia.    Representatives  of  the  Catholic  Church  were  interviewed  by 


208  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

committee  representatives  and  it  was  learned  that,  so  far  as  the  Church 
was  concerned,  the  Sinarquista  movement  was  not  considered 
' '  subversive. ' ' 

COMMUNIST  AGITATION   AMONG   NEGRO  CITIZENS 

Le  Roy  R.  Ingram,  Secretary-Manager  of  the  Eastside  Chamber  of 
Commerce  in  Los  Angeles,  testified  (Com.  Tr.,  Vol.  XVIII,  pp.  4258-4301) 
that  the  members  of  his  race  residing  on  the  east  side  of  the  City  of  Los 
Angeles  had  been  apprehensive  for  many  months  of  possible  racial  dis- 
turbances. He  believed  that  the  same  forces  agitating  the  Mexican 
population  were  at  work  in  the  Negro  sections  of  Los  Angeles.  He 
stated  that  the  Communist  Party  had,  for  several  years,  carried  on  an 
agitational  program  among  the  Negro  citizenry  as  it  had  among  the 
Mexican  youth  of  the  city.  He  declared  that  the  Communist  Party  was 
constantly  attempting  to  place  their  members  in  the  Eastside  Chamber 
of  Commerce,  which  is  a  conservative,  anti-Communist  organization  of 
colored  people.  Mr.  Ingram  stated  that  his  organization  had  presented 
an  anti-discrimination  bill  to  the  State  Legislature  in  1943  and  had  been 
advised  by  Guy  T.  Nunn,  an  official  with  the  Minority  Division  of  the 
Manpower  Commission,  and  who  was,  as  heretofore  noted,  one  of  the 
sponsors  of  the  Citizens'  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- Ameri- 
can Youth,  to  contact  an  attorney  in  San  Francisco  by  the  name  of  Aubrey 
Grossman.  Aubrey  Grossman  has  a  long  record  of  Communist  front 
affiliations  and  has  long  been  identified  with  the  defense  of  members  of 
the  Communist  Party.  Mr.  Ingram  testified  that  Mr.  Nunn  had  sug- 
gested that  Josephine  Bright,  another  sponsor  for  the  Committee  for  the 
Defense  of  Mexican- American  Youth,  also  be  contacted. 

Mr.  Ingram  testified  that  he  had  known  Charlotta  Bass,  owner  and 
publisher  of  the  "California  Eagle,"  for  a  number  of  years,  and  stated 
that,  prior  to  the  death  of  J.  H.  Bass,  Charlotta  Bass'  husband,  the  news- 
paper was  conservative  in  character.  There  was  little  change  in  the 
newspaper  after  the  death  of  J.  H.  Bass,  until  about  the  end  of  1941,  when 
it  suddenly  became  quite  radical.  Ingram  stated  that  Mrs.  Bass  had 
interested  herself  in  various  Communist-front  organizations  and  that  her 
newspaper  now  carried  the  same  type  of  material  as  appeared  in  the 
"People's  Daily  World."  He  was  very  positive  in  his  belief  that  the 
"California  Eagle"  had  played  a  vital  role  in  stirring  up  Negro  and 
Mexican  minorities  by  constantly  declaring  that  both  the  Negro  and 
Mexican  population  were  being  discriminated  against  and  subjected  to 
unfair  treatment  and  police  brutality. 

R.  G.  LaMar,  Field  Secretary  of  the  Eastside  Chamber  of  Commerce, 
testified  that  he  had  organized  the  chamber  about  six  years  before  and 
that  it  had  been  the  one  organization  in  the  colored  district  that  had  been 
active  in  attempting  to  offset  the  constant  efforts  of  the  Communist  Party 
in  dominating  the  Negro  population  of  east  side  Los  Angeles.  It  was 
his  opinion  that  the  National  Negro  Conference  and  the  National  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Advancement  of  Colored  People  had  been  infiltrated  by 
Communist  Party  members  to  such  an  extent  that  these  organizations 
were  presently  little  more  than  Communist  fronts. 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  209 

Mr.  Ingram  and  Mr.  LaMar  displayed  an  unusual  knowledge  of  Com- 
munist technique. 

FINDINGS 

The  members  of  the  Committee  believe  that  the  investigation  of  the 
"zoot-suit"  riots  in  Los  Angeles  resulted  in  exposing  Communist  tech- 
nique in  fomenting  racial  prejudices  and  antagonisms.  Vicious  agita- 
tion, subtle  conspiratorial  intrigue,  adroit  manipulation  of  human 
relationships,  skillful  play  upon  prejudices  and  antagonisms — that  is 
the  devilish  pattern  woven  by  revolutionary  Marxists  as  revealed  by  the 
Committee's  "zoot-suit"  investigations.  Disrespect  for  law  and  order, 
and  for  the  economic  system  it  protects,  is  interwoven  carefully  through- 
out. Rearing  its  ugly  head  in  sneering  triumph  over  the  havoc  it  has 
wrought  is  the  monster  who  prepared  and  spread  the  poison — now 
posing  as  the  champion  of  those  it  victimized. 

Reports  of  Communist  activity  among  the  Negro  population  of  Cali- 
fornia, particularly  in  the  Los  Angeles  area,  indicate  a  similar  program 
of  racial  agitation.  Informed  Negro  citizens,  such  as  Leroy  Ingram  and 
R.  G.  LaMar,  are  keenly  aware  of  the  situation  and  they  are  considerably 
alarmed  over  it.  The  Committee  finds  that  the  Communists  will  continue 
to  foment  racial  strife  and  violence.  They  will,  so  far  as  possible,  conceal 
their  hand  in  the  agitational  process.  They  will  take  advantage  of  every 
event,  exploit  discrimination  and  antagonisms  where  they  exist,  invent 
them  where  they  do  not  exist  and  magnify  and  balloon  trifles  into  moun- 
tains. The  "zoot-suit"  riots  will  not  be  the  last  racial  disturbances 
in  California  if  the  Communists  are  successful  in  their  program.  It  is 
Marxian  dialectic  applied  with  Machiavellian  subtleties. 

The  Committee  finds  that  the  Sinarquista  organization  is  composed 
mostly  of  Mexican  Nationals  and  that  it  is  governed  by  a  leader  and  a 
central  committee  in  a  foreign  country,  Mexico. 

The  Committee  is  convinced  that  the  Sinarquistas  had  nothing  to  do 
whatever  with  the  agitation  and  fomenting  of  the  "zoot-suit"  disturb- 
ances in  Los  Angeles.  The  evidence  clearly  indicates  that  the  Com- 
munist Party  selected  this  organization  for  the  public  spotlight  as  it 
went  about  its  vicious  work  creating  a  Mexican  ' '  minority ' '  in  California. 

The  Committee  is  not  in  possession  of  any  additional  facts  upon  which 
it  might  modify  its  1943  findings  on  the  Sinarquista  movement.  While 
it  has  many  of  the  aspects  of  authoritarianism  and  much  of  the  trappings 
of  modern  totalitarian  movements,  it  is  definitely  Mexican  in  character 
and  concerned  wholly  with  Mexico  and  Mexicans.  Its  leaders  are 
undoubtedly  aware  of  the  program  of  the  Communist  Party  in  its  attack 
on  both  the  Government  and  the  Catholic  Church,  as  set  forth  in  the 
speech  of  Senator  Elias  Laferte,  and,  because  of  the  struggle  between 
the  Church  and  atheistic  revolutionary  Communism,  the  Sinarquistas 
are,  at  this  time,  the  particular  target  of  the  Communists  both  in  Mexico 
and  in  the  United  States. 

The  speech  of  Senator  Elias  Leferte  clearly  states  the  position  and 
policy  of  the  Communist  Party  in  this  hemisphere.  The  Sinarquistas 
are  avowedly  intensely  religious  and  adherents  of  the  Roman  Catholic 


210  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES  IN    CALIFORNIA 

faith.  Senator  Laferte,  as  a  Communist  spokesman,  set  the  destruction 
of  Roman  Catholicism  among  Mexicans  and  Latin-Americans  as  the  first 
task  for  the  Communists.  The  members  of  the  Sinarquistas  have  been 
most  aggressive  in  resisting  the  efforts  of  the  Communist  Party  in  the 
Republic  of  Mexico.  These  are  a  few  of  the  reasons  why  the  Communist 
Party  in  California  attempted  to  lay  the  blame  for  the  ' '  zoot-suit ' '  riots 
at  the  door  of  the  Sinarquistas. 

The  Committee  finds  that  the  Communist  publication,  "The  People's 
Daily  World",  the  "California  Eagle"  and  Al  Waxman's  "East side 
Journal"  played  an  important  part  in  the  agitation  of  the  Mexican 
Pachucos,  both  in  preparing  for  the  riots  and  in  keeping  the  issue 
alive  when  the  violence  had  ceased.  The  similarity  of  the  campaign 
in  these  publications  is  not  explained  as  being  merely  coincidental. 

The  Committee  finds  that  the  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American  Youth  is  a  Communist-inspired  and  dominated  organization. 

The  Committee  finds  that  there  was  no  police  brutality  in  the  handling 
of  the  "zoot-suit"  disturbances.  It  finds,  to  the  contrary,  that  members 
of  the  Los  Angeles  police  force  and  sheriff's  office  were,  in  the  per- 
formance of  their  duty,  seriously  injured,  killed,  ambushed  and  beaten. 

10 
CONCLUSION 

As  the  hooked  cross  of  Nazi  Germany  is  pounded  into  the  dust  by  the 
forward  march  of  allied  armies,  the  shadow  of  the  hammer  and  sickle 
of  Russian  Communism  falls  across  a  devastated,  war-torn  Europe. 
Tito  dominates  Yugoslavia.  Ercoli  is  back  in  Italy.  Thorez  has 
returned  to  France.  The  Communists  of  Greece,  Holland  and  Belgium 
are  organizing.  A  Moscow-dominated  "Free  Germany  Committee" 
awaits  Stalin's  orders.  A  "Free  Polish  Committee",  Communist- 
inspired  and  dominated,  is  taking  over  Poland.  Latvia,  Estonia  and 
Lithuania  are  being  reannexed  to  the  Soviet  Union.  Every  anti- 
Communist  is  being  liquidated  by  the  Communists  as  a  "Fascist." 
Stalin  will  not  permit  an  "anti-Communist"  or  unfriendly  government 
to  exist  in  postwar  Europe.  The  shadow  creeps  across  India,  inner 
Mongolia  and  into  struggling  China. 

Can  we  depend  on  international  pacts  ?  A  10-year  non-aggression  pact 
between  the  U.  S.  S.  R.  and  Poland  was  signed  on  July  25,  1932,  and 
extended  for  10  years  May  5,  1935.  Soviet  troops  invaded  Poland  Sep- 
tember 17,  1939.  Non-aggression  pacts  were  solemnly  signed  between 
the  U.  S.  S.  R.,  Latvia,  Estonia  and  Lithuania.  All  of  these  pacts  were 
violated  by  an  invasion  of  these  countries  by  Soviet  troops  while  the  pacts 
were  in  full  force  and  effect.  Soviet  troops  invaded  Latvia  June  17,  1940. 
The  Estonian  border  was  crossed  by  Soviet  troops  June  17, 1940.  Lithu- 
ania was  invaded  by  Soviet  troops  June  15, 1940.  A  non-aggression  pact 
with  Finland  was  extended  for  10  years  April  7,  1934.  Soviet  troops 
invaded  Finland  November  29,  1939. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  the  Soviet  Union,  together  with  Estonia, 
Latvia,  Poland,  Iran,  Roumania  and  Finland  defined  "aggression"  as 
including  an  invasion  by  armed  forces  or  an  attack  by  any  type  of  armed 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  211 

forces  with  or  without  a  declaration  of  war.  Pacts  with  Estonia,  Latvia, 
Poland,  Iran  and  Roumania  under  this  definition  of  "aggression"  were 
signed  July  3,  1933.  Similar  documents  were  signed  between  the  Soviet 
Union  and  Lithuania  on  July  5,  1933,  and  with  Finland  July  23,  1933. 
Soviet  troops  invaded  Roumania  June  28,  1940. 

The  address  of  Senator  Elias  Laferte  before  the  Ninth  Congress  of  the 
Communist  Party  of  Mexico  boldly  announces  the  Communist  plan  for 
domination  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  The  attack  on  religion  and 
Democratic  institutions  is  to  continue  with  increased  vigor.  The  Com- 
munist plan  for  the  conquest  of  the  Americas  is  a  clear  challenge.  Senator 
Laferte  speaks  clearly  and  positively  of  Communist  objectives  and  the 
establishment  of  American  Soviets.  The  closing  words  of  Communist 
Laferte  are  important : 

' '  In  this  manner,  little  by  little,  we  shall  infiltrate  our  theories  of 
positivism  and  individual  and  collective  economy  in  order  that  the 
new  generations  will  consider  that  all  these  religions  are  no  more 
than  garbage,  that  must  be  cleared  away  as  soon  as  possible  in  order 
to  permit  a  better  life.  It  is  suitable  then,  comrades,  that  we  keep 
in  mind  these  orientations  in  order  that  when  you  return  to  your 
zones,  you  may  give  instructions  to  your  units  on  the  form  of  com- 
batting the  power  of  the  Catholic  Church,  assisting  the  rest;  and 
that  you  may  prepare  yourselves  for  the  crusade  which  must  carry  us 
to  triumph.  The  road  of  salvation  of  Mexico  only  has  one  sure  road. 
Let  us  prepare  ourselves  for  Mexico  and  Latin  America  to  be  ready 
to  play  a  dominant  role  in  the  future  Communist  conquest  of  the 
world.  From  this  nation  let  there  go  out  the  conquerors  to  other 
countries  less  prepared.  Let  Mexico  convert  herself  into  a  centrif- 
ugal force  for  all  the  continent ;  let  Mexico  be  the  country  of  freedom 
with  the  proletariat  and  the  American  Soviet.  Let  us  launch  from 
here  the  first  shout  of  freedom,  and  on  hearing  this  battle  cry,  the 
stirring  voice  of  our  people,  all  the  other  peoples  of  America  may 
run  immediately,  raising  very  high  the  red  and  black  banner  of 
social  revindication.  Our  work  is  to  aid,  to  aid  more  and  more  all 
those  in  the  Americas  who  fight  for  our  Cause,  to  integrate  all 
their  forces  to  the  contribution  of  the  struggle ;  to  organize  a  great 
political  movement  of  unity,  which  consolidated  with  the  struggle 
of  the  people  and  the  Communist  Patriots,  faithful  to  the  Father- 
land of  the  World  Proletariat,  faithful  to  the  U.  8.  S.  B.,  will  impel 
us  to  draw  us  to  the  glorious,  happy  day  which  is  about  to  arrive ; 
the  radiant  day  of  liberation  for  all  the  world  which  will  arrive  with 
the  overthrow  of  capitalism. ' ' 

The  "sharp  turns"  and  flexibility  of  Communist  strategy  demands 
eternal  vigilance  on  the  part  of  those  who  wish  to  preserve  our  Democratic 
form  of  government.  The  coming  seventh  period  of  Communist  strategy 
will  be  a  critical  period  for  the  United  States.  The  violent  and  forceful 
overthrow  of  the  Government  will  be  decreed  when  Communist  generals 
believe  that  the  body  politic  has  been  sufficiently  penetrated  and 
weakened. 

Part  of  the  Communist  "softening  up"  process  is  its  campaign  of 
vilification  against  State  Legislatures  and  the  Congress  of  the  United 


212  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

States.  The  C.  I.  0.  Political  Action  Committee  has  replaced  the  Com- 
munist Party  as  a  political  power.  It  is  well  organized  and  Communists 
are  in  key  spots  throughout  the  organization.  Earl  Browder  and  the 
hierarchy  of  Communist  Party  "brains"  are  directing  this  thoroughly 
regimented  political  organization.  It  should  be  needless  to  state  that  this 
direction  is  not  for  the  welfare  of  the  United  States,  but  for  its 
destruction. 

The  close  of  the  war  will  bring  new  Communist  onslaughts  on  State 
Legislatures  and  on  the  Congress  of  the  United  States.  Every  effort  will 
be  made  to  elect  Marxists  or  Communist  fellow-travelers  to  Legislative 
offices  in  the  elections  to  come.  Proposals  will  be  continually  introduced 
in  the  Legislature  designed  to  destroy  the  economic  and  social  structure 
of  the  State  and  Nation. 

The  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  and  other  National  and  State 
agencies  are  powerless  to  curb  the  activities  and  machinations  of  the 
Communist  Party.  These  agencies  are  only  effective  after  a  crime  has 
been  actually  committed.  They  are  powerless  to  stop  the  continuous 
sabotage  and  destruction  of  the  under-structure  of  our  form  of  govern- 
ment. Violence  will  not  come  until  the  complete  structure  of  our  eco- 
nomics, our  social  order  and  our  Government  are  undermined  and  weak- 
ened.   It  will  then  be  too  late. 

Subversive  elements  hide  behind  the  Bill  of  Rights  like  a  kidnapper 
hides  behind  his  victim  when  surrounded  by  an  armed  posse.  Legislation 
directed  at  subversive  individuals  and  organizations  invariably  injure 
innocent  by-standers.  The  flexibility  of  Marxian  strategy  is  such  that  its 
devotees  are  enabled  to  side-step  legislation  aimed  at  their  practices.  The 
Voorhis  Act  of  1940,  calling  for  the  registration  of  all  individuals  owing 
allegiance  to  a  foreign  country  or  ism  was  easily  evaded  by  the  Commu- 
nist Party  of  the  United  States  in  ' '  disaffiliating ' '  with  the  Third  Com- 
munist International.  They  evade  laws  aimed  at  their  activities  with  the 
agility  of  a  flea  eluding  capture  in  a  blanket. 

Exposure  and  publicity  are  the  two  things  that  subversives  can  not 
endure.  They  "wither  away,"  like  Marx's  imaginary  last  state,  in  an 
informed  community.  The  public  must  be  educated  concerning  Co.mmu- 
nist  ideology  and  Legislative  bodies  and  public  officials  must  make  it  a 
patriotic  duty  to  study  and  understand  the  falsity,  the  brutality  and  the 
ultimate  aims  of  Communism. 

The  committee  recommends  that  the  Joint  Fact-Finding  Committee  on 
Un-American  Activities  in  California  be  continued.  The  subversive 
character  of  the  individuals  and  organizations  crying  for  the  discontinu- 
ance of  the  committee  is  the  best  evidence  of  the  necessity  for  its  con- 
tinuation. 


Respectfully  submitted. 


Jack  B.  Tenney,  Chairman 

Hugh  M.  Burns 

Nelson  S.  Dilworth 

Jesse  Randolph  Kellems,  Ph.D. 

Randal  F.  Dickey. 


INDEX 

A 

Page 

ABASCAL,  SALVADOR— Founding  of  Sinarquista  Movement  by 197 

AIDLIN,  JOSEPH  W.— 

endorser  of  Pro- War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 139 

ALGREN,  NELSON— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

ALLARD,    JOHN — member   of   Provisional    Committee,    People's    Educational 

Center   137 

ALLEN,  FAY— 

endorser  of  Pro- War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

other  activities  of 139 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

AMERICAN  LEGION— 

assistance  given  committee  by 6 

opposing  Tulelake  as  center  for  disloyal  Japanese 58 

AMERICAN   NEWSPAPER    GUILD— listed   as   participating   in    Hollywood 

Writers  Mobilization 117 

AMERICAN  PRO-JAPANESE   ORGANIZATIONS— civil  liberties  of  Nisei, 

primary  concern  of 62 

AMERICAN  WRITERS'  CONGRESS— 

affiliation  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 120 

communistic  character  of 122 

effect  of  war  on 128 

favorable  expressions  re 122-124 

list  of  persons  signing  first  call  for 121 

list  of  persons  signing  third  call  for 127 

photostatic  copy  of  proceedings  of,  in  possession  of  committee 121 

report  of  investigation  by  Attorney  General  Francis  Biddle  of 134 

ANDERSON,  RAY — testimony  of,  re  Hawaiian  Constructors 20 

ANTI-DEFAMATION  LEAGUE— assistance  given  committee  by 6 

APPEL,  BENJAMIN — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

ARLT,  GUSTAVE — member  of  Writers'  Congress  Advisory  Committee 116 

ARMENZA,  JESSIE — sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American  Youth 182 

ARMSTRONG,  ARNOLD  B.— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

ARVIN,  NEWTON— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

ASCH,  NATHAN — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

ASSEMBLY  CONCURRENT  RESOLUTION  NO.  59— 

committee  appointed  pursuant  to 5 

power  vested  in  committee  by 5 

ASSIGNMENT  TO  BERLIN— Flannery,  Harry  W.,  author  of 15,     17 

AUSTIN,  R.  G. — asks  assistance  in  locating  wife  interested  in  Mankind  United 45 

AVERY,  R.  S. — member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

B 

BAKUNIN,  MICHAEL — excerpt  from  writings  of,  re  Karl  Marx 68 

BARBUSSE,  HENRI — honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation..  119 
BASS,  CHARLOTTA— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

Ingram  Le  Roy  testimony  re 208 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 1S2 

testimony  of,  re  Communist  activities 185 

(213) 


214  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Page 
BASSHE,  EMJO — among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of 

Revolutionary  Writers 119 

BEIN,  ALBERT — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

BELL,  ARTHUR— 

affidavit  of  Samuel  N.  Ebb  re *43 

believed  possessed  of  strange  powers,  by  followers  of 32,     33 

creator  of  Mankind  United 32 

difficulty  with  labor  unions 43 

extensive  property  purchases  of 34 

indicted,    sentenced    33 

lack  of  knowledge  of,  re  Bible : 40 

sole  authority  of  Mankind  United  vested  in 39 

testimony  of,   re   religious  knowledge 40-43 

BELL,  MRS.  RUBY— 

as  trustee  for  Christ's  Church  of  the  Golden  Rule 38 

testimony  of — 

re  activities  of  husband 38 

re  property   holdings 35-38,  39-40 

BEMIS,  GRAY— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 140 

BEMIS,    GREGG — sponsor   of   Citizens    Committee   for   Defense    of   Mexican- 
American  Youth 182 

BENJAMIN,  NORA — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

BERNE,  LOUIS  ALAN— member  of  National  Executive  Board  C.  I.  O 147 

BERNSTEIN,  ALINE— listed  as  signer  of  call  for  third  American   Writers' 

Congress    127 

BEST,  RAYMOND— 

as  director  of  Tulelake 55 

imprisoned  by  Tulelake  Japanese 56 

BIDDLE,  ATTORNEY  GENERAL  FRANCIS— 

conference  with  Jack  B.  Tenney,  re  Rohl  case 30 

report  of  investigation  by,  re  Communist  writers'  organizations 134 

BIRD,  DICK — attorney  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 175 

BLACKWELL,  JUANITA— affidavit  of,  re  Plack-Rohl  relationship 15 

BLANKFORT,  MICHAEI^member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American 

Writers    126 

BLOWITZ,  BILL — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

BLUHM,  WILLIAM — member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

BODENHEIM,  MAXWELL— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

BOLSHEVISM— applied  to  Marxian  theories 83 

BOYD,  THOMAS— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

BRADLEY,    GEORGE— member    of    Provisional    Committee,    People's    Educa- 
tional Center 137 

BRAND,  MILLEN — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

BRASHER,  VANCE— testimony  of,  re  Pachucos 169-171 

BREUER,  BESSIE— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

BREWSTER,   DOROTHY— signer  of  call  for   third  American   Writers'   Con- 
gress   127 

BRIDGES,  HARRY— 

Communist  activities  of 195, 196 

member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 147 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

BRIGHT,  JOHN— 

other  activities  of 193 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 182 

BRIGHT,  JOSEPHINE— Communist  activities  of 193 

BROMFIELD,  LOUIS — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

BROOKS,  VAN  WYCH— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  215 

BROWDER,  CARL—  Page 

instructions  of,  to  Communist  Party 155 

power  of,  in  Workers'  Schools 136 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

BROWDER,  EARL— 
statement  by — 

re  American  Writers'  Congress 123 

re  Communist  textbook 154 

BROWN,  BOB — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

BROWN,   STERLING— member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American 

Writers   126 

BUCHMAN,  SIDNEY— 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 117 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

BURKE,  E.  F.— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 148 

BURKE,  FIELDING— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

BURKE,  KENNETH— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

BURNS,  HUGH  M. — appointed  member  of  committee 5 

BUSHIDO— 

definition  of   49 

code  of  permits  deceit  and  treachery 52 

C 

CABRERA,  MARTIN— testimony  of,  re  Linarquista  movement 205-207 

CALDECOTT,  REV.  ERNEST— as  pastor  of  Los  Angeles  Unitarian  Church—  143 
CALDWELL,  ERSKINE— 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

testimony  of  Clyde  Shoemaker  re 178-180 

CALLAHAN,    W.    E.,    CONSTRUCTION    COMPANY— re    installations   near 

Pearl  Harbor 18 

CALMER,  ALAN— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

CANTWELL,  ROBERT— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

CAPITALISM— 

accepted  by  Utopians 71 

definition   of   70 

CARDONA,  ROGER — sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American   Youth   183 

CARLISLE,   HARRY — member  of  National   Council   of   League   of  American 

Writers    126 

CARMON,  WALTER — tested  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International 

Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

CARP,  SAM — head  of  Carp  Export  and  Import  Company 104 

CARROLL,  R.  G.— 

activities  with  Arthur  Bell,  cited 33,    34 

testimony  of,  re  Arthur  Bell 34 

CASE,  FOX — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

CAYTON,  REVELS— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 140 

CHAMBERS,  WHITAKER— listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  Inter- 
national Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

CHAPIN,  KATHERINE  G.— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Con- 
gress      127 


216  UN-AMEEICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

CHAPMAN,  RUBY  V.—  Page 

maiden  name  used  by  Mrs.  Ruby  Bell 35 

property  of  Arthur  Bell,  purchased  in  name  of 34 

CHEVALIER,  HAAKON— active  in  Pacific  Coast  branch  of  League  of  Amer- 
ican   Writers    128 

CHRISTENSEN,  PARLEY  PARKER— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 140 

statement  of  re  People's  Daily  World 140 

CHRISTOPHER,  C.  L  —  testimony  of,  re  zoot-suiter  riots 165-167 

CHRIST'S  CHURCH  OF  THE  GOLDEN  RULE— 

cited  as  unit  of  Mankind  United 39 

incorporated  by  Arthur  Bell 33 

Mrs.  Ruby  Bell,  as  trustee  for 38 

teachings  of 40-43 

C.  I.  O.  NATIONAL  EXECUTIVE  BOARD— list  of  minority  dominating 147 

C.  I.  O.  POLITICAL  ACTION  COMMITTEE— 

appointed  of  leaders  of 148 

background  work  preparatory  to  formation  of 151 

creation  of,  as  front  for  Communist  Party 147 

report  of  R.  E.  Combs  re 147-159 

Sidney  Hillman,  as  leader  of 147 

strength  of,  in  elections 159 

CITIZENS    COMMITTEE    FOR    DEFENSE    OF    MEXICAN-AMERICAN 
YOUTH— 

excerpt  from  pamphlet  distributed  by 183 

list  of   sponsors   of 182-183 

sponsorship  of,  by  Communist  Party 182 

testimony  of  George  Contreras  re 184 

CLAY,  EUGENE— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

statement  by,  re  /  Have  Seen  Black  Hands 124 

CLAYTON,  REVELS— 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

other  activities  of 196 

CLINE,  MINNABELL — sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American   Youth   182 

CLINE,  PAUL — principal  speaker  at  Pro-War  Conference 143 

CLURMAN,  HAROLD — member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American 

Writers    126 

COATES,  ROBERT— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

COBB,  HUMPHREY— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

COHEE,  JOHN— 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

other  activities  of 196 

COHEN,  LESTER— 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

COLBY,  MERLE — member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers  126 

COLLINS,  RICHARD— 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other    activities    of 117 

COMBS,  R.  E.— 

appointed  chief  investigator  of  committee 6 

report  of,  re  C.  I.  O.  Political  Action  Committee 147-159 

COMINGORE,  DOROTHY— sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mex- 
ican-American Youth   182 

COMINTERN— 

creation  of 83,     85 

establishment  of,  as  foundation  of  Communist  Party 146 

testimony  of  Jack  Moore  re 153 

COMMITTEE  FOR  DEFENSE  OF  MEXICAN-AMERICAN  YOUTH— 

sponsors  of 184,  185,  193,  195 

testimony  of  Mrs.  La  Rue  McCormick  re 184 

COMMONWEALTH  OF  OCEANA— theme  of,  cited 71 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  217 

COMMUNISM—                                                                                                                   Page 
beliefs  of 89 

ethics  of  74 

findings  of  committee,  re 66 

in  Western  Hemisphere,  address  of  Laferte  re 105-115 

objectives  of,   unchanged 6 

philosophy  of 68 

policy  of,  on  Japanese 59 

statement  of  J.  Edgar  Hoover  re_ 67 

'three  steps  to 1 86 

COMMUNIST  MANIFESTO— 

proletariat  regards,  as  bible 80 

quotations  from 80-  82 

COMMUNIST  PARTY— 

activities  of,  in  Western  Hemisphere 103 

activities  of  members  of  in  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-Ameri- 
can  Youth   182,  183 

agitation  among  Negro  population  by 208 

aid  given  to  founding  of,  by  John  Reed 86,     87 

attack  at  Pearl  Harbor  gives  impetus  to 130 

attacks  upon  Sinarquista  Movement  by_ 198-201 

attitude  of,  re  United  States  entering  war 90 

change  in  policies  of,  due  to  war 128,  129 

C.  I.  O.  Political  Action  Committee  as  front  for 147 

committee  to  investigate  activities  of 5 

control  commissions  of 89 

controlled  by  Comintern 85 

disaffiliation  of,  with  Comintern 79 

discipline  of  members  of  by  control  commissions 89 

domination  of  labor  unions  by 158 

early  days  of,  in  United  States 88,     89 

effect  of  propaganda  by,  on  legislatures 158,  159 

history  of  writers'  organizations  of 118-119 

infiltration  of  members  of,  into  State  government 99 

influence  of  Marx  interpretation  of  history  on 97 

instructions  of  Earl  Browder  to 155 

interest  of,  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 174 

iron  control  over  members  of 89 

lack  of  prestige  of,  in  United  States 147 

legal  and  illegal  organizations  of 91 

name  changing  of  organizations  of 102 

name  of,  changed  to  Communist  Political  Association 103 

organizing  of,  assisted  by  C.  A.  K.  Martens 87 

organizations    sponsored    by 88 

outgrowth  of  Russian  revolution 86 

People's  Educational  Center  as  propaganda  school  of 136 

political  beginnings  of 146 

postwar   strategy   of 97-100 

press   publications   representing 138-143 

propaganda  agencies  of 97 

report  of  Peace  Officers  Association  re 91-  93 

Sinarquistas  Movement  discussed  in  press  of 172-174 

testimony  of  Jack  Moore  re 153 

Unitarian  Church  used  as  meeting  place 143 

William  Schneiderman  testimony,  re 93-  97 

youth  movements  of,  duplicates  of  Russia's 88 

COMMUNIST  PARTY  TEXTBOOK— 

excerpt  from,  re  regimentation  of  labor 155 

publishing  of,  by   Soviet  Commission 97 

statement  by  Earl  Browder  re 154 

COMMUNIST    POLITICAL    ASSOCIATION— name    of    Communist    Party 

changed  to  „„„ 102,  103 


218  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

COMMUNIST,  THE—  Page 

excerpt  from — 

re  C.  I.  O 157 

re  postwar  policy 98 

CONNELLY,   DOROTHY— listed  as   endorser  of  Pro-War  Press   Conference, 

People's  Daily  World 139 

CONNELLY,  MARC— 

activities  of,  in  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization 130 

announcement  by,  as  co-chairman,  of  Writers'  Congress 115 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

testimony  of,  re  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization 131 

CONNELLY,  PHILIP  M.— 

member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action  Committee 148 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

other  activities  of 137 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 182 

testimony  of,  re  zoot-suit  disturbances 184 

CONNOLLY,  THOMAS  E.— 

as  partner  of  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl , 7 

consummated  contract  for  Army  installations  near  Pearl  Harbor IS 

CONROY,  JACK— 

announcement  by,  re  nomination  of  officers  of  League  of  American  Writers 125 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signers  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

CONTRERAS,  GEORGE— 
testimony  of — 

re  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 184 

re  Mexican  gangs 162 

re  Wilcox  Building 183 

re  zoot-suiters 188 

CONWAY,  JERRY — member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

COOK,    O.   W.   E. — member   of   Provisional    Committee,    People's   Educational 

Center    137 

CORONA,   BERT — sponsor   of   Citizens   Committee   for   Defense   of   Mexican- 
American  Youth 182 

CORONA,   FRANK — endorser  of   Pro-War   Press   Conference,   People's  Daily 

World 139 

COSTELLO,  JOHN— defeat  of,  accomplished  by  C.  I.  O.  Political  Action  Com- 
mittee   159 

COVETTE,  THOMAS  L.— assisted  committee  in  special  work 6 

COWLEY,  MALCOLM— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

CROUSE,  E.  J.— as  owner  of  yacht  Martin 11 

CURRAN,  JOSEPH— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 148 

D 

DAHLBERG,  EDWARD— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

DAILY  WORKER — testimony  of  John  Howard  Lawson  re 133 

DALRYMPLE,   SHERMAN— appointed  assistant  to   Sidney  Hillman 148 

DAUGHERTY,  JAMES— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 140 

DAVIS,  FRANK  C— 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  Peoples  Educational  Center 137 

other  activities  of 137 

DAWSON,  ERNEST— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 140 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  219 

Page 
DAT,  JOHN  WARREN — sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American   Youth   195 

DECLARATION  OF  INDEPENDENCE— excerpt  from 69 

DEMOCRACY— 

Declaration  of  Independence  re 69 

definition  of 69,  70 

DEMOCRATIC  CENTRALISM — as  function  of  Communist  organizations 90 

De  WITT,  JOHN  L. — evacuation  of  Japanese  ordered  by 45 

DICKEY,  RANDAL  F. — appointed  member  of  committee 5 

DILLON,  GEORGE — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

DILWORTH,  NELSON  S. — appointed  member  of  committee 5 

DOS  PASSOS,  JOHN— 

honorary   Presidium   of  Workers'   Cultural   Federation 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

DOZIER,  WILLIAM — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

DRAPER,  MURIEL — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

DREISER,  THEODORE— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

other  activities  of 141 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

DUNHAM,  HARRISON  M.— attorney  employed  by  Arthur  Bell 33 

DUNNE,  PHILIP — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

DUNNE,  WILLIAM  F. — excerpt  from  The  Great  San  Francisco  General  Strike, 

by   156 

E 
EASTMAN,  MAX— 

excerpt  from  writings  of,  re  Marxism 74,  76,  79 

statement  of,  re  socialist  state 84 

ECKERT,  KENNETH — endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily 

World 139 

EHRLICH,  LEONARD — member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American 

Writers    126 

EIDSATH,   REV.   MARTIN   S.— member  of  Provisional   Committee,   Peoples' 

Educational    Center    137 

ELLIS,  FRED— 

American  delegate  to  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

EMSPAK,  JULIUS— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 147 

ENDORE,  GUY— 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

ENGELS,  FRIEDRICK— 

as  friend  of  Karl  Marx 69 

co-author  of  Communist  Manifesto 80 

ERICSON,  CARL  R.— testimony  of,  re  Pachucos 167,  168 

F 
FAGELSON,  PEARL— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 141 

FAIRCHILD,  HENRY  PRATT— signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers' 

Congress 127 

FALKOWSKI,  ED — listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International 

Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

FARAGOH,  FRANCIS  EDWARDS— 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 117 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 


220  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

FARRELL,  JAMES  T.—  Page 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

singing  of  International  suggested  by 125 

FASCISM — objectives  of,  unchanged 6 

FASCIST  ORGANIZATIONS— committee  to  investigate  activities  of 5 

FEARING,  FRANKLIN — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

FEARING,  KENNETH— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  First  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

FEDERAL  BUREAU  OF  INVESTIGATION— 

activities  in  Mankind  United 33 

committee  cooperated  with 6 

FICKE,  ARTHUR  D.— signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

FIELD,  BEN — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

FIERRO,  JOSEPHINE— sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American  Youth 182 

FINN,  PAULINE  LAUBER — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee.-  116 

FIRST  INTERNATIONAL— 

Karl  Marx,  organizer  of 82 

short  life  of 82 

FISCHER,  MARJORIE— signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers'  Congress.^  127 

FITZGERALD,  ALBERT  J.— appointed  assistant  to  Sidney  Hillman 148 

FLANNERY,  HARRY  W  — 

author  of  Assignment  to  Berlin 15,     17 

testimony  of,  re  Werner  Plack 15 

FLAXER,  ABRAHAM— 

as  president  of  State,  County  and  Municipal  Workers  of  America 157 

member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 148 

statement  by,  re  Yorty  Committee 158 

FLORES,  ANGEL — member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers  126 

FONTAINE,  ROBERT— alias  used  by  Arthur  Bell 44 

FOSBURGH,  FRANCIS— member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political 

Action  Committee 148 

FOSTER,  WILLIAM  Z.— 

activities  of,  as  charter  member  of  Communist  Party 88 

honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

FOURIER,  CHARLES— theories  of,  re  profit-sharing 71 

FRANK,  WALDO— 

absence  of,  at  Third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

dominant  figure  of  Writers'  Congress 122 

excerpt  by,  re  Values  of  Revolutionary  Writer 123 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

FRANKLIN,  PAUL— 

listed  as  member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 117 

FREEMAN,  JOSEPH— 

except  by,  from  Tradition  of  American  Revolutionary  Literature 122 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers   119 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  First  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

FRENCH  COMMUNE— 

proclamation  of 82 

resolution  re 82 

FREUD,  RALPH— 

activities  of,  in  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization 131 

announcement  by,  as  co-chairman  of  Writers'  Congress 115 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

FUCHS,  DANIEL — signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  221 

FUSS,  OSCAR—  Page 

member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council  Political  Action  Committee 148 

other  activities  of 193 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 182 

G 

GALLAGHER,  LEO— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 141,  193 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 182 

GANAHL,  HERBERT— listed  as  sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of 

Mexican-American  Youth 182 

GEORGE,  HARRISON— 

editor  of  People's  Daily  World 96 

testimony  of  William  Schneiderman  re 96,  97 

GERMAN  FOREIGN  OFFICE— connection  of  Werner  Plack  with 17 

GERMAN  NAZI  BUND — committee  to  investigate  activities  of 5 

GIBNEY,  SHERIDAN — listed  as  member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  com- 
mittee    116 

GILBERT,  ED— endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World..  139 

GLASSFORD,  R.  B.— active  Presidium,  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

GOLD,  BEN— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 147 

GOLD,  MICHAEL— 

active  Presidium,  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

American  delegate  to  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers 119 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress^ 121 

GONZALES,  JAIME — sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American  Youth 195 

GOODBYE  CHRIST — reprint  of,  from  Literary  Service 119 

GORDEN,  EUGENE — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

GORKI,  MAXIM — honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

GRADY,  JOHN  G. — member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

GRAFE,  PAUL — consummated  contract  for  Army  installations  near  Pearl  Har- 
bor         18 

GREAT   SAN   FRANCISCO   GENERAL   STRIKE,   THE— excerpt   from,   re 

Communist  influence  on  strikes 156 

GREGORY,  HORACE— 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolution- 
ary  Writers   119 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

GROPPER,  WILLIAM— 

active  Presidium,  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

American  delegate  to  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

GYSSLING,  DR.  GEORGE— as  head  of  German  Vice  Consulate  in  Los  Angeles     12 

H 

HALLGREN,  MAURITZ — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress  127 

HALLORAN,  JOHN  L—  testimony  of,  re  Pachucos 168-169 

HAMMETT,  DASHIELL— leadership  in  League  of  American  Writers  held  by  128 
HARMON,    ROSE — sponsor   of   citizens    committee    for    Defense    of    Mexican- 
American  youth 182 

HARRINGTON,  JAMES— as  author  of  The  Commonwealth  of  Oceana 71 

HARRISON,   CHARLES  YALE— listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of 

International   Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

HART,  HENRY— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 


222  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Page 

HARVEY,  GEORGE— member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

HATHAWAY,  CLARENCE— 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

statement  by,  re  American  Writers'  Congress 122-123 

HAWAIIAN  CONSTRUCTORS— 

awarded  contract  by  United  States 7 

financing  of  Army  installations  contract  with 27 

granted  exclusive  contracts  in  Pacific  area 28 

request  of  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr.,  re 19 

testimony  of  Ray  Anderson,  re _ 20-27 

waste  and  inefficiency  charged  to 27 

HAWKINS,  AUGUSTUS— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

sponsor  of  citizens  committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  youth 195 

HEGEL— 

philosophy  of,  studied  by  Karl  Marx 69 

statements  from  writings  of,  re  Marian  Dialectic 75 

HELLMANN,  LILLIAN — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

HENDERSON,  DONALD— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O.  __  147 

HERBST,  JOSEPHINE— 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers   119 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers  Congress 121 

HERMANN,  JOHN — listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International 

Union   of   Revolutionary   Writers   119 

HERRICK,  ROBERT— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

HEYWARD,  DUBOSE— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress  _  127 

HICKS,  GRANVILLE— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

HILLMAN,  SIDNEY— 

appointed  head  of  C.  I.  O.  Political  Action  Committee 148 

Communist   activities   of   149 

excerpt  from  The  Communist  re 149 

HOLJER,  HARRY— member  of  Provisional  Committee,   People's  Educational 

Center    137 

HOLLYWOOD  WRITERS  MOBILIZATION— 

list  of  guilds  participating  in 117-131 

organization    of    130 

testimony  of  Marc  Connelly  re 131 

Writers  Congress  under  auspices  of 115 

HOLMES,  EUGENE— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress  __  127 

HOOVER,  J.  EDGAR— statement  by,  re  Communism 67,  136 

HORRALL,  C.  B.— testimony  of,  re  Sinarquista,  Pachuco  crimes 160,  162 

HOURIHAN,   MARTIN— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

sponsor  of  citizens  committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  youth 195 

HOUSE    MILITARY   AFFAIRS    COMMITTEE— charge    mismanagement   of 

construction   work   in   Hawaii   27 

HOWARD,   SIDNEY — member  of  National   Council   of   League  of  American 

Writers 126 

HUBERT,  FLOYE  ADAMS— marriage  of,  to  Hans  Wilhelm  Rohl 7 

HUGHES,  JOHN  B. — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

HUGHES,  LANGSTON— 

Goodbye  Christ  written  by 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolution- 
ary  Writers   119 

Revolution  written  by  124 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA  223 

I 

Page 

I  HAVE  SEEN  BLACK  HANDS— reprint  of  poem 125 

INDEPENDENT  PUBLICISTS— listed  as  participating  in  Hollywood  Writ- 
ers   Mobilization    117 

INGRAM,  LE  ROY  R. — testimony  of,  re  Communist  agitation  among  Negroes  _  208 
INTELLIGENCE  UNITS,  ARMED  FORCES— committee  cooperated  with  __       6 

INTERNATIONAL — singing  of,  at  American  Writers  Congress 125 

INTERNATIONAL  UNION  OF  REVOLUTIONARY  WRITERS— 

American  writers  serving  on  staff  of 119,  120 

conference  of,  held  at  Kharkov,  Russia 119 

instructions  to  American  delegates  to 118 

list  of  American   delegates   to   119 

INTERNATIONAL  WORKERS  OF  THE  WORLD— aid  given  to,  by  Com- 
munist Party   87 

ISSEI— 

defiance  shown,  on  relocation  order 52 

definition   of   48 

domination  over  Nisei  believed  broken 64 

most  Japanese  organizations  in  California  under  domination  of 62 

names  of,  listed  in  Rafu  Shimpo 62 

IVENS,  JORIS— 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 117 

J 

JACKSON,  J.  J.— alias  used  by  Arthur  Bell 33,  34 

JAPANESE— 

agricultural  interests  in  California 62-63 

attack  on  Hawaii  by 27 

characteristics  of  race 49 

demands  of  restitutions  by 63,  64 

employed  on  army  projects 20 

findings  of  committee  re 64-65 

influence  of  Communist  policy  on 59-61 

interests  of,  in  Hawaiian  Islands 21 

language  spoken  at  relocation  centers 48 

request  continuation  of  relocation  centers 50 

restrictions  re,  as  result  of  committees  investigations 64,  65 

riot  in  Tulelake  Relocation  Center 52,  53 

sample  menus  of  food  served  to,  in  relocation  centers 47 

segregated  as  to  loyalties  in  Rafu  Shimpo 62 

subversive  activities  of  investigated 45,  50 

JAPANESE-AMERICAN  CITIZENS  LEAGUE— 

adopt  five-point  program 63 

all  members  of  not  loyal 62 

conference  of,  held 63 

work  of  members  of 53 

JAPANESE   LANGUAGE   SCHOOLS— founded   in   California 50 

JAPANESE  RELOCATION  CENTERS— 

continuation  of,  requested  by  Japanese 50 

ordered  closed 50 

sample  menus  of  food  served  in 47 

JEFFERSON,  THOMAS— statement  of,  re  Capitalism 70 

JENNINGS,  TALBOT — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

JEROME,  V.  J. — alias  Isaac  Romaine  used  by 136 

Communist  activities  of 136 

JEVEG,  GEORGE — attorney  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 175 

JEWS — race-antagonisms  of,  Nazi  aim 6 

JOHNSON,  GROVER— endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily 

World 139 

JOHNS,  ORRICK— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 


224  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 


JOINT  FACT-FINDING  COMMITTEE  ON  UN-AMERICAN  ACTIVITIES— 

activities  of 5 

excerpt  from  The  People's  Daily  World  advocating  discontinuance  of 159 

findings  re  Communism 209-210 

instructions  to 5 

restrictions  placed  on  Japanese  as  result  of  investigation  of 64—65 

JOSEPH,  MATTHEW — member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American 
Writers 126 

JURICH,  JOSEPH  F.— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 147 

K 

KALAR,  JOSEPH — listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International 

Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

KALLET,  ARTHUR— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

KEBEI— 

defiance  shown,  on  relocation  order 52 

definition  of 48 

names  of,  listed  in  Rafu  Shimpo 

KELLEMS,  JESSE  RANDOLPH— appointed  member  of  committee 5 

KENT,  WILLIAM  E.— affidavit  of,  re  Werner  Plack 13 

KIBRE,  JEFF — member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action  Com- 
mittee   148 

KIDO,  SABURO — statement  of,  re  loyalty  of  Japanese 62 

KIMBROUGH,  JESS— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

KING,  H.  J. — affidavit  of,  re  construction  in  Hawaii 28 

KING,  PETE— endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World—  139 

KIRSTEIN,  LINCOLN— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

KLINE,  HERBERT— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

KOBER,  ARTHUR— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

KOCH,  HOWARD — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 117 

KODOISM— definition  of 48 

KREYMBORG,  ALFRED— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

KRUPSKAYA,  N. — honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation     119 

KUHLMAN,  GRISELD A— member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political 

Action  Committee 148 

KUNITZ,  JOSHUA— 

American  delegate  to  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

L 
LAFERTE,  ELIAS— 

activities  of,  as  president  of  Communist  Party  of  Chile 103,  104 

address  by,  re  Communism 105-115 

editorial  note  prefacing  printed  speech  by 104 

excerpt  from  address  by 211 

LA  MAR,  R.  G. — testimony  of,  re  Communist  agitation  of  Negro  population 208 

LAMSON,  DAVID — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

LANIUS,  CHARLES— re,  testimony  of  Harry  W.  Flannery 16 

LASKY,  JESSE  JR.— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

LAWSON,  ELIZABETH — as  key  person  in  Communist  school  system 136 

LAWSON,  JOHN  HOWARD— 

attendance  of,  at  fourth  American  Writers'  Congress 128 

dominant  figure  in  Hollywood  Writers'  Mobilization 130 

dominant  figure  of  Writers'  Congress 122 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  -        225 

LAWSON,  JOHN  HOWARD— Continued  Page 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 118 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

other  activities  of 196 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

testimony  of — 

re  American  Writers'  Congress 129 

re  Communist  Party  activities 130 

re  Daily  Worker 133 

re  Sun  Rises  in  the  West 132 

LAYMAN,  MEREDITH  JOHN— testimony  of,  re  Pachucos 171-172 

LEAGUE  OF  AMERICAN  WRITERS— 

formation  of 120 

list  of  executive  committee  and  National  Council  of 126 

Pacific  Coast  branch  of,  established 128 

proceedings  leading  to  formation  of 120-125 

report  of  investigation  by  Attorney  General  Francis  Biddle  of 134 

LEE,    CANADA — sponsor    of    Citizens    Committee    for    Defense    of    Mexican- 
American  Youth 195 

LEECH,  JOHN— 

statement  of,  re  John  Howard  Lawson 118 

testimony  of  re  Joseph  W.  Aidlin 139 

LENIN,  NIKOLAI— 

follower  of  Marxism 83 

statement  of,  re  dictatorship  of  proletariat 84 

views  of  religion  of 73 

LENISM — applied  to  Marxian  theories 83 

LERNER,  TILLIE— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

LE  SEUER,  MERIDEL— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

LEVIN,  MEYER — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

LEVY,  LOUIS — member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center  137 

LEVY,  MELVIN  P.— 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers 119 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 1 116 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

LEWIS,  FULTON,  JR. — charges  waste  and  inefficiency  on  Rohl  products 31 

LEWIS,  JOHN  L—  excerpts  from  The  Communist  re 149,  150 

LIBERALISM— 

as  doctrine  of  Capitalism 6,9 

feudalism  gives  way  to 69 

LILYENFELDT,  GEORGE  VON— testimony  of  Harry  W.  Flannery  re 17 

LITERARY  SERVICE — reprint  of  poem  appearing  in 119 

LI,  T.  H. — active  Presidium.     Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

LO  HSUN — honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

LONGSTREET,  STEPHEN — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee  116 

LONGUEIL,  ALFRED  E. — members  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

LOS  ANGELES  UNITARIAN  CHURCH— used  as  Communist  meeting  place__  143 

LOVETT,  ROBERT  MORSS— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

LOZOWICK,  LOUIS— 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers 119 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

LUCKNER,  COUNT  FELIX  VON— testimony  of  Harry  W.  Flannery 16 


15— L-4113 


226  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

LUMPKIN,  GRACE—  Page 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

LYND,  HELEN  MERRELL — signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers'  Con- 
gress   127 

LYONS,  EUGENE — quotation  from  The  Red  Decade,  by 127 

M 
MacLEOD,  NORMAN — listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International 

Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

MAGIL,  A.  B.— 

active  Presidium,  Workers  Cultural  Federation 119 

American  delegate  to  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers 1  119 

MALTZ,  ALBERT— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  Third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

MANANA — editorial  note  from,  preceding  Elias  Laferte's  speech 104 

MANKIND  UNITED— 

chief  object  of 39 

enterprises  of 43 

fantasies  of  exposed 32 

map  making  of  critical  areas,  enterprise  of 45 

members  of  sincere 33 

organization  of,  by  Arthur  Bell 32 

used  as  title  of  book 39 

MANOFF,  ARNOLD — member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational 

Center    137 

MANRIQUE,  C.  BLAS— remarks  by,  introducing  Elias  Laferte 104-105 

MANZANAR— 

description  of  relocation  center  at_^. 45,  46 

selected  as  relocation  center  for  Japanese 45 

MANZANAR  FREE  PRESS— excerpt  from,  re  Manzanar  disturbance 54 

MANZANAR  RELOCATION  CENTER— 

discription  of 45.     46 

disturbance  in,  described 53-55 

sample  menus  served  to  internees  of 47 

MARCUS,  SAMUEL — denies  Communist  Party  affiliation 6 

MARMOR,  K. — active  Presidium,  Workers  Cultural  Federation 119 

MARTENS,  C.  A.  K: — emissary  of  Russia  in  forming  of  Communist  Party  in 

United  States 87 

MARTIN,  FRANK,  JR.— attorney  representing  Hans  W.  Rohl 18 

MARTY,  JOE — endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World—  139 
MARX,  KARL— 

appraisal  of  character  of,  by  Michael  Bakunin 68 

co-author  of  Communist  Manifesto 80 

early  life  of 68 

education  of 69 

excerpt  from  writings  of,  re  history 77 

interest  in  Hegelian  philosophy 69,     75 

opposition  to  Utopian  philosophies  cited 71 

statement  of — 

re  class  struggle 79 

re  discovery  of  gold  in  California .=. 146 

supported  by  Friedrich  Engels 69 

views  on  religion  of 72,     73 

MARXIAN  DIALETIC— 

definition  of 75 

testimony  of  William  Schneiderman  re 100 

MARXISM— 

basic  principles  of 146 

committee  findings,  re 66 

definition  of 71 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  ZZ{ 

MARXISM — Continued  Page 

Max  Eastman,  re 74 

statement  of  J.  Edgar  Hoover  re 67,  136 

statement  of  Lenin,  re 73-74 

theories  of 71,  72 

MATTHIESSEX,  F.  O.— 

background  of 196 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

McCALL,  MARY  C,  JR. — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

Mccormick,  mrs.  la  lue— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 141 

speech  by,  cited  in  testimony  of  Clyde  Shoemaker 176-177 

testimony  of,  re  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 184 

McDOXALD,  DAVID  J.— appointed  assistant  to  Sidney  Hillman 148 

McGOWAN,  KENNETH — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

McGRATH,  FRANK— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 148 

McHENRY,  DEAN  E. — member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational 

Center    137 

McKENNEY.  RUTH — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

MCKNIGHT,  RUSSELL  L.— member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educa- 
tional Center : 137 

McMillan,  lester— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

letter  from,  endorsing  Pro-War  Conference 142 

McWILLIAMS,  CAREY— 

affiliations  of 193 

endorser  of  Pro- War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

other  activities  of 137 

Pacific  Coast  branch  of  League  of  American  Writers,  headed  by 128 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 183 

statement  of,  re  Peoples  Daily  World 141 

testimony  of,  re  racial  intermarriage 194—195 

MEAD,  JANE — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

MERCHANT  ELECTRICAL  CONTRACTORS  AND  SUPPLY  COMPANY— 

engaged  in  Army  contracts  vicinity  of  Pearl  Harbor 20 

MERLIN,  MILTON — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

MERRILL,  LEWIS— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 148 

MERRITT,  RALPH  P.— as  director  of  Manzanar 54 

MEYERS,  COURT— member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

MILITARY  AFFAIRS  COMMITTEE— 

findings  of,  re  Rohl  case 31 

investigator  assigned  to  Rohl  case 31 

MINTON.  BRUCE — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

MISCHEL,  JOSEPH — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisorv  committee 116 

MOORE,  JACK— testimony  of,  re  Comintern 153 

MOORE,  SAM — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisorv  committee 116 

MORE,  SIR  THOMAS— as  author  of  Utopia 70 

MORRIS,  WILLIAM,  JR. — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisorv  committee__  116 
MUMFORD.  LEWIS— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

MURRAY,  PHILIP — Sidney  Hillman  appointed  head  of  C.  I.  O.  Political  Action 

Committee  by I  |S 

MUSTER,  MORRIS— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 117 

MYER,  DILLON — order  of.  to  close  Japanese  relocation  centers 50 

NADIR,  MOISHE— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

statement    by,    re    proletarian    writer ._   125 


228  UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

NATIONAL  DEFENSE  PROGRAM—  Page 

Committee  to  investigate  interference  with 5 

interference  with,  in  California 5 

NATIVE  SONS  OF  GOLDEN  WEST — opposing  Tulelake  as  center  for  disloyal 

Japanese  58 

NAZISM — objectives    of,    unchanged 6 

NEIL,   STEWART— sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican- 
American   Youth   183 

NELSON,  ELEANOR— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 147 

NEVADA  CONSOLIDATED  COPPER  MINING  COMPANY— Hans  Wilhelm 

Rohl  employed  by 7 

NEW  CHRISTIANITY— principles  of  brotherhood  of 71 

NEWHOUSE,  EDWARD— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

NEW    YORK    COMMUNIST— propaganda    campaign    of    Communist    Party 

launched  in 87 

NICHOLS,  DUDLEY— 

attendance  of.  at  fourth  American  Writers'  Congress 128 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 117 

NIGEY,  WALTER— affidavit  of  Samuel  N.  Ebb  re 44 

NISEI— 

activities  of,  testimony  of  Tanaka  Togo 50,  51 

definition  of 48 

domination  of  by  Issei  believed  broken 64 

names  of,  listed  in  Rafu  Shimpo 62 

subversive  activities  of,  against  Government  of  United  States 52 

NORTH,  JOSEPH— signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

NUNN,  GUY — sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American 

Youth 183 

O 

OAKES,  GRANT  W.— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 147 

OBOLER,  ARCH — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

O'CONNOR,  HARVEY — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

O'CONNOR,  J.  F.  T  — 

granted  citizenship  to  Hans  W.  Rohl 29 

no  irregularities  in  records  of 29 

ODETS,  CLIFFORD — member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American 

Writers   126 

OLGIN,  MOUSSAYE  J.— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

report  by,  re  Soviet  Writers 122 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

OLIVERAS,  JOSE— founding  of  Sinarquista  Movement  by 197 

OLIVER,  WILLIAM— 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other  activities  of 117 

OPATOSHU,  JOSEPH— member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American 

Writers    126 

ORNITZ,  SAMUEL — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

OTTO,    RICHARD — endorser   of   Pro-War   Press   Conference,   People's   Daily 

World 139 

OWEN,  ROBERT— as  advocate  of  Utopian  philosophy 71 

P 
PACHUCOS— 

also  referred  to  as  Zoot-Suiters 160 

testimony  of — 

Carl  R.  Ericson,  re 167-168 

John  J.  Halloran  re 168-169 

Meredith  John  Layman  re 171 

Police  Chief  C.  B.  Horrall  re  riots  of 160-162 

Vance  Brasher  re 169 


UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  229 

PAGE,  MYRA—  Page 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

PANDORA— 

testimony  re  fire  insurance  on 10 

yacht  destroyed  by  fire 8 

PARKER,  DOROTHY — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

PATTERSON,  JAMES  T.— member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political 

Action  Committee 148 

PEACE  OFFICERS  ASSOCIATION— excerpt  from  report  of  re  Communist 

Party 91-93 

PEARL  HARBOR— 

aircraft  warning  system  of,  not  completed  on  December  7,  1941 27 

army  installations  near,  in  charge  of  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr 18 

contract  awarded  for  installations  near 7 

effect  of  attack  at,  on  Communist  activities 130 

greatest  successes  in  Communist  Party  achieved  since  attack  on 147 

PEOPLE'S  DAILY  WORLD— 
excerpts  from — 

re  endorsement  of  Pro-War  Conference  by  Assemblyman  McMillan 142 

re  Fact-Finding  Committee 159 

re  need  of 138 

re  Sinarquista  Movement 204-206 

re  Tulelake  riot 60-61 

statement  of — 

Carey  McWilliams  re 141 

Parley  Parker  Christensen  re 140 

testimony  of  William  Schneiderman  re 93-97 

PEOPLE'S  EDUCATIONAL  CENTER— 

invitation  of,  to  organizations 136 

propaganda  school  of  Comunist  Party 136 

PERELMAN,  S.  J. — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

PERRY,  PETTIS— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 142 

PETERS,  PAUL— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

PINE,  W.  BRUCE— 

assisted  committee  in  investigations 6 

testimony  of,  re  Werner  Plack 14 

PITMAN,  JOHN — excerpt  from  writings  of,  re  Japanese  release  from  relocation 

centers 61 

PITTS,  REBECCA— member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers  126 
PLACK,  WERNER— 

affidavit  of  William  E.  Kent,  re 13 

background  of 12 

nationality  of,  testimony  re 13 

testimony  of — 

Harry  W.  Flannery,  re VS 

Bruce  Pine,  re 14 

Hans  Rohl,  re 12 

POLLARD,  WALTER— member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

POMERANCE,    M.    WILLIAM— member  of  Provisional   Committee,   People's 

Educational  Center 137 

PORTER,  ALLEN — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

POSNER,  JEROME  K  — 

member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action  Committee 148 

other  activities  of 193,  196,  197 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 182 

POSTON  RELOCATION  CENTER— laxity  in  control  of  internees  of 58-59 


230  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

POTAMKIN,  HARRY  ALLEN—  Page 

active  Presidium,  Workers  Cultural  Federation 119 

American  delegate  to  International  Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

PREECE,  HAROLD — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

PRESS — commendation   of 6 

PROBLEMS  OF  LENINISM — excerpts  from,  re  working  class 155 

PROCTOR,  LYLE — member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee    148 

PROKOSCH,  FREDERICK— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress  127 
PROLETARIAT— 

Communist  Manifesto  regarded  as  bible  of 80 

confusion  of,  following  change  in  directives  from  Russia 128 

definition  of 66 

statement  of —  , 

Karl  Marx  re  struggles  of 80 

Lenin  re  dictatorship  of 84 

Leon  Trotsky  re  restrictions  on 84-85 

PRO-WAR  PRESS  CONFERENCE— 

call  for,  issued  by  People's  Daily  World 138 

letter  from  Assemblyman  Lester  McMillan  endorsing 142 

list  of  endorsers  of 139 

PRUETTE,  LORINE— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

PUTNAM,  SAMUEL— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

Q 

QUILL,  MICHAEL  J.— 

member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 148 

other  activities  of 197 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

QUINN,  JOHN  R— letter  from  Jack  Tenney  to,  re  Unitarian  Church  of  Los 

Angeles    143 

R 

RADEK,  KARL — cablegram  from,  re  American  Writers'  Congress 123 

RADIO    WRITERS    GUILD— listed    as   participating   in    Hollywood    Writers 

Mobilization    117 

RAFO  SHIMPO— 

policies  of,  declared  subversive 62 

printing  of  directory  of,  in  Japan 62 

RAMONA — 

disagreement   of   ownership   of 10 

inspection  of,  by  immigration  officers 8 

replacement  of  Pandora  by 8 

RAVIN,  DAVID — attorney  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 175 

RED-BAITING  AND  RED-BAITERS— 

excerpt  from  1943  Report,  re 66 

statement  of  J.  Edgar  Hoover,  as 67 

RED  DECADE,  THE— quotation  from,  re  Waldo  Frank 127 

REED,  JOHN — activities  of,  in  early  days  of  Communist  Party 86,     87 

REED,  J.  F.— 
testimony  of — 

re  Al  Waxman 189 

re  zoot-suit  riots 162 

RELIGION— 

Communist  views  of 72-74 

excerpts  from,  by  Lenin 73 

quotation  by  Karl  Marx  re 72,     73 

RENN,  LUDWIG— honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

REPUBLIC — writing  of,  first  Utopian  thinking 70 

REVOLUTION— reprint  of  poem,  entitled 124 

REYNOLDS,  H.  R. — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

RHEINISCHE,  ZEITUNG— Karl  Marx,  as  editor  of 69 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  231 

Page 

RIESS,  CURT — excerpt  from  Total  Espionage  by 203 

RIVER,  W.  L. — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

RIVKIN,  ALLEN — member  of  Writers'   Congress  advisory  committee 116 

other    activities    of    117 

ROBIN,  ED— 

domination  by,  at  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 142 

signer  of  call  for  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

ROBINSON,  REID — member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O. 148 

ROEDER,  RALPH — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

ROGERS,   MRS.   WILL,   JR. — sponsor  of  citizens   committee   for   Defense   of 

Mexican-American  youth 183 

ROHL-CONNOLLY  COMPANY— 

contract  re   San  Pedro   Breakwater 11 

engaged  in  Army  construction  projects 8,     18 

interest  in,  disposed  of  by  Hans  W.  Rohl 31 

organization  of  6,       7 

testimony  re  stock  of 9 

ROHL,  HANS  W.— 

activities  of,  subject  of  broadcast  series  by  Fulton  Lewis,  Jr. 31 

affidavit  of  H.  J.  King,  re 28 

aggregate  value  of  installations  by 31 

as   lavish    spender    11,     12 

as  partner  of  Thomas  E.  Connolly 7 

awarded  Alcan  Project  contract  in  Alaska 31 

awarded  Canol  Project  contract  in  Canada 31 

citizenship  status  of 7,  8,  19,  20,     30 

early    history    of    7 

engaged  in  Army  construction  work  near  Pearl  Harbor 18 

engaged  in  government  contracts  as  alien 19 

false  statements  in  income  tax  returns  of 9 

financial   standing   of   7 

friendship  of,  with  Theodore  Wyman,  Jr. 11 

immigration  records  omit  name  of 8 

subject  of  Third  Reich   19 

summary   of  committee   findings   re   31,     32 

testimony  of,  concerning — 

fire  insurance  on  Pandora 10 

military  installations  near  Pearl  Harbor 19 

ownership    of   yachts    10 

stock  in  Rohl-Connolly   Company   9 

Werner    Plack    12 

testimony  of  Ray  Anderson  re 22,     25 

various  yachts  purchased  by 8 

ROHL,   MRS.   FLOYE— 
testimony  of,  concerning — 

fire  insurance  on  Pandora 10 

ownership    of   yachts    10 

stock  in  Rohl-Connolly  Company o 

ROLLINS,  WILLIAM,  JR.— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

ROMAINE,  PAUL — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress ._  121 

ROME,  HAROLD  J. — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress—     ._  127 
ROSENTHAL,  WILLIAM— endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's 

Daily  World 130 

ROSSEN,  ROBERT— 

activities  of,  in  Hollywood  Writers  Mobilization 130 

chairman  of  Hollywood  Writers  Mobilization 117 

member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee ;_  110 

RUKEYSER,  MURIEL — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress—  127 
RUSSELL,  REV.  CLAYTON— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 142 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 


232  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

RYAN,  RUTH  S.—  Page 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

other  activities  of 137 

S 

SAINT-SIMON — principles  of  brotherhood  of 71 

SAKAMAKI,  DR.  SHUNZO— statement  of,  re  Shintoism 49 

SANBURG,  CARL — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

SAN  FRANCISCO  CHRONICLE— excerpts  from  re  Tulelake  and  Manzanar 

disturbances 52,     53 

SARGENT,  JOHN — denies  Communist  Party  affiliation 6 

SATURDAY  EVENING  POST— excerpt  from,  re  C.  I.  O 152 

SCHARY,  DORE — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

SCHMIT,  JUDY— activities  of,  re  People's  Daily  World 143 

SCHNEIDER,  ISIDOR— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

SCHNEIDERMAN,  WILLIAM— 
testimony  of,  concerning —    ■ 

Marxian  dialectic 100-102 

People's  Daily  World 93-97 

SCHOFIELD,  LEMUEL  B.— letter  by,  re  granting  of  citizenship  to  Hans  W. 

Rohl 30 

SCHULTZ,  CLYDE  L.— testimony  of,  re  Al  Waxman 191-192 

SCHULTZ,  PHILLIP— attorney  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 175 

SCHWARTZ,  ARTHUR— member  of  Writers*  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

SCHWARTZ,  ZACHARY— member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee™  116 
SCREEN  CARTOONISTS  GUILD— listed  as  participating  in  Hollywood  Writ- 
ers Mobilization 117 

SCREEN  PUBLICISTS  GUILD— listed  as  participating  in  Hollywood  Writers 

Mobilization    117 

SCREEN  READERS  GUILD— listed  as  participating  in  Hollywood  Writers 

Mobilization    117 

SCREEN  WRITERS   GUILD— listed  as  participating  in  Hollywood  Writers 

Mobilization    117 

SCUDDER,  VIDA  D—  signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

SEAVER,  EDWIN— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

quotation  by,  re  Proletarian  Novel 123 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

SECOND  INTERNATIONAL- - 

creation  of '. 83 

Socialist  party  of  United  States  affiliated  with 83 

SELLY,  JOSEPH— member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 147 

SHAFER,  J.— active  Presidium,  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

SHAFRAN,  EVA— 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

other  activities  of 138 

SHAPIRO,  AARON — member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

SHAPIRO,   CHAIM — endorser  of  Pro-War  Press   Conference,   People's  Daily 

World 139 

SHAW,  IRWIN — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

SHEEAN,  VINCENT — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

SHERMAN,  VINCENT— endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily 

World 139 

SHIBLEY,  GEORGE — attorney  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 175 

SHINTOISM— definition  of 48 

SHOEMAKER,  CLYDE — testimony  of,  re  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 175-182 

SHORE,   VIOLA   BROTHERS— signer   of   call   for   third   American   Writers' 

Congress    127 

SIFTON,  CLAIRE — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

SIFTON,  PAUL — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  233 

SILVER,  MAX—  Page 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 142 

SINARQUISTA  MOVEMENT— 

activities  of,  in  southern  California 160 

excerpts  from  People's  Daily  World  re 205,  206 

excerpt  from  Total  Espionage  re 203 

Martin  Cabrera  testimony  re 205-207 

need  for  creation  of,  testimony  of  Pedro  Villasenor 202-203 

not  considered   subversive 208 

organization  and  history  of 197 

Pedro  B.  Villasenor  testimony  re 198-204 

Police  Chief  C.  B.  Horrall  testimony  re 160-162 

SINCLAIR,  UPTON— 

honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation ! 119 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

SINGH,  R.  LAL— 

activities  of 197 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

SKLAR,  GEORGE— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

SLADE,  ALBEE— 

member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational  Center 137 

other  activities  of 138 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

SLEEPY  LAGOON  MURDER  CASE— 

history  of 174 

list  of  attorneys  appearing  in 175 

used  bv  Communist  Party  to  feed  racial  agitation 195 

SLESSINGER,  TESS— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

SMEDLEY,  AGNES— 
listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

SMITH,  FERDINAND— 

member  of  National  Executive  Board,  C.  I.  O 148 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 195 

SOCIALIST  PARTY— 

affiliation  of  Second  International 83 

encouragement  given  by,  to  Communist  Party  formation 87 

SONG   WRITERS   PROTECTIVE   ASSOCIATION— participating   in   Holly- 
wood Writers  Mobilization 117 

SORRELL,  HERB— 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

other  activities  of 142 

SOUTHERN  CALIFORNIA  TELEPHONE  COMPANY— records  of,  investi- 
gated       19 

SOVIET  COMMISSION— publication  of  textbook  by 97 

SPECTOR,  HERMAN — listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International 

Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

SPIVAK,  JOHN  L. — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

SPROUL,  ROBERT  G. — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

STALIN,  JOSEF— 

excerpts  from  writings  of — 

Foundations  of  Leninism,  re  England  and  America 99 

Problem  of  Leninism  re  proletariat 155 

statement  of,  re  Communist  ethics 74 

STATE,  COUNTY  AND  MUNICIPAL  WORKERS  OF  AMERICA— establish- 
ment of  Communists  in  State  Relief  Administration  by 157 

STATE  RELIEF  ADMINISTRATION — Communist  workers  in 157 

16— L-4113 


234  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES   IN    CALIFORNIA 

Page 
STEFFENS,  LINCOLN— member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American 

Writers    126 

STEVENSON,  PHILIP— 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

STEWART,  DONALD  OGDEN— 

activities  of,  in  League  of  American  Writers 128 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

STONE,  IRVING — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

STOUT,  REX— member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

STOWE,  LELAND — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

T 

TAGGARD,  GENEVIEVE— 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

TANAKA,  TOGO — testimony  of,  re  Nisei  activities 50,     51 

TAYAMA,  FRED— 

attack  of  by  disloyal  Japanese 54 

central  figure  in  Manzanar  disturbance . 53 

severance  of  Japanese  citizenship  of 53 

TEHERAN  CONFERENCE— attitude  of  Communists  re 102 

TENNEY,  JACK  B.— 

appointed  member  of  committee 5 

conference  with  Attorney  General  Biddle  re  Rohl  case 30 

elected  chairman  of  committee 5 

letter  from,  re  Los  Angeles  Unitarian  Church 144-145 

THIMMES,  JAMES — member  of  Los  Angeles  County  Council,  Political  Action 

Committee 148 

THIRD  INTERNATIONAL— 

creation  of 83,  85 

known  as  Comintern 83,  85 

THOMAS,  R.  J.— appointed  assistant  to  Sidney  Hillman 148 

THURBER,  JAMES— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

TINKER,  GENERAL— testimony  of  Ray  Anderson  re 22 

TOLEDANO,    VINCENTO    LOMBARDO— head    of    Confederation    of   Latin- 
American  Workers 104 

TOMAS— honorary  Presidium  of  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

TOTAL  ESPIONAGE— excerpt  from,  re  Sinarquistas 203 

TRACHTENBERG,  ALEXANDER— 

active  Presidium,  Workers'  Cultural  Federation 119 

member  of  executive  committee  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

regarded  as  leader  of  Agit-prop 128 

signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

TROTSKY,  LEON— statement  of,  re  Soviet  state 84-85 

TROTTI,  LAMAR — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

TULELAKE  RELOCATION  CENTER— 

cited  as  dangerous  location  for  housing  of  disloyal  Japanese 58 

defiance  among  internees  of 52 

demands  of  Japanese  in 55 

description  of 45,  46 

description  of  riots  in 52,  53 

disloyal  Japanese  moved  to 52 

dissention  in 55 

riot  in,  discussed  in  People's  Daily  World 60-61 

rioting  of  Japanese  in 55-58 

sabotage  of  Japanese  in 55-57 

sample  menus  served  to  internees  of 47 

segregation  of  loyal  from  disloyal  Japanese  in 55 

TUTTLE,  FRANK— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 


UN-AMERICAN    ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA  235 

U 

Page 

UNITARIAN  CHURCH  OF  LOS  ANGELES— letter  from  Jack  Tenney  re 143 

UNITED  STATES  ENGINEER  DEPARTMENT— testimony  of  Ray  Ander- 
son re 22 

UNIVERSITY  OF   CALIFORNIA  AT  LOS  ANGELES— Writers'   Congress 

under  auspices  of 115 

UNTERMETER,  JEAN  STARR — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers' 

Congress    127 

UNTERMEYER,  LOUIS — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress—  127 

UTOPIA — principles  of,  discussed 70 

UTOPIANS— 

capitalism  accepted  by 71 

history  and  beliefs  of 70,  71 

V 

VALE,  RENA  M.— 

author  of  Sun  Rises  in  the  West 118 

denials  of  Communism  by 6 

excerpt  from  affidavit  by,  re  John  Howard  Lawson 132 

persons  named  in  affidavit  by 6 

statement  of,  re  John  Howard  Lawson 118 

VANDERBIE,  C.  L. — member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educational 

Center   137 

VAN  DOREN,  CARL— signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

VAN  TRESS,  BEN— attorney  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 175 

VEGA— 

affidavit  of  H.  J.  King  re 28 

crew  of,  interrogated  by  immigration  inspectors 11 

disagreement  of  ownership  of 10 

ownership  of,  by  Hans  W.  Rohl 8 

VETERANS  OF  FOREIGN  WARS— assistance  given  committee  by 6 

VILLASENOR,  PEDRO  B.— 

early  history  of 197 

testimony  of,  re  Sinarquistas 198-204 

VOGUE— testimony  of  Harry  W.  Flannery  re 18 

VOICE,  THE— Arthur  Bell,  known  as 32 

VORSE,  MARY  HEATON — listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  Interna- 
tional Union  of  Revolutionary  Writers 119 

W 

WALLIS,  KEENE— 

listed  among  American  writers  on  staff  of  International  Union  of  Revolutionary 

Writers    119 

Literary  Service  edited  by 119 

WAXMAN,  AL— 

Clyde  L.  Schultz  testimony  re 191-192 

endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World 139 

J.  F.  Reed  testimony  re 189 

other  activities  of 142 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth 182 

testimony  of,  re  zoot  suiters 185-189 

WEATHERWAX,  CLARA — Pacific  Coast  branch  of  League  of  American  Writers 

headed   by   128 

WEINER,  JOHN— agent  of  House  of  Representatives 31 

WELLES,  ORSON— 

attendance  of,  at  Fourth  American  Writers'  Congress 128 

sponsor  of  Citizens  Committee  for  Defense  of  Mexican-American  Youth ]!>."> 

WEST,  NATHANIEL — signer  of  call  for  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

WEXLEY,  JOHN — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress ,_  127 

WHITE,  WALTER — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

WILLIAMS,  CLAUDIA— 

aliases  Hoffman,  Parker  used  by 148 

Communist  activities  of 148 


236  UN-AMERICAN   ACTIVITIES    IN    CALIFORNIA 

Page 

WINSTEAD,  RALPH  D. — member  of  Provisional  Committee,  People's  Educa- 
tional Center 187 

WINTER,  CARL— 

activities  of,  in  Communist  Party 130 

interests  of,  in  People's  Educational  Center 138 

WINTER,  ELLA— 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

WISE,  JAMES  WATERMAN— member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  Ameri- 
can Writers 126 

WODEHOUSE.  P.  G.— testimony  of  Harry  W.  Flannery  re 16 

WOLFF,  WILLIAM — member  of  Provisional  Committee,  Peoples'  Educational 

Center    137 

WOOLLEY,  RALPH — as  front  man  for  Hans  W.  Rohl 22 

WORKERS'  CULTURAL  FEDERATION— 

cablegram  from  Moscow  lauding  organization  of 119 

list  of  officers  of 119 

WORKERS'   SCHOOLS— organization  of,  as  part  of  Communist  educational 

system    136 

WORNE,  CLORE— testimony  of  Clyde  Shoemaker  re 179-180 

WRIGHT,  RICHARD— 

member  of  National  Council  of  League  of  American  Writers 126 

signer  of  call  for  first  American  Writers'  Congress 121 

signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

reprint  of  I  Have  Seen  Black  Hands  by 125 

WRITERS'  CONGRESS— 

Communistic  foundations  of  disguised 115 

invitation  to  attend 115-116 

list  of  members  of  advisory  committee  of 116 

WYMAN,  THEODORE,  JR.— 

affidavit  of  H.  J.  King  re 28 

affiliations  of 12 

army  installations  near  Pearl  Harbor  in  charge  of 18 

associations  with  Hans  W.  Rohl  evaluated 31 

friendship  of,  with  Hans  W.  Rohl 11 

Roy  Anderson  testimony  re 20 

testimony  of  Naval  Officer  re 12 

WANGER,  WALTER — member  of  Writers'  Congress  advisory  committee 116 

Y 

YAMATO— definition  of  48 

YOKOHAMA  SPECIE  BANK — as  transfer  agent  to  divert  money  to  Japan 50 

YOUNG,  CONE — endorser  of  Pro-War  Press  Conference,  People's  Daily  World  139 
YOUNG,  STANLEY — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127 

Z 

ZERMANO,  MANUEL — founding  of  Sinarquista  Movement  by 197 

ZOOT-SUITERS— 

activities  of,  in  Sleepy  Lagoon  Murder  Case 174 

also  referred  to  as  Pachucos 160 

Al  Waxman  testimony  re 185-189 

attacks  and  riots  by 160 

C.  L.  Christopher  testimony  re  riots  of 165-167 

Communist  interests  in 160 

George  Contreras  testimony  re 188 

J.  F.  Reed  testimony  re  riots  of 162,  165 

Philip  Connelly  testimony  re  disturbances  of 184,  185 

ZUGSMITH,  LEANE — signer  of  call  for  third  American  Writers'  Congress 127